CELEX ID: 32018R0858

--- ENGLISH ---

Document:
14.6.2018
EN
Official Journal of the European Union
L 151/1
REGULATION (EU) 2018/858 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
of 30 May 2018
on the approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, amending Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No 595/2009 and repealing Directive 2007/46/EC
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 114 thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
After transmission of the draft legislative act to the national parliaments,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee 
(
1
)
,
Acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative procedure 
(
2
)
,
Whereas:
(1)
In accordance with Article 26(2) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU), the internal market comprises an area without internal frontiers in which the free movement of goods, persons, services and capital is to be ensured. Internal market rules should be transparent, simple, consistent and effective, thereby providing legal certainty and clarity for the benefit of businesses and consumers.
(2)
To that end, a comprehensive EU framework for the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of the systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, was established by Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
3
)
.
(3)
In 2013, the Commission carried out an assessment of the Union legal framework for the type-approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles which showed that the framework established by Directive 2007/46/EC is appropriate for achieving the main goals of harmonisation, effective functioning of the internal market and fair competition, and concluded that it should therefore continue to apply.
(4)
That assessment also concluded, however, that there is a need to introduce market surveillance provisions to complement the type-approval requirements; a need to clarify the recall and safeguard procedures, as well as the conditions for granting extensions to approvals for existing types of vehicle; a need to improve the enforcement of the framework for type-approval by harmonising and enhancing the type-approval procedures and conformity of production procedures applied by Member States' authorities and technical services; a need to clearly delineate the roles and responsibilities of economic operators in the supply chain, and of the authorities and parties involved in the enforcement of the framework, guaranteeing the independence of those authorities and parties, and preventing conflicts of interest; and a need to improve the suitability of alternative approval schemes (national small series and individual vehicle approvals) and the suitability of the multi-stage type-approval process to provide appropriate flexibility for niche markets and small and medium-sized enterprises without, however, distorting the level playing field.
(5)
In addition, recent problems with the implementation of the framework for EU type-approval have revealed particular weaknesses and have demonstrated the need for its fundamental revision in order to ensure that it is robust, transparent, predictable and sustainable and that it provides a high level of safety and of health and environmental protection.
(6)
This Regulation introduces a number of safeguards to prevent requirements imposed in the process of granting approval to vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units from being misapplied. In order to prevent abuse of the approval process in the future, it is important that those safeguards are effective.
(7)
This Regulation lays down harmonised rules and principles for the type-approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, and for individual vehicle approval, with a view to ensuring the proper functioning of the internal market for the benefit of businesses and consumers and in order to offer a high level of safety and of health and environmental protection.
(8)
This Regulation lays down the technical and administrative type-approval requirements for motor vehicles for the carriage of passengers (category M), and motor vehicles for the carriage of goods (category N) and their trailers (category O), and for the systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles with a view to ensuring a high level of safety and of environmental performance.
(9)
National authorities should apply and enforce the requirements of this Regulation in a uniform manner across the Union to ensure a level playing field and to avoid divergent standards being applied across the Union. They should fully cooperate with the Forum for Exchange of Information on Enforcement (‘the Forum’) and with the Commission in its audit and oversight activities.
(10)
This Regulation should strengthen the current framework for EU type-approval, in particular through the introduction of provisions on market surveillance. Market surveillance in the automotive sector should be introduced by specifying the obligations of the economic operators in the supply chain, the responsibilities of the enforcement authorities in the Member States, and the measures to be taken when automotive products are encountered on the market that represent serious safety or environmental risks, that undermine the protection of consumers, or that do not comply with the type-approval requirements.
(11)
In order to ensure an effective implementation of the type-approval requirements, the current provisions on conformity of production should be enhanced by, 
inter alia
, providing for mandatory periodic audits of the conformity control methods and of the continued conformity of the automotive products concerned and, by reinforcing the requirements relating to the competence, obligations and performance of the technical services that carry out tests for whole-vehicle type-approval under the responsibility of approval authorities. The proper functioning of technical services is crucial for ensuring a high level of safety and of environmental protection and citizens' confidence in the system. The criteria for designation of technical services provided by Directive 2007/46/EC should be laid down in this Regulation in greater detail in order to ensure that they are applied consistently in all Member States. The assessment methods of the technical services in Member States have a tendency to differ progressively due to the increased complexity of their work. Therefore, it is necessary to provide for procedural obligations that ensure an exchange of information, and monitoring of Member States' practices for, the assessment, designation, notification and monitoring of their technical services. Those procedural obligations should remove any existing discrepancies in the methods used by, and in the interpretation of the criteria for the designation of, technical services. In order to ensure adequate oversight and a level playing-field across the Union, the assessment of an applicant technical service should include an on-site assessment.
(12)
In the case of multi-stage type-approvals, it is essential to verify that changes made before the final stage of completion do not affect the functioning of type-approved systems, components or separate technical units in a way that would invalidate the type-approval previously granted.
(13)
The need for control and monitoring of technical services has increased because technical progress has increased the risk of technical services not possessing the necessary competence to test new technologies or devices that emerge within their scope of designation. As technical progress shortens product cycles and as the intervals of surveillance on-site assessments and of the monitoring vary, the validity of the designation of technical services should be limited in time, which should ensure that the competence of technical services is periodically assessed.
(14)
The designation and monitoring of technical services by the Member States, in accordance with detailed and strict criteria, should therefore be subject to supervisory controls, 
inter alia
 as a condition for the renewal of their designation. The position of technical services vis-à-vis manufacturers should be strengthened, including their right and duty to carry out unannounced factory inspections and to conduct physical or laboratory tests on automotive products covered by this Regulation, in order to ensure continuous compliance by manufacturers after they have obtained a type-approval for their automotive products.
(15)
In order to increase transparency and mutual trust and to further align and develop the criteria for the assessment, designation, and notification of technical services, as well as extension and renewal procedures, Member States should cooperate with each other and with the Commission. Member States should consult each other and the Commission on questions with general relevance for the implementation of this Regulation and inform each other and the Commission. It is important that the Member States and the Commission use a common secure electronic exchange system as a means to facilitate and enhance administrative cooperation after appropriate implementation periods in order to make managing the exchange of information more efficient and effective on the basis of simple and unified procedures. In order to facilitate its accessibility and transparency, information should be available as structured data that is electronically searchable.
(16)
Where designation of a technical service is based on accreditation within the meaning of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
4
)
, accreditation bodies and designating approval authorities should exchange information relevant for the assessment of the competence of technical services.
(17)
The Member States should have the possibility to levy fees for the designation and monitoring of technical services in order to ensure the sustainability of the monitoring of those technical services by Member States and to establish a level playing field for technical services.
(18)
When, in spite of the measures taken by the Member States to ensure a coherent and continuing application of the requirements, the competence of a technical service is in doubt, the Commission should have the possibility to investigate individual cases.
(19)
In order to ensure that tests and reports provided by technical services are not influenced by non-legitimate circumstances, it is important that the organisation and operation of technical services ensure full impartiality and independence. To be able to carry out their tasks in a coherent and systematic manner, technical services should have in place a satisfactory management system that includes provisions on professional secrecy. In order to allow technical services to perform their work properly, their personnel should always exhibit the appropriate level of knowledge, competence and independence.
(20)
A robust compliance enforcement mechanism is necessary in order to ensure that the requirements under this Regulation are met. Ensuring compliance with the type-approval and conformity of production requirements of the legislation governing the automotive sector should remain the key responsibility of the approval authorities, as it is an obligation closely linked to the issuing of the type-approval and requires detailed knowledge of its content. It is therefore important that the performance of approval authorities is regularly verified.
(21)
In order to ensure compliance with this Regulation, to ensure its uniform application within the Union and to facilitate an exchange of best practices, the Commission should organise and carry out assessments of the procedures set up by approval authorities in accordance with this Regulation. The outcome of such assessments, including any non-binding recommendations, should be discussed within the Forum. The assessments should be carried out periodically, taking into account the principle of proportionality, the number and variety of type-approvals granted and any instances of non-compliance discovered during the compliance verification.
(22)
In order to ensure the effectiveness of the Commission's assessment while minimising the administrative burden, it is important that the approval authorities and the Commission cooperate efficiently during the assessment, in particular during the assessment at the premises of the approval authority concerned. The Commission assessments should be carried out in compliance with applicable law, complying, 
inter alia
, with the working periods or language of the national authorities. The costs arising from those assessments should be borne by the Commission, including those related to document translation.
(23)
The compliance verification system is being strengthened by the recognition of a formal process of accreditation of technical services or via the introduction of regular peer-evaluation in respect of the assessment and monitoring of technical services by approval authorities. This aims to ensure that a uniform level of quality and stringency is applied by all approval authorities in enforcing the type-approval requirements.
(24)
Closer coordination between national authorities through information exchange and coordinated assessments under the direction of a coordinating authority is fundamental in order to ensure a consistently high level of safety and of health and environmental protection within the internal market. It would also lead to more efficient use of scarce resources at national level. For this purpose, an advisory Forum should be established for Member States and the Commission with the objective of promoting best practices, exchanging information and coordinating activities related to the enforcement of type-approval legislation. The currently informal cooperation between Member States in that respect would benefit from a more formal framework. The Forum should be composed of representatives appointed by the Member States representing their approval authorities and market surveillance authorities. The representatives attending a given meeting should be selected on the basis of the issues discussed by the Forum. In order to benefit from a range of views and inputs, it is useful for particular outside observers to be invited on a regular basis to the Forum, whenever those observers' activities are relevant to the issues to be discussed.
(25)
In order to avoid potential conflicts of interest, approval authorities and market surveillance authorities should not be linked when carrying out their tasks. Where a Member State chooses to place those authorities within the same organisation, it should at least ensure that that organisation has structures that ensure that the activities of the authorities remain distinct from one another in terms of their direct management and decision-making.
(26)
The rules on Union market surveillance and on the control of products entering the Union market provided for in Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 apply to motor vehicles and their trailers, as well as to systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles. Those rules do not prevent Member States from choosing the competent authorities that are to carry out those tasks. Market surveillance is a competence that may be shared between different national authorities, in order to take account of the national market surveillance systems in the Member States established under Regulation (EC) No 765/2008. Effective coordination and monitoring at Union and national levels should guarantee that approval authorities and market surveillance authorities enforce the new framework for type-approval and for market surveillance.
(27)
It is necessary to include rules on market surveillance in this Regulation in order to reinforce the rights and obligations of the national authorities, to ensure effective coordination of their market surveillance activities and to clarify the applicable procedures.
(28)
It is necessary for the market surveillance authorities and the approval authorities to be able to properly perform the tasks provided for by this Regulation. Member States should, in particular, equip them with the resources necessary in order to do so.
(29)
In order to increase transparency in the approval process and to facilitate the exchange of information and the independent verification by market surveillance authorities, approval authorities and the Commission, type-approval documentation should be provided in electronic format and be made publicly available, subject to exemptions concerning the protection of commercial secrets and the protection of personal data.
(30)
The obligations of national authorities concerning market surveillance provided in this Regulation are more specific than those laid down in Regulation (EC) No 765/2008. This is the result of the need to take account of the special characteristics of the framework for type-approval and the need to complement that framework with an effective market surveillance mechanism ensuring the robust verification of compliance of the automotive products covered by this Regulation. In order to ensure the functioning of the framework, it is essential that market surveillance authorities verify compliance of the automotive products irrespective of whether their type-approval was granted before or after the date of application of this Regulation.
(31)
It is essential for the proper functioning of market surveillance that the compliance of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units on the market is verified on the basis of a robust risk-assessment. That verification of compliance, complemented by the establishment of a minimum number of checks on vehicles per year, would also contribute to the effective Union-wide implementation of the market surveillance obligations.
(32)
In view of the special characteristics of, and the potential risk linked to, emissions, an adequate share of the minimum number of checks should be allocated to emission-related tests. In order to ensure that vehicles comply fully, each single check should include verification that all the requirements for type-approval that apply to the vehicle being tested as regards emissions have been met.
(33)
It should be possible to use any tests carried out on any vehicle in any Member State for the purpose of taking corrective and restrictive measure in another Member State. The results of checks performed on vehicles within one Member State should be considered adequate for the purpose of invoking corrective and restrictive measures in another Member State. The physical transportation of the vehicles concerned should not, therefore, be necessary for the purpose of any checks which are carried out on behalf of another Member State.
(34)
It is of particular importance that national authorities and the Commission consider in-service conformity testing and inspections of vehicles to be part of their compliance verification procedures. The selection of the vehicles that are to be subject to that compliance verification should be based on an appropriate risk assessment which takes account of the seriousness of the possible non-compliance; the likelihood of its occurrence; and other possible indicators, such as the introduction of vehicles with new technology installed, any past history or reports of non-compliance, the results of remote sensing testing and the concerns expressed by recognised third parties.
(35)
In addition, in order to verify compliance with the relevant requirements, the Commission should organise and carry out compliance verification tests and inspections that are independent of those carried out by Member States under their national market surveillance obligations. Where such tests and inspections take place on registered vehicles in agreement with the holder of the vehicle registration certificate, it is important to take into account the fact that modified vehicles might be unsuited to such verification of compliance. It is also important to take into account the implications for the holder of the vehicle registration certificate, especially where the holder is a natural person, in the case of which the suitable way of selecting the vehicles is either by way of a public call or through the Member States' authorities. Where those tests and inspections establish non-compliance, or where it is found that a type-approval has been granted on the basis of incorrect data, the Commission should be entitled to initiate Union-wide remedial actions to restore the conformity of the vehicles concerned, and to investigate the reasons why the type-approval was incorrect. Appropriate funding should be ensured in the general budget of the Union to enable the execution of such compliance verification tests and inspections.
(36)
In order to support Member States in the task of detecting defeat devices, the Commission published, on 26 January 2017, Guidance on the evaluation of Auxiliary Emission Strategies and the presence of Defeat Devices with regard to the application of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 on type approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6). Consistent with that Guidance, the test activities of the Commission, of the type-approval authorities and of the technical services for the purpose of detecting defeat devices should remain non-predictable in character, and should also include modified testing conditions which entail variations in physical conditions and testing parameters.
(37)
In order to ensure a high level of vehicle functional safety, to ensure the protection of vehicle's occupants and other road users, and to ensure the protection of the environment and health, the technical requirements and environmental standards that apply to vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units should continue to be harmonised and adapted to reflect the technical and scientific progress.
(38)
The objective of this Regulation should not be affected by the fact that certain systems, components, separate technical units, parts and equipment can be fitted to or in a vehicle after that vehicle has been placed on the market, has been registered or has entered into service. Appropriate measures should therefore be taken to ensure that the systems, components, separate technical units or parts and equipment that can be fitted to or in vehicles and that can significantly impair the functioning of systems that are essential for environmental protection or functional safety are subject to controls by an approval authority before they are placed on the market, registered or entered into service.
(39)
Those measures should only apply to a limited number of parts or equipment. In the event of serious risk, the Commission should establish the list of such parts or equipment and the corresponding requirements as a matter of priority, after having consulted stakeholders. In establishing the list, the Commission should ensure in particular that replacement parts and equipment that are essential for emission controls and safety meet the performance specifications of the original parts and equipment. It should also consult stakeholders on the basis of a report, and should strive for a fair balance between the requirements of improving road safety and environmental protection, as well as a fair balance between the interests of consumers, manufacturers and distributors while preserving competition in the aftermarket.
(40)
The EU type-approval system has to enable each Member State to confirm that every type of vehicle and every type of system, component and separate technical unit intended for such type of vehicle has undergone the tests and inspections provided for in this Regulation to verify its compliance with the type-approval requirements of this Regulation and that its manufacturer has obtained a type-approval certificate for it. The EU type-approval system obliges manufacturers to produce their vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units in conformity with the approved type. A vehicle manufacturer has to certify this by issuing a certificate of conformity for every vehicle. Every vehicle which has a valid certificate of conformity should be permitted to be made available on the market and registered in the Union.
(41)
In order to simplify the exchange of information related to type-approval between the competent authorities and to make relevant information publically accessible after appropriate implementation periods, the use of searchable online databases should be compulsory. To preserve confidential data, it is important for all data exchange to be performed by means of secure data exchange protocols. Special attention should be paid to eliminating data misuse, including avoidance of creating multiple first time registrations when using certificates of conformity in electronic format.
(42)
Conformity of production is one of the cornerstones of the EU type-approval system, and therefore the arrangements set up by the manufacturer to ensure such conformity should be approved by the competent authority or by an appropriately qualified technical service designated for that purpose, and should be subject to regular verification by means of independent periodic audits. In addition, approval authorities should ensure the verification of the continued conformity of the automotive products concerned.
(43)
The continued validity of the type-approvals requires that the manufacturer inform the authority that has approved its type of vehicle of any changes to the characteristics of the type or to the safety and environmental performance requirements applicable to that type so that it can be verified that the type of vehicle continues to comply with all the applicable requirements. Furthermore, the conditions for amending type-approvals should be clarified to ensure the uniform application of the procedures and the enforcement of the type-approval requirements throughout the Union, in particular to ensure the strict application of the rules that distinguish between amended type-approvals and new type-approvals. To ensure that the latest requirements are implemented on all new vehicles at a certain point in time, it is important that regulatory acts listed in Annex II include not only a date for the application of new requirements to new type-approvals, but also a date as of which new requirements become mandatory for the making available on the market, registration or entry into service of vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units.
(44)
The assessment of reported serious risk to safety and of harm to public health and the environment should be conducted at national level, but coordination at Union level should be ensured where a reported risk or harm may extend beyond the territory of one Member State, with the objective of sharing resources and ensuring consistency regarding the corrective actions to be taken to mitigate the identified risk or harm.
(45)
In order to ensure that all vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units placed on the market offer a high level of safety and of environmental protection, the manufacturer or any other economic operator in the supply chain should take appropriate corrective measures, including recalling vehicles, where a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit presents a serious risk to users or the environment as provided for in Regulation (EC) No 765/2008. Approval authorities should be empowered to assess and verify whether those corrective measures are adequate. The approval authorities of other Member States' should have the right to take corrective and restrictive measures where they consider that the manufacturer's corrective measures are not adequate.
(46)
Where corrective measures are applied, holders of registrations for affected vehicles should not bear the cost of the repairs to their vehicles, including in cases where repairs have been carried out at the registration holder's expense before the adoption of the corrective measure. This should not prevent consumers relying on remedies based on contract law, as applicable under Union or national law.
(47)
Appropriate flexibility should be provided by means of alternative approval schemes for manufacturers of vehicles produced in small series. They should be able to benefit from the advantages of the internal market, provided that their vehicles comply with the specific EU type-approval requirements for vehicles produced in small series. In certain limited cases, it is appropriate to allow for national small series type-approval. In order to prevent misuse, any simplified procedure for vehicles produced in small series should be restricted to cases involving very limited production in accordance with this Regulation. It is therefore necessary to precisely define the concept of vehicles produced in small series in terms of the number of vehicles produced, the requirements to be complied with and the conditions for placing those vehicles on the market. It is equally important to specify an alternative approval scheme for individual vehicles, in particular to provide sufficient flexibility for the approval of vehicles built in multiple stages.
(48)
The Union is a Contracting Party to the Agreement of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe of 20 March 1958 concerning the adoption of uniform technical prescriptions for wheeled vehicles, equipment and parts which can be fitted to and/or be used on wheeled vehicles and the conditions for reciprocal recognition of approvals granted on the basis of these prescriptions (‘Revised 1958 Agreement’) 
(
5
)
. The Union has accepted a significant number of Regulations annexed to the Revised 1958 Agreement, and therefore has the obligation to accept type-approvals granted in accordance with those Regulations as complying with the equivalent Union requirements. For the purpose of simplifying its framework for type-approval and aligning it with the international framework of the United Nations (UN), in Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
6
)
, the Union repealed its specific type-approval Directives and replaced them with the obligatory application of the relevant UN Regulations. To reduce the administrative burden of the type-approval process, where appropriate, manufacturers of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units should be allowed to seek type-approval directly in accordance with this Regulation by obtaining approval under the relevant UN Regulations referred to in the Annexes to this Regulation.
(49)
Consequently, the UN Regulations and the amendments thereto which the Union has voted in favour of or that the Union applies in accordance with Decision 97/836/EC should be incorporated within the EU type-approval legislation. Accordingly, the power to adopt acts in accordance with Article 290 TFEU should be delegated to the Commission to amend the Annexes to this Regulation to ensure that the references to the UN Regulations and their respective amendments in the list of the relevant regulatory acts are kept up-to-date.
(50)
Unrestricted access to vehicle repair and maintenance information, via a standardised format that can be used to retrieve the technical information, and effective competition in the market for services providing such information, are necessary to improve the functioning of the internal market, in particular as regards the free movement of goods, the freedom of establishment and the freedom to provide services. The requirements for the provision of repair and maintenance information have so far been laid down in Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 
(
7
)
 and (EC) No 595/2009 
(
8
)
 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Those requirements should be consolidated in this Regulation and Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No 595/2009 should be amended accordingly.
(51)
Technical progress introducing new methods or techniques for vehicle diagnostics and repair, such as remote access to vehicle information and software, should not weaken the objective of this Regulation with respect to access to vehicle repair and maintenance information for independent operators.
(52)
In order to ensure effective competition in the market for vehicle repair and maintenance information services, and in order to clarify that the information concerned also covers information which needs to be provided to independent operators other than repairers, so as to ensure that the independent vehicle repair and maintenance market as a whole can compete with authorised dealers, regardless of whether the vehicle manufacturer gives such information to authorised dealers and repairers or uses such information for the repair and maintenance purposes itself, it is necessary to set out the details of the information to be provided for the purposes of access to vehicle repair and maintenance information.
(53)
For the inspection of vehicles, and in particular for their safety- and environment- related components, it is considered to be necessary for testing centres and relevant competent authorities to have access to the technical information of each individual vehicle, as set out in Directive 2014/45/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
9
)
. In order to facilitate compliance with the requirements laid down in that Directive, the independent operators should have access to the relevant technical information needed for the preparation of vehicles for road worthiness tests.
(54)
Since there is currently no common structured process for the exchange of vehicle component data between vehicle manufacturers and independent operators, it is appropriate to develop principles for such exchanges of data. A future common structured process on the standardised format of the exchanges of data should be formally developed by the European Committee for Standardisation (CEN), although the mandate given to CEN does not predetermine the level of detail that standard will provide. The CEN's work should, in particular, reflect the interests and needs of vehicle manufacturers and independent operators alike and should also investigate solutions such as open data formats described by well-defined meta-data to accommodate existing information technology infrastructures.
(55)
In order to ensure the effectiveness of this Regulation, the power to adopt acts in accordance with Article 290 of the TFEU should be delegated to the Commission in respect of type-approval requirements concerning the environmental and safety performance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles. It is of particular importance that the Commission carry out appropriate consultations during its preparatory work, including at expert level, and that those consultations be conducted in accordance with the principles laid down in the Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making 
(
10
)
. In particular, to ensure equal participation in the preparation of delegated acts, the European Parliament and the Council receive all documents at the same time as Member States' experts, and their experts systematically have access to meetings of Commission expert groups dealing with the preparation of delegated acts.
(56)
In order to ensure uniform conditions for the implementation of this Regulation, implementing powers should be conferred on the Commission. Those powers should be exercised in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
11
)
.
(57)
Member States should lay down rules on penalties for the infringements of this Regulation, and should ensure that those rules are implemented. Those penalties should be effective, proportionate and dissuasive. In particular, they should reflect, the risk to safety, health or the environment that the number of non-compliant vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units made available on the market could pose. Member States should report the imposed penalties to the Commission annually, to monitor the coherence of the implementation of those rules.
(58)
When performing compliance verification testing, technical services should be able to choose the parameters of the tests freely and in a non-predictable manner from within the range provided for in the relevant regulatory acts. This should help them verify that the vehicles tested are compliant across the whole range of parameters, including the parameters that correspond to the worst case for the test.
(59)
In order to ensure that the vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units comply with this Regulation in all cases, they should be deemed not to comply with the relevant requirements where test results cannot be empirically verified by the relevant authority even though all testing parameters have been replicated or taken into account. It is necessary to impose penalties on economic operators and technical services who falsify test results or submit false declarations or incorrect data for type-approval.
(60)
In the interests of clarity, rationality and simplification, Directive 2007/46/EC should be repealed and replaced by this Regulation. The adoption of this Regulation ensures that provisions are directly applicable and that they can be updated in a timely and more efficient manner to take better account of technical progress and regulatory developments in the context of the Revised 1958 Agreement.
(61)
In order to support corrective and restrictive measures at Union level, the Commission should have the power to impose harmonised administrative fines upon the economic operators found to have infringed upon this Regulation regardless of where a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit was originally type-approved. The power to adopt acts in accordance with Article 290 TFEU should be delegated to the Commission to supplement this Regulation by laying down the procedure for, and methods for calculation and collection of, those administrative fines, on the basis of the principles laid down in this Regulation.
(62)
Whenever the measures provided for in this Regulation entail the processing of personal data, they should be carried out in accordance with Regulations (EU) 2016/679 
(
12
)
 and (EC) No 45/2001 
(
13
)
 of the European Parliament and of the Council as well as the national implementing measures thereto. It is important that manufacturers implement all measures necessary to comply with the rules on processing and transmission of personal data that are generated while the vehicle is used.
(63)
In order to enable Member States and national authorities as well as economic operators to prepare for the application of the new rules introduced by this Regulation, a date of application falling after the date of the entry into force should be set.
(64)
Since the objective of this Regulation, namely laying down administrative provisions and technical requirements for the type-approval of new vehicles of categories M, N and O, and for the type-approval of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, as well as for the market surveillance of such vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States, but can rather, by reason of its scale and effects, be better achieved at Union level, the Union may adopt measures in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty on European Union. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Regulation does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve that objective,
HAVE ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
CHAPTER I
SUBJECT MATTER, SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS
Article 1
Subject matter
1.   This Regulation lays down the administrative provisions and technical requirements for the type-approval and placing on the market of all new vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units, referred to in Article 2(1), and for individual vehicle approvals.
This Regulation also lays down provisions for the placing on the market and the entry into service of parts and equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of the essential systems of the vehicles referred to in Article 2(1).
2.   This Regulation lays down the requirements for the market surveillance of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units that are subject to approval. This Regulation also lays down the requirements for the market surveillance of parts and equipment for such vehicles.
Article 2
Scope
1.   This Regulation applies to motor vehicles of categories M and N and their trailers of category O, that are intended to be used on public roads, including those designed and constructed in one or more stages, and to systems, components and separate technical units, as well as to parts and equipment, designed and constructed for such vehicles and their trailers.
2.   This Regulation does not apply to the following vehicles:
(a)
agricultural or forestry vehicles, as defined in Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
14
)
;
(b)
two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles, as defined in Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
15
)
;
(c)
track-laying vehicles;
(d)
vehicles designed and constructed or adapted for use by the armed services only.
3.   For the following vehicles, the manufacturer may apply for type-approval or individual vehicle approval under this Regulation, provided that those vehicles fulfil the requirements of this Regulation:
(a)
vehicles designed and constructed for use principally on construction sites or in quarries, port or airport facilities;
(b)
vehicles designed and constructed or adapted for use by civil protection, fire services and forces responsible for maintaining public order;
(c)
any self-propelled vehicle designed and constructed specifically to perform work and that, because of its construction characteristics, is not suitable for carrying passengers or for transporting goods, and that is not machinery mounted on a motor vehicle chassis.
Such approvals shall be without prejudice to the application of Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
16
)
.
4.   For the following vehicles, the manufacturer may apply for individual vehicle approval under this Regulation:
(a)
vehicles intended exclusively for racing on roads;
(b)
prototypes of vehicles used on the road under the responsibility of a manufacturer to perform a specific test programme provided they have been specifically designed and constructed for that purpose.
Article 3
Definitions
For the purposes of this Regulation and the regulatory acts listed in Annex II, except as otherwise provided therein, the following definitions apply:
(1)
‘type-approval’ means the procedure whereby an approval authority certifies that a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements;
(2)
‘EU type-approval’ means the procedure whereby an approval authority certifies that a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements of this Regulation;
(3)
‘national type-approval’ means the procedure whereby an approval authority certifies that a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements laid down by the law of a Member State, the validity of such approval being restricted to the territory of that Member State;
(4)
‘type-approval certificate’ means the document whereby the approval authority officially certifies that a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit is type-approved;
(5)
‘certificate of conformity’ means the document issued by the manufacturer which certifies that a produced vehicle conforms to the approved type of vehicle and complies with all regulatory acts that were applicable at the time of its production;
(6)
‘individual vehicle approval’ means the procedure whereby an approval authority certifies that a particular vehicle, whether unique or not, satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements for EU individual vehicle approval or national individual vehicle approval;
(7)
‘whole-vehicle type-approval’ means the procedure whereby an approval authority certifies that an incomplete, complete or completed type of vehicle satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements;
(8)
‘multi-stage type-approval’ means the procedure whereby one or more approval authorities certify that depending on its state of completion, an incomplete or completed type of vehicle satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements;
(9)
‘step-by-step type-approval’ means the procedure consisting of the step-by-step collection of the whole set of EU type-approval certificates or UN type-approval certificates for the systems, components and separate technical units forming part of a vehicle, and which leads, in its final stage, to the whole-vehicle type-approval;
(10)
‘single-step type-approval’ means the procedure whereby an approval authority certifies, by means of a single operation, that a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit as a whole satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements;
(11)
‘mixed type-approval’ means a step-by-step type-approval for which one or more system type-approvals have been obtained during the final stage of the whole-vehicle type-approval, without the need to issue the EU type-approval certificates for those systems;
(12)
‘system type-approval’ means the procedure whereby an approval authority certifies that a type of system satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements;
(13)
‘separate technical unit type-approval’ means the procedure whereby an approval authority certifies that a type of separate technical unit satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements in relation to one or more specified types of vehicles;
(14)
‘component type-approval’ means the procedure whereby an approval authority certifies that a type of component independently of a vehicle satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements;
(15)
‘vehicle’ means any motor vehicle or its trailer;
(16)
‘motor vehicle’ means any power-driven vehicle that is designed and constructed to be moved by its own means, that has at least four wheels, is complete, completed or incomplete, and has a maximum design speed exceeding 25 km/h;
(17)
‘trailer’ means any non-self-propelled vehicle on wheels designed and constructed to be towed by a motor vehicle, that can articulate at least around a horizontal axis perpendicular to the longitudinal median plane and around a vertical axis parallel to the longitudinal median plane of the towing motor vehicle;
(18)
‘system’ means an assembly of devices combined to perform one or more specific functions in a vehicle and that is subject to the requirements of this Regulation or any of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II;
(19)
‘component’ means a device that is intended to be part of a vehicle, that can be type-approved independently of a vehicle and that is subject to the requirements of this Regulation or any of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II where the specific regulatory act makes express provision to that effect;
(20)
‘separate technical unit’ means a device that is intended to be part of a vehicle that can be type-approved separately, but only in relation to one or more specified types of vehicle and that is subject to the requirements of this Regulation or any of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II where the specific regulatory act makes express provisions to that effect;
(21)
‘parts’ means goods used for the assembly, repair and maintenance of a vehicle, as well as spare parts;
(22)
‘equipment’ means goods other than parts that can be added to or installed on a vehicle;
(23)
‘spare parts’ means goods that are to be installed in or on a vehicle to replace original parts of that vehicle, including goods that are necessary for the use of a vehicle, with the exception of fuel;
(24)
‘base vehicle’ means any vehicle that is used at the initial stage of a multi-stage type-approval;
(25)
‘incomplete vehicle’ means any vehicle that must undergo at least one further stage of completion in order to meet the relevant technical requirements of this Regulation;
(26)
‘completed vehicle’ means a vehicle resulting from the multi-stage type-approval that meets the relevant technical requirements of this Regulation;
(27)
‘complete vehicle’ means a vehicle that does not need to be completed in order to meet the relevant technical requirements of this Regulation;
(28)
‘end-of-series vehicle’ means a vehicle that is part of a stock and that, due to the entry into force of new technical requirements against which it has not been type-approved, cannot or can no longer be made available on the market, registered or entered into service;
(29)
‘alternative-fuel vehicle’ means a vehicle designed to be capable of running on at least one type of fuel that is either gaseous at atmospheric temperature and pressure, or that is substantially derived from non-mineral oil;
(30)
‘vehicle produced in small series’ means a type of vehicle of which the number of units that are made available on the market, registered or entered into service do not exceed the quantitative annual limits laid down in Annex V;
(31)
‘special purpose vehicle’ means a vehicle of category M, N or O having specific technical features that enable it to perform a function that requires special arrangements or equipment;
(32)
‘type of vehicle’ means a particular group of vehicles that shares at least the features specified in Part B of Annex I, including a group of vehicles that contains variants and versions as referred to therein;
(33)
‘semi-trailer’ means a towed vehicle in which the axle, or axles are positioned behind the centre of gravity of the vehicle (when uniformly loaded), and which is equipped with a connecting device permitting horizontal and vertical forces to be transmitted to the towing vehicle;
(34)
‘market surveillance’ means the activities carried out and measures taken by the market surveillance authorities to ensure that vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units as well as parts and equipment made available on the market comply with the requirements set out in the relevant Union harmonisation legislation and do not endanger health, safety, the environment or any other aspect of public interest protection;
(35)
‘market surveillance authority’ means the national authority or authorities responsible for carrying out market surveillance on the territory of the Member State;
(36)
‘approval authority’ means the authority or authorities of a Member State, notified to the Commission by that Member State, with competence for all aspects of the type-approval of a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, or of the individual vehicle approval, for the authorisation process for parts and equipment, for issuing and, if appropriate, for withdrawing or refusing approval certificates, for acting as the contact point for the approval authorities of the other Member States, for designating the technical services, and for ensuring that the manufacturer meets its obligations regarding the conformity of production;
(37)
‘national authority’ means an approval authority or any other authority involved in and responsible for market surveillance, border control or registration in a Member State in respect of vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment;
(38)
‘technical service’ means an organisation or body designated by the approval authority as a testing laboratory to carry out tests, or as a conformity assessment body to carry out the initial assessment and other tests or inspections;
(39)
‘national accreditation body’ means a national accreditation body as defined in point (11) of Article 2 of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008;
(40)
‘manufacturer’ means a natural or legal person who is responsible for all aspects of the type-approval of a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, or the individual vehicle approval, or the authorisation process for parts and equipment, for ensuring conformity of production and for market surveillance matters regarding that vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part and equipment produced, irrespective of whether or not that person is directly involved in all stages of the design and construction of that vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit concerned;
(41)
‘manufacturer's representative’ means any natural or legal person established in the Union who is duly appointed by the manufacturer to represent the manufacturer before the approval authority or the market surveillance authority and to act on the manufacturer's behalf in matters covered by this Regulation;
(42)
‘importer’ means a natural or legal person established in the Union who places on the market a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment that has been manufactured in a third country;
(43)
‘distributor’ means a dealer or any other natural or legal person in the supply chain, other than the manufacturer or the importer, who makes available on the market a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment;
(44)
‘economic operator’ means the manufacturer, the manufacturer's representative, the importer or the distributor;
(45)
‘independent operator’ means a natural or legal person, other than an authorised dealer or repairer, who is directly or indirectly involved in the repair and maintenance of vehicles, and include repairers, manufacturers or distributors of repair equipment, tools or spare parts, as well as publishers of technical information, automobile clubs, roadside assistance operators, operators offering inspection and testing services, operators offering training for installers, manufacturers and repairers of equipment for alternative-fuel vehicles; it also means authorised repairers, dealers and distributors within the distribution system of a given vehicle manufacturer to the extent that they provide repair and maintenance services for vehicles in respect of which they are not members of the vehicle manufacturer's distribution system;
(46)
‘authorised repairer’ means a natural or legal person who provides repair and maintenance services for vehicles and who operates within the manufacturer's distribution system;
(47)
‘independent repairer’ means a natural or legal person who provides repair and maintenance services for vehicles and who does not operate within the manufacturer's distribution system;
(48)
‘vehicle repair and maintenance information’ means all information, including all subsequent amendments and supplements thereto, that is required for diagnosing, servicing and inspecting a vehicle, preparing it for road worthiness testing, repairing, re-programming or re-initialising of a vehicle, or that is required for the remote diagnostic support of a vehicle or for the fitting on a vehicle of parts and equipment, and that is provided by the manufacturer to his authorised partners, dealers and repairers or is used by the manufacturer for the repair and maintenance purposes;
(49)
‘vehicle on-board diagnostic (OBD) information’ means the information generated by a system that is on board a vehicle or that is connected to an engine, and that is capable of detecting a malfunction, and, where applicable, is capable of signalling its occurrence by means of an alert system, is capable of identifying the likely area of malfunction by means of information stored in a computer memory, and is capable of communicating that information off-board;
(50)
‘placing on the market’ means making available a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment for the first time in the Union;
(51)
‘making available on the market’ means any supply of a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment for distribution or use on the market in the course of a commercial activity, whether in return for payment or free of charge;
(52)
‘entry into service’ means the first use, for its intended purpose, in the Union, of a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment;
(53)
‘registration’ means an administrative authorisation for the entry into service in road traffic of an approved vehicle, involving the identification of the vehicle and the issuing to it of a serial number, known as the registration number, whether on a permanent or temporary basis;
(54)
‘virtual testing method’ means computer simulations, including calculations, to demonstrate that a vehicle, a system, a component or a separate technical unit fulfils the technical requirements of a regulatory act listed in Annex II without requiring the use of a physical vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit;
(55)
‘alternative requirements’ means administrative provisions and technical requirements that aim to ensure a level of functional safety, environmental protection and occupational safety that to the greatest extent practicable is equivalent to the level provided for by one or more of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II;
(56)
‘on-site assessment’ means a verification in the premises of a technical service or of one of its subcontractors or subsidiaries;
(57)
‘surveillance on-site assessment’ means a periodic routine on-site assessment that is neither the on-site assessment undertaken for the initial designation of the technical service or of one of its subcontractors or subsidiaries, nor the on-site assessment undertaken for the renewal of that designation;
(58)
‘date of manufacture of the vehicle’ means the date on which the manufacture of a vehicle was finalised in accordance with the approval obtained by the manufacturer.
Article 4
Vehicle categories
1.   For the purposes of this Regulation, the following vehicle categories shall apply:
(a)
Category M consists of motor vehicles designed and constructed primarily for the carriage of passengers and their luggage, divided into:
(i)   
Category M
1
: motor vehicles with not more than eight seating positions in addition to the driver's seating position and without space for standing passengers, regardless of whether the number of seating positions is restricted to the driver's seating position;
(ii)   
Category M
2
: motor vehicles with more than eight seating positions in addition to the driver's seating position and having a maximum mass not exceeding 5 tonnes, regardless of whether those motor vehicles have space for standing passengers; and
(iii)   
Category M
3
: motor vehicles with more than eight seating positions in addition to the driver's seating position and having a maximum mass exceeding 5 tonnes, regardless of whether those motor vehicles have space for standing passengers;
(b)
Category N consists of motor vehicles designed and constructed primarily for the carriage of goods, divided into:
(i)   
Category N
1
: motor vehicles with a maximum mass not exceeding 3,5 tonnes;
(ii)   
Category N
2
: motor vehicles with a maximum mass exceeding 3,5 tonnes but not exceeding 12 tonnes; and
(iii)   
Category N
3
: motor vehicles with a maximum mass exceeding 12 tonnes;
(c)
Category O consists of trailers, divided into:
(i)   
Category O
1
: trailers with a maximum mass not exceeding 0,75 tonnes;
(ii)   
Category O
2
: trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 0,75 tonnes but not exceeding 3,5 tonnes;
(iii)   
Category O
3
: trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 3,5 tonnes but not exceeding 10 tonnes; and
(iv)   
Category O
4
: trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 10 tonnes.
2.   The criteria for the categorisation of vehicles, types of vehicle, variants and versions are set out in Annex I.
The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Annex I in relation to the types of vehicle and types of bodywork to take account of technical progress.
CHAPTER II
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
Article 5
Technical requirements
1.   Vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units shall comply with the requirements of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
2.   Vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation in the following cases in particular:
(a)
if they deviate from the particulars in the EU type-approval certificates and their attachments or from the descriptive particulars in the test reports more than is permitted in the relevant regulatory act;
(b)
if the performance criteria or limit values for series production laid down in the relevant regulatory act have not been fulfilled under all the conditions set out in the relevant regulatory act;
(c)
if any information given by the manufacturer in the information document is not reproducible under all the conditions set out in the relevant regulatory act by approval authorities, market surveillance authorities or the Commission.
Only checks, tests, inspections and assessments conducted by or carried out on behalf of the approval authorities, market surveillance authorities or the Commission shall be taken into account when assessing compliance for the purposes of this paragraph.
3.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Annex II in order to take into account technological and regulatory developments by introducing and updating references to the regulatory acts that contain the requirements with which vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units have to comply.
Article 6
Obligations of Member States
1.   Member States shall establish or appoint their own approval authorities and market surveillance authorities. Member States shall notify the Commission of the establishment and appointment of those authorities.
That notification shall include the name of those authorities, their address, including their electronic address, and their areas of responsibility. The Commission shall publish on its website a list and contact details of the approval authorities and the market surveillance authorities.
Member States shall ensure that their own approval authorities and market surveillance authorities adhere to a strict separation of roles and responsibilities and that they each function independently from each other. Those authorities may be within the same organisation provided that their activities are managed autonomously as part of separate structures.
2.   A Member State where more than one approval authority is responsible for vehicle approval including individual vehicle approval shall designate one of them that has the competence for issuing type-approvals as the sole approval authority that is responsible for the exchange of information with the approval authorities of other Member States for the purpose of Article 11 and for the fulfilment of obligations set out in Chapter XV.
3.   A Member State where more than one market surveillance authority is responsible for market surveillance shall designate one of them as the sole market surveillance authority that is responsible for the exchange of information with the market surveillance authorities of other Member States for the purpose of Article 11.
4.   Member States shall only permit the placing on the market, the registration or the entry into service of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units that comply with this Regulation.
5.   Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market, the registration or the entry into service of vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that comply with this Regulation, except in the cases provided for in Chapter XI.
By way of derogation from the first subparagraph of this paragraph, Member States may decide not to allow the circulation on the road, the placing on the market, the registration or the entry into service of vehicles that have been type-approved in accordance with this Regulation, but that exceed the harmonised dimensions, weights and axle loads laid down in Annex I to Council Directive 96/53/EC 
(
17
)
.
6.   Member States shall organise and carry out market surveillance and controls of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units entering the market, in accordance with this Regulation and Chapter III of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008.
7.   Member States shall take the necessary measures to ensure that market surveillance authorities are entitled, where they consider it necessary and justified, to enter the premises of economic operators on their territory and to take any necessary samples of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units for the purposes of compliance testing.
8.   The Member States shall periodically review and assess the functioning of their type-approval activities. Such reviews and assessments shall be carried out at least every four years, and the results thereof shall be communicated to the Commission and the Forum for Exchange of Information on Enforcement referred to in Article 11 (‘the Forum’).
The Member States shall make accessible to the public a summary of the results of periodic reviews and assessments.
The Member States shall report to the Commission and the Forum on how they address any recommendations referred to in Article 11(5) issued by the Forum.
9.   The Member States shall periodically review and assess the functioning of their market surveillance activities. Such reviews and assessments shall be carried out at least every four years and the results thereof shall be communicated to the Commission and to the Forum.
The Member States shall make accessible to the public a summary of the results of periodic reviews and assessments.
The Member States shall report to the Commission and the Forum on how they address any recommendations referred to in Article 11(5) issued by the Forum.
10.   The Commission may adopt implementing acts laying down the common criteria for the format of reporting on the reviews and assessments referred to in paragraphs 8 and 9 of this Article. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
Article 7
Obligations of approval authorities
1.   Approval authorities shall only approve vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that comply with this Regulation.
2.   Approval authorities shall carry out their duties independently and impartially. They shall observe confidentiality in order to protect commercial secrets, subject to the obligation laid down in Article 9(4) to make information available to the Commission and to other applicable disclosure requirements laid down in Union law in order to protect the interests of users in the Union.
Approval authorities shall cooperate efficiently and effectively, and shall share information relevant to their role and functions.
3.   For the purpose of enabling market surveillance authorities to carry out checks, approval authorities shall make available to market surveillance authorities the necessary information related to the type-approval of the vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units that are subject to compliance verification checks. That information shall include at least the information included in the EU type-approval certificate and its attachments referred to in Article 28(1). Approval authorities shall provide that information to the market surveillance authorities without undue delay.
4.   Where an approval authority has been informed in accordance with Chapter XI that a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit is suspected of presenting a serious risk or of being in non-compliance, it shall take all necessary measures to review the type-approval granted and, where appropriate, correct or withdraw the type-approval depending on the reasons and the seriousness of the deviations demonstrated.
Article 8
Obligations of market surveillance authorities
1.   Market surveillance authorities shall carry out regular checks to verify that vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units comply with the relevant requirements. Such checks shall be performed on an adequate scale by means of documentary checks and, where appropriate, laboratory tests and on-road tests conducted on the basis of statistically relevant samples.
When carrying out such checks, market surveillance authorities shall take account of:
(a)
established principles of risk assessment;
(b)
substantiated complaints; and
(c)
any other relevant information, including the information exchanged in the Forum and testing results published by recognised third parties that meet the requirements laid down by the implementing acts referred to in Article 13(10).
2.   Without prejudice to paragraph 1, the market surveillance authorities of each Member State shall carry out at least a minimum number of tests on vehicles per year. That minimum number of tests per Member State shall be one for every 40 000 new motor vehicles registered in that Member State in the preceding year, but shall not be less than five tests.
Each test shall verify compliance with the applicable regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
3.   Market surveillance authorities carrying out more than five tests per year shall carry out at least 20 % of the minimum number of tests in the form of emission-related tests comparable to type-approval tests covering all applicable emissions-related requirements to the tested type laid down in the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
4.   The market surveillance authority of one Member State may agree with the market surveillance authority of another Member State that the market surveillance authority of that other Member State carries out the tests required under paragraphs 2 and 3.
5.   The market surveillance authority of a Member State may agree with the Commission that the Commission carries out tests required under paragraph 3 at the expense of that Member State. Any tests carried out under this paragraph shall count towards the minimum number of tests required under paragraph 2.
6.   Each Member State shall prepare annually a comprehensive overview of its planned market surveillance checks which it shall submit to the Forum no later than 1 March.
7.   Every two years, each Member State shall draw up a report of its findings following any compliance verification checks it has carried out in the previous two years. That report shall be submitted to the Forum by 30 September of the year following the end of the two-year period concerned.
8.   Market surveillance authorities shall require economic operators to make available to the authorities such documentation, information and other technical specifications, including access to software and algorithms, that the authorities consider necessary for the purpose of carrying out the market surveillance activities.
9.   For type-approved vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units, market surveillance authorities shall take due account of certificates of conformity, type-approval marks or type-approval certificates presented by economic operators.
10.   Market surveillance authorities shall take appropriate measures to alert users within the territories of their Member States within an adequate timeframe of hazards that they or the Commission have identified in relation to any vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit so as to prevent or reduce the risk of injury or other damage, including by making such information available on the website of the market surveillance authority.
Market surveillance authorities shall cooperate with economic operators regarding actions that could prevent or reduce the risks caused by vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that those operators have made available on the market.
11.   Where the market surveillance authorities of one Member State decide to withdraw a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit from the market in accordance with Chapter XI, they shall inform the economic operator concerned and the relevant approval authority.
12.   Market surveillance authorities shall carry out their duties independently and impartially. They shall observe confidentiality in order to protect commercial secrets, subject to the obligation laid down in Article 9(4) to make information available to the Commission and to other applicable disclosure requirements laid down in Union law in order to protect the interests of users in the Union.
13.   The market surveillance authorities of the different Member States shall coordinate their market surveillance activities, cooperate with each other and shall share the results of those activities with each other and with the Forum. Where appropriate, the market surveillance authorities shall agree on work-sharing and specialisation.
14.   Where more than one authority in a Member State is responsible for market surveillance and external border controls, those authorities shall cooperate efficiently and effectively, and shall share information relevant to their respective roles and functions.
15.   The Commission may adopt implementing acts laying down common criteria for establishing the adequate scale of the compliance verification checks referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article and laying down common criteria for the format of the overview and the reporting referred to respectively in paragraphs 6 and 7 of this Article. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
Article 9
Compliance verification by the Commission
1.   The Commission shall organise and carry out, at its own expense, tests and inspections to verify that vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units comply with the relevant requirements.
The tests and inspections shall be performed, 
inter alia
, by means of laboratory tests and on-road tests, on the basis of statistically relevant samples, and shall be supplemented by documentary checks.
When carrying out those tests and inspections, the Commission shall take account of:
(a)
established principles of risk assessment;
(b)
substantiated complaints; and
(c)
any other relevant information, including information exchanged in the Forum, testing results published by recognised third parties that meet the requirements laid down by the implementing acts referred to in Article 13(10), information concerning new technologies on the market and reports resulting from on-road remote sensing.
The Commission may entrust the performance of tests or inspections to technical services, in which case, the technical service shall be acting on behalf of the Commission. Where the Commission entrusts the performance of tests or inspections to technical services for the purposes of this Article, the Commission shall ensure that the technical service that is used is not the same as the technical service that performed the original type-approval test.
Those tests and inspections may take place:
(a)
on new vehicles supplied by manufacturers or other economic operator, as provided for in paragraph 2;
(b)
on registered vehicles with the agreement of the holder of the vehicle registration certificate.
2.   Manufacturers holding type-approvals or other economic operators shall, upon request, supply to the Commission, in return for fair compensation, a statistically relevant number of production vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units selected by the Commission that are representative for the vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units available for placing on the market under that type-approval. Such vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units shall be supplied for testing at the time and place, and for such period, as required by the Commission.
3.   Before the Commission carries out its tests and inspections, it shall notify the Member State that granted the type-approval and the Member State where the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit was made available on the market.
The Member States shall cooperate with the Commission when the Commission carries out the tests and inspections.
4.   For the purpose of enabling the Commission to carry out the tests and inspections under this Article, Member States shall without undue delay make available to the Commission the necessary information related to the type-approval of the vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units that are subject to compliance verification. That information shall include at least the information included in the EU type-approval certificate and its attachments referred to in Article 28(1).
5.   Manufacturers shall make available to the Commission, free of charge and without undue delay, any data which are needed for the purpose of compliance verification and which are not available in the EU type-approval certificate and its attachments referred to in Article 28(1).
Such data shall include all parameters and settings that are necessary to accurately replicate the test conditions that applied at the time of the type-approval testing. The Commission shall adopt implementing acts specifying the data that are to be made available, subject to the protection of commercial secrets and the preservation of personal data pursuant to Union and national law. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
6.   Where the Commission establishes that the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units do not comply with the type-approval requirements laid down in this Regulation, that the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical unit do not comply with the type-approval or that the type-approval has been granted on the basis of incorrect data, it shall initiate the procedure provided for in Articles 53 or 54.
Where the tests and inspections call into question the correctness of the type-approval itself, the Commission shall immediately inform the approval authority or authorities concerned as well as the Forum.
The Commission shall inform the relevant approval authorities and market surveillance authorities in order for them to take appropriate measures to alert users within the Union, within an adequate timeframe, of any non-compliance that it has identified in relation to any vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit so as to prevent or reduce the risk of injury or other damage.
The Commission shall make publicly available a report of its findings following any compliance verification testing it has carried out and shall forward its findings to the Member States and to the Forum. That report shall contain details of the vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units that were assessed and the identity of the manufacturer concerned, as well as a short description of the findings, including the nature of the non-compliance, if any.
Article 10
Assessments by the Commission
1.   The Commission shall organise and carry out assessments of the procedures put in place by approval authorities that have granted EU type-approvals within the five years preceding the assessment, in particular of the procedures for granting type-approvals, for carrying out conformity of production and for the designation and monitoring of technical services. Such assessments shall include an evaluation, using a random sample, of the compliance of granted type-approvals with applicable requirements referred to in point (c) of Article 26(2) within the five years preceding the assessment.
2.   The assessments shall aim to assist the approval authorities that grant EU type-approvals to ensure the uniform application of this Regulation and to share best practices.
3.   The assessments shall be carried out in compliance with the law of the Member State concerned, with due regard for the rights of the authorities concerned, and shall comply with the principle of proportionality. The Commission shall carry out its duties independently and impartially, and shall observe confidentiality in order to protect commercial secrets in accordance with the applicable law. The Commission shall bear the costs arising from such assessments.
4.   The approval authorities concerned shall facilitate the assessment by cooperating with the Commission, giving it any necessary assistance and providing it with any necessary documentation.
5.   The Commission shall ensure that the personnel participating in the assessment are sufficiently qualified and adequately instructed. The Commission shall, a sufficient time before the assessment, inform the Member States and the approval authorities concerned of the date on which the assessment is to begin and the identity of the personnel who are to carry out the assessment. The duration of the assessment at the premises of the approval authority concerned shall not normally exceed two days, and shall not in any case exceed three days.
6.   Each approval authority that has granted at least one EU type-approval during a five year period shall be assessed by the Commission once during that period.
By way of derogation from the first subparagraph, the assessment of an approval authority may be less frequent if the Commission considers that the first assessment of that authority demonstrates that the procedures put in place ensure the effective application of this Regulation, taking into account the scope and range of EU type-approvals granted.
7.   The Commission shall communicate the outcome of the assessment, including any recommendations, to the Forum and shall make a summary of the outcome publicly available. The Forum shall examine the outcome of the assessment.
8.   The Member States shall report to the Commission and to the Forum on how they address any recommendations included in the outcome of the assessment.
9.   Taking duly into account the considerations of the Forum, the Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down common criteria for setting out the scope of, and the methodology used for, the assessment, the composition of the assessment team, the plan for the assessments covering a period of at least five years and the specific conditions under which the frequency of such assessments may be reduced. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
Article 11
Forum for Exchange of Information on Enforcement
1.   The Commission shall establish, chair and manage a Forum for Exchange of Information on Enforcement (‘the Forum’).
The Forum shall be composed of representatives appointed by each Member State representing their approval authorities and market surveillance authorities.
Whenever appropriate, technical services, recognised third parties that meet the requirements laid down by the implementing acts referred to in Article 13(10), representatives of the European Parliament, of the industry and of the relevant economic operators, as well as of stakeholders involved in safety and environment matters, may be invited as observers to the Forum in accordance with the rules of procedures referred to in paragraph 7 of this Article.
The advisory tasks of the Forum shall have as their objective the promotion of best practices in order to facilitate the uniform interpretation and implementation of this Regulation, the exchange of information on enforcement problems, cooperation, in particular regarding the assessment, designation and monitoring of technical services, the development of working methods and tools, the development of an electronic information exchange procedure, and the evaluation of harmonised enforcement projects and penalties.
2.   The Forum shall consider:
(a)
matters related to the uniform interpretation of the requirements laid down in this Regulation and in the regulatory acts listed in Annex II during implementation of those requirements;
(b)
the results of the activities relating to type-approval and market surveillance that were carried out by Member States in accordance with Article 6(8) and (9);
(c)
the results of tests and inspections carried out by the Commission in accordance with Article 9;
(d)
the assessments carried out by the Commission in accordance with Article 10;
(e)
test reports regarding possible non-compliance presented by recognised third parties that meet the requirements laid down by the implementing acts referred to in Article 13(10);
(f)
the results of the conformity of production activities carried out by approval authorities in accordance with Article 31;
(g)
the information submitted by Member States under Article 67(6) on their procedures for the assessment, designation and notification of technical services and for the monitoring of technical services;
(h)
matters of general relevance with regard to the implementation of the requirements laid down in this Regulation in relation to the assessment, designation and monitoring of technical services in accordance with Articles 67(10) and 78(4);
(i)
infringements by economic operators;
(j)
implementation of the corrective or restrictive measures laid down in Chapter XI;
(k)
the planning, coordination and results of market surveillance activities;
(l)
matters regarding access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information set out in Chapter XIV and, in particular, matters regarding the implementation of the procedures established under Article 65.
3.   On the basis of the reports submitted by Member States in accordance with Article 8(7), the Commission shall make a summary report on market surveillance activities publicly available on a two-yearly basis.
4.   Each year the Commission shall present a summary of the activities of the Forum to the European Parliament.
5.   As part of its advisory task and taking into account the outcome of the considerations under paragraph 2, the Forum may express an opinion or issue a recommendation.
When expressing an opinion or issuing recommendations the Forum shall endeavour to reach a consensus. If no such consensus can be reached, the Forum shall express its opinion or issue its recommendations by a simple majority of the Member States. Each Member State shall have one vote. Member States with diverging positions may request that their positions and the grounds on which they are based be recorded in the Forum's opinion or recommendations.
6.   When adopting implementing acts, the Commission shall duly take into account the opinions expressed by the Forum in accordance with paragraph 5.
7.   The Forum shall establish its rules of procedure.
Article 12
Online data exchange
1.   The Commission and the Member States shall use the common secure electronic exchange system referred to in Article 27 for EU type-approval certificates and their attachments referred to in Article 28(1), including for any test reports as well as amendments, refusals or withdrawals of any EU type-approval.
The Commission and Member States shall use the Rapid Information System (RAPEX), established under Directive 2001/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
18
)
 and the Information and Communication System on Market Surveillance (ICSMS), established under Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 for market surveillance, recalls and other relevant activities between market surveillance authorities, Member States and the Commission.
2.   From 5 July 2026, Member States shall make accessible to the public, by vehicle identification number, the certificate of conformity of each vehicle as structured data in electronic format in the common secure electronic exchange system, in accordance with Article 37.
From 5 July 2026, Member States shall make accessible to the public the information contained in the certificate of conformity, excluding vehicle identification numbers, as structured data in electronic format in the common secure electronic exchange system, in accordance with Article 37.
The Commission shall adopt implementing acts establishing the format of, and the criteria for public access to, the information referred to in the first and second subparagraphs of this paragraph. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
3.   The Commission shall take all necessary measures to establish an interface between the common secure electronic exchange system referred to in Article 27, RAPEX and ICSMS in order to facilitate market surveillance activities and ensure coordination, consistency and accuracy of the information provided to consumers and third parties.
4.   Member States shall use the common secure electronic exchange system referred to in Article 27, in order to make a list of the EU type-approvals for vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units that they have granted, amended, refused or withdrawn, as well as a list of the technical services which have performed the tests for the respective EU type-approvals, accessible to the public as from 1 September 2022.
The Commission shall adopt implementing acts establishing the format of, and the criteria for public access to, the information referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
5.   The Commission shall develop a tool to make publicly accessible test results and complaints about the performance of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units from recognised third parties that meet the requirements laid down by the implementing acts referred to in Article 13(10).
Article 13
General obligations of manufacturers
1.   Manufacturers shall ensure that the vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units that they have manufactured and that are placed on the market have been manufactured and approved in accordance with the requirements laid down in this Regulation, and in particular, those in Article 5.
2.   Manufacturers shall be responsible to the approval authority for all aspects of the approval procedure and for ensuring conformity of production.
In the case of multi-stage type-approval, manufacturers shall also be responsible for the approval and conformity of production of the systems, components or separate technical units that they have added at the stage of vehicle completion. Manufacturers who modify components, systems or separate technical units already approved at earlier stages shall be responsible for the type-approval and conformity of production of the modified components, systems or separate technical units. Manufacturers of the previous stage shall provide information to manufacturers of the subsequent stage regarding any change that may affect component type-approval, system type-approval or separate technical unit type-approval or the whole-vehicle type-approval. Such information shall be provided as soon as the new extension to the whole-vehicle type-approval has been granted and at the latest on the starting date of manufacture of the incomplete vehicle.
3.   Manufacturers who modify an incomplete vehicle in such a manner that it qualifies as a different category of vehicle, with the consequence that the requirements already assessed in a previous stage of type-approval have changed, shall also be responsible for compliance with the requirements applicable to the category of vehicles for which the modified vehicle qualifies.
4.   For the purposes of EU type-approval of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units, a manufacturer established outside the Union shall appoint a single representative established within the Union to represent the manufacturer before the approval authority. That manufacturer shall also appoint a single representative established within the Union for the purposes of market surveillance, who may be the same as the representative appointed for the purposes of EU type-approval.
5.   Manufacturers shall ensure that their vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units are not designed to incorporate strategies or other means that alter the performance exhibited during test procedures in such a way that they do not comply with this Regulation when operating under conditions that can reasonably be expected in normal operation.
6.   Manufacturers shall establish procedures to ensure that series production of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units remains in conformity with the approved type.
7.   Manufacturers shall examine any complaints they receive relating to risks, suspected incidents or non-compliance issues with the vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts and equipment that they have placed on the market.
Manufacturers shall keep a record of such complaints, including for each complaint a description of the issue and the details needed to precisely identify the affected type of vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment, and, in the case of substantiated complaints, manufacturers shall keep their distributors and importers informed thereof.
8.   In addition to the statutory plate fixed to their vehicles and type-approval marks fixed to their components or separate technical units in accordance with Article 38, manufacturers shall indicate their name, registered trade name or registered trade mark and their contact address in the Union on their vehicles, components or separate technical units made available on the market or, where that is not possible, on the packaging or in a document accompanying the component or separate technical unit.
9.   Manufacturers shall ensure that, while a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit is under their responsibility, storage or transport conditions do not jeopardise its compliance with the requirements laid down in this Regulation.
10.   Without prejudice to Article 9(5) and subject to the protection of commercial secrets and the preservation of personal data pursuant to Union and national law, manufacturers of vehicles shall make available data which is needed for testing by third parties for possible non-compliance, including all parameters and settings that are necessary to accurately replicate the test conditions that were applied at the time of the type-approval testing.
For the purposes of the first subparagraph of this paragraph, the Commission shall adopt implementing acts specifying the data to be made available free of charge, as well as the requirements to be met by third parties to demonstrate their legitimate interest in the fields of public safety or environmental protection and their recourse to adequate testing facilities. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
Article 14
Obligations of manufacturers concerning their vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts and equipment that are not in conformity or that present a serious risk
1.   Where a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment that has been placed on the market or that has entered into service is not in conformity with this Regulation or where the type-approval has been granted on the basis of incorrect data, the manufacturer shall immediately take the corrective measures necessary to bring that vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment into conformity, to withdraw it from the market or to recall it, as appropriate.
The manufacturer shall immediately inform the approval authority that granted the type-approval in detail of the non-conformity and of any measures taken.
2.   Where the vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment presents a serious risk, the manufacturer shall immediately provide to the approval authorities and market surveillance authorities detailed information on the risk and on any measures taken in relation thereto.
3.   Manufacturers shall keep the EU type-approval certificates and their attachments referred to in Article 28(1) for a period of 10 years after the end of validity of the EU type-approval of a vehicle and for a period of five years after the end of validity of the EU type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit.
Manufacturers of a vehicle shall keep at the disposal of the approval authorities for a period of 10 years from the date of manufacture of the vehicle a copy of the certificates of conformity referred to in Article 36.
4.   Manufacturers shall, following a reasoned request from a national authority or the Commission, provide that authority or the Commission, with a copy of the EU type-approval certificate, or the authorisation referred to in Article 55(1) demonstrating conformity of the vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment, in a language that can be easily understood by the national authority or the Commission.
Manufacturers shall, following a reasoned request from a national authority, cooperate with that authority on any action taken in accordance with Article 20 of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 to eliminate the risks posed by the vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment that they have made available on the market.
Article 15
Obligations of manufacturer's representatives
1.   The manufacturer's representative shall perform the tasks specified in the mandate received from the manufacturer. That mandate shall at least, provide for the representative to:
(a)
have access to the EU type-approval certificate and its attachments referred to in Article 28(1), and to the certificate of conformity in one of the official Union languages; such documentation shall be made available to the approval authorities and to the market surveillance authorities for a period of 10 years after the end of the validity of the EU type-approval of a vehicle and for a period of five years after the end of validity of the EU type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit;
(b)
provide an approval authority, following a reasoned request from that authority, with all information, documentation and any other technical specifications, including access to software and algorithms, that are necessary to demonstrate the conformity of production of a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit;
(c)
cooperate with the approval authorities or the market surveillance authorities, at their request, on any action taken to eliminate the serious risk posed by vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment covered by that mandate;
(d)
immediately inform the manufacturer about complaints and reports relating to risks, suspected incidents or non-compliance issues that relate to vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment covered by that mandate;
(e)
have the right to terminate the mandate without penalty if the manufacturer acts contrary to its obligations under this Regulation.
2.   A manufacturer's representative who terminates the mandate on the grounds referred to in point (e) of paragraph 1 shall immediately inform both the approval authority that granted the type-approval and the Commission.
The information to be provided shall specify at least:
(a)
the date of termination of the mandate;
(b)
the date until which the outgoing manufacturer's representative may be indicated in the information supplied by the manufacturer, including any promotional material;
(c)
the transfer of documents, including confidentiality aspects and property rights;
(d)
the obligation of the outgoing manufacturer's representative after the end of the mandate to forward to the manufacturer or incoming manufacturer's representative any complaints or reports about risks and suspected incidents relating to a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment for which the outgoing manufacturer's representative had been designated as manufacturer's representative.
Article 16
Obligations of importers
1.   Importers shall only place on the market vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that comply with this Regulation.
2.   Before placing on the market a type-approved vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, importers shall verify that it is covered by a valid EU type-approval certificate and that the system, component or separate technical unit bears the required type-approval mark and complies with Article 13(8).
In the case of a vehicle, the importer shall ensure that the vehicle is accompanied by the required certificate of conformity.
3.   Where a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit is not in conformity with the requirements of this Regulation, and in particular where it does not correspond to its type-approval, importers shall not place on the market, allow to enter into service or register the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, until it has been brought into conformity.
4.   Where a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment presents a serious risk, importers shall inform the manufacturer and the market surveillance authorities thereof. For type-approved vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units, importers shall also inform the approval authority that granted the type-approval.
5.   Importers shall indicate their name, registered trade name or registered trade mark, and their contact address on the vehicle, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment, or, where this is not possible, on its packaging or in a document accompanying the component, separate technical unit, part or equipment.
6.   Importers shall ensure that the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit is accompanied by instructions and information, as required by Article 59, in the official language or languages of the Member States concerned.
7.   To protect the health and safety of consumers, importers shall keep a record of complaints and recalls relating to vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment that they have placed on the market, and shall keep their distributors informed of such complaints and recalls.
8.   Importers shall immediately inform the relevant manufacturer of any complaints they received regarding risks, suspected incidents or non-compliance issues relating to vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment that they have placed on the market.
9.   Importers shall ensure that, while a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit is under their responsibility, storage or transport conditions do not jeopardise its compliance with the requirements laid down in this Regulation.
Article 17
Obligations of importers concerning their vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts and equipment that are not in conformity or that present a serious risk
1.   Where a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment that has been placed on the market by importers is not in conformity with this Regulation, importers shall immediately take the corrective measures necessary to bring that vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment into conformity under the manufacturer's supervision, to withdraw it from the market or to recall it, as appropriate. Importers shall also inform the manufacturer and the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval.
2.   Where a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment that has been placed on the market presents a serious risk, importers shall immediately provide detailed information on the serious risk to the manufacturers and the approval authorities and market surveillance authorities.
Importers shall also inform the approval authorities and market surveillance authorities of any action taken and give details, in particular of the serious risk and of any measure taken by the manufacturer.
3.   Importers shall, for a period of 10 years after the end of the validity of EU type-approval of a vehicle and for a period of five years after the end of the validity of the EU type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit, keep a copy of the EU type-approval certificate and its attachments referred to in Article 28(1), and shall ensure that they can be made available to the approval authorities and market surveillance authorities upon request.
4.   Importers shall, following a reasoned request from a national authority, provide that authority with all information and documentation necessary to demonstrate the conformity of a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, in a language that can be easily understood by that authority.
Importers shall, following a reasoned request from a national authority, cooperate with that authority on any action taken in accordance with Article 20 of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 to eliminate the risks posed by the vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment that they have made available on the market.
Article 18
Obligations of distributors
1.   Distributors shall verify, before making available on the market a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, that the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit bears the required statutory plate or type-approval mark, that it is accompanied by the required documents and by instructions and safety information, as required by Article 59, in the official language or languages of the relevant Member State, and that the manufacturer and the importer have complied with the requirements set out in Article 13(8) and Article 16(5) respectively.
2.   Distributors shall immediately inform the relevant manufacturer of any complaints they received relating to risks, suspected incidents or non-compliance issues with vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment that they have made available on the market.
3.   Distributors shall ensure that, while a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit is under their responsibility, storage or transport conditions do not jeopardise its compliance with the requirements laid down in this Regulation.
Article 19
Obligations of distributors concerning their vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts and equipment that are not in conformity or that present a serious risk
1.   Where a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment is not in conformity with the requirements of this Regulation, distributors shall inform the manufacturer, the importer and the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval in respect thereof, and shall not make available on the market the vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment until it has been brought into conformity.
2.   Where a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment that distributors have made available on the market is not in conformity with this Regulation, they shall inform the manufacturer, the importer and the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval.
3.   Where a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment presents a serious risk, distributors shall immediately provide detailed information on that serious risk to the manufacturer, the importer and the approval authorities and the market surveillance authorities of the Member States in which that vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment has been made available on the market.
Distributors shall also inform them of any action taken and give details of any measure taken by the manufacturer.
4.   Distributors shall, following a reasoned request from a national authority, cooperate with that authority on any action taken in accordance with Article 20 of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 to eliminate the risks posed by the vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment that they have made available on the market.
Article 20
Cases in which obligations of manufacturers apply to importers and distributors
An importer or distributor shall be considered a manufacturer for the purposes of this Regulation, and shall be subject to the obligations of the manufacturer under Articles 8, 13 and 14, in the following cases:
(a)
where the importer or distributor makes available on the market, or is responsible for the entry into service of a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit under its name or trademark, or modifies a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit in such a way that the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit may no longer comply with the applicable requirements; or
(b)
where the importer or distributor makes available on the market or is responsible for the entry into service of a system, component or separate technical unit on the basis of a UN type-approval that was granted to a manufacturer outside the Union, and it is not possible to identify a manufacturer's representative in the territory of the Union.
Article 21
Identification of economic operators
Upon a request of an approval authority or a market surveillance authority, for a period of 10 years after the placing on the market of a vehicle and for a period of five years after the placing on the market of a system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment, economic operators shall provide information on the following:
(a)
the identity of any economic operator that has supplied them with a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment;
(b)
the identity of any economic operator to which they have supplied a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment.
CHAPTER III
PROCEDURES FOR EU TYPE-APPROVAL
Article 22
Procedures for EU type-approval
1.   Where applying for a whole-vehicle type-approval, the manufacturer may choose one of the following procedures:
(a)
step-by-step type-approval;
(b)
single-step type-approval;
(c)
mixed type-approval.
In addition, the manufacturer may choose a multi-stage type-approval for an incomplete or completed vehicle.
2.   Without prejudice to the requirements of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II, for system type-approval, component type-approval and separate technical unit type-approval only the single-step type-approval is applicable.
3.   Multi-stage type-approval shall be granted in respect of an incomplete or completed type of vehicle that, having regard to the state of completion of the vehicle, conforms to the particulars in the information folder referred to in Article 24 and that meets the technical requirements laid down in the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
Multi-stage type-approval shall also apply to complete vehicles that have been converted or modified by another manufacturer after their completion.
4.   The EU type-approval for the final stage of completion shall only be granted after the approval authority has verified, in accordance with the procedures laid down in Annex IX, that the type of vehicle approved at the final stage meets all applicable technical requirements at the time of the approval. Verification shall include a documentary check of all requirements covered by an EU type-approval for an incomplete type of vehicle granted in the course of a multi-stage procedure, including where the EU type-approval was granted for a different category of vehicle.
5.   The choice of the procedure for EU type-approval referred to in paragraph 1 shall not affect the applicable requirements with which the approved type of vehicle has to comply at the time of granting of the whole-vehicle type-approval.
6.   Multi-stage type-approval may also be used by a single manufacturer, provided it is not used to circumvent the requirements applicable to vehicles built in a single stage. Vehicles built by a single manufacturer are not considered to have been built in multiple stages for the purposes of Articles 41, 42 and 49.
Article 23
Application for EU type-approval
1.   The manufacturer shall submit to the approval authority an application for EU type-approval and the information folder referred to in Article 24.
2.   Only one application shall be submitted in respect of a particular type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit. That single application shall be submitted in only one Member State and to only one approval authority therein.
A new application may not be submitted in another Member State in respect of the same type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit where:
(a)
an approval authority has refused to grant a type-approval of that type;
(b)
an approval authority has withdrawn type-approval of that type; or
(c)
the manufacturer has revoked an application for a type-approval of that type.
The approval authority shall reject an application for a type-approval of a different type designation or of a modification with respect to a previous application where the changes are not sufficient to constitute a new type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit.
3.   An application for an EU type-approval of a particular type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit shall include a declaration by the manufacturer certifying, in accordance with the second subparagraph of paragraph 2 that:
(a)
the manufacturer has not applied for an EU type-approval for the same type to any other approval authority, and no other approval authority granted the manufacturer such an approval;
(b)
no approval authority has refused to grant type-approval of that type;
(c)
no approval authority has withdrawn type-approval of that type; and
(d)
the manufacturer has not revoked an application for a type-approval of that type.
4.   A separate application shall be submitted for each type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit to be approved.
Article 24
Information folder
1.   The information folder shall include the following:
(a)
an information document, in accordance with the template laid down in the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 4, for single-step type-approval or mixed whole-vehicle type-approval or for step-by-step whole-vehicle type-approval or, in the case of the type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit, in accordance with the relevant regulatory act listed in Annex II;
(b)
all data, drawings, photographs and other relevant information;
(c)
for vehicles, an indication of the procedure or procedures chosen in accordance with Article 22(1);
(d)
any additional information requested by the approval authority in the context of the EU type-approval procedure.
2.   The information document referred to in point (a) of paragraph 1 for whole-vehicle type-approval shall contain a complete set of information on the characteristics of the type of vehicle that is necessary for the approval authority to identify the type of vehicle and to properly conduct the type-approval procedure.
3.   The manufacturer shall submit the information folder to the approval authority in an electronic format that is acceptable to that authority. The approval authority may also accept the information folders that are submitted in paper format.
4.   The Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the template for the information document and any other part of the information folder, and a harmonised electronic format for the purposes of paragraph 3 of this Article. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). The first such implementing act shall be adopted by 5 July 2020.
Article 25
Additional information to be provided with an application for EU type-approval
1.   An application for a step-by-step type-approval shall be accompanied, in addition to the information folder referred to in Article 24, by the complete set of EU type-approval certificates or UN type-approval certificates, and their attachments, that are required pursuant to the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
In the case of a system type-approval, a component type-approval or a separate technical unit type-approval, pursuant to the regulatory acts listed in Annex II, the approval authority shall have access to the information folder and, if applicable, the EU type-approval certificates and their attachments until the whole-vehicle type-approval is either granted or refused.
2.   An application for a mixed type-approval shall be accompanied, in addition to the information folder referred to in Article 24, by the EU type-approval certificates or UN type-approval certificates, and their attachments, that are required pursuant to the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
For systems for which no EU type-approval certificate or UN type-approval certificate has been presented, the application shall be accompanied, in addition to the information folder referred to in Article 24, by the information required for the approval of those systems during the vehicle approval phase, and by a test report instead of the EU type-approval certificate or UN type-approval certificate.
3.   An application for a multi-stage type-approval shall be accompanied by the following information:
(a)
in the first stage, by those parts of the information folder and the EU type-approval certificates, UN type-approval certificates or, if applicable, the test reports, that are relevant to the state of completion of the base vehicle;
(b)
in the second and subsequent stages, by those parts of the information folder and the EU type-approval certificates or UN type-approval certificates that are relevant to the current stage of completion, together with a copy of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate that was issued at the preceding stage of construction, as well as full details of any changes or additions that the manufacturer has made to the vehicle.
The information specified in this paragraph shall be supplied in accordance with Article 24(3).
4.   The approval authority and technical services shall have the access to the software and algorithms of the vehicle that they consider to be necessary for the purpose of carrying out their activities.
The approval authority and technical services may also require the manufacturer to supply documentation or any additional information needed to allow the approval authority or technical services to develop an appropriate level of understanding of the systems, including the system development process and the system concept, as well as the functions of software and algorithms that are necessary to verify compliance with the requirements of this Regulation, to take a decision on which tests are required or to facilitate the execution of those tests.
CHAPTER IV
CONDUCT OF PROCEDURES FOR EU TYPE-APPROVAL
Article 26
General provisions on conduct of procedures for EU type-approval
1.   For each type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, only one EU type-approval may be granted.
2.   An approval authority, having received an application in accordance with Article 23, shall only grant an EU type-approval after having verified all of the following:
(a)
the conformity of production arrangements referred to in Article 31;
(b)
that the declaration referred to in Article 23(3) has been submitted;
(c)
the compliance of the type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit with the applicable requirements;
(d)
in the case of whole-vehicle type-approvals in accordance with the step-by-step, mixed or multi-stage type-approval procedures, the approval authority shall verify, in accordance with Article 22(4), that the systems, components and separate technical units are covered by separate and valid type-approvals that have been granted pursuant to the requirements applicable at the time of the granting of the whole-vehicle type-approval.
3.   The procedures with respect to EU type-approval, that are set out in Annex III, and the procedures with respect to multi-stage type-approval, set out in Annex IX, shall apply.
The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Annexes III and IX to take into account regulatory and technological developments by updating the procedures therein with respect to EU type-approval and multi-stage type-approval.
4.   The approval authority shall put together an information package consisting of the information folder referred to in Article 24, accompanied by the test reports and all other documents that were added to the information folder by the technical service or by the approval authority while carrying out their tasks.
The information package may be kept electronically. It shall contain an index that clearly indicates all of the pages and the format of each document, and that chronologically records any changes to the EU type-approval.
The approval authority shall keep the information package available for a period of 10 years after the end of the validity of the EU type-approval concerned.
5.   The approval authority shall refuse to grant an EU type-approval where it finds that a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit that complies with the applicable requirements nonetheless presents a serious risk to safety or may seriously harm the environment or public health. In such case, it shall immediately send to the approval authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission a detailed file explaining the reasons for its decision and setting out the evidence for its findings.
6.   In accordance with Article 22(4), in the case of step-by-step, mixed and multi-stage type-approval procedures, the approval authority shall refuse to grant an EU type-approval where it finds that systems, components or separate technical units do not comply with the requirements set out in this Regulation.
The approval authority shall ask the approval authorities that granted type-approvals for the systems, components, or separate technical units, to act in accordance with Article 54(2).
Article 27
Notification of EU type-approval granted, amended, refused and withdrawn
1.   The approval authority shall, when issuing or amending the EU type-approval certificate, make available to the approval authorities of the other Member States, to the market surveillance authorities, and to the Commission, a copy of the EU type-approval certificate for each type of vehicle, system, component and separate technical unit for which it has granted a type-approval and its attachments, including the test reports referred to in Article 30. That copy shall be made available by means of the common secure electronic exchange system in accordance with the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article.
2.   The approval authority shall without delay inform the approval authorities of the other Member States and the Commission of its refusal or withdrawal of any EU type-approval, stating the reasons for its decision, by means of the common secure electronic exchange system in accordance with the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 3.
3.   As regards the common secure electronic exchange system, the Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the format of the electronic documents that are to be made available, the exchange mechanism, the procedures to inform authorities on the granting of EU type-approvals, on amendments, refusals and withdrawals thereof and on the relevant security measures. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). The first such implementing act shall be adopted by 5 July 2020.
Article 28
EU type-approval certificate
1.   The EU type-approval certificate shall contain the following attachments:
(a)
the information package referred to in Article 26(4);
(b)
the test reports referred to in Article 30 in the case of a system, component or separate technical unit type-approval, or the test results sheet in the case of whole-vehicle type-approval;
(c)
in the case of the whole-vehicle type-approval, the name and the specimen of the signature of the person or persons authorised to sign the certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company;
(d)
in the case of the whole-vehicle type-approval, a filled-out specimen of the certificate of conformity of the vehicle type.
2.   The EU type-approval certificate shall be given a unique number in accordance with a harmonised numbering system, which shall at least allow for the identification of the Member State which granted the EU type-approval and for the identification of the requirements to which the type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit conforms.
3.   The Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the templates for the EU type-approval certificate, the harmonised numbering system, and the test result sheet, respectively, including providing the relevant electronic formats. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). The first such implementing act shall be adopted by 5 July 2020.
4.   In respect of each type of vehicle, system, component and separate technical unit, the approval authority shall:
(a)
complete all the relevant sections of the EU type-approval certificate, including its attachments;
(b)
compile the index to the information package as referred to in Article 26(4);
(c)
issue the completed EU type-approval certificate and its attachments to the manufacturer without delay.
5.   In the case of an EU type-approval, the validity of which has been restricted in accordance with Article 39, Article 43 or Part III of Annex II, or in relation to which certain provisions of this Regulation or of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II do not apply, the EU type-approval certificate shall specify those restrictions or the relevant provisions that do not apply.
6.   Where a manufacturer of a vehicle chooses the mixed type-approval procedure, the approval authority shall complete the information package as referred to in Article 26(4) with the references to the test reports referred to in Article 30 for the systems, components or separate technical units for which no EU type-approval certificate has been issued. The approval authority shall also clearly identify in the information package the technical requirements of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II against which the vehicle was tested.
7.   Where a manufacturer of a vehicle chooses the single-step type-approval procedure, the approval authority shall attach to the EU type-approval certificate a list of relevant regulatory acts in accordance with the template provided in the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 3.
Article 29
Specific provisions concerning EU type-approvals for systems, components and separate technical units
1.   An EU type-approval shall be granted in respect of a system, component or separate technical unit that conforms to the particulars in the information folder referred to in Article 24 and that meets the technical requirements laid down in the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
2.   Where components or separate technical units, whether or not intended for repair, servicing or maintenance, are also covered by a system type-approval with respect to a vehicle, no additional component or separate technical unit type-approval shall be required unless such type-approval is provided for under the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
3.   Where a component or separate technical unit fulfils its function or offers a specific feature only in conjunction with other parts of the vehicle, thereby making it possible to verify compliance only where the component or separate technical unit operates in conjunction with those other vehicle parts, the scope of the EU type-approval of the component or the separate technical unit shall be restricted accordingly.
In such cases, the EU type-approval certificate shall specify any restrictions on the use of the component or the separate technical unit, and shall indicate the special conditions for fitting that component or separate technical unit in a vehicle.
Where that component or separate technical unit is fitted in a vehicle, the approval authority shall verify, at the time of the approval of the vehicle, that the component or separate technical unit complies with all applicable restrictions on the use or conditions for fitting.
Article 30
Tests required for EU type-approval
1.   For the purpose of granting EU type-approvals, the approval authority shall verify compliance with the technical requirements of this Regulation by means of appropriate tests that are performed by its technical services.
2.   The fundamental elements of the tests, including the technical requirements for which compliance was verified by the tests, shall be recorded in a test report.
3.   The Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the format of the test reports. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). The first such implementing act shall be adopted by 5 July 2020.
4.   The manufacturer shall make available to the approval authorities and provide to the technical services concerned the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that are required under the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II for the performance of the required tests.
5.   The required tests shall be performed on vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units that are representative of the type to be approved.
6.   Where a range of values is provided for the parameters and for the conditions used for the performance of the appropriate tests referred to in paragraph 1, the technical services may choose any value within that range.
7.   At the request of the manufacturer, and subject to the agreement of the approval authority, virtual testing methods may be used in accordance with Annex VIII as alternatives to the tests referred to in paragraph 1.
8.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Annex VIII to take into account technical and regulatory developments by updating the list of regulatory acts in respect of which virtual testing methods may be used by a manufacturer or a technical service and the specific conditions under which those virtual testing methods are to be used.
Article 31
Conformity of production arrangements
1.   An approval authority that has granted an EU type-approval shall take the necessary measures in accordance with Annex IV to verify, if necessary in cooperation with the approval authorities of the other Member States, that the manufacturer produces the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units in conformity with the approved type.
2.   An approval authority that has granted a whole-vehicle type-approval shall verify a statistically relevant number of samples of vehicles and certificates of conformity on their compliance with Articles 36 and 37 and shall verify that the data in those certificates of conformity are correct.
3.   An approval authority that has granted an EU type-approval shall take the necessary measures to verify, if necessary in cooperation with the approval authorities of the other Member States, that the arrangements referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article continue to be adequate so that vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units in production continue to conform to the approved type and that certificates of conformity continue to comply with Articles 36 and 37.
4.   In order to verify that a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit conforms to the approved type, the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval shall take the necessary measures to carry out the checks or tests on samples taken at the manufacturer's premises, including production facilities that are required for EU type-approval.
In accordance with Annex IV, the approval authority shall take the necessary measures to carry out such checks or tests with the frequency set out in the regulatory acts listed in Annex II, or, if no frequency is specified in those acts, at least once every three years.
5.   In order to verify that a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit conforms to the approved type, the approval authority or the technical services shall:
(a)
if a range of values is provided for in the test procedures laid down in the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II, set the values in a random manner within the provided range when carrying out checks or tests; and
(b)
have access to the software, algorithms, documentation and any additional information in accordance with Article 25(4).
6.   An approval authority that has granted an EU type-approval shall take the necessary measures to verify that the manufacturer complies with the obligations set out in Chapter XIV. It shall verify in particular whether, in order to comply with those obligations, the manufacturer has amended or supplemented the vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information.
7.   Where an approval authority that has granted an EU type-approval establishes that the manufacturer no longer produces the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units in conformity with the approved type or with the requirements of this Regulation, or establishes that the certificates of conformity no longer comply with Articles 36 and 37, even though production is continued, it shall take the necessary measures to ensure that the arrangements for conformity of production are followed correctly or withdraw the type-approval. The approval authority may decide to take all necessary restrictive measures in accordance with Chapter XI.
8.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Annex IV to take account of technological and regulatory developments by updating the conformity of production procedures.
Article 32
Fees
1.   The fees for EU type-approval activities shall be levied on the manufacturers who have applied for EU type-approval in the Member State concerned.
The Member State shall ensure that sufficient resources are available to cover the costs for market surveillance activities. Without prejudice to national law, those costs may be recovered by fees that can be levied by the Member State in which the vehicles are placed on the market.
2.   The Member States may levy administrative fees on technical services applying to be designated to cover wholly or partly the costs relating to the activities exercised by the national authorities responsible for technical services in accordance with this Regulation.
CHAPTER V
AMENDMENTS TO AND VALIDITY OF EU TYPE-APPROVALS
Article 33
General provisions on amendments of EU type-approvals
1.   The manufacturer shall inform the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval without delay of any change in the particulars recorded in the information package referred to in Article 26(4), including any change in the extended documentation package under the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
The approval authority shall decide whether that change requires an amendment, in the form of either a revision or an extension of the EU type-approval in accordance with Article 34, or whether that change requires a new EU type-approval.
2.   An application for an amendment shall only be submitted to the approval authority that granted the existing EU type-approval.
3.   Where an approval authority finds that an amendment requires the repetition of inspections or tests, it shall inform the manufacturer accordingly.
4.   Where an approval authority finds on the basis of the inspections or tests referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article that the requirements for the EU type-approval continue to be fulfilled, the procedures referred to in Article 34 shall apply.
5.   Where the approval authority finds that the changes in the particulars recorded in the information package cannot be covered by an extension of the existing type-approval, it shall refuse to amend the EU type-approval and shall request the manufacturer to apply for a new EU type-approval.
Article 34
Revisions and extensions of EU type-approvals
1.   An amendment shall be designated a ‘revision’ where an approval authority finds that, despite the change in the particulars recorded in the information package referred to in Article 26(4), the concerned type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit continues to comply with the applicable requirements for that type and that, therefore, no inspections or tests need to be repeated.
In such case, the approval authority shall issue the revised pages of the information package as necessary and without delay, marking each revised page to show clearly the nature of the change and the date of reissue, or it shall issue a consolidated, updated version of the information package, accompanied by a detailed description of the changes.
2.   The amendment shall be designated an ‘extension’ where the approval authority finds that the particulars recorded in the information package have changed, and where any of the following apply:
(a)
further inspections or tests are required to verify continued compliance with the requirements upon which the existing EU type-approval has been based;
(b)
any information on the EU type-approval certificate, except for its attachments, has changed; or
(c)
new requirements under any regulatory act listed in Annex II become applicable to the approved type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit.
In the event of an extension, the approval authority shall issue an updated EU type-approval certificate without delay, which shall be denoted by an extension number that is incremented in accordance with the number of successive extensions already granted. That approval certificate shall clearly state the reason for the extension, the date of reissue and, where relevant, the period of validity.
3.   Whenever amended pages of the information package or a consolidated, updated version of the information package are issued, the index to the information package shall be amended accordingly to show the date of the most recent extension or revision, or the date of the most recent consolidation of the updated version.
4.   No extension to the type-approval of a type of vehicle shall be required if the new requirements referred to in point (c) of paragraph 2 are, from a technical point of view, irrelevant to that type of vehicle or concern categories of vehicle other than the category to which it belongs.
Article 35
Termination of validity
1.   Seven years after the latest update of the information package in case of an EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for vehicles of categories M
1
 and N
1
, and 10 years for vehicles of categories M
2
, M
3,
 N
2
, N
3
 and O, the approval authority shall verify that the type of vehicle complies with all the regulatory acts that are relevant to that type.
Where the approval authority carries out the verification referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph, it is not necessary for the tests referred to in Article 30 to be repeated.
2.   An EU type-approval shall become invalid in each of the following cases:
(a)
where new requirements applicable to the approved type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit become mandatory for the making available on the market, registration or entry into service and the EU type-approval cannot be extended on the grounds laid down in point (c) of Article 34(2);
(b)
where a verification carried out in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Article concludes that the vehicle does not comply with all the regulatory acts that are relevant to that type;
(c)
where the production of vehicles in conformity with the approved type of vehicle is definitively discontinued on a voluntary basis, which shall be deemed to have occurred where no vehicle of the type concerned has been produced in the previous two years; however, such type-approvals shall continue to be valid for the purpose of registration or entry into service as long as point (a) of this paragraph is not applicable;
(d)
where the EU type-approval has been withdrawn in accordance with Article 31(7);
(e)
where the validity of the EU type-approval certificate expires due to a restriction referred to in Article 39(6);
(f)
where the type-approval was found to be based on false declarations, falsified test results or where data were withheld which would have led to the refusal to grant the type-approval.
3.   Where the whole-vehicle type-approval of only one variant within a type of vehicle or one version within a variant becomes invalid, the whole-vehicle type-approval of the type of vehicle in question shall become invalid only in so far as the particular variant or version is concerned.
4.   Where the production of a particular type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit is definitively discontinued, the manufacturer shall notify the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval without delay.
Within one month of receiving the notification referred to in the first subparagraph, the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval for the type of vehicle, system, component, or separate technical unit, shall inform the approval authorities of the other Member States accordingly.
5.   Where an EU type-approval certificate is due to become invalid, the manufacturer shall notify the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval without delay.
6.   Upon receiving the notification from the manufacturer, the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval shall communicate to the approval authorities of the other Member States and the Commission without delay all relevant information for the making available on the market, registering or entering into service of vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units, as appropriate.
In the case of vehicles, the communication referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph shall specify the date of manufacture and the vehicle identification number (‘VIN’), as defined in point (2) of Article 2 of Commission Regulation (EU) No 19/2011 
(
19
)
, of the last vehicle produced.
CHAPTER VI
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY AND MARKINGS
Article 36
Certificate of conformity in paper format
1.   The manufacturer shall issue a certificate of conformity in paper format to accompany each vehicle, whether complete, incomplete or completed, that is manufactured in conformity with the approved type of vehicle. For that purpose, the manufacturer shall use the template set out in the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 4.
The certificate of conformity in paper format shall describe the main characteristics of the vehicle, as well as its technical performance in concrete terms. The certificate of conformity in paper format shall include the date of manufacture of the vehicle. The certificate of conformity in paper format shall be designed in such a way as to prevent forgery.
The certificate of conformity in paper format shall be delivered free of charge to the buyer, together with the vehicle. Its delivery may not be made dependent on an explicit request or on the submission of additional information to the manufacturer.
2.   From 5 July 2026, the manufacturer shall be exempted from the obligation in paragraph 1 of this Article to issue the certificate of conformity in paper format to accompany each vehicle, where the manufacturer makes the certificate of conformity available as structured data in electronic format in accordance with the Article 37(1).
3.   For a period of 10 years after the date of manufacture of the vehicle, the manufacturer shall, at the request of the vehicle owner, issue a duplicate of the certificate of conformity in paper format in return for a payment that does not exceed the cost of issuing the duplicate certificate. The word ‘duplicate’ shall be clearly visible on the face of any duplicate certificate.
4.   The Commission shall adopt implementing acts concerning the certificate of conformity in paper format, setting out, in particular:
(a)
the template for the certificate of conformity;
(b)
the security elements to prevent forgery of the certificate of conformity; and
(c)
the specification concerning the manner of signing of the certificate of conformity.
Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). The first such implementing act shall be adopted before 1 September 2020.
5.   The certificate of conformity in paper format shall be drawn up in at least one of the official languages of the Union.
6.   The person or persons authorised to sign certificates of conformity in paper format shall be employed by the manufacturer, and shall be duly authorised to engage the legal responsibility of the manufacturer with respect to the design and the construction of the vehicle or to the conformity of its production.
7.   The certificate of conformity in paper format shall be completed in its entirety and shall not contain restrictions as regards the use of the vehicle other than those provided for in this Regulation or in any of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
8.   In the case of an incomplete base vehicle, the manufacturer shall only fill in those fields of the certificate of conformity in paper format that are relevant in view of the state of completeness of the vehicle.
9.   In the case of an incomplete or completed vehicle, the manufacturer shall only fill in those fields of the certificate of conformity in paper format that concern the additions or changes carried out at the current stage of approval and, where applicable, shall attach all certificates of conformity in paper format that were delivered at the previous stages.
Article 37
Certificate of conformity in electronic format
1.   Without prejudice to Article 36(1), from 5 July 2026, the manufacturer shall, free of charge and without undue delay after the date of manufacture of the vehicle, make the certificate of conformity available to the approval authority that has granted the whole-vehicle type-approval as structured data in electronic format in accordance with the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 8 of this Article.
2.   Without prejudice to Article 36(1), any manufacturer may make available certificates of conformity in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Article before 5 July 2026.
3.   The approval authority shall make available the certificate of conformity as structured data in electronic format in accordance with the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 8, so that the certificate of conformity can be accessed by the approval authorities, market surveillance authorities and registration authorities of the Member States and by the Commission.
4.   Member States may exempt manufacturers from the obligation set out in paragraph 1 of this Article with respect to types of vehicles which have national small series vehicle type-approval, in accordance with Article 42.
5.   The approval authority receiving the certificate of conformity as structured data in electronic format in accordance with the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 8 of this Article, shall give read-only access to the certificate of conformity as laid down in Article 12(2). In the case of vehicles built in multiple stages such access shall be given to the manufacturer of the subsequent stage.
6.   All data exchange in accordance with this Article shall be performed by means of secure data exchange protocols.
7.   Member States shall establish the organisation and structure of their data network to enable data reception of the certificates of conformity as structured data in electronic format in accordance with the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 8 as from 1 September 2025, preferably by making use of existing systems for the exchange of structured data.
8.   Taking into account the data that are required to be provided on the certificate of conformity in paper format, the Commission shall adopt implementing acts concerning certificates of conformity as structured data in electronic format setting out, in particular:
(a)
the basic format and structure of the data elements of the certificates of conformity in electronic format and the messages used in the exchange;
(b)
minimum requirements for secure data exchange, including the prevention of data corruption and data misuse, and measures to guarantee the authenticity of the electronic data, such as the use of digital signature;
(c)
the means of exchange of the data of the certificate of conformity in electronic format;
(d)
the minimum requirements for a vehicle-specific unique identifier and the form of information for the buyer in accordance with paragraph 5;
(e)
the read-only access referred to in paragraph 5;
(f)
exemptions for manufacturers of particular vehicle categories and types of vehicle that are produced in small series.
Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). The first such implementing act shall be adopted before 1 September 2020.
9.   Member States shall be able to exchange certificates of conformity in electronic format in accordance with this Article with the other Member States at the latest from 5 July 2026.
10.   From 5 July 2026, where, in exceptional cases, a national authority so requests, the manufacturer shall issue a duplicate of the certificate of conformity in paper format.
Article 38
Manufacturer's statutory and additional plates, markings and type-approval mark of components and separate technical units
1.   The manufacturer of a vehicle shall affix to every vehicle manufactured in conformity with the approved type a statutory plate, where relevant additional plates, and indications or symbols, with the markings required under this Regulation and the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
2.   The manufacturer of a component or separate technical unit shall affix to every component and separate technical unit manufactured in conformity with the approved type, whether or not it is part of a system, the type-approval mark required by the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
Where no such type-approval mark is required, the manufacturer shall affix at least the trade name or trade mark of the manufacturer, as well as the type number or an identification number, to the component or separate technical unit.
3.   The Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the model for the EU type-approval mark. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). The first such implementing act shall be adopted by 5 July 2020.
4.   Economic operators shall only place on the market or make available on the market vehicles, components and separate technical units which are marked in compliance with this Regulation.
CHAPTER VII
NEW TECHNOLOGIES OR NEW CONCEPTS
Article 39
Exemptions for new technologies or new concepts
1.   The manufacturer may apply for an EU type-approval in respect of a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit that incorporates new technologies or new concepts that are incompatible with one or more regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
2.   The approval authority shall grant the EU type-approval referred to in paragraph 1 where all of the following conditions are met:
(a)
the application for the EU type-approval states the reasons why the new technologies or new concepts make the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units incompatible with one or more regulatory acts listed in Annex II;
(b)
the application for the EU type-approval describes the safety and environmental implications of the new technology or new concept and the measures taken in order to ensure at least an equivalent level of safety and environmental protection to that provided by the requirements in respect of which an exemption is sought;
(c)
test descriptions and results are presented proving that the condition in point (b) is met.
3.   The granting of EU type-approvals exempting new technologies or new concepts shall be subject to the authorisation by the Commission.
The Commission shall adopt implementing acts to decide whether to grant the authorisation referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
4.   Pending adoption of implementing acts referred to in paragraph 3, the approval authority may grant a provisional EU type-approval, valid only in the territory of the Member State of that approval authority, in respect of a type of vehicle covered by the exemption sought. The approval authority shall inform the Commission and the other Member States thereof without delay by means of a file containing the information referred to in paragraph 2.
The provisional nature and the limited territorial validity of the EU type-approval shall be apparent from the heading of the EU type-approval certificate and the heading of the certificate of conformity.
5.   Approval authorities of other Member States may accept the provisional EU type-approval referred to in paragraph 4 within their territory, provided they inform the approval authority that granted the provisional EU type-approval of their acceptance in writing.
6.   Where appropriate, the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 3 shall specify whether authorisations are subject to any restrictions, in particular with regard to the maximum number of vehicles covered. In all cases, the EU type-approval shall be valid for at least 36 months.
7.   Where the Commission adopts implementing acts referred to in paragraph 3 to refuse to grant the authorisations, the approval authority shall immediately inform the holder of the provisional EU type-approval referred to in paragraph 4 that the provisional EU type-approval approval shall be revoked six months after the date of the implementing act.
However, vehicles that have been manufactured in conformity with the provisional EU type-approval before it ceased to be valid may be placed on the market, be registered or enter into service in any Member State that has accepted the provisional EU type-approval in accordance with paragraph 5.
Article 40
Subsequent adaptation of regulatory acts
1.   Where the Commission has authorised the granting of an EU type-approval in accordance with Article 39, it shall immediately take the necessary steps to adapt the regulatory acts concerned to the latest technological developments.
Where the exemption under Article 39 relates to a UN Regulation, the Commission shall make proposals to amend the relevant UN Regulation in accordance with the procedure applicable under the Revised 1958 Agreement.
2.   Once the relevant regulatory acts have been amended, any restriction in the implementing acts referred to in Article 39(3) shall be lifted.
3.   Where the necessary steps to adapt the regulatory acts referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article have not been taken, the Commission may, at the request of the Member State that granted the provisional EU type-approval, adopt implementing acts to decide whether to grant the authorisation of the extension of the validity of the provisional EU type-approval. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
CHAPTER VIII
VEHICLES PRODUCED IN SMALL SERIES
Article 41
EU type-approval of vehicles produced in small series
1.   At the request of the manufacturer and within the quantitative annual limits for vehicle categories M, N and O set out in point 1 of Part A of Annex V, Member States shall grant an EU type-approval for a type of vehicle produced in small series that satisfies at least the technical requirements laid down in Appendix 1 to Part I of Annex II.
2.   Paragraph 1 shall not apply to special purpose vehicles.
3.   The EU type-approval certificate for vehicles produced in small series shall be given a unique number in accordance with a harmonised numbering system, which shall at least allow for the identification of the Member State which granted the EU type-approval and for the identification of the requirements to which the type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit conforms.
4.   The Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the template and the numbering system for EU type-approval certificates for vehicles produced in small series. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
5.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Appendix 1 of Part I to Annex II to set out the technical requirements for vehicle categories M, N and O and amending point 1 of Part A of Annex V accordingly as regards the quantitative annual limits.
Article 42
National type-approval of vehicles produced in small series
1.   Manufacturers may apply for a national type-approval of vehicles produced in small series within the quantitative annual limits set out in point 2 of Part A of Annex V. Those limits shall apply to the making available on the market, the registration or the entry into service of vehicles of the approved type in the market of each Member State in a given year.
2.   Member States may decide to exempt any type of vehicle referred to in paragraph 1 from the obligation to comply with one or more of the requirements of this Regulation or with one or more of the requirements laid down in the regulatory acts listed in Annex II, provided that those Member States have laid down relevant alternative requirements.
3.   For the national type-approval of vehicles produced in small series, the approval authority shall accept systems, components and separate technical units that are type-approved in accordance with the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
4.   The national type-approval certificate for vehicles produced in small series shall be given a unique number in accordance with a harmonised numbering system, which shall at least allow for the identification of the Member State which granted the type-approval and for characterising the approval as one granted for a national small series.
5.   The Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the template and harmonised numbering system of the national type-approval certificate of vehicles produced in small series which shall bear the heading ‘National small series vehicle type-approval certificate’ and shall specify the content and the nature of the exemptions granted pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Article. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). Until such time as the Commission adopts such implementing acts, Member States may continue to determine the format of national type-approval certificates.
Article 43
Validity of a national type-approval of vehicles produced in small series
1.   The validity of a national type-approval of vehicles produced in small series shall be restricted to the territory of the Member State of the approval authority that has granted that type-approval.
2.   At the request of the manufacturer, the approval authority shall send to the approval authorities of the Member States chosen by the manufacturer a copy of the national type-approval certificate, including the relevant parts of the information package referred to in Article 26(4), either by registered mail or electronic mail.
3.   The approval authorities of the Member States shall accept the national type-approval, unless they have reasonable grounds to believe that the national technical requirements in accordance with which the type of vehicle has been approved are not equivalent to their own.
4.   Within two months of receipt of the documents referred to in paragraph 2, the approval authorities of Member States chosen by the manufacturer shall communicate to the approval authority that granted the national type-approval their decision to accept the type-approval or not. Where no such decision has been communicated within that two-month period, the national type-approval shall be deemed to have been accepted.
5.   At the request of an applicant who wishes to place on the market, register or enter into service in another Member State a vehicle with a national type-approval of vehicles produced in small series, the approval authority that granted the national type-approval of vehicles produced in small series shall provide the national authority of the other Member State with a copy of the type-approval certificate, including the relevant parts of the information package.
The national authority of the other Member State shall permit the placing on the market, registration or entry into service of such vehicle, unless it has reasonable grounds to believe that the national technical requirements in accordance with which the type of vehicle has been approved are not equivalent to its own.
CHAPTER IX
INDIVIDUAL VEHICLE APPROVALS
Article 44
EU individual vehicle approvals
1.   Member States shall grant an EU individual vehicle approval for a vehicle that complies with the requirements laid down in Appendix 2 to Part I of Annex II or, for special purpose vehicles, in Part III of Annex II.
This Chapter shall not apply to incomplete vehicles.
2.   An application for an EU individual vehicle approval shall be submitted by the owner of the vehicle, the manufacturer, the manufacturer's representative or the importer.
3.   Member States shall not carry out destructive tests to establish whether the vehicle complies with the requirements referred to in paragraph 1, but shall instead use any relevant information provided by the applicant for that purpose.
4.   The EU individual vehicle approval certificate shall be given a unique number in accordance with a harmonised numbering system, which shall at least allow for the identification of the Member State which granted the EU individual vehicle approval.
5.   The Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the template and the numbering system of EU individual vehicle approval certificates. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). The first such implementing act shall be adopted by 5 July 2020.
6.   Member States shall permit the placing on the market, registration or entry into service of vehicles with a valid EU individual vehicle approval certificate.
7.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Part I of Annex II to set out the technical requirements for vehicles of categories M, N and O.
Article 45
National individual vehicle approvals
1.   Member States may decide to exempt a particular vehicle, whether unique or not, from the obligation to comply with one or more of the requirements of this Regulation or with one or more of the requirements laid down in the regulatory acts listed in Annex II, provided that those Member States have imposed relevant alternative requirements.
2.   An application for national individual vehicle approval shall be submitted by the owner of the vehicle, the manufacturer, the manufacturer's representative or the importer.
3.   Member States shall not carry out destructive tests to establish whether the vehicle complies with the alternative requirements referred to in paragraph 1, but shall instead use any relevant information provided by the applicant for that purpose.
4.   For the purpose of a national individual vehicle approval, the approval authority shall accept systems, components and separate technical units that are type-approved in accordance with the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
5.   A Member State shall issue without delay a national individual vehicle approval certificate where the vehicle conforms to the description appended to the application and satisfies the relevant alternative requirements.
6.   The national individual vehicle approval certificate shall be given a unique number in accordance with a harmonised numbering system, which shall at least allow for the identification of the Member State which granted the approval and for the identification of the requirements with which the vehicle conforms.
7.   The Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the template and the numbering system of the national individual vehicle approval certificate. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). Until such time as the Commission adopts such implementing acts, Member States may continue to determine the format of national individual vehicle approval certificates.
Article 46
Validity of national individual vehicle approvals
1.   The validity of a national individual vehicle approval shall be restricted to the territory of the Member State that granted the individual vehicle approval.
2.   At the request of an applicant who wishes to make available on the market, register or enter into service in another Member State a vehicle with a national individual vehicle approval, the Member State that granted the approval shall provide the applicant with a statement of the technical requirements on the basis of which the vehicle has been approved.
3.   A Member State shall permit a vehicle for which another Member State has granted a national individual vehicle approval in accordance with Article 45 to be made available on the market, be registered or enter into service in its territory, unless that Member State has reasonable grounds to believe that the relevant alternative requirements on the basis of which the vehicle has been approved are not equivalent to its own or that the vehicle does not comply with those requirements.
4.   This Article applies to vehicles that have been type-approved in accordance with this Regulation and that have been modified before their first registration or entry into service.
Article 47
Specific provisions
1.   The procedures set out in Articles 44 and 45 may apply to a particular vehicle built in multiple stages.
2.   The procedures set out in Articles 44 and 45 shall not replace an intermediate stage within the normal sequence of a multi-stage type-approval, and shall not apply for the purposes of obtaining the first-stage approval of a vehicle.
CHAPTER X
MAKING AVAILABLE ON THE MARKET, REGISTRATION OR ENTRY INTO SERVICE
Article 48
Making available on the market, registration or entry into service of vehicles other than end-of-series vehicles
1.   Without prejudice to Articles 51, 52 and 53, vehicles for which whole-vehicle type-approval is mandatory, or for which the manufacturer has obtained that type-approval, shall only be made available on the market, registered or enter into service if they are accompanied by a valid certificate of conformity issued in accordance with Articles 36 and 37.
Registration and entry into service of incomplete vehicles may be refused as long as the vehicles remain incomplete. Registration and entry into service of incomplete vehicles shall not be used to circumvent the application of Article 49.
2.   The number of vehicles produced in small series that are made available on the market, are registered, or enter into service in the course of the same year shall not exceed the quantitative annual limits laid down in Annex V.
Article 49
Making available on the market, registration or entry into service of end-of-series vehicles
1.   Subject to the limits specified in Part B of Annex V, and for a limited period of time as specified in paragraph 2, Member States may register and permit the making available on the market or entry into service of vehicles conforming to a type of vehicle whose EU type-approval is no longer valid.
The first subparagraph shall apply only to vehicles within the territory of the Union which were covered by a valid EU type-approval at the time of their production and which had not been registered or entered into service before that EU type-approval lost its validity.
2.   Paragraph 1 shall only apply, in the case of complete vehicles, for a period of 12 months from the date on which validity of the EU type-approval expired and, in the case of completed vehicles, for a period of 18 months from that date.
3.   A manufacturer who wishes to benefit from paragraph 1 shall submit a request to the competent authority of each Member State concerned by the registration or the entry into service of the vehicles in question. The request shall specify any technical or economic reasons preventing those vehicles from complying with the new technical requirements.
The Member States concerned shall decide, within three months of receiving such a request, whether to permit the registration or the entry into service of those vehicles within their territory, and if so, the number of such vehicles.
4.   Member States shall apply appropriate measures to ensure that the number of vehicles to be registered or entered into service in the framework of the procedure set out in this Article is effectively monitored.
Article 50
Making available on the market or entry into service of components and separate technical units
1.   Components and separate technical units, including those intended for the aftermarket, may only be made available on the market or entered into service if they comply with the requirements of the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II and are marked in accordance with Article 38.
2.   Paragraph 1 shall not apply to components or separate technical units that are specifically constructed or designed for vehicles that are not covered by this Regulation.
3.   Member States may permit the making available on the market or the entry into service of components and separate technical units that are exempted under Article 39 or that are to be used on vehicles covered by approvals granted under Article 41, 42, 44 and 45 concerning the component or separate technical unit in question.
4.   Member States may also permit the making available on the market or the entry into service of components and separate technical units to be used on vehicles that were not required to be type-approved under this Regulation or under Directive 2007/46/EC at the time those vehicles were made available on the market, were registered, or entered into service.
5.   Member States may also permit the making available on the market or the entry into service of replacement components and separate technical units to be used on vehicles to which type-approval was granted before the entry into force of the requirements of the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II, in accordance with the requirements of the relevant act that applied when those type-approvals were originally granted.
CHAPTER XI
SAFEGUARD CLAUSES
Article 51
National evaluation regarding vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units suspected of presenting a serious risk or non-compliance
Where, based on their own market surveillance activities, or based on information provided by an approval authority or a manufacturer or based on complaints, the market surveillance authorities of one Member State have sufficient reasons to believe that a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit presents a serious risk to the health or safety of persons or to other aspects of the protection of public interests covered by this Regulation or does not comply with the requirements laid down in this Regulation, they shall evaluate the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit concerned with respect to the relevant requirements laid down in this Regulation. The relevant economic operators and the relevant approval authorities shall cooperate fully with the market surveillance authorities, which shall include forwarding the results of all relevant checks or tests performed in accordance with Article 31.
Article 20 of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 shall apply to the risk assessment of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit concerned.
Article 52
National procedures for dealing with vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units presenting a serious risk or non-compliance
1.   Where, after having performed the evaluation pursuant to Article 51, the market surveillance authority of one Member State finds that a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit presents a serious risk to the health or safety of persons or to other aspects of the protection of public interests covered by this Regulation, it shall require without delay that the relevant economic operator take all appropriate corrective measures without delay to ensure that the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit concerned, when placed on the market, registered or entered into service, no longer presents that risk.
2.   Where, after having performed the evaluation pursuant to Article 51, the market surveillance authority of one Member State finds that a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit does not comply with this Regulation, but does not present a serious risk as referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, it shall require without delay that the relevant economic operator take all appropriate corrective measures within a reasonable period to bring a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit into compliance. That period shall be proportionate to the seriousness of non-compliance to ensure that the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit concerned is compliant when it is placed on the market, is registered, or enters into service.
Economic operators shall, in accordance with the obligations set out in Articles 13 to 21, ensure that all appropriate corrective measures are taken in respect of all concerned vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that they have placed on the market, registered or entered into service in the Union.
3.   Where economic operators do not take adequate corrective measures within the relevant period referred to in paragraph 1 or 2, or where the risk requires rapid action, the national authorities shall take all appropriate provisional restrictive measures to prohibit or restrict the making available on the market, the registration or the entry into service of the concerned vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units, on their national market, or to withdraw them from that market or to recall them.
Article 21 of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 shall apply to the restrictive measures referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph.
4.   The Commission may adopt implementing acts laying down a classification of the seriousness of the non-compliance and the appropriate measures to be taken by national authorities to ensure the uniform application of this Article. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
Article 53
Corrective and restrictive measures at Union level
1.   The Member State taking corrective or restrictive measures in accordance with Article 52 shall notify the Commission and the other Member States without delay, by means of ICSMS. It shall also inform without delay the approval authority that granted the approval about its findings.
The information provided shall include all available details, in particular the data necessary for the identification of the concerned vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, its origin, the nature of the alleged non-compliance and the risk involved, the nature and duration of the national corrective and restrictive measures taken, and the arguments put forward by the relevant economic operator.
2.   The Member State that takes the corrective or restrictive measure shall also indicate whether the risk or the non-compliance is due to the following:
(a)
the failure of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit to meet requirements relating to the health or safety of persons, to the protection of the environment or to other aspects of the protection of public interests covered by this Regulation; or
(b)
shortcomings in the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
3.   Member States other than the Member State that takes corrective or restrictive measures shall inform within one month after the notification referred to in paragraph 1, the Commission and the other Member States of any corrective or restrictive measures they have adopted and of any additional information at their disposal relating to the non-compliance and the risk of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit concerned, as well as, in the event of disagreement with the notified national measure, of their objections.
4.   Where, within one month after the notification referred to in paragraph 1, no objection has been raised by either another Member State or the Commission in respect of a notified national measure, that measure shall be deemed to be justified. The other Member States shall ensure that similar corrective or restrictive measures are taken without delay within their territories in respect of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit concerned.
5.   Where, within one month after the notification referred to in paragraph 1, another Member State or the Commission raises an objection in respect of a notified national measure, or where the Commission considers that a notified national measure is contrary to Union law, the Commission shall consult the Member States concerned and the relevant economic operator or operators without delay.
On the basis of the consultation referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph, the Commission shall adopt implementing acts to decide on harmonised corrective or restrictive measures at Union level. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
The Commission shall immediately communicate the decision referred to in the second subparagraph to the relevant economic operator or operators. Member States shall implement such acts without delay and shall inform the Commission accordingly.
Where the Commission considers that a notified national measure is unjustified, the Member State concerned shall withdraw or adapt the measure, in accordance with the Commission decision referred to in the second subparagraph.
6.   Where following tests and inspections carried out by the Commission in accordance with Article 9, the Commission establishes that a corrective or restrictive measure is necessary at Union level, it shall without delay consult the Member States concerned and the relevant economic operator or operators.
On the basis of consultation referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph, the Commission shall adopt implementing acts to decide on corrective or restrictive measures at Union level. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
The Commission shall immediately communicate the decision referred to in the second subparagraph to the relevant economic operator or operators. Member States shall implement such acts without delay and shall inform the Commission accordingly.
7.   Where the risk or non-compliance is attributed to shortcomings in regulatory acts listed in Annex II, the Commission shall propose appropriate measures as follows:
(a)
where legal acts of the Union are concerned, the Commission shall propose the necessary amendments to the acts concerned;
(b)
where UN Regulations are concerned, the Commission shall propose the necessary draft amendments to the relevant UN Regulations in accordance with the procedure applicable under the Revised 1958 Agreement.
8.   Where a corrective measure is considered to be justified in accordance with this Article or is subject to the implementing acts as referred to in paragraph 5 or 6, that measure shall be available free of charge to holders of registrations for the affected vehicles. Where repairs have been carried out at the registration holder's expense before the adoption of the corrective measure, the manufacturer shall reimburse the cost of such repairs up to the cost of the repairs required by that corrective measure.
Article 54
Non-compliant EU type-approval
1.   Where an approval authority finds that a type-approval that has been granted does not comply with this Regulation, it shall refuse to recognise that approval.
2.   The approval authority shall notify its refusal to the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval, to the approval authorities of the other Member States, and to the Commission. Where within one month after the notification, the non-compliance of the type-approval is confirmed by the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval, that approval authority shall withdraw the type-approval.
3.   Where, within one month after the notification referred to in paragraph 2, an objection has been raised by the approval authority that granted the EU type-approval, the Commission shall consult the Member States without delay, in particular the approval authority that granted the type-approval and the relevant economic operator.
4.   On the basis of the consultation referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article, the Commission shall adopt implementing acts to decide if the refusal of recognition of EU type-approval referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article is justified. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
The Commission shall immediately communicate the decision referred to in the first subparagraph to the relevant economic operators. The Member States shall implement such acts without delay and shall inform the Commission accordingly.
5.   Where, following tests and inspections carried out by the Commission in accordance with Article 9, the Commission establishes that a type-approval that has been granted is not compliant with this Regulation, it shall consult the Member States without delay, in particular the approval authority that granted the type-approval and the relevant economic operator.
On the basis of consultations referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph the Commission shall adopt an implementing act to decide on the refusal of the recognition of type-approval referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
6.   Articles 51, 52 and 53 apply to vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units that are the subject of a non-compliant type-approval and that are already made available on the market.
Article 55
Placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
1.   Parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance shall not be placed on the market, shall not enter into service, and shall be prohibited, unless they have been authorised by an approval authority in accordance with Article 56.
2.   Such authorisations shall only apply to the limited number of parts or equipment, that are included in the list referred to in paragraph 4.
3.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, supplementing this Regulation by laying down the requirements for the authorisation of the parts and equipment referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.
Those requirements may be based on the regulatory acts listed in Annex II or may consist of a comparison of the environmental or safety performance of the parts or equipment with the environmental or safety performance of the original parts or equipment, as appropriate. In either case, the requirements shall ensure that the parts or equipment do not impair the functioning of the systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance.
4.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Annex VI to take account of technical and regulatory developments by laying down and updating the list of parts or equipment on the basis of an evaluation of the following:
(a)
the extent to which there exists a serious risk to the safety or environmental performance of vehicles that are fitted with the parts or equipment in question;
(b)
the potential effect on consumers and aftermarket manufacturers of a possible authorisation of the parts or equipment under Article 56(1).
5.   Paragraph 1 shall not apply to original parts or equipment or to parts or equipment belonging to a system that has been type-approved in accordance with the regulatory acts listed in Annex II, except where the type-approval relates to aspects other than the serious risk referred to in paragraph 1.
For the purposes of this Article, original parts or equipment means parts or equipment that are manufactured according to the specifications and production standards provided by the vehicle manufacturer for the assembly of the vehicle in question.
6.   Paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to parts or equipment that are exclusively produced for racing vehicles. Parts or equipment listed in Annex VI that are used both in racing and on the road shall only be made available on the market for vehicles intended for use on public roads, if they comply with the requirements laid down in the delegated acts referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article and have been authorised by the Commission. The Commission shall adopt implementing acts to decide whether to grant those authorisations. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
Article 56
Related requirements for parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
1.   A manufacturer of parts or equipment may apply for the authorisation referred to in Article 55(1) by submitting to the approval authority an application accompanied by a test report that is drafted by a technical service and that certifies that the parts or equipment for which authorisation is sought comply with the requirements referred to in Article 55(3). Such manufacturer may submit only one application for each type of part or equipment and to one approval authority only.
2.   The application for the authorisation shall include details of the manufacturer of the parts or equipment, the type, the identification and part numbers of the parts or equipment, the vehicle manufacturer's name, the type of vehicle and, where appropriate, the year of construction and any other information permitting the identification of the vehicle to which the parts or equipment are to be fitted.
The approval authority shall authorise the placing on the market and the entering into service of the parts or equipment where it finds, taking into account the test report referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article and other evidence, that the parts or equipment in question comply with the requirements referred to in Article 55(3).
The approval authority shall issue to the manufacturer an authorisation certificate without delay.
The Commission shall adopt implementing acts laying down the template and the numbering system for the authorisation certificate referred to in the third subparagraph of this paragraph. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
3.   The manufacturer shall inform without delay the approval authority that issued the authorisation of any change affecting the conditions under which the authorisation has been issued. That approval authority shall decide whether the authorisation has to be reviewed or reissued and whether further tests are necessary.
The manufacturer shall ensure that the parts or equipment are produced and continue to be produced under the conditions under which the authorisation has been issued.
4.   Before issuing any authorisation, the approval authority shall verify the existence of arrangements and procedures for ensuring effective control of the conformity of production.
Where the approval authority finds that the conditions for issuing the authorisation are no longer fulfilled, it shall request the manufacturer to take the necessary measures to ensure that the parts or equipment are brought into conformity. Where necessary, it shall withdraw the authorisation.
5.   Upon request of a national authority of another Member State, the approval authority that has issued the authorisation shall, within one month of the receipt of that request, send to the former a copy of the issued authorisation certificate together with its attachments by means of a common secure electronic exchange system. The copy may also take the form of a secure electronic file.
6.   An approval authority that disagrees with the authorisation issued by another Member State shall bring the reasons for its disagreement to the attention of the Commission. The Commission shall take the appropriate measures in order to resolve the disagreement. 
Inter alia
, the Commission may, where necessary and after having consulted the relevant approval authorities, adopt implementing acts requiring the withdrawal of the authorisation. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
7.   Until the list referred to in Article 55(4) has been established, Member States may maintain national provisions regarding parts or equipment that may affect the correct functioning of systems essential for the safety of the vehicle or its environmental performance.
CHAPTER XII
INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS
Article 57
UN Regulations required for EU type-approval
1.   UN Regulations or amendments thereto which the Union has voted in favour of, or that the Union applies and that are listed in Annex II, shall be part of the requirements for the EU type-approval of vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units.
2.   Where the Union has voted in favour of a UN Regulation or amendments thereto for the purpose of whole-vehicle type-approval, the Commission shall adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, supplementing this Regulation by making that UN Regulation or the amendments thereto compulsory or amending this Regulation.
Those delegated acts shall specify the dates from which that UN Regulation or amendments are to be compulsory, and shall include transitional provisions, where appropriate, and, where applicable for the purposes of EU type-approval, first registration and entry into service of vehicles and making available on the market of systems, components and separate technical units.
Article 58
Equivalence of UN Regulations for the purpose of EU type-approval
1.   The UN Regulations listed in Part II of Annex II are recognised as being equivalent to the corresponding regulatory acts to the extent that they share the same scope and subject matter.
2.   The approval authorities of the Member States shall accept type-approvals granted in accordance with the UN Regulations referred to in paragraph 1 and, where applicable, shall accept the relevant approval marks in place of the corresponding type-approvals and approval marks that were granted in accordance with this Regulation and the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
CHAPTER XIII
PROVISION OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Article 59
Information intended for users
1.   The manufacturer shall not supply any technical information related to the particulars of the type of vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment provided for in this Regulation or in the regulatory acts listed in Annex II, that diverges from the particulars of the type-approval granted by the approval authority.
2.   The manufacturer shall make available to users all relevant information and necessary instructions that describe any special conditions or restrictions on the use of a vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment.
3.   The information referred to in paragraph 2 shall be supplied in the official language or languages of the Member State where the vehicle, system, component, separate technical unit, part or equipment is to be placed on the market, registered or is to be entered into service. It shall also be provided in the owner's manual.
Article 60
Information intended for manufacturers
1.   Manufacturers of vehicles shall make available to the manufacturers of systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment all particulars that are necessary for EU type-approval of systems, components or separate technical units or to obtain the authorisation referred to in Article 55(1).
Manufacturers of vehicles may impose a binding agreement on the manufacturers of systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment to protect the confidentiality of any information that is not in the public domain, including information related to intellectual property rights.
2.   Manufacturers of systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment shall provide the manufacturers of vehicles with all detailed information on the restrictions that apply to their type-approvals and that are either referred to in Article 29(3) or imposed by a regulatory act listed in Annex II.
CHAPTER XIV
ACCESS TO VEHICLE OBD INFORMATION AND VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
Article 61
Manufacturers' obligations to provide vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information
1.   Manufacturers shall provide to independent operators unrestricted, standardised and non-discriminatory access to vehicle OBD information, diagnostic and other equipment, tools including the complete references, and available downloads, of the applicable software and vehicle repair and maintenance information. Information shall be presented in an easily accessible manner in the form of machine-readable and electronically processable datasets. Independent operators shall have access to the remote diagnosis services used by manufacturers and authorised dealers and repairers.
Manufacturers shall provide a standardised, secure and remote facility to enable independent repairers to complete operations that involve access to the vehicle security system.
2.   Until the Commission has adopted a relevant standard through the work of the European Committee for Standardisation (CEN) or a comparable standardisation body, the vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information shall be presented in an easily accessible manner that can be processed with reasonable effort by independent operators.
The vehicle OBD information and the vehicle repair and maintenance information shall be made available on the websites of manufacturers using a standardised format or, if this is not feasible, due to the nature of the information, in another appropriate format. For independent operators other than repairers, the information shall also be given in a machine-readable format that is capable of being electronically processed with commonly available information technology tools and software and which allows independent operators to carry out the task associated with their business in the aftermarket supply chain.
3.   However, in the following cases, it shall be sufficient that the manufacturer provides the required information promptly in an easily accessible manner when an independent operator so requests:
(a)
for vehicle types covered by a national type-approval of vehicles produced in small series as referred to in Article 42;
(b)
for special purpose vehicles;
(c)
for vehicle types of categories O
1
 and O
2
 that do not use diagnostic tools or a physical or wireless communication with the on-board electronic control unit or units for the purpose of diagnostics or reprogramming of their vehicles;
(d)
for the final stage of type-approval in a multi-stage type-approval procedure, where the final stage only covers bodywork which does not contain electronic vehicle control systems, and all electronic vehicle control systems of the base vehicle remain unchanged.
4.   The details of the technical requirements for access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information, in particular technical specifications on how vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information are to be provided, are laid down in Annex X.
5.   Manufacturers shall also make training material available to independent operators and authorised dealers and repairers.
6.   Manufacturers shall ensure that the vehicle OBD information and the vehicle repair and maintenance information are always accessible, except as required for maintenance purposes of the information system.
Manufacturers shall make any subsequent amendments and supplements to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information available on their websites at the same time they are made available to authorised repairers.
7.   For the purposes of manufacturing and servicing of OBD-compatible replacement or service parts and diagnostic tools and test equipment, manufacturers shall provide the relevant vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information on a non-discriminatory basis to any interested manufacturer or repairer of components, diagnostic tools or test equipment.
8.   For the purposes of the design, manufacturing and the repair of automotive equipment for alternative-fuel vehicles, manufacturers shall provide the relevant vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information on a non-discriminatory basis to any interested manufacturer, installer or repairer of equipment for alternative-fuel vehicles.
9.   Where repair and maintenance records of a vehicle are kept in a central database of the vehicle manufacturer or on its behalf, independent repairers shall have access to such records free of charge and shall be able to enter information on repair and maintenance which they have performed.
10.   This Chapter shall not apply to vehicles that are covered by individual vehicle approvals.
11.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Annex X to take account of technical and regulatory developments or prevent misuse by updating the requirements concerning the access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information, including the repair and maintenance activities supported by wireless wide area networks and by adopting and integrating the standards referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article. The Commission shall take into account current information technology, foreseeable vehicle technology developments, existing ISO standards and the possibility of a worldwide ISO standard.
Article 62
Obligations with regard to holders of several type-approvals
1.   The manufacturer responsible for the respective type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit or for a particular stage of a vehicle shall be responsible, in the event of a mixed type-approval, a step-by-step type-approval or a multi-stage type-approval, for communicating to both the final manufacturer and the independent operators the repair and maintenance information relating to the particular system, component or separate technical unit or to the particular stage.
2.   In the case of multi-stage type-approval, the final manufacturer shall be responsible for providing access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information regarding its own manufacturing stage or stages and the link to the previous stage or stages.
Article 63
Fees for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information
1.   The manufacturer may charge reasonable and proportionate fees for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information other than the records referred to in Article 61(10). Those fees shall not discourage access to such information by failing to take into account the extent to which the independent operator uses it. Access to vehicle repair and maintenance information shall be offered free of charge to national authorities, the Commission and technical services.
2.   The manufacturer shall make available vehicle repair and maintenance information, including transactional services such as reprogramming or technical assistance, on an hourly, daily, monthly, and yearly basis, with fees for access to such information varying in accordance with the respective periods of time for which access is granted.
In addition to time-based access, manufacturers may offer transaction-based access for which fees are charged per transaction and not based on the duration for which access is granted.
Where the manufacturer offers both systems of access, independent repairers shall choose systems of access, which may be either time-based or transaction-based.
Article 64
Proof of compliance with vehicle OBD information and repair and maintenance information obligations
1.   The manufacturer that has applied for EU type-approval or national type-approval shall provide the approval authority with proof of compliance with this Chapter within six months from the date of the respective type-approval.
2.   Where such proof of compliance is not provided within the period referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the approval authority shall take appropriate measures in accordance with Article 65.
Article 65
Compliance with the obligations regarding access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information
1.   An approval authority may at any time, whether on its own initiative, on the basis of a complaint, or on the basis of an assessment by a technical service, check that a manufacturer is in compliance with this Chapter and with the Manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information referred to in Appendix 1 to Annex X.
2.   Where an approval authority finds that the manufacturer has failed to comply with its obligations regarding access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information, the approval authority that granted the relevant type-approval shall take appropriate measures to remedy the situation.
Those measures may include the withdrawal or suspension of the type-approval, fines or other measures adopted pursuant to Article 84.
3.   Where an independent operator or a trade association representing independent operators files a complaint to the approval authority on the failure of the manufacturer to comply with this Chapter, the approval authority shall carry out an audit in order to verify compliance by the manufacturer. The approval authority shall request the approval authority that granted the whole vehicle type-approval to investigate the complaint and subsequently to ask for evidence from the vehicle manufacturer demonstrating that the system that the vehicle manufacturer has in place is in compliance with this Regulation. The results of that investigation shall be communicated to the national approval authority and the independent operator or trade association concerned within three months of the request.
4.   When carrying out the audit, the approval authority may ask a technical service or any other independent expert to carry out an assessment to verify whether the obligations concerning access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information have been met.
Article 66
Forum on Access to Vehicle Information
1.   The Forum on Access to Vehicle Information regarding access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information, established in accordance with Article 13(9) of Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 
(
20
)
, shall also cover all vehicles within the scope of this Regulation.
It shall carry out its activities in accordance with Annex X to this Regulation.
2.   The Forum on Access to Vehicle Information shall consider whether access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information affects the advances made in reducing vehicle theft, and shall make recommendations for improving the requirements relating to access to such information. In particular, the Forum on Access to Vehicle Information shall advise the Commission on the introduction of a process by which accredited organisations approve and authorise independent operators to access information on vehicle security.
The Commission may decide to keep the discussions and findings of the Forum on Access to Vehicle Information confidential.
CHAPTER XV
ASSESSMENT, DESIGNATION, NOTIFICATION AND MONITORING OF TECHNICAL SERVICES
Article 67
Type-approval authority responsible for technical services
1.   The approval authority designated by the Member State in accordance with Article 6(2), (referred to for the purposes of this Chapter as the ‘type-approval authority’), shall be responsible for the assessment, designation, notification and monitoring of technical services, including, where appropriate, the subcontractors or subsidiaries of those technical services. The type-approval authority may decide that the assessment and monitoring of technical services and, where appropriate, of the subcontractors or subsidiaries of those technical services, is to be carried out by a national accreditation body.
2.   Type-approval authorities shall be subject to peer evaluations in respect of any activity which they carry out related to the assessment and monitoring of technical services.
Peer evaluations shall cover the assessments of the entire or partial operations of technical services that have been carried out by type-approval authorities in accordance with Article 73(4), including the competence of the personnel, the correctness of the test and inspection methodology and the correctness of test results based on a defined scope of regulatory acts listed in Part I of Annex II.
Activities related to the assessment and monitoring of technical services that only deal with national individual approvals that were granted in accordance with Article 45 or with national type-approvals of vehicles produced in small series that were granted in accordance with Article 42 are exempted from peer evaluations
Any assessment of accredited technical services by type-approval authorities shall be exempt from peer evaluations.
3.   Type-approval authorities shall not be subject to peer evaluations when they designate all their technical services exclusively on the basis of accreditation of the technical services.
4.   The type-approval authority shall not provide consultancy services on a commercial or competitive basis.
5.   The type-approval authority shall have a sufficient personnel at its disposal to carry out the tasks laid down in this Regulation.
6.   Each Member State shall provide the Commission, the Forum and other Member States that so request with information on its procedures for the assessment, designation and notification of technical services and for the monitoring of technical services, and of any changes to the procedures.
The Commission may adopt implementing acts laying down the model for the provision of information on the procedures of the Member States referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
7.   Type-approval authorities that are subject to peer-evaluations shall establish procedures for internal audits in accordance with Appendix 2 of Annex III. Such internal audits shall be performed at least once a year. However, the frequency of internal audits may be reduced if the type-approval authority can demonstrate that its management system is being implemented effectively and has proven stability.
8.   Peer-evaluations of a type-approval authority shall be carried out at least once every five years by a peer-evaluation team, composed of two type-approval authorities from other Member States.
The Commission may decide to participate in the peer-evaluation team on the basis of a risk assessment analysis.
The peer-evaluation shall be carried out under the responsibility of the approval authority that is subject to evaluation, and shall include a visit to the premises of a technical service selected at the discretion of the peer-evaluation team.
Type-approval authorities that are not subject to peer-evaluation in accordance with paragraph 3 shall not be included in any of the activities related to the peer-evaluation team.
9.   Taking duly into account the considerations of the Forum, the Commission may adopt implementing acts setting out a plan for peer-evaluations covering a period of at least five years, laying down criteria concerning the composition of the peer-evaluation team, the methodology used for the peer-evaluation, the schedule, periodicity and the other tasks related to the peer-evaluation. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
10.   The outcome of the peer evaluations shall be examined by the Forum. The Commission shall draw up summaries of the outcome of peer evaluations and make them public.
Article 68
Designation of technical services
1.   The type-approval authorities shall designate technical services for one or more of the following categories of activities, depending on their field of competence:
(a)
category A: tests referred to in this Regulation and in the regulatory acts listed in Annex II that technical services carry out in their own facilities;
(b)
category B: the supervision of the tests, which includes test preparation, referred to in this Regulation and in the regulatory acts listed in Annex II, where such tests are performed at the manufacturer's facilities or at the facilities of a third party;
(c)
category C: the assessment and monitoring on a regular basis of the procedures of the manufacturer for controlling the conformity of production;
(d)
category D: the supervision or performance of tests or inspections for the surveillance of the conformity of production.
2.   Each Member State may designate a type-approval authority as a technical service for one or more of the categories of activities referred to in paragraph 1.
3.   A technical service shall be established under the law of a Member State and have legal personality, except for a technical service belonging to a type-approval authority and except for an accredited in-house technical service of the manufacturer, as referred to in Article 72.
4.   A technical service shall take out liability insurance for its activities, unless such liability is assumed by its Member State in accordance with national law, or unless the Member State itself is directly responsible for the conformity assessment.
5.   Technical services of a third country, other than those that have been designated in accordance with Article 72, may only be designated and may only be notified to the Commission for the purposes of Article 74 where a bilateral agreement between the Union and the third country concerned provides for the possibility of designating such technical services. This shall not prevent a technical service that is established under the law of a Member State in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Article from establishing subsidiaries in third countries, provided that those subsidiaries are directly managed and controlled by the designated technical service.
Article 69
Independence of the technical services
1.   A technical service, including its personnel, shall be independent and shall carry out the activities for which it has been designated with the highest degree of professional integrity and the requisite technical competence in the specific field in which it operates and shall be free from all pressures and inducements, particularly financial, that might influence its judgment or the results of its assessment activities, in particular such pressures or inducements emanating from persons or groups of persons with an interest in the results of those activities.
2.   Technical services shall be third-party organisation or body that is not involved in the process of the design, manufacturing, supply or maintenance of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit that it assesses, tests or inspects.
An organisation or body that belongs to a trade association or to a professional federation representing undertakings that are involved in the design, manufacturing, supply or maintenance of the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that it assesses, tests or inspects, may be considered as fulfilling the requirements of the first subparagraph, provided that its independence and the absence of any conflict of interest are demonstrated to the type-approval authority of the relevant Member State.
3.   A technical service, its top-level management and the personnel responsible for carrying out the activities for which they are designated in accordance with Article 68(1) shall not design, manufacture, supply, or maintain the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that they assess, nor represent parties engaged in those activities. This shall not preclude the use of those vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that are necessary for the operation of the technical service or the use of such vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units for personal purposes.
4.   A technical service shall ensure that the activities of its subsidiaries or subcontractors do not affect the confidentiality, objectivity or impartiality of the categories of activities for which it has been designated.
5.   The personnel of a technical service shall observe professional secrecy with regard to all information obtained in carrying out their tasks under this Regulation, except in relation to the type-approval authority and, where relevant, to the national accreditation body, or where required by Union or national law.
Article 70
Competence of the technical services
1.   A technical service shall be capable of carrying out all the activities for which it is applying to be designated in accordance with Article 68(1). It shall demonstrate to the type-approval authority or to the national accreditation body carrying out the assessment or monitoring of that technical service that it satisfies all of the following conditions:
(a)
its personnel have the appropriate skills, the specific technical knowledge, the vocational training and sufficient and appropriate experience to perform the activities for which it is applying to be designated;
(b)
it possesses descriptions of the procedures relevant for the performance of the activities for which it is applying to be designated, taking due account of the degree of complexity of the technology of the relevant vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit in question, as well as the mass or serial nature of the production process. The technical service shall demonstrate the transparency and reproducibility of those procedures;
(c)
it has the necessary means to perform the tasks connected with the category or categories of activities for which it is applying to be designated, and it has access to all necessary equipment or facilities.
2.   A technical service shall also demonstrate that it has the appropriate skills, the specific technical knowledge and proven experience to carry out tests and inspections for assessing the conformity of the vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units with this Regulation and shall demonstrate its compliance with the standards listed in Appendix 1 to Annex III. However, the standards listed in Appendix 1 to Annex III do not apply for the purposes of the last stage of a national multi-stage procedure referred to in Article 47(1).
3.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Annex III as regards the requirements for the assessment of the technical services.
Article 71
Subsidiaries of and subcontracting by technical services
1.   Technical services may subcontract, with the agreement of the designating type-approval authority, some of the categories of activities for which they have been designated in accordance with Article 68(1), or have those activities carried out by a subsidiary.
2.   Where a technical service subcontracts specific tasks within the categories of activities for which it has been designated or has a subsidiary perform those tasks, it shall ensure that the subcontractor or the subsidiary complies with the requirements set out in Articles 68, 69 and 70 and shall inform the type-approval authority thereof.
3.   Technical services shall take full responsibility for the tasks performed by their subcontractors or subsidiaries, regardless of their place of establishment.
4.   Technical services shall keep at the disposal of the designating type-approval authority the relevant documents concerning the assessment carried out by the type-approval authority or the accreditation carried out by the national accreditation body of the subcontractor or the subsidiary and the tasks performed by them.
Article 72
In-house technical service of the manufacturer
1.   An in-house technical service of a manufacturer may be designated as a technical service for activities under category A as referred to in point (a) of Article 68(1), and only with regard to the regulatory acts listed in Annex VII. An in-house technical service shall constitute a separate and distinct part of the manufacturer's company and shall not be involved in the design, manufacturing, supply or maintenance of the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units that it assesses.
2.   An in-house technical service referred to in paragraph 1 shall comply with the following requirements:
(a)
it has been accredited by a national accreditation body and complies with the requirements laid down in Appendices 1 and 2 to Annex III;
(b)
the in-house technical service, including its personnel, is organisationally identifiable and has reporting methods within the manufacturer's company of which they form part that ensures its impartiality and demonstrates that impartiality to the relevant type-approval authority and to the national accreditation body;
(c)
neither the in-house technical service nor its personnel is engaged in any activity that might conflict with its independence or with its integrity to perform the activities for which it has been designated;
(d)
it supplies its services only to the manufacturer's company of which it forms part.
3.   The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, amending Annex VII to take account of technical and regulatory developments by updating the list of regulatory acts and restrictions contained therein.
Article 73
Assessment and designation of technical services
1.   The applicant technical service shall submit a formal application to the type-approval authority of the Member State in which it requests to be designated in accordance with point 4 of Appendix 2 to Annex III. The application shall specify the categories of the activities for which the technical service is applying to be designated.
2.   Before a type-approval authority designates a technical service, the type-approval authority or the national accreditation body shall assess it in accordance with an assessment check-list that covers at least the requirements laid down in Appendix 2 to Annex III. The assessment shall include an on-site assessment in the premises of the applicant technical service, and, where relevant, of any subsidiary or sub-contractor, whether located inside or outside the Union.
3.   In cases where the assessment is carried out by a national accreditation body, the applicant technical service shall deliver to the type-approval authority a valid accreditation certificate and the corresponding assessment report attesting that the technical service fulfils the requirements laid down in Appendix 2 to Annex III for the categories of activities for which the applicant technical service is applying to be designated.
4.   In cases where the assessment is carried out by the type-approval authority, the type-approval authority of the Member State from which the applicant technical service has requested to be designated shall formally appoint a joint assessment team composed of representatives of the type-approval authorities of at least two other Member States and a representative of the Commission.
Where the technical service applies to be designated in a Member State other than the Member State of its establishment, one of the representatives of the joint assessment team shall be from the type-approval authority of the Member State of its establishment, unless that type-approval authority decides against participating in the joint assessment team.
The joint assessment team shall participate in the assessment of the applicant technical service, including the on-site assessment. The designating type-approval authority of the Member State in which the applicant technical service has requested to be designated shall give the joint assessment team all necessary assistance and provide timely access to all documentation necessary to assess the applicant technical service.
5.   In cases where the assessment is carried out by the type-approval authority that designates technical services which apply to perform tests exclusively for national individual vehicle approvals in accordance with Article 45, the type-approval authority of the Member State in which the applicant technical service has requested to be designated shall be exempt from the obligation to appoint a joint assessment team. The technical services which are only checking the correct installation of components on categories O
1
 and O
2
 shall also be exempt from assessment.
6.   If the technical service has requested to be designated by one or more type-approval authorities from Member States other than the Member State of its establishment in accordance with Article 74(2), the assessment shall be carried out only once, provided that the entire scope of the technical service's designation has been covered in that assessment.
7.   The joint assessment team shall raise findings regarding non-compliance of the applicant technical service with the requirements laid down in Articles 68 to 72, in Articles 80 and 81 and in Appendix 2 to Annex III during the assessment process. Such findings shall be discussed within the joint assessment team.
8.   The joint assessment team shall produce after the on-site assessment a report setting out the extent to which the applicant technical service complies with the requirements laid down in Articles 68 to 72, in Articles 80 and 81 and in Appendix 2 to Annex III.
9.   The report referred to in paragraph 8 shall contain a summary of any identified non-compliances, together with a recommendation as to whether the applicant may be designated as technical service.
10.   The type-approval authority shall notify to the Commission the names and the expertise of their representatives who are to participate in each joint assessment team.
11.   The type-approval authority of the Member State where the applicant technical service has requested to be designated shall send the report on the outcome of the assessment in accordance with the procedures laid down in Appendix 2 to Annex III, to the Commission and, upon request, to the type-approval authorities of the other Member States. That report shall include documentary evidence regarding the competence of the technical service and the arrangements that the type-approval authority has in place to regularly monitor the technical service.
12.   The type-approval authorities of the other Member States and the Commission may review the assessment report and the documentary evidence, raise questions or concerns and request further documentary evidence within one month from the date of reception of the assessment report and the documentary evidence.
13.   The type-approval authority of the Member State where the applicant technical service has requested to be designated shall respond to the questions, concerns and requests for further documentary evidence within four weeks following their receipt.
14.   Within four weeks following the receipt of the response referred to in paragraph 13, the type-approval authorities of the other Member States or the Commission may individually or jointly address recommendations to the type-approval authority of the Member State where the applicant technical service has requested to be designated. That type-approval authority shall take account of the recommendations when it takes the decision on the designation of the technical service. Where that type-approval authority decides not to follow the recommendations addressed by the other Member States or the Commission, it shall give the reasons therefor within two weeks after taking its decision.
15.   The validity of the designation of technical services shall be limited to five years.
16.   The type-approval authority that intends to be designated as a technical service in accordance with Article 68(2) shall document compliance with this Regulation through an assessment conducted by independent auditors. Those auditors may be from within the same organisation provided that they are managed autonomously from the personnel undertaking the assessed activity, and provided that they comply with the requirements laid down in Appendix 2 to Annex III.
Article 74
Notification to the Commission concerning designation of technical services
1.   The type-approval authorities shall notify to the Commission the name, the address, including the electronic address, the responsible persons and the category of activities of every technical service that they have designated. The notification shall clearly specify the scope of the designation, the conformity assessment activities and procedures, the type of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units, and the subjects listed in Annex II, for which the technical services have been designated, as well as any subcontractors or subsidiaries of the technical services, and any subsequent modifications to any of those details.
Such notification shall be made before the designated technical service concerned conducts any activity referred to in Article 68(1).
2.   A technical service may be designated by one or more type-approval authorities of Member States other than the Member State of its establishment, provided that the entire scope of the designation by the type-approval authority is covered by an accreditation issued in accordance with Article 73(3), or by an assessment carried out in accordance with Article 73(4).
3.   The Commission shall publish on its website, and keep up-to-date, a list with contact details of the designated technical services, their subcontractors and their subsidiaries that have been notified to it in accordance with this Article.
Article 75
Changes to and renewal of designations of technical services
1.   Where the type-approval authority has ascertained or has been informed that a technical service no longer complies with the requirements laid down in this Regulation, that type-approval authority shall restrict, suspend or withdraw the designation, as appropriate, depending on the seriousness of the failure to comply with those requirements.
The type-approval authority shall immediately notify to the Commission and the type-approval authorities of the other Member States any restriction, suspension or withdrawal of a designation.
The Commission shall update the list referred to in Article 74(3) accordingly.
2.   In the event of a restriction, suspension or withdrawal of the designation, or where the technical service has ceased its activity, the type-approval authority shall keep the files of that technical service available for the approval authorities or for the market surveillance authorities or transfer those files to another technical service chosen by the manufacturer in agreement with that technical service.
3.   The type-approval authority shall assess within three months of the notification referred to in the second subparagraph of paragraph 1 whether the non-compliance of the technical service has an impact on EU type-approval certificates issued on the basis of the inspection and test reports issued by the technical service subject of the change in designation and inform the other type-approval authorities and the Commission accordingly.
Within two months after having notified the changes to the designation, the type-approval authority shall submit a report on its findings regarding the non-compliance to the Commission and the other type-approval authorities. Where necessary to ensure the safety of vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units already placed on the market, the designating type-approval authority shall instruct the type-approval authorities concerned to suspend or withdraw within a reasonable period of time, any EU type-approval certificates which were unduly issued.
4.   Where the designation of technical services has been restricted, suspended or withdrawn, the EU type-approval certificates which were issued on the basis of inspection and test reports issued by those technical services shall remain valid unless those type-approvals become invalid in accordance with point (f) of Article 35(2).
5.   Extensions of the scope of the technical service's designation that lead to the designation of an additional category of activities referred to in Article 68(1) shall be assessed in accordance with the procedure set out in Article 73.
Extensions of the scope of a technical service's designation only for the regulatory acts listed in Annex II may be carried out in accordance with the procedures laid down in Appendix 2 to Annex III, and subject to the notification referred to in Article 74.
6.   The designation of a technical service shall only be renewed after the type-approval authority has verified that the technical service continues to comply with the requirements of this Regulation. That assessment shall be carried out in accordance with the procedure set out in Article 73.
Article 76
Monitoring of technical services
1.   The designating type-approval authority shall continuously monitor the technical services to ensure compliance with the requirements laid down in Articles 68 to 72, in Articles 80 and 81 and in Appendix 2 to Annex III.
The first subparagraph of this paragraph shall not apply to any activities of technical services which are monitored by accreditation bodies in accordance with Article 67(1) for the purposes of ensuring compliance with the requirements laid down in Articles 68 to 72, in Articles 80 and 81 and in Appendix 2 to Annex III.
Technical services shall supply on request all relevant information and documents that are required to enable the designating type-approval authority or national accreditation body to verify compliance with those requirements.
Technical services shall inform the designating type-approval authority or national accreditation body without delay of any changes, in particular regarding their personnel, facilities, subsidiaries or subcontractors, which may affect compliance with the requirements set out in Articles 68 to 72, in Articles 80 and 81 and in Appendix 2 to Annex III, or their ability to perform the conformity assessment tasks relating to the vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units for which they have been designated.
2.   Technical services shall respond without delay to requests by a type-approval authority or by the Commission in relation to the conformity assessments they have carried out.
3.   The designating type-approval authority shall ensure that the technical service carries out its obligation laid down in paragraph 2 of this Article, unless there is a legitimate reason for not doing so.
Where that type-approval authority acknowledges a legitimate reason, it shall inform the Commission thereof.
The Commission shall consult the Member States without delay. On the basis of that consultation, the Commission shall adopt implementing acts to decide if the legitimate reason is justified or not. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
The technical service and the designating type-approval authority may request that any information that is transmitted to the type-approval authority of another Member State or to the Commission shall be treated confidentially.
4.   At least every 30 months, the designating type-approval authority shall assess whether each technical service under its responsibility continues to satisfy the requirements set out in Articles 68 to 72, in Articles 80 and 81 and in Appendix 2 to Annex III. That assessment shall include an on-site assessment of each technical service under its responsibility.
Within two months after finalising the assessment of the technical service, each Member State shall report to the Commission and to the other Member States on its monitoring activities. Those reports shall contain a summary of the assessment, which shall be made publicly available.
Article 77
Challenge to the competence of technical services
1.   The Commission, in cooperation with the type-approval authority of the Member State concerned, shall investigate all cases where concerns have been brought to its attention regarding the competence of a technical service or the continued compliance by a technical service with the requirements and responsibilities to which it is subject under this Regulation. The Commission may also commence such investigations on its own initiative.
The Commission shall investigate the responsibility of the technical service in the case where it is demonstrated or where there are justified grounds for considering that a type-approval has been granted on the basis of false data, that the test results have been falsified or that data or technical specifications have been withheld that would have led to the refusal to grant the type-approval.
2.   The Commission shall consult the designating type-approval authority, as part of the investigation referred to in paragraph 1. That type-approval authority shall provide the Commission, upon request, with all relevant information relating to the performance and the compliance with the requirements concerning independence and competence of the technical service concerned.
3.   The Commission shall ensure that all sensitive information obtained in the course of its investigations is treated confidentially.
4.   Where the Commission ascertains that a technical service does not comply or no longer complies with the requirements for its designation, or that it is responsible for any of the situations referred to in paragraph 1, it shall inform the Member State of the designating type-approval authority thereof.
The Commission shall request that Member State to take restrictive measures, including the restriction, suspension or withdrawal of the designation, where necessary.
Where a Member State fails to take the necessary restrictive measures, the Commission may adopt implementing acts to decide to restrict, suspend or withdraw the designation of the technical service concerned. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2). The Commission shall notify the Member State concerned of those implementing acts and shall update the information published referred to in Article 74(3) accordingly.
Article 78
Exchange of information on assessment, designation and monitoring of technical services
1.   Type-approval authorities shall consult each other and the Commission on questions with general relevance with regard to the implementation of the requirements set out in this Regulation in relation with the assessment, designation and monitoring of technical services.
2.   Type-approval authorities shall communicate to each other and the Commission the model for the assessment check-list used in accordance with Article 73(2) by 5 July 2020 and, thereafter, the adaptations made to that check-list, until the Commission has adopted a harmonised assessment check-list. The Commission is empowered to adopt implementing acts to establish the template of the harmonised assessment check-list. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 83(2).
3.   Where the assessment reports referred to in Article 73(8) indicate discrepancies in the general practice of type-approval authorities, Member States or the Commission may request an exchange of information.
The exchange of information shall be coordinated by the Forum.
Article 79
Cooperation with national accreditation bodies
1.   Where the designation of a technical service is based on accreditation within the meaning of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008, the national accreditation body and the type-approval authority shall fully cooperate and shall exchange relevant information in compliance with Regulation (EC) No 765/2008, including incident reports and other information that relate to matters under the control of the technical service when that information is relevant for the assessment of the performance of the technical service.
2.   Member States shall ensure that type-approval authority of the Member State in which the technical service is established keeps the national accreditation body in charge of the accreditation of a particular technical service informed of any findings that are relevant to the accreditation. The national accreditation body shall inform the type-approval authority of the Member State in which the technical service is established of its findings.
Article 80
Operational obligations of technical services
1.   Technical services shall carry out the activities for which they have been designated in accordance with Article 68(1).
2.   At all times, technical services shall:
(a)
allow the designating type-approval authority to witness the performance of the technical service during testing for type-approval; and
(b)
where requested, provide the designating type-approval authority with information on the categories of activities for which they have been designated.
3.   Where a technical service finds that a manufacturer does not comply with the requirements laid down in this Regulation, it shall report this non-compliance to the type-approval authority in order for that type-approval authority to require the manufacturer to take appropriate corrective measures. The type-approval authority shall refuse to issue a type-approval certificate where those appropriate corrective measures have not been taken.
Article 81
Information obligations of technical services
1.   Technical services shall inform the designating type-approval authority of the following:
(a)
any non-conformity encountered which may require the refusal, restriction, suspension or withdrawal of a type-approval certificate;
(b)
any circumstances affecting the scope of and conditions for their designation;
(c)
any request for information which they have received from market surveillance authorities regarding their activities.
2.   Upon request from the designating type-approval authority, technical services shall provide information on the activities within the scope of their designation or on any other activity they have performed, including cross-border activities and subcontracting.
CHAPTER XVI
DELEGATED AND IMPLEMENTING POWERS
Article 82
Exercise of the delegation
1.   The power to adopt delegated acts is conferred on the Commission subject to the conditions laid down in this Article.
2.   The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in Article 4(2), Article 5(3), Article 26(3), Article 30(8), Article 31(8), Article 41(5), Article 44(7), Article 55(3) and (4), Article 57(2), Article 61(11), Article 70(3), Article 72(3) and Article 85(2) shall be conferred on the Commission for a period of five years from 4 July 2018. The Commission shall draw up a report in respect of the delegation of power not later than nine months before the end of the five-year period. The delegation of power shall be tacitly extended for periods of an identical duration, unless the European Parliament or the Council opposes such extension not later than three months before the end of each period.
3.   The delegation of power referred to in Article 4(2), Article 5(3), Article 26(3), Article 30(8), Article 31(8), Article 41(5), Article 44(7), Article 55(3) and (4), Article 57(2), Article 61(11), Article 70(3), Article 72(3) and Article 85(2) may be revoked at any time by the European Parliament or by the Council. A decision to revoke shall put an end to the delegation of the power specified in that decision. It shall take effect the day following the publication of the decision in the 
Official Journal of the European Union
 or at a later date specified therein. It shall not affect the validity of any delegated acts already in force.
4.   Before adopting a delegated act, the Commission shall consult experts designated by each Member State in accordance with the principles laid down in the Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making.
5.   As soon as it adopts a delegated act, the Commission shall notify it simultaneously to the European Parliament and to the Council.
6.   A delegated act adopted pursuant to Article 4(2), Article 5(3), Article 26(3), Article 30(8), Article 31(8), Article 41(5), Article 44(7), Article 55(3) and (4), Article 57(2), Article 61(11), Article 70(3), Article 72(3) and Article 85(2) shall enter into force only if no objection has been expressed either by the European Parliament or the Council within a period of two months of notification of that act to the European Parliament and the Council or if, before the expiry of that period, the European Parliament and the Council have both informed the Commission that they will not object. That period shall be extended by two months at the initiative of the European Parliament or of the Council.
Article 83
Committee procedure
1.   The Commission shall be assisted by the Technical Committee — Motor Vehicles (TCMV). That committee shall be a committee within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011.
2.   Where reference is made to this paragraph, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 shall apply.
Where the committee delivers no opinion, the Commission shall not adopt the draft implementing act and the third subparagraph of Article 5(4) of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 shall apply.
CHAPTER XVII
FINAL PROVISIONS
Article 84
Penalties
1.   Member States shall lay down the rules on penalties applicable to infringements by economic operators and technical services of this Regulation and shall take all measures necessary to ensure that they are implemented. The penalties provided for shall be effective, proportionate and dissuasive. In particular, those penalties shall be proportionate to the seriousness of the non-compliance and to the number of non-compliant vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units made available on the market of the Member State concerned. Member States shall, by 1 September 2020, notify the Commission of those rules and of those measures and shall notify it without delay of any subsequent amendment affecting them.
2.   The types of infringements by economic operators and technical services subject to penalties shall be at least the following:
(a)
making false declarations during approval procedures or corrective or restrictive measures being imposed in accordance with Chapter XI;
(b)
falsifying test results for type-approval or for market surveillance;
(c)
withholding data or technical specifications that could lead to the recall of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units, or to the refusal or withdrawal of EU type-approval certificate;
(d)
non-compliance by technical services in respect of the requirements for their designation.
3.   In addition to the types of infringements set out in paragraph 2, the types of infringements by economic operators that are also subject to penalties shall be at least the following:
(a)
refusing to provide access to information;
(b)
making available on the market vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units subject to approval without such approval or falsifying documents, certificates of conformity, statutory plates or approval marks with that intention.
4.   Member States shall report to the Commission every year on the penalties they have imposed in the preceding year. If no penalties were imposed in a given year, Member States shall not be required to report to the Commission.
5.   Each year, the Commission shall elaborate a summary report on the penalties imposed by Member States. That report may include recommendations for Members States and shall be submitted to the Forum.
Article 85
Administrative fines in support of corrective and restrictive measures at Union level
1.   When the Commission takes decisions in accordance with Article 53, it may impose administrative fines upon the concerned economic operators for non-compliance of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit with the requirements laid down in this Regulation. The administrative fines provided for shall be effective, proportionate and dissuasive. In particular the fines shall be proportionate to the number of non-compliant vehicles registered in the Union market, or the number of non-compliant systems, components or separate technical unit made available on the Union market.
The administrative fines imposed by the Commission shall not be in addition to the penalties imposed by the Member States in accordance with Article 84 for the same infringement. The administrative fines imposed by the Commission shall not exceed EUR 30 000 per non-compliant vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit.
The Commission may not bring, start afresh or continue proceedings under this Article against economic operators for infringements of this Regulation for which the concerned economic operators have been penalised or declared not liable in accordance with Article 84 by an earlier decision that can no longer be challenged.
2.   The Commission shall adopt, on the basis of the principles set out in paragraph 3 of this Article, delegated acts in accordance with Article 82, supplementing this Regulation by laying down the procedure for, and methods for the calculation and collection of, the administrative fines referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.
3.   The delegated acts referred to in paragraph 2 shall respect the following principles:
(a)
the procedure by the Commission shall respect the right to good administration, and in particular the right to be heard and the right to have access to the file, while respecting the legitimate interests of confidentiality and of commercial secrets;
(b)
in calculating the appropriate administrative fine, the Commission shall be guided by the principles of effectiveness, proportionality and dissuasiveness, taking into consideration, where relevant, the seriousness and the effects of the infringement, the good faith of the economic operator, the degree of diligence and cooperation of the economic operator, the repetition, frequency or duration of the infringement as well as prior sanctions imposed on the same economic operator;
(c)
administrative fines shall be collected without undue delay by fixing deadlines for the payment and, as appropriate, including the possibility of splitting payments into several instalments and phases.
4.   The amounts of administrative fines shall be considered as revenue for the general budget of the Union.
Article 86
Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
1.   Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 is amended as follows:
(1)
The title is replaced by the following:
‘Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2007 on type approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6)’;
(2)
in Article 1, paragraph 2 is replaced by the following:
‘2.   In addition, this Regulation lays down rules for in-service conformity, the durability of pollution control devices, vehicle on-board diagnostic (OBD) systems and the measurement of fuel consumption.’;
(3)
in Article 3, points 14 and 15 are deleted;
(4)
Chapter III is deleted;
(5)
in Article 13(2), point (e) is deleted.
2.   References to the deleted provisions of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 shall be construed as references to this Regulation and shall be read in accordance with the correlation table set out in point 1 of Annex XI to this Regulation.
Article 87
Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
1.   Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 is amended as follows:
(1)
The title is replaced by the following:
‘Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2009 on type-approval of motor vehicles and engines with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and amending Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directives 80/1269/EEC, 2005/55/EC and 2005/78/EC’;
(2)
in Article 1, second paragraph is replaced by the following:
‘This Regulation also lays down rules for in-service conformity of vehicles and engines, the durability of pollution control devices, vehicle on-board diagnostic (OBD) systems and the measurement of fuel consumption and CO
2
 emissions.’;
(3)
in Article 3, points 11 and 13 are deleted;
(4)
Article 6 is deleted;
(5)
in Article 11(2), point (e) is deleted.
2.   References to the deleted provisions of Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 shall be construed as references to this Regulation and shall be read in accordance with the correlation table set out in point 2 of Annex XI to this Regulation.
Article 88
Repeal of Directive 2007/46/EC
Directive 2007/46/EC is repealed with effect from 1 September 2020.
References to Directive 2007/46/EC shall be construed as references to this Regulation and shall be read in accordance with the correlation table set out in point 3 of Annex XI to this Regulation.
Article 89
Transitional provisions
1.   This Regulation shall not invalidate any whole-vehicle type-approval or EU type-approval granted to vehicles or to systems, components or separate technical units by 31 August 2020.
2.   Approval authorities shall grant extensions and revisions of whole-vehicle type-approvals and EU type-approvals to the vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article in accordance with Articles 33 and 34.
3.   Technical services already designated before 4 July 2018 shall be subject to the assessment referred to in Article 73.
The designation of technical services already designated before 4 July 2018 shall be renewed by 5 July 2022 where those technical services comply with the relevant requirements set out in this Regulation.
The validity of the designation of technical services made before 4 July 2018 shall terminate by 5 July 2022.
Article 90
Reporting
1.   By 1 September 2025, Member States shall inform the Commission of the application of the type-approval and market surveillance procedures laid down in this Regulation.
2.   By 1 September 2026, on the basis of the information supplied under paragraph 1 of this Article, the Commission shall submit an evaluation report to the European Parliament and to the Council on the application of this Regulation, including on the functioning of the compliance verification in accordance with Article 9.
Article 91
Entry into force and application
This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the 
Official Journal of the European Union
.
It shall apply from 1 September 2020.
However, from 5 July 2020, national authorities shall not refuse to grant EU type-approval or national type-approval for a new type of vehicle, or prohibit registration, placing on the market or entry into service of a new vehicle where the vehicle concerned complies with this Regulation, if a manufacturer so requests.
This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
Done at Strasbourg, 30 May 2018.
For the European Parliament
The President
A. TAJANI
For the Council
The President
L. PAVLOVA
(
1
)
  
            
OJ C 303, 19.8.2016, p. 86
.
(
2
)
  Position of the European Parliament of 19 April 2018 (not yet published in the Official Journal) and decision of the Council of 22 May 2018.
(
3
)
  Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 September 2007 establishing a framework for the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles (Framework Directive) (
OJ L 263, 9.10.2007, p. 1
).
(
4
)
  Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 July 2008 setting out the requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of products and repealing Regulation (EEC) No 339/93 (
OJ L 218, 13.8.2008, p. 30
).
(
5
)
  Council Decision 97/836/EC of 27 November 1997 with a view to accession by the European Community to the Agreement of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe concerning the adoption of uniform technical prescriptions for wheeled vehicles, equipment and parts which can be fitted to and/or be used on wheeled vehicles and the conditions for reciprocal recognition of approvals granted on the basis of these prescriptions (‘Revised 1958 Agreement’) (
OJ L 346, 17.12.1997, p. 78
).
(
6
)
  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (
OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1
).
(
7
)
  Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2007 on type approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information (
OJ L 171, 29.6.2007, p. 1
).
(
8
)
  Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2009 on type-approval of motor vehicles and engines with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information and amending Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directives 80/1269/EEC, 2005/55/EC and 2005/78/EC (
OJ L 188, 18.7.2009, p. 1
).
(
9
)
  Directive 2014/45/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 3 April 2014 on periodic roadworthiness tests for motor vehicles and their trailers and repealing Directive 2009/40/EC (
OJ L 127, 29.4.2014, p. 51
).
(
10
)
  
            
OJ L 123, 12.5.2016, p. 1
.
(
11
)
  Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 February 2011 laying down the rules and general principles concerning mechanisms for control by Member States of the Commission's exercise of implementing powers (
OJ L 55, 28.2.2011, p. 13
).
(
12
)
  Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) (
OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1
).
(
13
)
  Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2000 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data by the Community institutions and bodies and on the free movement of such data (
OJ L 8, 12.1.2001, p. 1
).
(
14
)
  Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 February 2013 on the approval and market surveillance of agricultural or forestry vehicles (
OJ L 60, 2.3.2013, p. 1
).
(
15
)
  Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 January 2013 on the approval and market surveillance of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (
OJ L 60, 2.3.2013, p. 52
).
(
16
)
  Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 May 2006 on machinery, and amending Directive 95/16/EC (
OJ L 157, 9.6.2006, p. 24
).
(
17
)
  Council Directive 96/53/EC of 25 July 1996 laying down for certain road vehicles circulating within the Community the maximum authorized dimensions in national and international traffic and the maximum authorized weights in international traffic (
OJ L 235, 17.9.1996, p. 59
).
(
18
)
  Directive 2001/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 3 December 2001 on general product safety (
OJ L 11, 15.1.2002, p. 4
).
(
19
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) 19/2011 of 11 January 2011 concerning type-approval requirements for the manufacturer's statutory plate and for the vehicle identification number of motor vehicles and their trailers and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (
OJ L 8, 12.1.2011, p. 1
).
(
20
)
  Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 of 18 July 2008 implementing and amending Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information (
OJ L 199, 28.7.2008, p. 1
).
LIST OF ANNEXES
Annex I
General definitions, criteria for vehicle categorisation, types of vehicle and types of bodywork
Appendix 1:
Procedure for checking whether a vehicle can be categorised as off-road vehicle
Appendix 2:
Digits used to supplement the codes to be used for various kinds of bodywork
Annex II
Requirements for the purpose of EU type-approval of vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units
Part I
Regulatory acts for EU type-approval of vehicles produced in unlimited series
Appendix 1:
Regulatory acts for EU type-approval of vehicles produced in small series pursuant to Article 41
Appendix 2:
Requirements for EU individual vehicle approval pursuant to Article 44
Part II
List of UN Regulations recognised as an alternative to the Directives or Regulations referred to in Part I
Part III
List of regulatory acts setting out the requirements for the purpose of EU type-approval of special purpose vehicles
Appendix 1:
Motor-caravans, ambulances and hearses
Appendix 2:
Armoured vehicles
Appendix 3:
Wheelchair accessible vehicles
Appendix 4:
Other special purpose vehicles (including special group, multi-equipment carrier and trailer caravans)
Appendix 5:
Mobile cranes
Appendix 6:
Exceptional load transport vehicles
Annex III
Procedures to be followed with respect to EU type-approval
Appendix 1:
Standards with which the technical services referred to in Article 68 have to comply
Appendix 2:
Procedure for the assessment of the technical services
Annex IV
Conformity of production procedures
Annex V
Small series and end-of-series limits
Annex VI
List of parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or its environmental performance, their performance requirements of such parts and equipment, the appropriate test procedures and marking and packaging provisions
Annex VII
Regulatory acts for which a manufacturer may be designated as a technical service
Appendix:
Designation of an in-house technical service of a manufacturer as technical service and subcontracting
Annex VIII
Conditions for the use of virtual testing methods by a manufacturer or a technical service
Appendix 1:
General conditions for the use of virtual testing methods
Appendix 2:
Specific conditions for the use of virtual testing methods
Appendix 3:
Validation process
Annex IX
Procedures to be followed during multi-stage type-approval
Appendix:
Model of the manufacturer's additional plate
Annex X
Access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information
Appendix 1:
Manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information
Appendix 2:
Vehicle OBD information
Annex XI
Correlation table
ANNEX I
GENERAL DEFINITIONS, CRITERIA FOR VEHICLE CATEGORISATION, TYPES OF VEHICLE AND TYPES OF BODYWORK
INTRODUCTORY PART
Definitions and general provisions
1.   Definitions
1.1.   
                     ‘Seating position’ means any location capable of accommodating one person seated who is at least as large as:
(a)
the manikin of the 50th percentile adult male in the case of the driver;
(b)
the manikin of the 5th percentile adult female in all other cases.
1.2.   
                     ‘Seat’ means a complete structure with trim, integral or not with the vehicle body structure, which is intended to seat one person.
It includes both an individual seat and a bench seat, as well as folding seats and removable seats.
1.3.   
                     ‘Goods’ means primarily any movable things.
It includes products in bulk, manufactured goods, liquids, living animals, crops, indivisible loads.
1.4.   
                     ‘Maximum mass’ means the ‘technically permissible maximum laden mass’.
2.   General provisions
2.1.   Number of seating positions
2.1.1.   The requirements regarding the number of seating positions apply to seats that are designed for use when the vehicle is travelling on the road.
2.1.2.   They do not apply to seats that are designed for use when the vehicle is stationary and which are clearly identified to users either by means of a pictogram or a sign with an appropriate text.
2.1.3.   The following requirements apply for the counting of the seating positions:
(a)
each individual seat shall be counted as one seating position;
(b)
in the case of a bench seat, any space having a width of at least 400 mm measured at the seat cushion level shall be counted as one seating position.
This condition shall not prevent the manufacturer from using the general provisions referred to in point 1.1;
(c)
however, a space as referred to in point (b) shall not be counted as one seating position where:
(i)
the bench seat includes features that prevent the bottom of the manikin from sitting in a natural way - for example: the presence of a fixed console box, an unpadded area or an interior trim interrupting the nominal seating surface;
(ii)
the design of the floor pan located immediately in front of a presumed seating position (for example the presence of a tunnel) prevents the feet of the manikin from being positioned in a natural way.
2.1.4.   With respect to vehicles covered by UN Regulations No 66 and No 107, the dimension referred to in point 2.1.3(b) shall be aligned with the minimum space required for one person in relation to the various classes of vehicles.
2.1.5.   When seat anchors for a removable seat are present in a vehicle, the removable seat shall be counted in the determination of the number of the seating positions.
2.1.6.   An area intended for an occupied wheelchair shall be regarded as one seating position.
2.1.6.1.   This provision shall be without prejudice to the requirements of paragraphs 3.6.1 and 3.7 of Annex 8 to UN Regulation No 107.
2.2.   Maximum mass
2.2.1.   In the case of a tractor unit for semi-trailer, the maximum mass to be considered for classifying the vehicle shall include the maximum mass of the semi-trailer borne by the fifth wheel coupling.
2.2.2.   In the case of a motor vehicle that can tow a centre-axle trailer or a rigid drawbar trailer, the maximum mass to be considered for classifying the motor vehicle shall include the maximum mass transferred to the towing vehicle by the coupling.
2.2.3.   In the case of a semi-trailer, a centre-axle trailer and a rigid drawbar trailer, the maximum mass to be considered for classifying the vehicle shall correspond to the maximum mass transmitted to the ground by the wheels of an axle or group of axles when coupled to the towing vehicle.
2.2.4.   In the case of a converter dolly, the maximum mass to be considered for classifying the vehicle shall include the maximum mass of the semi-trailer borne by the fifth wheel coupling.
2.3.   Special equipment
2.3.1.   Vehicles fitted primarily with fixed equipment such as machinery or apparatus shall be regarded as N or O category.
2.4.   Units
2.4.1.   Unless otherwise stated any unit of measurement and associated symbol shall conform to Council Directive 80/181/EEC 
(
1
)
.
3.   Categorisation into vehicle categories
3.1.   The manufacturer is responsible for the categorisation of a type of vehicle into a specific category.
For such purposes, all the relevant criteria described in this Annex shall be met.
3.2.   The approval authority may request from the manufacturer appropriate additional information with the aim of demonstrating that a type of vehicle needs to be categorised as special purpose vehicle in the special group (‘SG Code’).
PART A
Criteria for vehicle categorisation
1.   Vehicle categories
For the purposes of EU type-approval and national type-approval, as well as for EU individual vehicle approval and national individual vehicle approval, vehicles shall be categorised in accordance with the classification referred to in Article 4.
Approval can only be granted for the categories referred to in Article 4(1).
2.   Vehicle subcategories
2.1.   Off-road vehicles
‘Off-road vehicle (ORV)’ means a vehicle that belongs to category M or N, having specific technical features which permit its use off the normal roads.
For those categories of vehicles, the letter ‘G’ shall be added as suffix to the letter and numeral identifying the vehicle category.
The criteria for the subcategorisation of vehicles as ORV are specified in point 4 of this Part.
2.2.   Special purpose vehicles (SPV)
2.2.1.   For incomplete vehicles that are intended to fall into the SPV subcategory, the letter ‘S’ shall be added as suffix to the letter and numeral identifying the vehicle category.
The various types of special purpose vehicles are defined and listed in point 5.
2.3.   Off road special purpose vehicle
2.3.1.   
                        ‘Off road special purpose vehicle (ORV-SPV)’ means a vehicle that belongs either to category M or N having the specific technical features referred to in points 2.1 and 2.2.
For those categories of vehicles, the letter ‘G’ shall be added as suffix to the letter and numeral identifying the vehicle category.
Moreover, for incomplete vehicles that are intended to fall into the SPV subcategory, the letter ‘S’ shall be added as second suffix.
3.   Criteria for the categorisation of vehicles in category N
3.1.   The categorisation of a type of vehicle in category N shall be based on the technical features of the vehicle as referred to in points 3.2 to 3.6.
3.2.   As a matter of principle, the compartment(s) where all the seating positions are located, shall be completely separated from the loading area.
3.3.   By way of derogation from the requirements of point 3.2, persons and goods may be transported in the same compartment under the condition that the loading area is provided with securing devices designed to protect persons transported against the displacement of the load during driving, including severe braking and cornering.
3.4.   Securing devices - lashing devices - intended for securing the load as required in point 3.3 as well as partitioning systems, intended for vehicles up to 7,5 tonnes shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of sections 3 and 4 of international standard ISO 27956:2009 ‘Road vehicles – Securing of cargo in delivery vans – Requirements and test methods’.
3.4.1.   The requirements referred to in point 3.4 may be verified by a statement of compliance provided by the manufacturer.
3.4.2.   As an alternative to the requirements of point 3.4, the manufacturer may demonstrate to the satisfaction of the approval authority that the securing devices fitted show an equivalent level of protection as provided in the referred standard.
3.5.   The number of seating positions excluding the driver's seating position shall not exceed:
(a)
6 in the case of N
1
 vehicles;
(b)
8 in the case of N
2
 or N
3
 vehicles.
3.6.   Vehicles shall show a goods-carrying capacity equal or higher than the person-carrying capacity expressed in kg.
3.6.1.   For such purposes, the following equations shall be satisfied in all configurations, in particular when all seating positions are occupied:
(a)
when N = 0:
P – M ≥ 100 kg
(b)
when 0 < N ≤ 2:
P – (M + N × 68) ≥ 150 kg;
(c)
when N > 2:
P – (M + N × 68) ≥ N × 68;
where the letters have the following meaning:
‘P’ is the technically permissible maximum laden mass;
‘M’ is the mass in running order;
‘N’ is the number of seating positions excluding the driver's seating position.
3.6.2.   The mass of equipment that is fitted to the vehicle in order to accommodate goods (e.g. tank, bodywork, etc.), to handle goods (e.g. crane, lift, etc.) and to secure goods (e.g. cargo securing devices) shall be included in M.
3.6.3.   The mass of equipment that is not used for the purposes referred to in point 3.6.2 (such as a compressor, a winch, an electric power generator, broadcasting equipment, etc.) shall not be included in M for the purposes of the application of the formulae referred to in point 3.6.1.
3.7.   The requirements referred to in points 3.2 to 3.6 shall be met for all variants and versions within the type of vehicle.
3.8.   Criteria for the categorisation of vehicles as N
1
.
3.8.1.   A vehicle shall be categorised as N
1
 when all the applicable criteria are met.
When one or more of the criteria are not met, the vehicle shall be categorised as M
1
.
3.8.2.   In addition to the general criteria referred to in points 3.2 to 3.6, the criteria specified in this point shall be met for the categorisation of vehicles for which the compartment where the driver is located and the load are within a single unit (i.e. bodywork ‘BB’).
3.8.2.1.   The fact that a wall or a partition, complete or partial, is fitted between a seat row and the cargo area shall not rule out the obligation to meet the required criteria.
3.8.2.2.   The criteria shall be as follows:
(a)
the loading of the goods shall be possible by a rear door, a tailgate or a side-door designed and constructed for that purposes;
(b)
in the case of a rear door or a tailgate, the loading aperture shall meet the following requirements:
(i)
in the case the vehicle is fitted with only one row of seats or with only the driver seat, the minimum height of the loading aperture shall be at least 600 mm;
(ii)
in the case the vehicle is fitted with two or more rows of seats, the minimum height of the loading aperture shall be at least 800 mm and the aperture shall show a surface of at least 12 800 cm
2
;
(c)
The cargo area shall meet the following requirements:
‘cargo area’ means the part of the vehicle located behind the row(s) of seats or behind the driver seat when the vehicle is fitted with only one driver seat;
(i)
the loading surface of the cargo area shall be generally flat;
(ii)
where the vehicle is fitted with only one row of seats or with one seat, the minimum length of the cargo area shall be at least 40 % of the wheelbase;
(iii)
where the vehicle is fitted with two or more rows of seats, the minimum length of the cargo area shall be at least 30 % of the wheelbase.
Where the seats of the last row of seats can be easily removed from the vehicle without the use of special tools, the requirements regarding the length of the cargo area shall be met with all the seats installed in the vehicle;
(iv)
the requirements regarding the length of the cargo area shall be met when the seats of the first row or of the last row, as the case may be, are upright in their normal position for use by the vehicle occupants.
3.8.2.3.   Specific conditions for measurement
3.8.2.3.1.   Definitions
(a)
‘Height of the loading aperture’, means the vertical distance between two horizontal planes tangent respectively to the highest point of the lower part of the doorway and the lowest point of the upper part of the doorway;
(b)
‘Surface of the loading aperture’ means the greatest surface of the orthogonal projection on a vertical plane, perpendicular to the centreline of the vehicle, of the maximum aperture permitted when the rear door(s) or tailgate is (are) wide open;
(c)
‘Wheelbase’, for the purposes of application of the formulae in points 3.8.2.2 and 3.8.3.1, means the distance between:
(i)
the centreline of the front axle and the centreline of the second axle in the case of a two axle vehicle; or
(ii)
the centreline of the front axle and the centreline of a virtual axle equally distant from the second and third axle in the case of a three axle vehicle.
3.8.2.3.2.   Seat adjustments
(a)
The seats shall be adjusted at their rear outermost positions;
(b)
The seat back, if adjustable, shall be adjusted as to accommodate the three-dimensional H-point machine at a torso angle of 25 degrees;
(c)
The seat back, if not adjustable, shall be in the position designed by the vehicle manufacturer;
(d)
When the seat is adjustable in height, it shall be adjusted to its lowest position.
3.8.2.3.3.   Vehicle conditions
(a)
The vehicle shall be in loaded conditions corresponding to its maximum mass;
(b)
The vehicle shall be with its wheels straight ahead.
3.8.2.3.4.   The requirements of point 3.8.2.3.2 shall not apply when the vehicle is fitted with a wall or a partition.
3.8.2.3.5.   Measurement of the length of the cargo area
(a)
When the vehicle is not fitted with a partition or a wall, the length shall be measured from a vertical plane tangent to the rear outermost point of the top of the seat back to the rear internal pane or door or tailgate, in closed position;
(b)
When the vehicle is fitted with a partition or a wall, the length shall be measured from a vertical plane tangent to the rear outermost point of the partition or the wall to the rear internal pane or door or tailgate, as the case may be, in closed position;
(c)
The requirements concerning the length shall be fulfilled at least along a horizontal line situated in the longitudinal vertical plane passing through the centreline of the vehicle, at the level of the load floor.
3.8.3.   In addition to the general criteria referred to in points 3.2 to 3.6, the criteria specified in this point shall be met for the categorisation of vehicles for which the compartment where the driver is located and the load are not within a single unit (i.e. bodywork ‘BE’).
3.8.3.1.   Where the vehicle is fitted with an enclosure type body, the following shall apply:
(a)
the loading of the goods shall be possible by a rear door, a tailgate or a panel or other means;
(b)
the minimum height of the loading aperture shall be at least 800 mm and the aperture shall show a surface of at least 12 800 cm
2
;
(c)
The minimum length of the cargo area shall be at least 40 % of the wheelbase.
3.8.3.2.   Where the vehicle is fitted with an open type cargo area, only the provisions referred to in points 3.8.3.1(a) and (c) shall apply.
3.8.3.3.   For the application of the provisions referred to in point 3.8.3, the definitions in point 3.8.2.3.1 shall apply.
3.8.3.4.   However, the requirements concerning the length of the cargo area shall be fulfilled along a horizontal line situated in the longitudinal plane passing through the centreline of the vehicle at the level of the load floor.
4.   Criteria for the sub-categorisation of vehicles as off-road vehicles
4.1.   M
1
 or N
1
 vehicles shall be subcategorised as off-road vehicles if they satisfy at the same time the following conditions:
(a)
at least one front and at least one rear axle designed to be driven simultaneously irrespective of whether one powered axle can be disengaged;
(b)
at least one differential locking mechanism or a mechanism having similar effect is fitted;
(c)
they are able to climb at least a 25 % gradient as a solo vehicle;
(d)
they satisfy five out of the following six requirements:
(i)
the approach angle shall be at least 25 degrees;
(ii)
the departure angle shall be at least 20 degrees;
(iii)
the ramp angle shall be at least 20 degrees;
(iv)
the ground clearance under the front axle shall be at least 180 mm;
(v)
the ground clearance under the rear axle shall be at least 180 mm;
(vi)
the ground clearance between the axles shall be at least 200 mm.
4.2.   M
2
, N
2
 or M
3
 vehicles the maximum mass of which does not exceed 12 tonnes shall be subcategorised as off-road vehicles if they satisfy either the condition set out in point (a) or the conditions set out in both points (b) and (c):
(a)
all their axles are driven simultaneously, irrespective of whether one or more powered axles can be disengaged;
(b)
(i)
at least one front and at least one rear axle are designed to be driven simultaneously irrespective of whether one powered axle can be disengaged;
(ii)
at least one differential locking mechanism or a mechanism having the same effect is fitted;
(iii)
they are able to climb a 25 % gradient as a solo vehicle;
(c)
they satisfy at least five out of the following six requirements if their maximum mass does not exceed 7,5 tonnes and at least four if their maximum mass exceeds 7,5 tonnes:
(i)
the approach angle shall be at least 25 degrees;
(ii)
the departure angle shall be at least 25 degrees;
(iii)
the ramp angle shall be at least 25 degrees;
(iv)
the ground clearance under the front axle shall be at least 250 mm;
(v)
the ground clearance between axles shall be at least 300 mm;
(vi)
the ground clearance under the rear axle shall be at least 250 mm.
4.3.   M
3
 or N
3
 vehicles whose maximum mass exceeds 12 tonnes shall be subcategorised as off-road vehicles if they satisfy either the condition set out in point (a) or the conditions set out in both points (b) and (c):
(a)
all their axles are driven simultaneously, irrespective of whether one or more powered axles can be disengaged;
(b)
(i)
at least half of the axles (or two axles out of the three in the case of a three axle vehicle and three axles in the case of a five axle vehicle) is designed to be driven simultaneously, irrespective of whether one powered axle can be disengaged;
(ii)
there is at least one differential locking mechanism or a mechanism having similar effect;
(iii)
they are able to climb a 25 % gradient as solo vehicle;
(c)
they satisfy at least four out of the following six requirements:
(i)
the approach angle shall be at least 25 degrees;
(ii)
the departure angle shall be at least 25 degrees;
(iii)
the ramp angle shall be at least 25 degrees;
(iv)
the ground clearance under the front axle shall be at least 250 mm;
(v)
the ground clearance between axles shall be at least 300 mm;
(vi)
the ground clearance under the rear axle shall be at least 250 mm.
4.4.   The procedure for checking compliance with the geometrical provisions referred to in this Part shall be set out in Appendix 1.
4.5.   The requirements in points 4.1(a), 4.2(a), 4.2(b), 4.3(a), 4.3(b) on simultaneous driven axles are considered to have been fulfilled if one of the following conditions is fulfilled:
(a)
the transmission of the tractive power to all axles is performed by mechanical means only which provides traction in heavy off-road; or
(b)
each of the wheels of the axle in question is driven by an individual hydraulic or electric motor.
If the axles according to the requirements in points 4.1(a), 4.2(a), 4.2(b), 4.3(a), 4.3(b) on simultaneous driven axles are not powered by mechanical means only, the propulsion of the individual wheels shall be designed for heavy off-road operation. In such case it shall be ensured that at least 75 % of total tractive power can be transmitted to the wheel in question when the tractive conditions under the other wheels do not allow to transmit the tractive power properly via these wheels.
The auxiliary drive system according to point 4.5(b) shall not allow to disengage the tractive power automatically until the vehicle reaches 75 % of the maximum vehicle design speed or reaches 65 km/h.
5.   Special purpose vehicles
Name
Code
Definition
5.1.
Motor caravan
SA
A vehicle of category M with living accommodation space which contains the following equipment as a minimum:
(a)
seats and table;
(b)
sleeping accommodation which may be converted from the seats;
(c)
cooking facilities;
(d)
storage facilities.
This equipment shall be rigidly fixed to the living compartment.
However, the table may be designed to be easily removable.
5.2.
Armoured vehicle
SB
A vehicle intended for the protection of conveyed persons or goods with anti-bullet armour plating.
5.3.
Ambulance
SC
A vehicle of category M intended for the transport of sick or injured persons and having special equipment for such purpose.
5.4.
Hearse
SD
A vehicle of category M intended for the transport of deceased persons and having special equipment for such purpose.
5.5.
Wheelchair accessible vehicle
SH
A vehicle of category M
1
 constructed or converted specifically so that they accommodate one or more persons seated in their wheelchairs when travelling on the road.
5.6.
Trailer caravan
SE
A vehicle of category O as defined in term 3.2.1.3 of international standard ISO 3833:1977.
5.7.
Mobile crane
SF
A vehicle of category N
3
, not fitted for the carriage of goods, provided with a crane whose lifting moment is equal to or higher than 400 kNm.
5.8.
Special group
SG
A special purpose vehicle that does not enter in any of the definitions mentioned in this Part.
5.9.
Converter dolly
SJ
A vehicle of category O equipped with a fifth-wheel coupling to support a semi-trailer with a view to converting the latter into a trailer.
5.10.
Exceptional load transport trailer
SK
A vehicle of category O
4
 intended for the transport of indivisible loads that is subject to speed and traffic restrictions because of its dimensions.
Under this term are also included hydraulic modular trailers irrespective of the number of modules.
5.11.
Exceptional load transport motor vehicle
SL
A road tractor or tractor unit for semi-trailer of category N
3
 meeting all the following conditions:
(a)
having more than two axles and at least half of the axles (two axles out of three in the case of a three axle vehicle and three axles out of five in the case of a five axle vehicle) designed to be driven simultaneously, irrespective of whether one powered axle can be disengaged;
(b)
that is designed for towing and pushing exceptional load transport trailer of category O
4
;
(c)
that has a minimum engine power of 350 kW; and
(d)
that can be equipped with an additional front coupling device for heavy towable masses.
5.12.
Multi-equipment carrier
SM
An off-road vehicle of category N (as defined in point 2.3) designed and constructed for pulling, pushing, carrying and actuating certain inter-changeable equipment:
(a)
with not less than two mounting areas for this equipment;
(b)
with standardised, mechanical, hydraulic and/or electrical interfaces (e.g. Power take off) for powering and actuating the inter-changeable equipment; and
(c)
that fulfils the definition of international standard ISO 3833-1977, paragraph 3.1.4 (special vehicle).
If the vehicle is equipped with an auxiliary load platform, its maximum length shall not exceed:
(a)
1,4 times of the front or rear track width of the vehicle, whichever is the larger in the case of two axle vehicles; or
(b)
2,0 times of the front or rear track width of the vehicle, whichever is the larger in the case of vehicles having more than two axles.
6.   Remarks
6.1.   Type-approval shall not be granted:
(a)
to converter dolly as defined in point 5.9 of this Part;
(b)
to rigid drawbar trailers as defined in point 5.4 of Part C;
(c)
to trailers in which persons may be carried when travelling on the road.
6.2.   Point 6.1 is without prejudice to Article 42 on national small series type-approval.
PART B
Criteria for types of vehicle, variants and versions
1.   Category M
1
1.1.   Type of vehicle
1.1.1.   A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the manufacturer's company name.
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require that a new approval has to be granted;
(b)
the design and assembly of the essential parts of the body structure in the case of a self-supporting body.
The same shall apply to vehicles the bodywork of which is bolted on or welded to a separate frame;
1.1.2.   By way of derogation from the requirements of point 1.1.1(b), when the manufacturer uses the floor portion of the body structure as well as the essential constituent elements forming the front part of the body structure located directly in front of the windscreen bay, in the construction of different kinds of bodywork (for example a saloon and a coupe), those vehicles may be considered as belonging to the same type. Evidence thereof shall be provided by the manufacturer.
1.1.3.   A type shall consist of at least one variant and one version.
1.2.   Variant
1.2.1.   A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the following construction features in common:
(a)
the number of lateral doors or the type of bodywork as defined in point 2 of Part C when the manufacturer uses the criterion of point 1.1.2;
(b)
the power plant with regard to the following construction features:
(i)
the type of energy supply (internal combustion engine, electric motor or other);
(ii)
the working principle (positive ignition, compression ignition or other);
(iii)
the number and arrangement of cylinders in the case of internal combustion engine (L4, V6 or other);
(c)
the number of axles;
(d)
the number, and interconnection of powered axles;
(e)
the number of steered axles;
(f)
the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete);
(g)
in the case of multi-stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the previous stage vehicle.
1.3.   Version
1.3.1.   A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the technically permissible maximum laden mass;
(b)
the engine capacity in the case of internal combustion engine;
(c)
the maximum engine power output or the maximum continuous rated power (electric motor);
(d)
the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi-fuel or other);
(e)
the maximum number of seating positions;
(f)
drive-by sound level;
(g)
exhaust emission level (for example Euro 5, Euro 6 or other);
(h)
combined or weighted, combined CO
2
 emissions;
(i)
electric energy consumption (weighted, combined);
(j)
combined or weighted, combined fuel consumption;
As an alternative to the criteria in points (h), (i) and (j), the vehicles grouped into a version shall have in common all tests performed for the calculation of their CO
2
 emissions, electric energy consumption and fuel consumption in accordance with sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI to Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 
(
2
)
.
2.   Categories M
2
 and M
3
2.1.   Type of vehicle
2.1.1.   A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the manufacturer's company name.
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require that a new approval has to be granted;
(b)
the category;
(c)
the following aspects of construction and design:
(i)
the design and construction of the essential constituent elements forming the chassis;
(ii)
the design and construction of the essential constituent elements forming the body structure in the case of a self-supporting body;
(d)
the number of decks (single or double);
(e)
the number of sections (rigid/articulated);
(f)
the number of axles;
(g)
the mode of energy supply (on-board or off-board);
2.1.2.   A type of vehicle shall consist of at least one variant and one version.
2.2.   Variant
2.2.1.   A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have all of the following construction features in common:
(a)
the type of bodywork as defined in point 3 of Part C;
(b)
the class or combination of classes of vehicles as defined in paragraph 2.1.1 of UN Regulation No 107 (only in the case of complete and completed vehicles);
(c)
the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/completed);
(d)
the power plant with regard to the following construction features:
(i)
the type of energy supply (internal combustion engine, electric motor or other);
(ii)
the working principle (positive ignition, compression ignition or other);
(iii)
the number and arrangement of cylinders in the case of internal combustion engine (L6, V8 or other);
(e)
in the case of multi-stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the previous stage vehicle.
2.3.   Version
2.3.1.   A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have all the following features in common:
(a)
the technically permissible maximum laden mass;
(b)
the ability of the vehicle to tow a trailer or not;
(c)
the engine capacity in the case of internal combustion engine;
(d)
the maximum engine power output or the maximum continuous rated power (electric motor);
(e)
the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi-fuel or other);
(f)
drive-by sound level;
(g)
exhaust emission level (for example Euro IV, Euro V or other).
3.   Category N
1
3.1.   Type of vehicle
3.1.1.   A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the manufacturer's company name.
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require that a new approval has to be granted;
(b)
the design and assembly of the essential parts of the body structure in the case of a self-supporting body;
(c)
the design and the construction of the essential constituent elements forming the chassis in the case of a non-self-supporting body.
3.1.2.   By way of derogation from the requirements of point 3.1.1(b), when the manufacturer uses the floor portion of the body structure as well the essential constituent elements forming the front part of the body structure located directly in front of the windscreen bay, in the construction of different kinds of bodywork (for example a van and a chassis-cab, different wheelbases and different roof heights), those vehicles may be considered as belonging to the same type. Evidence thereof shall be provided by the manufacturer.
3.1.3.   A type of vehicle shall consist of at least one variant and one version.
3.2.   Variant
3.2.1.   A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the following construction features in common:
(a)
the number of lateral doors or the type of bodywork as defined in point 4 of Part C (for complete and completed vehicles) when the manufacturer uses the criterion of point 3.1.2;
(b)
the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/completed);
(c)
the power plant with regard to the following construction features:
(i)
the type of energy supply (internal combustion engine, electric motor or other);
(ii)
the working principle (positive ignition, compression ignition or other);
(iii)
the number and arrangement of cylinders in the case of internal combustion engine (L6, V8 or other);
(d)
the number of axles;
(e)
the number and interconnection of powered axles;
(f)
the number of steered axles.
(g)
in the case of multi-stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the previous stage vehicle.
3.3.   Version
3.3.1.   A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the technically permissible maximum laden mass;
(b)
the engine capacity in the case of internal combustion engine;
(c)
the maximum engine power output or maximum continuous rated power (electric motor);
(d)
the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi-fuel or other);
(e)
the maximum number of seating positions;
(f)
drive-by sound level;
(g)
exhaust emission level (for example Euro 5, Euro 6 or other);
(h)
combined or weighted, combined CO
2
 emissions;
(i)
electric energy consumption (weighted, combined);
(j)
combined or weighted, combined fuel consumption;
(k)
the existence of a unique set of innovative technologies, as specified in Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
(
3
)
.
As an alternative to the criteria in points (h), (i) and (j), the vehicles grouped into a version shall have in common all tests performed for the calculation of their CO
2
 emissions, electric energy consumption and fuel consumption in accordance with sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI of Regulation (EU) 2017/1151.
4.   Categories N
2
 and N
3
4.1.   Type of vehicle
4.1.1.   A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the manufacturer's company name.
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require that a new approval has to be granted;
(b)
the category;
(c)
the design and construction of the chassis that are common to a single line of product;
(d)
the number of axles;
4.1.2.   A type of vehicle shall consist of at least one variant and one version.
4.2.   Variant
4.2.1.   A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the following construction features in common:
(a)
the body structural concept or type of bodywork as defined in point 4 of Part C and in Appendix 2 (only for complete and completed vehicles);
(b)
the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/completed);
(c)
the power plant with regard to the following construction features:
(i)
the type of energy supply (internal combustion engine, electric motor or other);
(ii)
the working principle (positive ignition, compression ignition or other);
(iii)
the number and arrangement of cylinders in the case of internal combustion engine (L6, V8 or other);
(d)
the number and interconnection of powered axles;
(e)
the number of steered axles;
(f)
in the case of multi-stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the previous stage vehicle.
4.3.   Version
4.3.1.   A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the technically permissible maximum laden mass;
(b)
the ability or not to tow a trailer as follows:
(i)
an unbraked trailer;
(ii)
a trailer with an inertia (or overrun) braking system as defined in paragraph 2.12 of UN Regulation No 13;
(iii)
a trailer with a continuous or semi-continuous braking system as defined in paragraphs 2.9 and 2.10 of UN Regulation No 13;
(iv)
a trailer of category O
4
 that results in a maximum mass of the combination not exceeding 44 tonnes;
(v)
a trailer of category O
4
 that results in a maximum mass of the combination exceeding 44 tonnes;
(c)
the engine capacity;
(d)
the maximum engine power output;
(e)
the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi-fuel or other);
(f)
drive-by sound level;
(g)
exhaust emission level (for example Euro IV, Euro V or other).
5.   Categories O
1
 and O
2
5.1.   Type of vehicle
5.1.1.   A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the manufacturer's company name.
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require that a new approval has to be granted;
(b)
the category;
(c)
the concept as defined in point 5 of Part C;
(d)
the following aspects of construction and design:
(i)
the design and construction of the essential constituent elements forming the chassis;
(ii)
the design and construction of the essential constituent elements forming the body structure in the case of a self-supporting body;
(e)
the number of axles.
5.1.2.   A type of vehicle shall consist of at least one variant and one version.
5.2.   Variant
5.2.1.   A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the following construction features in common:
(a)
the kind of bodywork as referred to in Appendix 2 (for complete and completed vehicles);
(b)
the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/completed);
(c)
the type of braking system (e.g. unbraked/inertia/power);
(d)
in the case of multi-stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the previous stage vehicle.
5.3.   Version
5.3.1.   A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the technically permissible maximum laden mass;
(b)
the concept of the suspension (air, steel or rubber suspension, torsion bar or other);
(c)
the concept of the drawbar (triangle, tube or other).
6.   Categories O
3
 and O
4
6.1.   Type of vehicle
6.1.1.   A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the manufacturer's company name.
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require that a new approval has to be granted;
(b)
the category;
(c)
the concept of the trailer with relation to the definitions in point 5 of Part C;
(d)
the following aspects of construction and design:
(i)
the design and construction of the essential constituent elements forming the chassis;
(ii)
the design and construction of the essential constituent elements forming the body structure in the case of trailers with a self-supporting body;
(e)
the number of axles.
6.1.2.   A type of vehicle shall consist of at least one variant and one version.
6.2.   Variants
6.2.1.   A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the following construction and design features in common:
(a)
the kind of bodywork as referred to in Appendix 2 (for complete and completed vehicles);
(b)
the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/completed);
(c)
the concept of the suspensions (steel, air or hydraulic suspension);
(d)
the following technical features:
(i)
the capability or not for the chassis to be extendible;
(ii)
the deck height (normal, low loader, semi-low loader etc.);
(e)
in the case of multi-stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the previous stage vehicle.
6.3.   Versions
6.3.1.   A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following features in common:
(a)
the technically permissible maximum laden mass;
(b)
the subdivisions or combination of subdivisions referred to in points 3.2 and 3.3 of Annex I to Directive 96/53/EC into which the axle spacing between two consecutive axles forming a group belongs;
(c)
the definition of the axles in the following respects:
(i)
lift axles (number and position);
(ii)
loadable axles (number and position);
(iii)
steered axle (number and position).
7.   Common requirements for all vehicle categories
7.1.   When a vehicle falls into several categories because of its maximum mass or the number of seating positions or both, the manufacturer may select to use the criteria of one or the other vehicle category for the definition of the variants and the versions.
7.1.1.   Examples:
(a)
a vehicle ‘A’ may be type-approved as N
1
 (3,5 tonnes) and N
2
 (4,2 tonnes) in relation to its maximum mass. In such a case, the parameters mentioned in category N
1
 may be used also for the vehicle that falls into category N
2
 (or vice-versa);
(b)
a vehicle ‘B’ may be type-approved as M
1
 and M
2
 in relation to the number of seating positions (7 + 1 or 10 + 1), the parameters mentioned in category M
1
 may be used also for the vehicle that falls into category M
2
 (or vice-versa).
7.2.   A vehicle of category N may be type-approved against the provisions required for category M
1
 or M
2
, as the case may be, when it is intended to be converted into a vehicle of that category during the next step of a multi-stage type-approval procedure.
7.2.1.   This option shall only be permitted for incomplete vehicles.
Such vehicles shall be identified by a specific variant code given by the manufacturer of the base vehicle.
7.3.   Type-, variant- and version designations
7.3.1.   The manufacturer shall allocate an alphanumeric code to each type of vehicle, variant and version, made up of Roman letters and/or Arabic numerals.
The use of brackets and hyphens is permitted provided they do not replace a letter or a numeral.
7.3.2.   The whole code shall be designated: Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’.
7.3.3.   The TVV shall clearly and unequivocally identify a unique combination of technical features in relation to the criteria defined in this Part.
7.3.4.   The same manufacturer may use the same code in order to define a type of vehicle when the latter falls in two or more categories.
7.3.5.   The same manufacturer shall not use the same code in order to define a type of vehicle for more than one type-approval within the same vehicle category.
7.4.   Number of characters for the TVV
7.4.1.   The number of characters shall not exceed:
(a)
15 for the code of the type of vehicle;
(b)
25 for the code of one variant;
(c)
35 for the code of one version.
7.4.2.   The complete alphanumeric ‘TVV’ shall not contain more than 75 characters.
7.4.3.   When the TVV is used as a whole, a space shall be left between the type, the variant and the version.
Example of such TVV: 159AF[…space]0054[…space]977K(BE).
PART C
Definitions of types of bodywork
1.   General
1.1.   The type of bodywork as well as the code for bodywork shall be indicated by means of codes.
The list of codes shall apply primarily to complete and completed vehicles.
1.2.   As regards vehicles of categories M, the type of bodywork shall consist of two letters as specified in points 2 and 3.
1.3.   As regards vehicles of categories N and O, the type of bodywork shall consist of two letters as referred to in points 4 and 5.
1.4.   Where necessary (especially for the types of bodywork referred to respectively in points 4.1 and 4.6 and in points 5.1 to 5.4), they shall be supplemented by two digits.
1.4.1.   The list of digits shall be laid down in Appendix 2.
1.5.   For special purpose vehicles, the type of bodywork to be used shall be linked to the category of the vehicle.
2.   Vehicles belonging to category M
1
Ref.
Code
Name
Definition
2.1.
AA
Saloon
A vehicle defined in term 3.1.1.1 of international standard ISO 3833:1977, fitted with at least four side windows.
2.2.
AB
Hatchback
A saloon as defined in 2.1 with a hatch at the rear end of the vehicle.
2.3.
AC
Station wagon
A vehicle defined in term 3.1.1.4 of international standard ISO 3833:1977.
2.4.
AD
Coupé
A vehicle defined in term 3.1.1.5 of international standard ISO 3833:1977.
2.5.
AE
Convertible
A vehicle defined in terms No 3.1.1.6 of international standard ISO 3833:1977.
However, a convertible may have no door.
2.6.
AF
Multi-purpose vehicle
A vehicle other than AG and those mentioned in AA to AE intended for carrying persons and their luggage or occasionally goods, in a single compartment.
2.7.
AG
Truck station wagon
A vehicle defined in term No 3.1.1.4.1 of international standard ISO 3833:1977.
However, the luggage compartment must be completely separated from the passenger compartment.
In addition, the reference point of the driver's seating position needs not to be at least at 750 mm above the surface supporting the vehicle.
3.   Vehicles belonging to category M
2
 or M
3
Ref.
Code
Name
Definition
3.1.
CA
Single-deck vehicle
A vehicle where the spaces provided for persons are arranged in a single level or in a way that they do not constitute two superimposed levels;
3.2.
CB
Double-deck vehicle
A vehicle defined in paragraph 2.1.6 of UN Regulation No 107;
3.3.
CC
Single-deck articulated vehicle
A vehicle defined in paragraph 2.1.3 of UN Regulation No 107 with a single deck;
3.4.
CD
Double-deck articulated vehicle
A vehicle defined in paragraph 2.1.3.1 of UN Regulation No 107;
3.5.
CE
Low-floor single-deck vehicle
A vehicle defined in paragraph 2.1.4 of UN Regulation No 107 with a single deck;
3.6.
CF
Low-floor double-deck vehicle
A vehicle defined in paragraph 2.1.4 of UN Regulation No 107 with a double deck;
3.7.
CG
Articulated low-floor single-deck vehicle
A vehicle that combines the technical features of points 3.3 and 3.5 of this table;
3.8.
CH
Articulated low-floor double-deck vehicle
A vehicle that combines the technical features of points 3.4 and 3.6 of this table;
3.9.
CI
Open top single deck vehicle
A vehicle with partial roof or without roof;
3.10.
CJ
Open top double deck vehicle
A vehicle without roof over all or part of its upper deck;
3.11.
CX
Bus chassis
An incomplete vehicle with just chassis rails or tube assembly, power train, axles, that is intended to be completed with bodywork, customised to the needs of the transport operator.
4.   Motor vehicles of category N
1
, N
2
 or N
3
Ref.
Code
Name
Definition
4.1.
BA
Lorry
A vehicle that is designed and constructed exclusively or principally for conveying goods.
It may also tow a trailer.
4.2.
BB
Van
A lorry with the compartment where the driver is located and cargo area within a single unit.
4.3.
BC
Tractor unit for semi-trailer
A towing vehicle that is designed and constructed exclusively or principally to tow semi-trailers.
4.4.
BD
Road tractor
A towing vehicle that is designed and constructed exclusively to tow trailers other than semi-trailers.
4.5.
BE
Pick-up truck
A vehicle of a maximum mass not exceeding 3 500  kg in which the seating positions and the cargo area are not located in a single compartment.
4.6.
BX
Chassis-cab or chassis-cowl
An incomplete vehicle with just a cabin (complete or partial), chassis rails, power train, axles, which is intended to be completed with bodywork, customised to the needs of the transport operator.
5.   Vehicles of category O
Ref.
Code
Name
Definition
5.1.
DA
Semi-trailer
A trailer that is designed and constructed to be coupled to a tractor unit or to a converter dolly and to impose a substantial vertical load on the towing vehicle or on the converter dolly.
The coupling to be used for a vehicle combination shall consist of a king pin and a fifth wheel.
5.2.
DB
Drawbar trailer
A trailer having at least two axles, of which at least one is a steered axle:
(a)
equipped with a towing device which can move vertically (in relation to the trailer); and
(b)
that transmits less than 100 daN as a static vertical load to the towing vehicle.
5.3.
DC
Centre-axle trailer
A trailer where the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity of the vehicle (when uniformly loaded) so that only a small static vertical load, not exceeding 10 % of that corresponding to the maximum mass of the trailer or a load of 1 000  daN (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the towing vehicle.
5.4.
DE
Rigid drawbar trailer
A trailer with one axle or one group of axles fitted with a drawbar which transmits a static load not exceeding 4 000  daN to the towing vehicle due to its construction and that does not meet the definition of a centre-axle trailer.
The coupling to be used for a vehicle combination shall not consist of a king pin and a fifth wheel.
(
1
)
  Council Directive 80/181/EEC of 20 December 1979 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to units of measurement and on the repeal of Directive 71/354/EEC (
OJ L 39, 15.2.1980, p. 40
).
(
2
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 of 1 June 2017 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 (
OJ L 175, 7.7.2017, p. 1
).
(
3
)
  Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 May 2011 setting emission performance standards for new light commercial vehicles as part of the Union's integrated approach to reduce CO
2
 emissions from light-duty vehicles (
OJ L 145, 31.5.2011, p. 1
).
Appendix 1
Procedure for checking whether a vehicle can be categorised as off-road vehicle
1.   General
1.1.   For the purposes of classification of a vehicle as off-road vehicle, the procedure described in this Appendix shall apply.
2.   Test conditions for geometric measurements
2.1.   Vehicles belonging to category M
1
 or N
1
 shall be in unloaded conditions with a manikin of the 50th percentile male installed on the driver's seat and fitted with coolant fluid, lubricants, fuel, tools, spare-wheel (if fitted as OEM equipment).
The manikin may be replaced by a similar device having the same mass.
2.2.   Vehicles other than those referred to in point 2.1 shall be loaded to their technically permissible maximum laden mass.
The distribution of the mass on the axles shall be the one that represents the worst case with respect to compliance with the respective criteria.
2.3.   A vehicle representative of the type shall be submitted to the technical service in the conditions specified in point 2.1 or 2.2. The vehicle shall be in a stationary position with its wheels set straight ahead.
The ground on which measurements are made shall be as flat and horizontal (maximum of inclination 0,5 %) as possible.
3.   Measurement of approach, departure and ramp angles
3.1.   The approach angle shall be measured in accordance with paragraph 6.10 of international standard ISO 612:1978.
3.2.   The departure angle shall be measured in accordance with paragraph 6.11 of international standard ISO 612:1978.
3.3.   The ramp angle shall be measured in accordance with paragraph 6.9 of international standard ISO 612:1978.
3.4.   When measuring the departure angle rear underrun protection devices which are adjustable in height may be set in the upper position.
3.5.   The prescription in point 3.4 shall not be construed as an obligation for the base vehicle to be fitted with a rear underrun protection as original equipment. However, the base vehicle manufacturer shall inform the next stage manufacturer that the vehicle has to comply with the requirements on departure angle when fitted with a rear underrun protection.
4.   Measurement of ground clearance
4.1.   Ground clearance between the axles
4.1.1.   
                     ‘Ground clearance between the axles’ means the shortest distance between the ground plane and the lowest fixed point of the vehicle.
For the application of the definition, the distance between the last axle of a front group of axle and the first axle of a rear group of axle shall be considered.
4.1.2.   No rigid part of the vehicle may project into the shaded area shown on the figure.
4.2.   Ground clearance beneath one axle
4.2.1.   
                     ‘Ground clearance beneath one axle’ means the distance beneath the highest point of the arc of a circle passing through the centre of the tyre footprint of the wheels on one axle (the inner wheels in the case of twin tyres) and touching the lowest fixed point of the vehicle between the wheels.
4.2.2.   Where appropriate, the measurement of ground clearance shall be conducted on each of the several axles of a group of axles.
5.   Gradeability
5.1.   
                  ‘Gradeability’ means the ability of a vehicle to negotiate a gradient.
5.2.   To the effect of checking the gradeability of an incomplete and a complete vehicle of category M
2
, M
3
, N
2
 and N
3
, a test shall be performed.
5.3.   The test shall be conducted by the technical service on a vehicle representative of the type to be tested.
5.4.   At the request of the manufacturer and under the conditions specified in Annex VIII, the gradeability of a type of vehicle may be demonstrated by virtual testing.
6.   Test conditions and pass-fail criterion
6.1.   The conditions set out in Annex II to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 
(
1
)
 shall apply.
6.2.   The vehicle shall climb the gradient at a steady speed without any wheel slipping, longitudinally or laterally.
(
1
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 of 12 December 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to type-approval requirements for masses and dimensions of motor vehicles and their trailers and amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (
OJ L 353, 21.12.2012, p. 31
).
Appendix 2
Digits used to supplement the codes to be used for various kinds of bodywork
01
Flat bed;
02
Drop-side;
03
Box body;
04
Conditioned body with insulated walls and equipment to maintain the interior temperature;
05
Conditioned body with insulated walls but without equipment to maintain the interior temperature;
06
Curtain-sided;
07
Swap body (interchangeable superstructure);
08
Container carrier;
09
Vehicles fitted with hook lift;
10
Tipper;
11
Tank;
12
Tank intended for transport of dangerous goods;
13
Livestock carrier;
14
Vehicle transporter;
15
Concrete mixer;
16
Concrete pump vehicle;
17
Timber;
18
Refuse collection vehicle;
19
Street sweeper, cleansing and drain clearing;
20
Compressor;
21
Boat carrier;
22
Glider carrier;
23
Vehicles for retail or display purposes;
24
Recovery vehicle;
25
Ladder vehicle;
26
Crane lorry (other than a mobile crane as defined in point 5.7 of Part A);
27
Aerial work platform vehicle;
28
Digger derrick vehicle;
29
Low floor trailer;
30
Glazing transporter;
31
Fire engine;
99
Bodywork that is not included in this list.
ANNEX II
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF EU TYPE-APPROVAL OF VEHICLES, SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
PART I
Regulatory acts for EU type-approval of vehicles produced in unlimited series
Item
Subject
Regulatory act reference
Applicability
STU or component
M
1
M
2
M
3
N
1
N
2
N
3
O
1
O
2
O
3
O
4
1A
Sound level
Regulation (EU) No 540/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council
 (
*1
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2A
Emissions (Euro 5 and Euro 6) light duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
X (
1
)
X (
1
)
X (
1
)
X (
1
)
X
3A
Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 34
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
 (
*2
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5A
Steering equipment
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 79
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (steps, running boards and handholds)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
 (
*3
)
X
X
X
X
6B
Door latches and door retention components
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 11
X
X
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
9A
Braking of vehicles and trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
9B
Braking of passenger cars
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13-H
X (
4
)
X (
4
)
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
12A
Interior fittings
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 21
X
13A
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 18
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X
13B
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 116
X
X
X
14A
Protection of the driver against the steering mechanism in the event of impact
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 12
X
X
15A
Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 17
X
X (
4B
)
X (
4B
)
X
X
X
15B
Seats of large passenger vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 80
X
X
16A
External projections
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 26
X
X
17A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (reverse gear)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
17B
Speedometer equipment including its installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 39
X
X
X
X
X
X
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
19A
Safety-belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and Isofix top tether anchorages
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 14
X
X
X
X
X
X
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
21A
Retro-reflecting devices for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22A
Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end-outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22B
Daytime running lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 87
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22C
Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 91
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
23A
Direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24A
Illumination of rear-registration plates of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25A
Power-driven vehicle's sealed-beam headlamps (SB) emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 31
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25B
Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 37
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25C
Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas-discharge light sources
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 98
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25D
Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas-discharge lamp units of power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 99
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25E
Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament lamps and/or LED modules
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 112
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25F
Adaptive front-lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 123
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
26A
Power-driven vehicle front fog lamps
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 19
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
 (
*4
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
28A
Rear fog lamps for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 38
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
29A
Reversing lights for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 23
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30A
Parking lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 77
X
X
X
X
X
X
31A
Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and Isofix child restraint systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 16
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
32A
Forward field of vision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 125
X
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
X
X
X
X
X
X
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
 (
*5
)
X
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
 (
*6
)
X
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
X
36A
Heating systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
37A
Wheel guards
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010
 (
*7
)
X
38A
Head restraints (headrests), whether or not incorporated in vehicle seats
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 25
X
41A
Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
X (
9
)
X (
9
)
X
X (
9
)
X (
9
)
X
X
42A
Lateral protection of goods vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 73
X
X
X
X
X
43A
Spray suppression systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 109/2011
 (
*8
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
44A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
X
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
 (
*9
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46B
Pneumatic tyres for motor vehicles and their trailers (Class C
1
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 30
X
X
X
X
X
46C
Pneumatic tyres for commercial vehicles and their trailers (Classes C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 54
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46D
Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C
1
, C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 117
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46E
Temporary-use spare unit, run-flat tyres/system and tyre pressure monitoring system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 64
X (
9A
)
X (
9A
)
X
47A
Speed limitation of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 89
X
X
X
X
X
48A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
49A
Commercial vehicles with regard to their external projections forward of the cab's rear panel
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 61
X
X
X
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X
X
X
X
X
50B
Close-coupling device (CCD); fitting of an approved type of CCD
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 102
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X
51A
Burning behaviour of materials used in the interior construction of certain categories of motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 118
X
52A
M
2
 and M
3
 vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 107
X
X
52B
Strength of the superstructure of large passenger vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 66
X
X
53A
Protection of occupants in the event of a frontal collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 94
X (
11
)
54A
Protection of occupants in the event of lateral collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 95
X (
12
)
X (
12
)
56A
Vehicles for the carriage of dangerous goods
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 105
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
57A
Front underrun protective devices (FUPDs) and their installation; front underrun protection (FUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 93
X
X
X
58
Pedestrian protection
Regulation (EC) No 78/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council
 (
*10
)
X
X
X
59
Recyclability
Directive 2005/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
 (
*11
)
X
X
61
Air-conditioning systems
Directive 2006/40/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
 (
*12
)
X
X (
14
)
62
Hydrogen system
Regulation (EC) No 79/2009 of the European parliament and the Council
 (
*13
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
63
General Safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
64
Gear shift indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 65/2012
 (
*14
)
X
65
Advanced emergency braking system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 347/2012
 (
*15
)
X
X
X
X
66
Lane departure warning system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Commission Regulation (EU) No 351/2012
 (
*16
)
X
X
X
X
67
Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 67
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
68
Vehicle alarm systems (VAS)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 97
X
X
X
69
Electric safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 100
X
X
X
X
X
X
70
Specific components for CNG and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 110
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
71
Cab strength
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 29
X
X
X
72
eCall system
Regulation (EU) 2015/758 of the European Parliament and of the Council
 (
*17
)
X
X
Explanatory notes
X
Relevant regulatory act.
(
1
)
For vehicles with a reference mass not exceeding 2 610 kg. At the manufacturer's request, Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 may apply to vehicles with a reference mass not exceeding 2 840 kg.
(
2
)
In case of vehicles equipped with a LPG or CNG installation, a vehicle type-approval in accordance with UN Regulation No 67 or UN Regulation No 110 is required.
(
3
)
The fitting of an electronic stability control (‘ESC’) system is required in accordance with Article 12 and Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
(
4
)
The fitting of an ESC system is required in accordance with Article 12 and Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
(
4A
)
If fitted, the protective device shall fulfil the requirements of UN Regulation No 18.
(
4B
)
This Regulation applies to seats not falling within the scope of UN Regulation No 80.
(
5
)
Vehicles of this category shall be fitted with a suitable windscreen defrosting and demisting device.
(
6
)
Vehicles of this category shall be fitted with a suitable windscreen washing and wiping devices.
(
9
)
For vehicles with a reference mass exceeding 2 610 kg which are not type-approved (at the manufacturer's request and provided their reference mass does not exceed 2 840 kg) under Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.
(
9A
)
Applies only where such vehicles are fitted with equipment covered by UN Regulation No 64. Tyre pressure monitoring system for M
1
 vehicles applies on a compulsory basis in accordance with Article 9(2) of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
(
10
)
Applies only to vehicles equipped with coupling(s).
(
11
)
Applies to vehicles with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 2,5 tonnes.
(
12
)
Only applicable to vehicles where the ‘Seating Reference Point (“R” point)’ of the lowest seat is not more than 700 mm above the ground level.
(
13
)
Applies only when the manufacturer applies for type-approval of vehicles intended for the transport of dangerous goods.
(
14
)
Applies only for vehicles of category N
1
, class I as described in Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.
(
15
)
Compliance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 is mandatory, however, type-approval under this item number is not foreseen as it represents the collection of individual items 3A, 3B, 4A, 5A, 6A, 6B, 7A, 8A, 9A, 9B, 10A, 12A, 13A, 13B, 14A, 15A, 15B, 16A, 17A, 17B, 18A, 19A, 20A, 21A, 22A, 22B, 22C, 23A, 24A, 25A, 25B, 25C, 25D, 25E, 25F, 26A, 27A, 28A, 29A, 30A, 31A, 32A, 33A, 34A, 35A, 36A, 37A, 38A, 42A, 43A, 44A, 45A, 46A, 46B, 46C, 46D, 46E, 47A, 48A, 49A, 50A, 50B, 51A, 52A, 52B, 53A, 54A, 56A, 57A and 64 to 71. The series of amendments of the UN Regulations which apply on a compulsory basis are listed in Annex IV to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009. The series of amendments adopted subsequently are accepted as an alternative.
Appendix 1
Regulatory acts for EU type-approval of vehicles produced in small series pursuant to Article 41
Table 1
M
1
 vehicles
Item
Subject
Regulatory act reference
Specific issues
Applicability and specific requirements
1A
Sound level
Regulation (EU) No 540/2014
A
2A
Emissions (Euro 5 and Euro 6) light duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
A
(a)
OBD
The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD system that fulfils the requirements of Article 4(1) and (2) of Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 (The OBD system shall be designed to record at least the malfunction of the engine management system).
The OBD-interface shall be able to communicate with commonly available diagnostic tools.
(b)
In service conformity
N/A
(c)
Access to information
It is sufficient that the manufacturer provide access to repair and maintenance information in a readily accessible and prompt manner.
(d)
Power measurement
(When the vehicle manufacturer uses an engine from another manufacturer)
Bench test data from the engine manufacturer are accepted provided that the engine management system is identical (i.e. having at least the same electronic control unit (ECU)).
Power output test may be performed on a chassis dynamometer. It shall be taken into account of the power loss in the transmission.
3A
Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 34
(a)
Liquid fuel tanks
B
(b)
Installation in vehicle
B
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
B
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
B
5A
Steering equipment
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 79
C
(a)
Mechanical systems
The provisions of paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 79 shall apply.
All tests prescribed in paragraph 6.2 of UN Regulation No 79 shall be performed and the requirements of paragraph 6.1 of UN Regulation No 79 shall apply.
(b)
Complex electronic vehicle control system
All the requirements of Annex 6 of UN Regulation No 79 shall apply.
Compliance with these requirements may only be checked by a technical service.
6B
Door latches and door retention components
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 11
C
(a)
General requirements (Paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 11)
All the requirements shall apply.
(b)
Performance requirements (Paragraph 6 of UN Regulation No 11)
Only the requirements of paragraph 6.1.5.4 and paragraph 6.3 of UN Regulation No 11 shall apply.
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation on vehicle
B
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation on vehicle
B
9B
Braking of passenger cars
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13-H
(a)
Design and tests requirements
A
(b)
Electronic stability control (ESC) and brake assist systems (BAS)
The fitting of BAS and ESC shall not be required. If fitted, they shall comply with the requirements of UN Regulation No 13-H.
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
B
12A
Interior fittings
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 21
C
(a)
Interior arrangement
(i)
Radii and protrusion requirements for switches, pull-knobs and the like, controls and general interior fittings
The requirements of paragraphs 5.1 to 5.6 of UN Regulation No 21 may be waived at the request of the manufacturer.
The requirements of paragraph 5.2 of UN Regulation No 21 with the exception of paragraphs 5.2.3.1, 5.2.3.2 and 5.2.4 of that Regulation shall apply.
(ii)
Energy absorption tests on the upper dashboard
Energy absorption tests on the upper dashboard shall only be performed when the vehicle is not fitted with at least two front airbags or two static four-point harnesses.
(iii)
Energy absorption test on the rear part of the seats
N/A
(b)
Power-operation of windows, roof-panel systems and partition systems
All requirements of paragraph 5.8 of UN Regulation No 21 shall apply.
13B
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 116
A
The provisions of paragraph 8.3.1.1.1 of UN Regulation No 116 may be applied instead of paragraph 8.3.1.1.2 of that Regulation regardless of the type of powertrain.
14A
Protection of the driver against the steering mechanism in the event of impact
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 12
C
Tests are required when the vehicle has not been tested under UN Regulation No 94 (see item 53A).
15A
Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 17
C
(a)
General requirements
(i)
Specifications
Requirements of paragraph 5.2 of UN Regulation No 17 shall apply with the exception of paragraph 5.2.3 of that Regulation.
(ii)
Strength tests for seat backrest and head restraints
The requirements of paragraph 6.2 UN Regulation No 17 shall apply.
(iii)
Unlocking and adjustment tests
The test shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Annex 7 to UN Regulation No 17.
(b)
Head restraints
(i)
Specifications
Requirements of paragraphs 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.10, 5.11 and 5.12 of UN Regulation No 17 shall apply with the exception of paragraph 5.5.2 of that Regulation.
(ii)
Strength tests on head restraints
The test prescribed in paragraph 6.4 of UN Regulation No 17 shall be performed.
(c)
Special requirements regarding the protection of occupants from displaced luggage
The requirements of Annex 9 to UN Regulation No 26 may be waived at the request of the manufacturer.
16A
External projections
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 26
C
(a)
General specifications
The requirements of paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 26 shall apply.
(b)
Particular specifications
The requirements of paragraph 6 of UN Regulation No 26 shall apply.
17A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability
(reverse gear)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
D
17B
Speedometer equipment including its installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 39
B
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
B
19A
Safety-belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and Isofix top tether anchorages
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 14
B
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
B
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) shall be fitted to a new type of vehicle.
21A
Retro-reflecting devices for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 3
X
22A
Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end-outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 7
X
22B
Daytime running lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 87
X
22C
Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 91
X
23A
Direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 6
X
24A
Illumination of rear-registration plates of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 4
X
25A
Power-driven vehicle's sealed-beam headlamps (SB) emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 31
X
25B
Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 37
X
25C
Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas-discharge light sources
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 98
X
25D
Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas-discharge lamp units of power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 99
X
25E
Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament lamps and/or LED modules
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 112
X
25F
Adaptive front-lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 123
X
26A
Power-driven vehicle front fog lamps
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 19
X
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
B
28A
Rear fog lamps for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 38
X
29A
Reversing lights for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 23
X
30A
Parking lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 77
X
31A
Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and Isofix child restraint systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 16
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation requirements
B
32A
Forward field of vision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 125
A
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
A
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
C
(a)
Windscreen defrosting
Only point 1.1.1 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 672/2010 shall apply, provided that warm air flow is ducted to the whole surface of the windscreen or the latter is electrically heated on its whole surface.
(b)
Windscreen demisting
Only point 1.2.1 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 672/2010 shall apply, provided that warm air flow is ducted to the whole surface of the windscreen or the latter is electrically heated on its whole surface.
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
C
(a)
Windscreen wiper system
Points 1.1 to 1.1.10 of Annex III to Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010 shall apply.
Only the test described in point 2.1.10 of Annex III to Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010 shall be performed.
(b)
Windscreen washer system
Point 1.2 of Annex III to Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010 shall apply with the exception of points 1.2.2, 1.2.3 and 1.2.5.
36A
Heating system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
C
The fitting of a heating system shall not be required.
(a)
All heating systems
The requirements of paragraphs 5.3 and 6 of UN Regulation No 122 shall apply.
(b)
LPG heating systems
The requirements of Annex 8 to UN Regulation No 122 shall apply.
37A
Wheel guards
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010
B
38A
Head restraints (headrests), whether or not incorporated in vehicle seats
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 25
X
41A
Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
A
With the exception of the set of requirements relating to OBDs and access to information.
Power measurement
(When the vehicle manufacturer uses an engine from another manufacturer)
Bench test data from the engine manufacturer are accepted, provided that the engine management system is identical (i.e. having at least the same ECU).
Power output test may be performed on a chassis dynamometer. It shall be taken into account of the power loss in the transmission.
44A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
B
The hill start test at maximum combination mass described in point 5.1 of Part A of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 may be waived at the request of the manufacturer.
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
B
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
B
Dates for progressive application shall be those set out in Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
46B
Pneumatic tyres for motor vehicles and their trailers (Class C
1
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 30
Components
X
46D
Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C
1
, C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 117
Components
X
46E
Temporary-use spare unit, run-flat tyres/system and tyre pressure monitoring system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 64
Components
X
Fitting of a tyre-pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
B
The fitting of a TPMS shall not be required.
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
B
53A
Protection of occupants in the event of a frontal collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 94
C
The requirements of UN Regulation No 94 shall apply to vehicles fitted with front airbags. Vehicles not fitted with airbags shall fulfil the requirement of item 14A of this table.
54A
Protection of occupants in the event of lateral collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 95
C
Head form test
The manufacturer shall supply the technical service with suitable information concerning a possible impact of the head of the dummy against the structure of the vehicle or the side glazing if made up of laminated glazing.
When it is proven that such impact is likely to happen, the partial test using the head form test described in paragraph 3.1 of Annex 8 to UN Regulation No 95 shall be conducted and the criterion specified in paragraph 5.2.1.1 of UN Regulation No 95 shall be met.
In agreement with the technical service, the test procedure described in Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 21 may be used as an alternative to the test of UN Regulation No 95.
58
Pedestrian protection
Regulation (EC) No 78/2009
(a)
Technical requirements applicable to vehicle
N/A
(b)
Frontal protection systems
X
59
Recyclability
Directive 2005/64/EC
N/A - Only Article 7 on reuse of component parts shall apply.
61
Air-conditioning systems
Directive 2006/40/EC
A
62
Hydrogen system
Regulation (EC) No 79/2009
X
63
General Safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
See explanatory note (
15
) of the table in this Part with regulatory acts for EU type-approval of vehicles produced in unlimited series.
64
Gear shift indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 65/2012
N/A
67
Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 67
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
A
68
Vehicle alarm systems (VAS)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 97
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
B
69
Electric safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 100
B
70
Specific components for CNG and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 110
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
A
72
eCall system
Regulation (EU) 2015/758
N/A
Explanatory notes
X
Full application of the regulatory act as follows:
(a)
a type-approval certificate shall be issued;
(b)
tests and checks shall be conducted by the technical service or the manufacturer under the conditions laid down in Articles 67 to 81;
(c)
a test report shall be drafted in accordance with Annex III;
(d)
Conformity of Production (COP) shall be ensured.
A
Application of the regulatory act as follows:
(a)
all requirements of the regulatory act shall be fulfilled unless otherwise stated;
(b)
no type-approval certificate shall be required;
(c)
tests and checks shall be conducted by the technical service or the manufacturer under the conditions laid down in Articles 67 to 81;
(d)
a test report shall be drafted in accordance with Annex III;
(e)
COP shall be ensured.
B
Application of the regulatory act as follows:
Same as for letter ‘A’ with the exception that the tests and checks may be performed by the manufacturer himself, subject to the agreement of the approval authority.
C
Application of the regulatory act as follows:
(a)
only the technical requirements from the regulatory shall be fulfilled, irrespective of any transitional provision;
(b)
no type-approval certificate shall be required;
(c)
tests and checks shall be conducted by the technical service or by the manufacturer (see decisions for letter ‘B’);
(d)
a test report shall be drafted in accordance with Annex III;
(e)
COP shall be ensured.
D
Same as for decisions in letters ‘B’ and ‘C’, with the exception that a statement of compliance submitted by the manufacturer is sufficient. No test report shall be required.
The approval authority or technical service may require additional information of further evidence, if need be.
N/A
The regulatory act shall not apply. Compliance with one or more specific aspects included in the regulatory act may however be imposed.
The series of amendments of the UN Regulations to be used are listed in Annex IV to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009. The series of amendments adopted subsequently are accepted as an alternative.
Table 2
N
1
 vehicles
(
1
)
Item
Subject
Regulatory act
Specific issues
Applicability and specific requirements
1A
Sound level
Regulation (EU) No 540/2014
A
2A
Emissions (Euro 5 and Euro 6) light duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
A
(a)
OBD
The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD system that fulfils the requirements of Article 4(1) and (2) of Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 (the OBD system shall be designed to record at least the malfunction of the engine management system).
The OBD-interface shall be able to communicate with commonly available diagnostic tools.
(b)
In service conformity
N/A
(c)
Access to information
It is sufficient that the manufacturer provides access to vehicle repair and maintenance information in a readily accessible and prompt manner.
(d)
Power measurement
(When the vehicle manufacturer uses an engine from another manufacturer)
Bench test data from the engine manufacturer are accepted provided that the engine management system is identical (i.e. having at least the same ECU).
Power output test may be performed on a chassis dynamometer. It shall be taken into account of the power loss in the transmission.
3A
Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 34
(a)
Liquid fuel tanks
B
(b)
Installation in vehicle
B
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
B
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
B
5A
Steering equipment
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 79
C
(a)
Mechanical systems
The provisions of paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 79.01 shall apply.
All tests prescribed in paragraph 6.2 of UN Regulation No 79 shall be performed and the requirements of paragraph 6.1 of UN Regulation No 79 shall apply.
(b)
Complex electronic vehicle control system
All the requirements of Annex 6 of UN Regulation No 79 shall apply.
Compliance with these requirements may only be checked by a technical service.
6B
Door latches and door retention components
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 11
C
(a)
General requirements (Paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 11)
All requirements shall apply.
(b)
Performance requirements (Paragraph 6 of UN Regulation No 11)
Only the requirements of paragraph 6.1.5.4 and paragraph 6.3 of UN Regulation No 11 shall apply.
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation on vehicle
B
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation on vehicle
B
9A
Braking of vehicles and trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13
(a)
Design and test requirements
A
(b)
Electronic stability control (ESC)
The fitting of ESC shall not be required. If fitted, it shall comply with the requirements of UN Regulation No 13.
9B
Braking of passenger cars
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13-H
(a)
Design and test requirements
A
(b)
ESC and brake assist systems (BAS)
The fitting of BAS and ESC shall not be required. If fitted, they shall comply with the requirements of UN Regulation No 13-H.
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
B
13B
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 116
A
The provisions of paragraph 8.3.1.1.1 of UN Regulation No 116 may be applied instead of paragraph 8.3.1.1.2 of that Regulation regardless of the type of powertrain.
14A
Protection of the driver against the steering mechanism in the event of impact
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 12
C
(a)
Barrier impact test
A test shall be required.
(b)
Body block impact test against steering wheel
Not required if the steering wheel is fitted with an airbag.
(c)
Head form test
Not required if the steering wheel is fitted with an airbag.
15A
Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 17
B
17A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability
(reverse gear)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
D
17B
Speedometer equipment including its installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 39
B
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
B
19A
Safety-belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and Isofix top tether anchorages
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 14
B
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
B
DRLs shall be fitted to a new type of vehicle.
21A
Retro-reflecting devices for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 3
X
22A
Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end-outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 7
X
22B
Daytime running lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 87
X
22C
Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 91
X
23A
Direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 6
X
24A
Illumination of rear-registration plates of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 4
X
25A
Power-driven vehicle's sealed-beam headlamps (SB) emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 31
X
25B
Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 37
X
25C
Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas-discharge light sources
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 98
X
25D
Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas-discharge lamp units of power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 99
X
25E
Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament lamps and/or LED modules
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 112
X
25F
Adaptive front-lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 123
X
26A
Power-driven vehicle front fog lamps
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 19
X
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
B
28A
Rear fog lamps for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 38
X
29A
Reversing lights for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 23
X
30A
Parking lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 77
X
31A
Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and Isofix child restraint systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 16
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation requirements
B
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
A
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
N/A
The vehicle shall be fitted with a suitable windscreen defrosting and demisting system.
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
N/A
The vehicle shall be fitted with a suitable windscreen wiper and washer system.
36A
Heating system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
C
The fitting of a heating system shall not be required.
(a)
All heating systems
The requirements of paragraphs 5.3 and 6 of UN Regulation No 122 shall apply.
(b)
LPG heating systems
The requirements of Annex 8 to UN Regulation No 122 shall apply.
41A
Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
A
With the exception of the set of requirements relating to OBDs and access to information.
Power measurement
(When the vehicle manufacturer uses an engine from another manufacturer)
Bench test data from the engine manufacturer are accepted provided that the engine management system is identical (i.e. having at least the same ECU).
Power output test may be performed on a chassis dynamometer. It shall be taken into account of the power loss in the transmission.
43A
Spray suppression systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 109/2011
B
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
B
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
B
Dates for progressive application shall be those set out in Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
46B
Pneumatic tyres for motor vehicles and their trailers (Class C
1
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 30
Components
X
46C
Pneumatic tyres for commercial vehicles and their trailers (Classes C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 54
Components
X
46D
Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C
1
, C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 117
Components
X
46E
Temporary-use spare unit, run-flat tyres/system and tyre pressure monitoring system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 64
Components
X
Fitting of a tyre-pressure monitoring system
B
The fitting of a TPMS shall not be required.
48A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
B
Hill start test at maximum combination mass
The hill start test at maximum combination mass described in point 5.1 of Part A of Annex 1 to Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 may be waived at the request of the manufacturer.
49A
Commercial vehicles with regards to their external projections forward of the cab's rear panel
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 61
C
(a)
General specifications
The requirements of paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 61 shall apply.
(b)
Particular specifications
The requirements of paragraph 6 of UN Regulation No 61 shall apply.
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
B
54A
Protection of occupants in the event of lateral collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 95
C
C
Head form test
The manufacturer shall supply the technical service with suitable information concerning a possible impact of the head of the dummy against the structure of the vehicle or the side glazing, if made up of laminated glazing.
When such impact is proven likely to happen, then the partial test using the head form test described in paragraph 3.1 of Annex 8 to UN Regulation No 95 shall be conducted and the criterion specified in paragraph 5.2.1.1 of UN Regulation No 95 shall be met.
In agreement with the technical service, the test procedure described in Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 21 may be used as an alternative to the test of UN Regulation No 95 mentioned above.
56A
Vehicles for the carriage of dangerous goods
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 105
A
58
Pedestrian protection
Regulation (EC) No 78/2009
(a)
Technical requirements applicable to a vehicle
N/A
(b)
Frontal protection systems
X
59
Recyclability
Directive 2005/64/EC
N/A
Only Article 7 on reuse of component parts shall apply.
61
Air-conditioning systems
Directive 2006/40/EC
B
62
Hydrogen system
Regulation (EC) No 79/2009
X
63
General Safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
See explanatory note (
15
) of the table in this Part with regulatory acts for EU type-approval of vehicles produced in unlimited series.
67
Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 67
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
A
68
Vehicle alarm systems (VAS)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 97
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
B
69
Electric safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 100
B
70
Specific components for CNG and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 110
(a)
Components
X
(b)
Installation
A
71
Cab strength
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 29
C
72
eCall System
Regulation (EU) 2015/758
N/A
Appendix 2
Requirements for EU individual vehicle approval pursuant to Article 44
1.   APPLICATION
For the purpose of application of this Appendix, a vehicle is deemed to be new where:
(a)
it has never been registered previously; or
(b)
it has been registered for less than six months at the time of the application for individual vehicle approval.
A vehicle shall be considered registered where it has obtained a permanent, temporary or short-term administrative authorisation for entry into service in road traffic, involving its identification and the issuing of a registration number 
(
2
)
.
2.   ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
2.1.   Categorisation of the vehicle
Vehicles shall be categorised in accordance with the criteria set out in Annex I as follows:
(a)
the actual number of seating positions shall be taken into consideration; and
(b)
the technically maximum permissible laden mass shall be the maximum mass stated by the manufacturer in the country of origin and available in his official documentation.
Where it is not possible to easily determine the vehicle category because of the design of the bodywork, the conditions set out in Annex I shall apply.
2.2.   Application for individual vehicle approval
(a)
The applicant shall submit an application to the approval authority accompanied by all relevant documentation necessary for the operation of the approval procedure.
Where the submitted documentation is incomplete, falsified or forged the application for approval shall be rejected.
(b)
Only one application for a particular vehicle may be submitted in only one Member State. The approval authority may require from the applicant a written commitment that only one application will be submitted in the Member State of the approval authority.
By a particular vehicle, it shall be understood a physical vehicle the VIN of which is clearly identified.
However, any applicant may apply for EU individual vehicle approval in another Member State in respect of another particular vehicle with technical characteristics identical or similar to the one that has been granted an EU individual vehicle approval.
(c)
The model of the application form and the layout of the file shall be laid down by the approval authority.
The particulars of the vehicle requested may only consist in an appropriate selection of the information included in Annex I.
(d)
The technical requirements to be complied with are those laid down in point 4.
The technical requirements shall be those applicable to vehicles belonging to a type of vehicle currently in production, in relation to the date of the submission of the application.
(e)
With respect to the tests required under the regulatory acts listed in this Annex, the applicant shall supply a statement of compliance with recognised international standards or regulations. The statement in question may only be issued by the vehicle manufacturer.
‘Statement of compliance’ shall mean a statement issued by the office or department within the manufacturer's organisation that is duly authorised by the management to fully engage the legal responsibility of the manufacturer with respect to the design and the construction of a vehicle.
The regulatory acts for which such a statement has to be supplied shall be those referred to in point 4.
Where a statement of compliance gives rise to uncertainty, the applicant may be required to obtain from the manufacturer a piece of evidence, including a test report, in order to corroborate the manufacturer's statement.
2.3.   Technical services entrusted with individual vehicle approvals
(a)
The technical services entrusted with individual vehicle approvals shall be of category A as referred to in Article 68(1).
(b)
By way of derogation from the requirement to demonstrate their compliance with the standards listed in Appendix 1 to Annex III, technical services shall comply with the following standards:
(i)
EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 when they perform tests themselves;
(ii)
EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012 when they check compliance of the vehicle with the requirements included in this Appendix.
(c)
Where specific tests requiring specific skills have to be conducted at the request of the applicant, they shall be conducted by one of the technical services notified to the Commission at the choice of the applicant.
2.4.   Test reports
(a)
Test reports shall be drafted in accordance with paragraph 5.10.2 of standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005.
(b)
Test reports shall be drafted in one of the languages of the Union determined by the approval authority.
Where in application of point 2.3(c) a test report has been issued in a Member State other than the one entrusted with the individual vehicle approval, the approval authority may require that the applicant submits a true translation of the test report.
(c)
Test reports shall include a description of the vehicle tested, including its identification. The parts that play a significant role with regard to the results of the tests shall be described and their identification number reported.
(d)
At the request of an applicant, a test report delivered for a system related to a particular vehicle may be presented repeatedly either by the same or another applicant for the purposes of individual approval of another vehicle.
In such a case, the approval authority shall ensure that the technical characteristics of the vehicle are properly inspected against the test report.
Inspection of the vehicle and the documentation accompanying the test report shall demonstrate that the vehicle for which an individual approval is sought has the same characteristics as the vehicle described in the report.
(e)
Only authenticated copies of a test report may be submitted.
(f)
Test reports referred to in point (d) do not include the reports drawn up in order to grant the individual vehicle approval.
2.5.   In the individual vehicle approval procedure each particular vehicle shall be inspected physically by the technical service.
No exemption to this principle shall be permitted.
2.6.   Where the approval authority is satisfied that the vehicle meets the technical requirements specified in this Appendix and conforms to the description included in the application, it shall grant approval in accordance with Article 44.
2.7.   The certificate of approval shall be drafted in accordance with Article 44.
2.8.   The approval authority shall keep record of all approvals granted under Article 44.
3.   REVIEW OF THE TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
The list of the technical requirements included in point 4 shall be regularly reviewed in order to take account of the results of the harmonisation work in progress at the World Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations (WP.29) in Geneva and legislative developments in the third countries.
4.   TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
Part I: Vehicles belonging to category M
1
Item
Regulatory act reference
Alternative requirements
1
Council Directive 70/157/EEC
 (
3
)
(Permissible sound level)
Drive-by test
(a)
A test shall be conducted in accordance with the ‘Method A’ referred to in Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 51.
Limits are those specified in point 2.1 of Annex I to Directive 70/157/EEC. 1 decibel in addition to the permitted limits shall be allowed.
(b)
The test track shall comply with Annex 8 to UN Regulation No 51. A test track having different specifications may be used under the condition that correlation tests have been conducted by the technical service. A correction factor shall be applied if necessary.
(c)
Exhaust systems containing fibrous materials need not be conditioned as prescribed in Annex 5 to UN Regulation No 51.
Stationary test
A test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph 3.2 of Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 51.
2A
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
(Emissions (Euro 5 and Euro 6) light duty vehicles/access to information)
Tailpipe emissions
(a)
A type I test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex III to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 using the deterioration factors set out in point 1.4 of Annex VII to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008. The limits to be applied shall be those specified in Table I and Table II in Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.
(b)
The vehicle shall not be required to exhibit 3 000  km as mentioned in paragraph 3.1.1 of Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 83.
(c)
The fuel to be used for the test shall be the reference fuel as prescribed in Annex IX to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.
(d)
The dynamometer shall be set up in accordance with the technical requirements set out in paragraph 3.2 of Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 83.
(e)
The test referred to in point (a) shall not be conducted where it can be shown that the vehicle complies with the California Code Regulations referred to in point 2.1.1 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.
Evaporative emissions
For petrol-fuelled engines, the presence of an evaporate emissions control system shall be required (e.g. a charcoal canister).
Crankcase emissions
The presence of a device for recycling crankcase gases shall be required.
OBD
(a)
The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD system.
(b)
OBD-interface must be able to communicate with common diagnostic tools used for periodic technical inspections.
Smoke opacity
(a)
Vehicles equipped with a diesel-fuelled engine shall be tested in accordance with the tests methods referred to in Appendix 2 to Annex IV to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.
(b)
The corrected value of the absorption coefficient shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible place.
CO
2
 emissions and fuel consumption
(a)
A test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex XII to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.
(b)
The vehicle shall not be required to exhibit 3 000  km as requested in paragraph 3.1.1 of Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 83.
(c)
Where the vehicle complies with the California Code Regulations referred to in point 2.1.1 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and therefore no test of tailpipe emissions is required to be performed, Member States shall calculate CO
2
 emissions and fuel consumption with the formula laid down in the explanatory notes (
b
) and (
c
).
Access to information
The provisions regarding access to information shall not apply.
Power measurement
(a)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer stating the maximum engine power output in kW as well as the corresponding engine speed in revolutions per minute.
(b)
An engine power output curve providing the same information may alternatively be provided by the applicant.
3A
UN Regulation No 34
(Fuel tanks — Rear protective devices)
Fuel tanks
(a)
Fuel tanks shall comply with paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 34 with the exception of paragraphs 5.1, 5.2 and 5.12. In particular, they shall comply with paragraphs 5.9 and 5.9.1 but no dripping test shall be conducted.
(b)
LPG or CNG tanks shall be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 67, series of amendments 01, or UN Regulation No 110 (
a
), respectively.
Specific provisions for fuel tanks made of a plastic material
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the fuel tank on the particular vehicle, the VIN of which has to be specified, complies either with at least one of the following:
—
FMVSS No 301 (Fuel system integrity); or
—
Annex 5 to UN Regulation 34.
Rear protective device
The rear part of the vehicle shall be constructed in accordance with paragraphs 8 and 9 of UN Regulation No 34.
3B
UN Regulation No 58
(Rear underrun protection)
The rear part of the vehicle shall be constructed in accordance with paragraph 2 UN Regulation No 58. It is sufficient that the requirements set out in paragraph 2.3 are fulfilled.
4A
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
(Rear registration plate space)
Space, inclination, angles for visibility and position of the registration plate shall comply with Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010.
5A
UN Regulation No 79
(Steering equipment)
Mechanical systems
(a)
The steering mechanism shall be built as to self-centre. In order to check compliance with this provision, a test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraphs 6.1.2 and 6.2.1 of UN Regulation No 79.
(b)
The failure of the power steering equipment shall not lead to a complete loss of control of the vehicle.
Complex electronic vehicle control system (‘Drive-by wire’ devices)
Complex electronic control system shall be permitted only if they comply with Annex 6 to UN Regulation No 79.
6A
UN Regulation No 11
(Door latches and hinges)
Compliance with paragraph 6.1.5.4 of UN Regulation No 11.
7A
UN Regulation No 28
(Audible warning)
Components
The audible warning devices are not required to be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 28. However, they shall emit a continuous sound as required in paragraph 6.1.1 of UN Regulation No 28.
Installation on vehicle
(a)
A test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph 6.2 of UN Regulation No 28.
(b)
The maximum sound pressure level shall be in accordance with paragraph 6.2.7.
8A
UN Regulation No 46
(Indirect vision devices)
Components
(a)
The vehicle shall be fitted with the rear-view mirrors prescribed in paragraph 15.2 of UN Regulation No 46.
(b)
They are not required to be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 46.
(c)
The radii of curvature of the mirrors shall not cause significant image distortions. At the discretion of the technical service, the radii of curvature shall be checked in accordance with the method described in Annex 7 to UN Regulation No 46. The radii of curvature shall not be less than those required by paragraph 6.1.2.2.4 of UN Regulation No 46.
Installation on vehicle
Measurement shall be conducted in order to ensure that the fields of vision comply with paragraph 15.2.4. of UN Regulation No 46.
9B
UN Regulation No 13-H
(Braking)
General provisions
(a)
The braking system shall be built in accordance with paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 13-H.
(b)
Vehicles shall be fitted with an electronic antilock braking system acting on all wheels.
(c)
The performances of the braking system shall comply with Annex III to UN Regulation No 13-H.
(d)
For those purposes, road tests shall be conducted on a track the surface of which possesses high adhesion. The test on the parking brake shall be conducted on a 18 % gradient (up and down).
Only those tests mentioned under the headings ‘Service brake’ and ‘Parking brake’ below shall be conducted. In each case, the vehicle shall be in fully laden conditions.
(e)
The road test referred to in point (d) shall not be conducted where the applicant can submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the vehicle complies either with UN Regulation No 13-H, including supplement 5, or with FMVSS No 135.
Service brake
(a)
A ‘Type 0’ test as prescribed in paragraphs 1.4.2 and 1.4.3 of Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 13-H shall be conducted.
(b)
In addition, a ‘Type I’ test as prescribed in paragraph 1.5 of Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 13-H shall be conducted.
Parking brake
A test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph 2.3 of Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 13-H.
10A
UN Regulation No 10
(Radio interference (electromagnetic compatibility))
Components
(a)
Electrical/electronic sub-assemblies are not required to be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 10.
(b)
However, electric/electronic devices retrofitted shall comply with UN Regulation No 10.
Emitted electromagnetic radiations
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the vehicle complies with UN Regulation No 10 or with the following alternative standards:
—
Broadband electromagnetic radiation: CISPR 12 or SAE J551-2; or
—
Narrowband electromagnetic radiation: CISPR 12 (off-board) or 25 (in-board) or SAE J551-4 and SAE J1113-41.
Immunity tests
Immunity test shall be waived.
12A
UN Regulation No 21
(Interior fittings)
Interior arrangement
(a)
With respect to the requirements on energy absorption, the vehicle shall be deemed to comply with UN Regulation No 21 if the vehicle is fitted with at least two front airbags, one inserted into the steering wheel and the other into the dashboard.
(b)
Where the vehicle is fitted with only one front air bag inserted in the steering wheel, the dashboard shall be made up of energy absorbing materials.
(c)
The technical service shall check that there are no sharp edges in the zones defined in paragraphs 5.1 to 5.7 of UN Regulation No 21.
Electrical controls
(a)
Power-operated windows, roof-panel systems and partitioning systems shall be tested in accordance with paragraph 5.8 of UN Regulation No 21.
The sensitivity of auto-reverse systems referred to in paragraph 5.8.3 may diverge from the requirements set out in paragraph 5.8.3.1.1 of UN Regulation No 21.
(b)
Electric windows which cannot be closed when the ignition is off shall be exempt from the requirements concerning auto-reverse systems.
13A
UN Regulation No 18
(Anti-theft and immobiliser)
(a)
In order to prevent unauthorised use, the vehicle shall be fitted with:
—
a locking device as defined in paragraph 2.3 of UN Regulation No 18; and
—
an immobiliser which meets the technical requirements of paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 18;
(b)
If, in accordance with point (a), an immobiliser has to be retrofitted, it shall be of an approved type in accordance with UN Regulations No 18, No 97, or No 116.
14A
UN Regulation No 12
(Protective steering)
(a)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, the VIN of which has to be specified, complies with at least one of the following:
—
UN Regulation No 12;
—
FMVSS No 203 (Impact protection for the driver from the steering control system) including FMVSS No 204 (Steering control rearward displacement);
—
Article 11 of JSRRV.
(b)
A test in accordance with Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 12 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the request of the applicant.
The test shall be conducted by a technical service that has been designated for carrying out this test. A detailed report shall be issued by that technical service to the applicant.
15A
UN Regulation No 17
(Seat strength — head restraints)
Seats, seat anchorages and adjustment systems
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, the VIN of which has to be specified, complies with at least one of the following:
—
UN Regulation No 17; or
—
FMVSS No 207 (Seating systems).
Head restraints
(a)
Where the statement is based on FMVSS No 207, the head restraints shall fulfil, in addition, the requirements of paragraph 5 and Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 17.
(b)
Only the tests described in paragraphs 5.12, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7 of UN Regulation No 17 shall be conducted.
(c)
In the other event, the applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, the VIN of which has to be specified, complies with FMVSS No 202a (Head restraints).
16A
UN Regulation No 17
(Exterior projections)
(a)
The external surface of the bodywork shall comply with the general requirements included in paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 17.
(b)
At the discretion of the technical service the provisions referred to in paragraphs 6.1, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.11 of UN Regulation No 17 shall be checked.
17A, 17B
UN Regulation No 39
(Speedometer — reverse gear)
Speedometer equipment
(a)
The dial shall comply with paragraphs 5.1 to 5.1.4 of UN Regulation No 39.
(b)
Where the technical service wants to verify that the speedometer is calibrated with sufficient accuracy, it may require the tests prescribed in paragraph 5.2 of UN Regulation No 39 to be conducted.
Reverse gear
The gear mechanism shall include a reverse gear.
18A
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
(Statutory plates)
VIN
(a)
The vehicle shall be fitted with a VIN comprising a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 17 characters. VIN comprising 17 characters shall fulfil the requirements set out in international standards ISO 3779:1983 and 3780:1983.
(b)
VIN shall be located in a clearly visible and accessible position in such a way as it cannot be obliterated or deteriorate.
(c)
Where no VIN is stamped in the chassis or in the body, a Member State may require the applicant that the VIN is retrofitted in application of its national law. In such a case, the competent authority of that Member State shall supervise the operation.
Statutory plate
The vehicle shall be fitted with an identification plate affixed by the vehicle manufacturer.
No additional plate shall be requested after the approval by the approval authority has been granted.
19A
UN Regulation No 14
(Seat belt anchorages)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, the VIN of which has to be specified, complies with at least one of the following:
—
UN Regulation No 14;
—
FMVSS No 210 (Seat belt assembly anchorages); or
—
Article 22-3 of JSRRV.
20A
UN Regulation No 48
(Installation of lighting and light signalling devices)
(a)
The lighting installation shall meet the requirements of UN Regulation No 48, series of amendments 03, with the exception of the requirements of Annexes 5 and 6 to that Regulation.
(b)
No exemption shall be permitted in respect of the number, the essential design characteristics, the electrical connections, and the colour of light emitted or retro-reflected of the lights and signalling devices referred to in items 21 to 26 and in items 28 to 30.
(c)
Lights and signalling devices that, for the purpose of fulfilling the requirements of point (a) must be retrofitted shall bear an ‘EU’ type-approval mark.
(d)
Lamps fitted with gas-discharged light source are only permitted in conjunction with the installation of headlamp cleaning device and an automatic headlamp-levelling device where appropriate.
(e)
Headlamp dipped-beams shall be adapted to the direction of traffic legally in force in the country where the vehicle is granted approval.
21A
UN Regulation No 3
(Retro reflectors)
Where necessary, two additional retro reflectors bearing an ‘EU’ approval mark shall be added at the rear, the position of which shall comply with UN Regulation No 48.
22A
UN Regulations No 7, No 87 and No 91
(End-outline, front position (side), rear-position (side), stop, side marker, daytime running lamps)
The requirements set out in the UN Regulations No 7, No 87 and No 91 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be checked by the technical service.
23A
UN Regulation No 6
(Direction indicators)
The requirements set out in UN Regulation No 6 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be checked by the technical service.
24A
UN Regulation No 4
(Rear registration plate lamps)
The requirements set out in UN Regulation No 4 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be checked by the technical service.
25C, 25E, 25F
UN Regulations No 98, No 112 and No 123
(Headlamps (including bulbs))
(a)
The illumination produced by the passing beam of the headlamps fitted to the vehicle shall be checked under paragraph 6 of UN Regulation No 112 concerning headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam. The tolerances included in Annex 5 to that Regulation may be referred to for that purpose.
(b)
The same requirement shall be fulfilled for the passing beam of headlamps covered by UN Regulation No 98 or No 123.
26A
UN Regulation No 19
(Front fog lamps)
The requirements set out in UN Regulation No 19 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall be checked by the technical service.
27A
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
(Towing hooks)
The requirements set out in Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010 shall not apply.
28A
UN Regulation No 38
(Rear fog lamps)
The requirements set out in UN Regulation No 38 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be checked by the technical service.
29A
UN Regulation No 23
(Reversing lamps)
The requirements set out in UN Regulation No 23 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall be checked by the technical service.
30A
UN Regulation No 77
(Parking lamps)
The requirements set out in UN Regulation No 77 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall be checked by the technical service.
31A
UN Regulation No 16
(Seat belts and restraint systems)
Components
(a)
Seat belts shall not be required to be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 16.
(b)
However, each seat belt shall bear an identification label.
(c)
The indications on the label shall be consistent with the decision concerning seat belt anchorages (Re: entry 19).
Installation requirements
(a)
The vehicle shall be fitted with seat belts in accordance with the requirements set out in Annex XVI to UN Regulation No 16.
(b)
Where a number of seat belts have to be retrofitted in accordance with point (a), they shall be of an approved type in accordance with UN Regulation No 16.
32A
UN Regulation No 125
(Forward vision)
(a)
No obstruction in the 180° forward field of vision of the driver as defined in paragraph 5.1.3 of UN Regulation No 125 shall be permitted.
(b)
By derogation from point (a), the ‘A pillars’ and the equipment listed in paragraph 5.1.3 of UN Regulation No 125 shall not be considered as obstruction.
(c)
The number of ‘A pillars’ shall not exceed 2.
33A
UN Regulation No 121
(Identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators)
(a)
The symbols including the colour of their corresponding tell-tales the presence of which is mandatory by virtue of UN Regulation No 121 shall comply with that UN Regulation.
(b)
Where this is not the case, the technical service shall verify that the symbols, tell-tales and indicators fitted to the vehicle provide the driver with comprehensible information about the operation of the controls in question.
34A
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
(Defrost/Demist)
The vehicle shall be equipped with adequate windscreen defrosting and windscreen demisting devices.
A windscreen defrosting device which complies as a minimum with point 1.1.1 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 672/2010 shall be deemed ‘adequate’.
A windscreen demisting device which complies as a minimum with point 1.2.1 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 672/2010 shall be deemed ‘adequate’.
35A
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
(Wash/Wipe)
The vehicle shall be equipped with adequate windscreen washing and windscreen wiping devices.
A windscreen washing and wiping device that complies as a minimum with the conditions set out in point 1.1.5 of Annex III to Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010 shall be deemed ‘adequate’.
36A
UN Regulation No 122
(Heating systems)
(a)
The passenger compartment shall be fitted with a heating system.
(b)
Combustion heaters and their installation shall comply with Annex 7 to UN Regulation No 122. In addition, LPG combustion heaters and LPG heating systems shall fulfil the requirements set out in Annex 8 to UN Regulation No 122.
(c)
Additional heating systems which are retrofitted shall comply with the requirements set out in that UN Regulation No 122.
37A
Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010
(Wheel guards)
(a)
The vehicle shall be designed as to protect other road users against thrown-up stones, mud, ice, snow and water and to reduce the dangers due to contact with the moving wheels.
(b)
The technical service may check that the technical requirements set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010 are complied with.
(c)
Section 3 of Annex I to that Regulation shall not apply.
38A
UN Regulation No 25
(Head restraints)
The requirements of UN Regulation No 25 shall not apply.
44A
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
(Masses and dimensions)
(a)
The requirements of point 1 of Part A of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 shall be fulfilled.
(b)
For the purposes of point (a), the masses to be considered are the following:
—
the mass in running order defined in point (4) of Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 as measured by the technical service; and
—
the laden masses either stated by the vehicle manufacturer or shown on the manufacturer's plate including stickers or information available in the owner's manual. Those masses shall be deemed the technically permissible maximum laden masses.
(c)
No exemption shall be permitted in respect of the maximum permissible dimensions.
45A
UN Regulation No 43
(Safety glazing)
Components
(a)
The glazing shall be made either of tempered or laminated safety glass.
(b)
Fitting of plastic glazing shall be permitted only on locations situated behind the ‘B’ pillar.
(c)
Glazing shall not be required to be approved under UN Regulation No 43.
Installation
(a)
The installation requirements set out in Annex 21 to UN Regulation No 43 shall apply.
(b)
No tinted films that would reduce the regular light transmission under the required minimum shall be permitted on the windscreen and on the glazing located in front of the ‘B’ pillar.
46
Directive 92/23/EEC
(Tyres)
Components
Tyres shall bear an ‘EC’ type-approval mark including the symbol ‘s’ (for sound).
Installation
(a)
The dimensions, load-capacity index and speed category of the tyres shall fulfil the requirements of Annex IV to Directive 92/23/EEC.
(b)
The speed category symbol of the tyre shall be compatible with the maximum design speed of the vehicle.
This requirement shall apply notwithstanding the presence of a speed limiter.
(c)
The maximum speed of the vehicle shall be stated by the vehicle manufacturer. However, the technical service may assess the maximum design speed of the vehicle by using the engine maximum power output, the maximum number of revolutions per minute and the data concerning the kinematic chain.
50A
UN Regulation No 55
(Couplings)
Separate technical units
(a)
OEM couplings intended for towing a trailer whose maximum mass does not exceed 1 500  kg shall not be required to be type-approved under UN Regulation No 55.
A coupling is deemed OEM equipment where it is described in the owner's manual or an equivalent supporting document provided to the buyer by the vehicle manufacturer.
Where such coupling is approved with the vehicle, an appropriate text shall be included in the approval certificate stating that the owner is responsible for ensuring compatibility with the coupling device fitted to the trailer.
(b)
Couplings other than those referred to in point (a), as well as couplings that are retrofitted, shall be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 55.
Installation on the vehicle
The technical service shall check that the installation of the coupling devices comply with paragraph 6 of UN Regulation No 55.
53A
UN Regulation No 94
(Frontal impact) (
e
)
(a)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, of which the VIN has to be specified, complies with at least one of the following:
—
UN Regulation No 94;
—
FMVSS No 208 (Occupant crash protection);
—
Article 18 of JSRRV.
(b)
A test in accordance with paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 94 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the request of the applicant.
The test shall be conducted by a technical service that has been designated for carrying out this test. A detailed report shall be issued by that technical service to the applicant.
54A
UN Regulation No 95
(Side impact)
(a)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, of which the VIN has to be specified complies with at least one of the following:
—
UN Regulation No 95;
—
FMVSS No 214 (Side impact protection);
—
Article 18 of JSRRV.
(b)
A test in accordance with section 5 of UN Regulation No 95 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the request of the applicant.
The test shall be conducted by a technical service that has been designated for carrying out this test. A detailed report shall be issued by that technical service to the applicant.
58
Regulation (EC) No 78/2009
(Pedestrian protection)
Brake assist
Vehicles shall be fitted with an electronic antilock braking system acting on all wheels.
Pedestrian protection
The requirements of Regulation (EC) No 78/2009 shall apply.
Frontal protection systems
Frontal protection systems installed on the vehicle shall be type-approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 78/2009 and their installation shall comply with the requirements set out in point 6 of Annex I to that Regulation.
59
Directive 2005/64/EC
(Recyclability)
The requirements of that Directive shall not apply.
61
Directive 2006/40/EC
(Air-conditioning system)
The requirements of that Directive shall apply.
72
Regulation (EU) 2015/758
(eCall system)
The requirements of that Regulation shall not apply.
Part II: Vehicles belonging to category N
1
Item
Regulatory act reference
Alternative requirements
2A
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
(Emissions (Euro 5 and Euro 6) light duty vehicles / access to information)
Tailpipe emissions
(a)
A type 1 test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex III to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 using the deterioration factors set out in point 1.4 of Annex VII to that Regulation. The emission limits to be applied shall be those specified in Table 1 and Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.
(b)
The vehicle shall not be required to exhibit 3 000  km as mentioned in paragraph 3.1.1 of Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 83.
(c)
The fuel to be used for the test shall be the reference fuel as prescribed in Annex IX to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.
(d)
The dynamometer shall be set up in accordance with the technical requirements of paragraph 3.2 of Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 83.
(e)
The test referred to in point (a) shall not be conducted where it can be shown that the vehicle complies with the California Code Regulations referred to in point 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.
Evaporative emissions
For petrol-fuelled engines, the presence of an evaporate emissions control system (e.g. a charcoal canister) shall be required.
Crankcase emissions
The presence of a device for recycling crankcase gases shall be required.
OBD
The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD system.
OBD-interface must be able to communicate with common diagnostic tools used for periodic technical inspections.
Smoke opacity
(a)
Vehicles equipped with a diesel-fuelled engine shall be tested in accordance with the tests methods referred to in Appendix 2 to Annex IV to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.
(b)
The corrected value of the absorption coefficient shall be affixed, conspicuously and in a readily accessible place.
CO
2
 emissions and fuel consumption
(a)
A test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex XII to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.
(b)
The vehicle shall not be required to exhibit 3 000  km as requested in paragraph 3.1.1 of Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 83.
(c)
Where the vehicle complies with the California Code Regulations referred to in point 2.1.1 of Annex I to Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and therefore no test of tailpipe emissions is required to be performed, Member States shall calculate CO
2
 emissions and fuel consumption with the formula laid down in the explanatory notes (
b
) and (
c
).
Access to information
The provisions regarding access to information shall not apply.
Power measurement
(a)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer stating the maximum engine power output in kW as well as the corresponding regime in revolutions per minute.
(b)
An engine power output curve providing the same information may alternatively be provided by the applicant.
3A
UN Regulation No 34
(Fuel tanks — Rear protective devices)
Fuel tanks
(a)
Fuel tanks shall comply with paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 34 with the exception of paragraphs 5.1, 5.2 and 5.12. In particular, they shall comply with paragraph 5.9 and 5.9.1 but no dripping test shall be conducted.
(b)
LPG or CNG tanks shall be type-approved in accordance with, respectively UN Regulations No 67, series of amendments 01, or UN Regulation No 110 (
a
).
Specific provisions for fuel tanks made of a plastic material
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the fuel tank on the particular vehicle, of which the VIN has to be specified, complies either with at least one of the following:
—
FMVSS No 301 (Fuel system integrity);
—
Annex 5 to UN Regulation No 34.
Rear protective device
(a)
The rear part of the vehicle shall be constructed in accordance with paragraphs 8 and 9 of UN Regulation No 34.
4A
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
(Rear registration plate space)
Space, inclination, angles for visibility and position of the registration plate shall comply with Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010.
5A
UN Regulation No 79
(Steering effort)
Mechanical systems
(a)
The steering mechanism shall be built as to self-centre. In order to check compliance with this provision, a test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraphs 6.1.2 and 6.2.1 of UN Regulation No 79.
(b)
The failure of the power steering equipment shall not lead to a complete loss of control of the vehicle.
Complex electronic vehicle control system (‘Drive-by wire’ devices)
Complex electronic control system shall be permitted only if they comply with Annex 6 to UN Regulation No 79.
6A
UN Regulation No 11
(Door latches and hinges)
Compliance with paragraph 6.1.5.4 of UN Regulation No 11
7A
UN Regulation No 28
(Audible warning)
Components
The audible warning devices are not required to be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 28. However, they shall emit a continuous sound as required in paragraph 6.1.1 of UN Regulation No 28.
Installation on vehicle
(a)
A test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph 6.2 of UN Regulation No 28.
(b)
The maximum sound pressure level shall be in accordance with paragraph 6.2.7.
8A
UN Regulation No 46
(Indirect vision devices)
Components
(a)
The vehicle shall be fitted with the rear-view mirrors prescribed in paragraph 15.2 of UN Regulation No 46.
(b)
They are not required to be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 46.
(c)
The radii of curvature of the mirrors shall not cause significant image distortions. At the discretion of the technical service, the radii of curvature shall be checked in accordance with the method described in Appendix 1 to Annex 7 to UN Regulation No 46. The radii of curvature shall not be less than those required by paragraph 6.1.2.2.4 of UN Regulation No 46.
Installation on vehicle
Measurement shall be conducted in order to ensure that the fields of vision comply with paragraph 15.2.4 of UN Regulation No 46.
9B
UN Regulation No 13-H
(Braking)
General provisions
(a)
The braking system shall be built in accordance with paragraph 5 of UN Regulation No 13-H.
(b)
Vehicles shall be fitted with an electronic antilock braking system acting on all wheels.
(c)
The performances of the braking system shall comply with Annex III to UN Regulation No 13-H.
(d)
For these purposes, road tests shall be conducted on a track the surface of which possesses high adhesion. The test on the parking brake shall be conducted on a 18 % gradient (up and down).
Only those tests mentioned under the headings ‘Service brake’ and ‘Parking brake’ below shall be conducted. In each case, the vehicle shall be in fully laden conditions.
(e)
The road test referred to in point (c) shall not be conducted where the applicant can submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the vehicle complies either with UN Regulation No 13-H including supplement 5 or with FMVSS No 135.
Service brake
(a)
A ‘Type 0’ test as prescribed in paragraphs 1.4.2 and 1.4.3 of Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 13-H shall be conducted.
(b)
In addition, a ‘Type I’ test as prescribed in paragraph 1.5 of Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 13-H shall be conducted.
Parking brake
A test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph 2.3 of Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 13-H.
10A
UN Regulation No 10
(Radio interference (electromagnetic compatibility))
Components
(a)
Electrical/electronic sub-assemblies are not required to be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 10.
(b)
However, electric/electronic devices retrofitted shall comply with UN Regulation No 10.
Emitted electromagnetic radiations
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the vehicle complies with UN Regulation No 10 or with the following alternative standards:
—
Broadband electromagnetic radiation: CISPR 12 or SAE J551-2;
—
Narrowband electromagnetic radiation: CISPR 12 (off-board) or 25 (in-board) or SAE J551-4 and SAE J1113-41.
Immunity tests
Immunity test shall be waived.
13B
UN Regulation No 116
(Anti-theft and immobiliser)
(a)
In order to prevent unauthorised use, the vehicle shall be fitted with a locking device as defined in paragraph 5.1.2 of UN Regulation No 116.
(b)
If an immobiliser is fitted, it shall comply with the technical requirements of paragraph 8.1.1 of UN Regulation No 116.
14A
UN Regulation No 12
(Protective steering)
(a)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, the VIN of which has to be specified, complies with at least one of the following:
—
UN Regulation No 12;
—
FMVSS No 203 (Impact protection for the driver from the steering control system) including FMVSS No 204 (Steering control rearward displacement);
—
Article 11 of JSRRV.
(b)
A test in accordance with Annex 3 to UN Regulation No 12 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the request of the applicant. The test shall be conducted by a technical service that has been designated for carrying out this test. A detailed report shall be issued by that technical service to the applicant.
15A
UN Regulation No 17
(Seats strength — head restraints)
Seats, seat anchorages and adjustment systems
Seats and their adjustable systems shall comply with paragraph 5.3 of UN Regulation No 17.
Head restraints
(a)
Head restraints shall fulfil the requirements of section 5 of UN Regulation No 17 and Annex 4 to UN Regulation No 17.
(b)
Only the tests described in paragraphs 5.12, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7 of UN Regulation No 17 shall be conducted.
17A
UN Regulation No 39
(Speedometer — reverse gear)
Speedometer equipment
(a)
The dial shall comply with paragraphs 5.1 to 5.1.4 of UN Regulation No 39.
(b)
When the technical service has reasonable grounds to believe that the speedometer is not calibrated with a sufficient accuracy, it may require that the tests prescribed in paragraph 5.2 of UN Regulation No 39 be conducted.
Reverse gear
The gear mechanism shall include a reverse gear.
18A
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
(Statutory plates)
VIN
(a)
The vehicle shall be fitted with a VIN comprising a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 17 characters. VIN comprising 17 characters shall fulfil the requirements set out in international standards ISO 3779:1983 and 3780:1983.
(b)
The VIN shall be located in a clearly visible and accessible position in such a way as it cannot be obliterated or deteriorate.
(c)
Where no VIN is stamped in the chassis or in the body, a Member State may require that it is retrofitted in application of its national law. In such a case, the competent authority of that Member State shall supervise the operation.
Statutory plate
The vehicle shall be fitted with an identification plate affixed by the vehicle manufacturer.
No additional plate shall be requested after the approval has been granted.
19A
UN Regulation No 14
(Seat belt anchorages)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, of which the VIN has to be specified, complies with at least one of the following:
—
UN Regulation No 14;
—
FMVSS No 210 (Seat belt assembly anchorages);
—
Article 22-3 of JSRRV.
20A
UN Regulation No 48
(Installation of lighting and light signalling devices)
(a)
The lighting installation shall meet the essential requirements of UN Regulation No 48 series of amendments 03 with the exception of those of Annexes 5 and 6 to UN Regulation No 48.
(b)
No exemption shall be permitted in respect of the number, the essential design characteristics, the electrical connections, and the colour of light emitted or retro-reflected of the lights and signalling devices referred to in items 21 to 26 and in items 28 to 30.
(c)
Lights and signalling devices that, for the purpose of fulfilling with the requirements of point (a) must be retrofitted shall bear an ‘EU’ type-approval mark.
(d)
Lamps fitted with gas-discharged light source are only permitted in conjunction with the installation of headlamp cleaning device and an automatic headlamp-levelling device where appropriate.
(e)
Headlamp dipped-beams shall be adapted to the direction of traffic legally in force in the country where the vehicle is granted approval.
21A
UN Regulation No 3
(Retro reflectors)
Where necessary, two additional retro reflectors bearing an ‘EC’ approval mark shall be added at the rear, the position of which shall comply with UN Regulation No 48.
22A
UN Regulations No 7, No 87 and No 91
(End-outline, front position (side), rear-position (side), stop, side marker, daytime running lamps)
The requirements set out in UN Regulations No 7, No 87 and No 91 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be checked by the technical service.
23A
UN Regulation No 6
(Direction indicators)
The requirements set out in UN Regulation No 6 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be checked by the technical service.
24A
UN Regulation No 4
(Rear registration plate lamps)
The requirements set out in UN Regulation No 4 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be checked by the technical service.
25C, 25E, 25F
UN Regulations No 98, No 112 and No 123
(Headlamps (including bulbs))
(a)
The illumination produced by the passing beam of the headlamps fitted to the vehicle shall be checked under the provisions of paragraph 6 of UN Regulation No 112 concerning headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam. The tolerances included in Annex 5 to that Regulation may be referred to for that purpose.
(b)
The same requirement shall apply to the passing beam of headlamps covered by UN Regulation No 98 or No 123.
26A
UN Regulation No 19
(Front fog lamps)
The provisions of UN Regulation No 19 shall be waived. However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall be checked by the technical service.
27A
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
(Towing hooks)
The requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010 shall be waived.
28A
UN Regulation No 38
(Rear fog lamps)
The provisions of UN Regulation No 38 shall be waived. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be checked by the technical service.
29A
UN Regulation No 23
(Reversing lamps)
The provisions of UN Regulation No 23 shall be waived. However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall be checked by the technical service.
30A
UN Regulation No 77
(Parking lamps)
The provisions of UN Regulation No 77 shall be waived. However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall be checked by the technical service.
31A
UN Regulation No 16
(Seat belts and restraint systems)
Components
(a)
Seat belts shall not be required to be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 16.
(b)
However, each seat belt shall bear an identification label.
(c)
The indications on the label shall be consistent with the decision concerning seat belt anchorages (Re: entry 19).
Installation requirements
(a)
The vehicle shall be fitted with seat belts in accordance with the requirements set out in Annex XVI to UN Regulation No 16.
(b)
Where a number of seat belts have to be retrofitted in accordance with point (a), they shall be of an approved type in accordance with UN Regulation No 16.
33A
UN Regulation No 121
(Identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators)
(a)
The symbols including the colour of their corresponding tell-tales the presence of which is mandatory by virtue of UN Regulation No 121 shall comply with that UN Regulation.
(b)
Where this is not the case, the technical service shall verify that the symbols, tell-tales and indicators fitted to the vehicle provide the driver with comprehensible information about the operation of the controls in question.
34A
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
(Defrost/Demist)
The vehicle shall be equipped with adequate windscreen defrosting and windscreen demisting devices.
35A
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
(Wash/Wipe)
The vehicle shall be equipped with adequate windscreen washing and windscreen wiping devices.
36A
UN Regulation No 122
(Heating systems)
(a)
The passenger compartment shall be fitted with a heating system.
(b)
Combustion heaters and their installation shall comply with Annex 7 to UN Regulation No 122. In addition, LPG combustion heaters and LPG heating systems shall fulfil the requirements set out in Annex 8 to UN Regulation No 122.
(c)
Additional heating systems that are retrofitted shall comply with the requirements set out in UN Regulation No 122.
41A
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
(Emissions (Euro VI) heavy-duty vehicles – OBD)
Tailpipe emissions
(a)
A test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex III to Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011
 (
4
)
 using the deterioration factors set out in point 3.6.1 of Annex VI to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011.
(b)
The limits to be applied shall be those set out in the table of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
(c)
The fuel to be used for the test shall be the reference fuel as prescribed in Annex IX to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011.
CO
2
 emissions
The CO
2
 emissions and fuel consumption shall be determined in accordance with Annex VIII to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011.
OBD
(a)
The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD system.
(b)
The OBD-interface must be able to communicate with an external OBD scan-tool as described in Annex X to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011.
Requirements to ensure the correct operation of NO
x
 control measures
The vehicle shall be fitted with a system ensuring the correct operation of NO
x
 control measures in accordance with Annex XIII to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011.
Power measurement
(a)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer stating the maximum engine power output in Kw as well as the corresponding regime.
(b)
An engine power output curve providing the same information may alternatively be provided by the applicant.
45A
UN Regulation No 43
Components
(a)
The glazing shall be made either of tempered or laminated safety glass.
(b)
Fitting of plastic glazing shall be permitted only on locations situated behind the ‘B’ pillar.
(c)
Glazing shall not be required to be approved under UN Regulation No 43.
Installation
(a)
The installation requirements set out in Annex 21 to UN Regulation No 43 shall apply.
(b)
No tinted films that reduce the regular light transmission under the required minimum shall be permitted on the windscreen and on the glazing located in front of the ‘B’ pillar.
46A
Commission Regulation (EU) 458/2011
(Installation of tyres)
Installation
(a)
The dimensions, load-capacity index and speed category of the tyres shall fulfil the requirements of Commission Regulation (EU) 458/2011.
(b)
The speed category symbol of the tyre shall be compatible with the maximum design speed of the vehicle.
(c)
This requirement shall apply notwithstanding the presence of a speed limiter.
(d)
The maximum speed of the vehicle shall be stated by the vehicle manufacturer. However, the technical service may assess the maximum design speed of the vehicle by using the engine maximum power output, the maximum number of revolutions per minute and the data concerning the kinematic chain.
46B
UN Regulation No 30
(C
1
 tyres)
Components
Tyres shall bear a type-approval mark.
46D
UN Regulation No 117
(Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surface and rolling resistance)
Components
Tyres shall bear a type-approval mark.
46E
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 64
(Temporary use spare unit, run-flat tyres, tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surface and rolling resistance)
Components
Tyres shall bear type-approval mark.
The fitting of TPMS shall not be required.
48A
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
(Masses and dimensions)
(a)
The requirements of Annex I, Part A to Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 shall be fulfilled.
However, the requirements set out in point 5 of Part A of Annex I do not need to be fulfilled.
(b)
For the purposes of point (a) the masses to be considered are the following:
—
the mass in running order as defined in point (4) of Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 as measured by the technical service; and
—
the maximum laden masses either stated by the vehicle manufacturer or shown on the manufacturer's plate, including stickers or information available in the owner's manual. Those masses shall be regarded as the technically permissible maximum laden masses.
(c)
Technical changes made by the applicant in order to decrease the maximum technically permissible laden mass of the vehicle to 3,5 tonnes or less, so that the vehicle may be granted individual vehicle approval shall not be permitted.
(d)
No exemption shall be permitted in respect of the maximum permissible dimensions.
49A
UN Regulation No 61
(External projections of cabs)
(a)
The general requirements set out in section 5 of UN Regulation No 17 shall be fulfilled.
(b)
At the discretion of the technical service, the requirements set out in paragraphs 6.1, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.11 of UN Regulation No 17 shall be fulfilled.
50A
UN Regulation No 55
(Couplings)
Separate technical units
(a)
OEM couplings intended for towing a trailer of which the maximum mass does not exceed 1 500  kg shall not be required to be type-approved under UN Regulation No 55.
(b)
A coupling is deemed OEM equipment where it is described in the owner's manual or in an equivalent supporting document provided to the buyer by the vehicle manufacturer.
(c)
Where such coupling is approved with the vehicle, an appropriate text shall be included in the approval certificate stating that the owner is responsible for ensuring compatibility with the coupling device fitted to the trailer.
(d)
Couplings other than those referred to in point (a), as well as couplings that are retrofitted, shall be type-approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 55.
Installation on the vehicle
The technical service shall check that the installation of the coupling devices comply with paragraph 6 to UN Regulation No 55.
54
UN Regulation No 95
(Side impact)
(a)
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, of which the VIN has to be specified, complies with at least one of the following:
—
UN Regulation No 95;
—
FMVSS No 214 (Side impact protection);
—
Article 18 of JSRRV.
(b)
A test in accordance with section 5 of UN Regulation No 95 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the request of the applicant.
(c)
The test shall be conducted by a technical service that been designated for carrying out this test. A detailed report shall be issued by that technical service to the applicant.
56A
UN Regulation No 105
(Vehicles intended for the transport of dangerous goods)
Vehicles intended for the transport of dangerous goods shall comply with UN Regulation No 105.
58
Regulation (EC) No 78/2009
(Pedestrian protection)
Brake assist
Vehicles shall be fitted with an electronic antilock braking system acting on all wheels.
Pedestrian protection
Until 24 February 2018, the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 78/2009 shall not apply to vehicles of which the maximum mass does not exceed 2 500  kg and until 24 August 2019 to vehicles of which the maximum mass exceeds 2 500  kg.
Frontal protection systems
However, frontal protection systems installed on the vehicle shall be type-approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 78/2009 and their installation shall comply with the requirements set out in point 6 of Annex I to that Regulation.
59
Directive 2005/64/EC
(Recyclability)
The requirements of that Directive shall not apply.
61
Directive 2006/40/EC
(Air-conditioning system)
The requirements of that Directive shall apply.
72
Regulation (EU) 2015/758
(eCall system)
The requirements of that Regulation shall not apply.
Explanatory notes to Appendix 2
1.
Abbreviations used in this Appendix:
‘OEM’
: original equipment provided by the manufacturer
‘FMVSS’
: Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard of the U.S. Department of Transportation
‘JSRRV’
: Japan Safety Regulations for Road Vehicles
‘SAE’
: Society of Automotive Engineers
‘CISPR’
: Comité international spécial des perturbations radioélectriques.
2.
Remarks:
(a)
the complete LPG or CNG installation shall be checked against the UN Regulations No 67, No 110 or No 115, as appropriate;
(b)
the formula to be used for the assessment of CO
2
 emissions shall be as follows:
Petrol engine and manual gearbox:
CO
2
 = 0,047 m + 0,561 p + 56,621
Petrol engine and automatic gearbox
CO
2
 = 0,102 m + 0,328 p + 9,481
Petrol engine and hybrid electric:
CO
2
 = 0,116 m – 57,147
Diesel engine and manual gearbox:
CO
2
 = 0,108 m – 11,371
Diesel engine and automatic gearbox:
CO
2
 = 0,116 m – 6,432
Where: CO
2
 is the combined mass of CO
2
 emissions in g/km, ‘m’ is the mass of the vehicle in running order in kg and ‘p’ the maximum engine power output in kW.
Combined mass of CO
2
 shall be calculated with one decimal place, then rounded to the nearest whole number as follows:
(i)
if the figure following the decimal point is below 5, the total is rounded down;
(ii)
if the figure following the decimal point is equal to 5 or above 5, the total is rounded up;
(c)
the formula to be used for the assessment of fuel consumption shall be as follows:
CFC = CO
2
 × k 
– 1
Where: CFC is the combined fuel consumption in l/100 km, CO
2
 is the combined mass of CO
2
 emissions in g/km after it has been rounded in accordance with the rule referred to in Remark (2 b), ‘k’ a coefficient equal to:
23,81 in the case of a petrol engine;
26,49 in the case of a diesel engine.
Combined fuel consumption shall be calculated with two decimal places, then rounded as follows:
(i)
if the figure following the first decimal is below 5, the total is rounded down;
(ii)
if the figure following the first decimal is equal to 5 or above 5, the total is rounded up.
PART II
List of UN Regulations recognised as an alternative to the Directives or Regulations referred to in Part I
Where reference is made to a separate Directive or Regulation in the table of Part I, an approval granted under the following UN Regulations which the Union has accepted as a Contracting Party to the ‘Revised 1958 Agreement’ by virtue of Decision 97/836/EC, or subsequent Council Decisions as referred to in Article 3(3) of that Decision, shall be considered as equivalent to an EU type-approval granted under the relevant separate Directive or Regulation.
Any further amendment to the UN Regulations listed in the following table 
(
5
)
 shall also be deemed to be equivalent to an EU type-approval, subject to the Decision referred to in Article 4(2) of Decision 97/836/EC.
Subject
UN Regulation number
Series of amendments
1A
 (
*18
)
Permissible sound level (not covering AVAS and replacement silencers)
51
03
AVAS
138
00
Replacement silencing systems
59
02
9B
Braking of passenger cars (ESC part)
140
00
58
Pedestrian protection (not covering brake assist)
127 (pedestrian protection)
00
Pedestrian protection (brake assist part)
13-H (brake assist)
or 139 (brake assist)
00 (Supplement 9 and above)
00
65
Advanced emergency braking system
131
01
66
Lane departure warning system
130
00
Where the separate Directive or Regulation contains installation requirements, these apply also to components and separate technical units approved in accordance with UN Regulations.
PART III
List of regulatory acts setting out the requirements for the purpose of EU type-approval of special purpose vehicles
Appendix 1
Motor-caravans, ambulances and hearses
Item
Subject
Regulatory act reference
M
1
 ≤ 2 500  kg
 (
*19
)
M
1
 > 2 500  kg
 (
*19
)
M
2
M
3
1A
Sound level
Regulation (EU) No 540/2014
H
G+H
G+H
G+H
2
Emissions (Euro 5 and Euro 6) light duty vehicles / access to information
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
Q (
1
)
G+Q (
1
)
G+Q (
1
)
3A
Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 34
F (
2
)
F (
2
)
F (
2
)
F (
2
)
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
X
X
X
X
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
X
X
X
X
5A
Steering equipment
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 79
X
G
G
G
6A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
X
6B
Door latches and door retention components
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 11
B
G+B
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
X
X
X
X
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
X
G
G
G
9A
Braking of vehicles and trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13
G (
3
)
G (
3
)
9B
Braking of passenger cars
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13-H
X (
4
)
G+A
1
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
X
X
X
X
12A
Interior fittings
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 21
C
G+C
13A
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 18
G (
4A
)
G (
4A
)
13B
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 116
X
G
14A
Protection of the driver against the steering mechanism in the event of impact
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 12
X
G
15A
Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 17
D
G+D
G+D (
4B
)
G+D (
4B
)
15B
Seats of large passenger vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 80
X
X
16A
External projections
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 26
X for the cab; A+Z for the remaining part
G for the cab; A+Z for the remaining part
17A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
X
X
X
17B
Speedometer equipment including its installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 39
X
X
X
X
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
X
X
X
X
19A
Safety-belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and Isofix top tether anchorages
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 14
D
G+L
G+L
G+L
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
A+N
A+G+N for the cab; A+N for the remaining part
A+G+N for the cab; A+N for the remaining part
A+G+N for the cab; A+N for the remaining part
21A
Retro-reflecting devices for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 3
X
X
X
X
22A
Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end-outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 7
X
X
X
X
22B
Daytime running lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 87
X
X
X
X
22C
Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 91
X
X
X
X
23A
Direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 6
X
X
X
X
24A
Illumination of rear-registration plates of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 4
X
X
X
X
25A
Power-driven vehicle's sealed-beam headlamps (SB) emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 31
X
X
X
X
25B
Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 37
X
X
X
X
25C
Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas-discharge light sources
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 98
X
X
X
X
25D
Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas-discharge lamp units of power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 99
X
X
X
X
25E
Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament lamps and/or LED modules
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 112
X
X
X
X
25F
Adaptive front-lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 123
X
X
X
X
26A
Power-driven vehicle front fog lamps
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 19
X
X
X
X
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
E
E
E
E
28A
Rear fog lamps for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 38
X
X
X
X
29A
Reversing lights for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 23
X
X
X
X
30A
Parking lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 77
X
X
X
X
31A
Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and Isofix child restraint systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 16
D
G+M
G+M
G+M
32A
Forward field of vision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 125
X
G
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
X
X
X
X
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
X
G (
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
X
G (
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
36A
Heating systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
X
X
X
X
37A
Wheel guards
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010
X
G
38A
Head restraints (headrests), whether or not incorporated in vehicle seats
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 25
D
G+D
44A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
X
X
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
J
G+J
G+J
G+J
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
X
G
G
G
46B
Pneumatic tyres for motor vehicles and their trailers (Class C
1
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 30
X
G
46C
Pneumatic tyres for commercial vehicles and their trailers (Classes C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 54
—
G
G
G
46D
Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C
1
, C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 117
X
G
G
G
46E
Temporary-use spare unit, run-flat tyres/system and tyre pressure monitoring system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 64
X
G
47A
Speed limitation of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 89
X
X
48A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
X
X
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
X (
10
)
G (
10
)
G (
10
)
G (
10
)
51A
Burning behaviour of materials used in the interior construction of certain categories of motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 118
G for the cab;
X for the remaining part
52A
M
2
 and M
3
 vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 107
A
A
52B
Strength of the superstructure of large passenger vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 66
A
A
53A
Protection of occupants in the event of a frontal collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 94
N/A
N/A
54A
Protection of occupants in the event of lateral collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 95
N/A
N/A
58
Pedestrian protection
Regulation (EC) No 78/2009
X
N/A
However, any frontal protection systems supplied with the vehicle shall comply and shall be marked
59
Recyclability
Directive 2005/64/EC
N/A
N/A
61
Air-conditioning system
Directive 2006/40/EC
X
G (
14
)
62
Hydrogen system
Regulation (EC) No 79/2009
Q
G+Q
G+Q
G+Q
63
General safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
64
Gear shift indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 65/2012
X
G
65
Advanced emergency braking system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 347/2012
N/A (
16
)
N/A (
16
)
66
Lane departure warning system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 351/2012
N/A (
17
)
N/A (
17
)
67
Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 67
X
X
X
X
68
Vehicle alarm systems (VAS)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 97
X
G
69
Electrical safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 100
X
X
X
X
70
Specific components for CNG and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 110
X
X
X
X
72
eCall system
Regulation (EU) 2015/758
G
G
N/A
N/A
Additional requirements for ambulances
The patient compartment of ambulances shall comply with the requirements of EN 1789:2007 +A1: 2010 +A2:2014 on Medical vehicles and their equipment – Road ambulances with the exception of section 6.5, list of equipment. Proof of compliance shall be provided with a test report of a technical service. If a wheelchair space is foreseen, the requirements of Appendix 3 relating to the wheelchair tie-down and occupant restraint systems shall apply.
Appendix 2
Armoured vehicles
Item
Subject
Regulatory act reference
M
1
M
2
M
3
N
1
N
2
N
3
O
1
O
2
O
3
O
4
1A
Sound level
Regulation (EU) No 540/2014
X
X
X
X
X
X
2
Emissions (Euro 5 and Euro 6) light duty vehicles / access to information
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
A (
1
)
A (
1
)
A (
1
)
A (
1
)
3A
Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 34
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X
X
X
X
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
X
X
X
X
A
A
X
X
X
X
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5A
Steering equipment
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 79
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability
(steps, running boards and handholds)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
6B
Door latches and door retention components
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 11
X
X
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
A+K
A+K
A+K
A+K
A+K
A+K
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
A
A
A
A
A
A
9A
Braking of vehicles and trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
9B
Braking of passenger cars
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13-H
X (
4
)
X (
4
)
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
12A
Interior fittings
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 21
A
13A
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 18
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
13B
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 116
X
X
14A
Protection of the driver against the steering mechanism in the event of impact
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 12
N/A
N/A
15A
Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 17
X
D (
4B
)
D (
4B
)
D
D
D
15B
Seats of large passenger vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 80
D
D
16A
External projections
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 26
A
17A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability
(reverse gear)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
17B
Speedometer equipment including its installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 39
X
X
X
X
X
X
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
19A
Safety-belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and Isofix top tether anchorages
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 14
A
A
A
A
A
A
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
21A
Retro-reflecting devices for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22A
Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end-outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22B
Daytime running lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 87
X
X
X
X
X
X
22C
Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 91
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
23A
Direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24A
Illumination of rear-registration plates of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25A
Power-driven vehicle's sealed-beam headlamps (SB) emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 31
X
X
X
X
X
X
25B
Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 37
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25C
Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas-discharge light sources
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 98
X
X
X
X
X
X
25D
Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas-discharge lamp units of power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 99
X
X
X
X
X
X
25E
Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament lamps and/or LED modules
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 112
X
X
X
X
X
X
25F
Adaptive front-lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 123
X
X
X
X
X
X
26A
Power-driven vehicle front fog lamps
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 19
X
X
X
X
X
X
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
A
A
A
A
A
A
28A
Rear fog lamps for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 38
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
29A
Reversing lights for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 23
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30A
Parking lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 77
X
X
X
X
X
X
31A
Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and Isofix child restraint systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 16
A
A
A
A
A
A
32A
Forward field of vision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 125
S
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
X
X
X
X
X
X
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
A
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
A
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
36A
Heating systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
37A
Wheel guards
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010
X
38A
Head restraints (headrests), whether or not incorporated in vehicle seats
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 25
X
41A
Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
X (
9
)
X (
9
)
X
X (
9
)
X (
9
)
X
42A
Lateral protection of goods vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 73
X
X
X
X
43A
Spray suppression systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 109/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
44A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
X
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
46B
Pneumatic tyres for motor vehicles and their trailers (Class C
1
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 30
A
A
A
A
46C
Pneumatic tyres for commercial vehicles and their trailers (Classes C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 54
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
46D
Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C
1
, C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 117
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
46E
Temporary-use spare unit, run-flat tyres/system and tyre pressure monitoring system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 64
A (
9A
)
A (
9A
)
47A
Speed limitation of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 89
X
X
X
X
48A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
49A
Commercial vehicles with regard to their external projections forward of the cab's rear panel
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 61
A
A
A
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X
X
X
X
50B
Close-coupling device (CCD); fitting of an approved type of CCD
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 102
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
51A
Burning behaviour of materials used in the interior construction of certain categories of motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 118
X
52A
M
2
 and M
3
 vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 107
A
A
52B
Strength of the superstructure of large passenger vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 66
A
A
53A
Protection of occupants in the event of a frontal collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 94
N/A
54A
Protection of occupants in the event of lateral collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 95
N/A
N/A
56A
Vehicles for the carriage of dangerous goods
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 105
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
57A
Front underrun protective devices (FUPDs) and their installation; front underrun protection (FUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 93
X
X
58
Pedestrian protection
Regulation (EC) No 78/2009
N/A
N/A
59
Recyclability
Directive 2005/64/EC
N/A
N/A
61
Air-conditioning system
Directive 2006/40/EC
X
X (
14
)
62
Hydrogen system
Regulation (EC) No 79/2009
A
A
A
A
A
A
63
General Safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
64
Gear shift indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 65/2012
X
65
Advanced emergency braking system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 347/2012
(
16
)
(
16
)
(
16
)
(
16
)
66
Lane departure warning system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 351/2012
(
17
)
(
17
)
(
17
)
(
17
)
67
Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 67
X
X
X
X
X
X
68
Vehicle alarm systems (VAS)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 97
X
X
69
Electrical safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 100
X
X
X
X
X
X
70
Specific components for CNG and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 110
X
X
X
X
X
X
72
eCall system
Regulation (EU) 2015/758
G
N/A
N/A
G
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Appendix 3
Wheelchair accessible vehicles
Item
Subject
Regulatory act
M
1
1A
Sound level
Regulation (EU) No 540/2014
G+W
9
2
Emissions (Euro 5 and Euro 6) light duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
G+W
1
3A
Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 34
X+W
2
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
X
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
X
5A
Steering equipment
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 79
G
6A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (steps, running boards and handholds)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
6B
Door latches and door retention components
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 11
X
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
X
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
X
9B
Braking of passenger cars
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13-H
G+A
1
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
X
12A
Interior fittings
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 21
G+C
13B
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 116
X
14A
Protection of the driver against the steering mechanism in the event of impact
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 12
G
15A
Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 17
G+W
3
16A
External projections
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 26
G+W
4
17A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (reverse gear)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
17B
Speedometer equipment including its installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 39
X
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
X
19A
Safety-belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and Isofix top tether anchorages
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 14
X+W
5
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
X
21A
Retro-reflecting devices for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 3
X
22A
Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end-outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 7
X
22B
Daytime running lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 87
X
22C
Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 91
X
23A
Direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 6
X
24A
Illumination of rear-registration plates of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 4
X
25A
Power-driven vehicle's sealed-beam headlamps (SB) emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 31
X
25B
Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 37
X
25C
Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas-discharge light sources
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 98
X
25D
Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas-discharge lamp units of power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 99
X
25E
Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament lamps and/or LED modules
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 112
X
25F
Adaptive front-lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 123
X
26A
Power-driven vehicle front fog lamps
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 19
X
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
E
28A
Rear fog lamps for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 38
X
29A
Reversing lights for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 23
X
30A
Parking lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 77
X
31A
Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and Isofix child restraint systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 16
X+W
6
32A
Forward field of vision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 125
G
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
X
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
G (
5
)
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
G (
6
)
36A
Heating systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
X
37A
Wheel guards
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010
G
38A
Head restraints (headrests), whether or not incorporated in vehicle seats
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 25
X
41A
Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
X+W
1
 (
9
)
44A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
X+W
8
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
G
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
X
46B
Pneumatic tyres for motor vehicles and their trailers (Class C
1
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 30
X
46D
Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C
1
, C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 117
X
46E
Temporary-use spare unit, run-flat tyres/system and tyre pressure monitoring system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 64
G (
9A
)
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
X (
10
)
53A
Protection of occupants in the event of a frontal collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 94
N/A
54A
Protection of occupants in the event of lateral collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 95
N/A
58
Pedestrian protection
Regulation (EC) No 78/2009
G
59
Recyclability
Directive 2005/64/EC
N/A
61
Air-conditioning systems
Directive 2006/40/EC
G
62
Hydrogen system
Regulation (EC) No 79/2009
X
63
General Safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
X (
15
)
64
Gear shift indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 65/2012
G
67
Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 67
X
68
Vehicle alarm systems (VAS)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 97
X
69
Electric safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 100
X
70
Specific components for CNG and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 110
X
72
eCall system
Regulation (EU) 2015/758
G
Additional requirements for testing the wheelchair tie-down and occupant restraint system
The following point 2 and either point 3 or 4 shall apply.
1.   Definitions
1.1.   Surrogate wheelchair (SWC) means a rigid, re-usable test wheelchair, as defined in section 3 of international standard ISO 10542-1:2012.
1.2.   Point P means a representation of the position of the wheelchair occupant's hip when seated in the SWC, as defined in section 3 of international standard ISO 10542-1:2012.
2.   General requirements
2.1.   Each wheelchair location shall be provided with anchorages to which a wheelchair tie-down and occupant restraint system (WTORS) shall be fitted.
2.2.   The wheelchair occupant's lower belt anchorages shall be located in accordance with UN Regulation No 14.07, paragraph 5.4.2.2, relative to Point P on the SWC, when placed in the travelling position designated by the manufacturer. The upper actual anchorage(s) shall be located at least 1 100 mm above the horizontal plane passing through the points of contact between the rear tyres of the SWC and the vehicle floor. That condition shall still be satisfied after the test carried out in accordance with point 3 of this Appendix.
2.3.   An assessment shall be made of the WTORS occupant belt to ensure compliance with the UN Regulation No 16.06, paragraphs 8.2.2 to 8.2.2.4 and 8.3.1 to 8.3.4.
2.4.   The minimum number of ISOFIX child seat anchorages need not to be provided. In the case of a multi-stage type-approval where an ISOFIX anchorage system has been affected by the conversion, either the system shall be re-tested or the anchorages shall be rendered unusable. In the latter case the ISOFIX labels shall be removed and appropriate information shall be given to the vehicle purchaser.
3.   Static in-vehicle testing
3.1.   Wheelchair occupant restraint anchorages
3.1.1.
The wheelchair occupant restraint anchorages shall resist the static forces prescribed for occupant restraint anchorages in UN Regulation No 14.07, simultaneously with the static forces applied to the wheelchair tie-down anchorages as specified in point 3.2 of this Appendix.
3.2.   Wheelchair tie-down anchorages
The wheelchair tie-down anchorages shall resist the following forces, for at least 0,2 seconds, applied via the SWC (or a suitable surrogate wheelchair having a wheelbase, seat height and tie-down attachment points in accordance with the specification for the SWC), at a height of 300 +/– 100 mm from the surface on which the SWC rests:
3.2.1.
In the case of a forward-facing wheelchair, a simultaneous force, coincident with the force applied to the occupant restraint anchorages, of 24,5 kN, and
3.2.2.
a second test applying a static force of 8,2 kN directed towards the rear of the vehicle.
3.2.3.
In the case of a rearward-facing wheelchair, a simultaneous force, coincident with the force applied to the occupant restraint anchorages, of 8,2 kN, and
3.2.4.
a second test applying a static force of 24,5 kN directed towards the front of the vehicle.
3.3.   Components of the system
3.3.1.
All components of the WTORS shall meet the relevant requirements of international standard ISO 10542-1:2012. However, the dynamic test specified in Annex A and paragraphs 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 of international standard ISO 10542-1:2012 shall be carried out on the complete WTORS using the vehicle anchorage geometry instead of the test geometry specified in Annex A of international standard ISO 10542-1:2012. This may be carried out within the vehicle structure or on a surrogate structure representative of the vehicle's WTORS anchorage geometry. The location of each anchorage shall lie within the tolerance provided for in paragraph 7.7.1 of UN Regulation No 16.06.
3.3.2.
Where the occupant restraint part of the WTORS is approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 16.06, it shall be subject to the dynamic test of the complete WTORS specified in paragraph 3.3.1 of this Appendix but the requirements of paragraphs 5.1, 5.3 and 5.4 of international standard ISO10542-1:2012 shall be considered to have been met.
4.   Dynamic in-vehicle testing
4.1.   The full assembly of the WTORS system shall be tested by an in-vehicle dynamic test in accordance with paragraphs 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 and Annex A of international standard ISO 10542-1:2012, testing all components/anchorages simultaneously, using a vehicle body-in-white or representative structure.
4.2.   The component parts of the WTORS shall meet the relevant requirements of international standard ISO 10542-1:2012, paragraphs 5.1, 5.3 and 5.4. These requirements shall be deemed to have been met in respect of the occupant restraint if it is approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 16.06.
Appendix 4
Other special purpose vehicles
(including special group, multi-equipment carrier and trailer caravans)
The exemptions provided for in this Appendix are only permitted if the manufacturer demonstrates to the satisfaction of the approval authority that the vehicle, due to the special function, cannot meet all the requirements set out in Part I of this Annex.
Item
Subject
Reference to regulatory act
M
2
M
3
N
1
N
2
N
3
O
1
O
2
O
3
O
4
1A
Sound level
Regulation (EU) No 540/2014
H
H
H
H
H
2
Emissions (Euro 5 and Euro 6) light duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
Q (
1
)
Q+V
1
 (
1
)
Q+V
1
 (
1
)
3A
Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 34
F
F
F
F
F
X
X
X
X
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
X
X
A
A
A
X
X
X
X
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
5A
Steering equipment
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 79
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (steps, running boards and handholds)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
X
B
B
B
6B
Door latches and door retention components
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 11
B
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
X
X
X
X
X
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
X
X
X
X
X
9A
Braking of vehicles and trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X+U
1
 (
3
)
X+U
1
 (
3
)
X
X
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
9B
Braking of passenger cars
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13-H
X (
4
)
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
13A
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 18
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
13B
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 116
X
14A
Protection of the driver against the steering mechanism in the event of impact
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 12
X
15A
Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 17
D (
4B
)
D (
4B
)
D
D
D
15B
Seats of large passenger vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 80
D
D
17A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability
(reverse gear)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
X
X
X
X
17B
Speedometer equipment including its installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 39
X
X
X
X
X
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
19A
Safety-belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and Isofix top tether anchorages
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 14
D
D
D
D
D
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
21A
Retro-reflecting devices for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22A
Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end-outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22B
Daytime running lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 87
X
X
X
X
X
22C
Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 91
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
23A
Direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24A
Illumination of rear-registration plates of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25A
Power-driven vehicle's sealed-beam headlamps (SB) emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 31
X
X
X
X
X
25B
Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 37
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25C
Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas-discharge light sources
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 98
X
X
X
X
X
25D
Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas-discharge lamp units of power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 99
X
X
X
X
X
25E
Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament lamps and/or LED modules
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 112
X
X
X
X
X
25F
Adaptive front-lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 123
X
X
X
X
X
26A
Power-driven vehicle front fog lamps
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 19
X
X
X
X
X
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
A
A
A
A
A
28A
Rear fog lamps for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 38
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
29A
Reversing lights for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 23
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30A
Parking lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 77
X
X
X
X
X
31A
Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and Isofix child restraint systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 16
D
D
D
D
D
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
X
X
X
X
X
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
36A
Heating systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
38A
Head restraints (headrests), whether or not incorporated in vehicle seats
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 25
X
41A
Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
H (
9
)
H
H (
9
)
H (
9
)
H
42A
Lateral protection of goods vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 73
X
X
X
X
43A
Spray suppression systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 109/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46B
Pneumatic tyres for motor vehicles and their trailers (Class C
1
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 30
X
X
X
46C
Pneumatic tyres for commercial vehicles and their trailers (Classes C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 54
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46D
Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C
1
, C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 117
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46E
Temporary-use spare unit, run-flat tyres/system and tyre pressure monitoring system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 64
X (
9A
)
47A
Speed limitation of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 89
X
X
X
X
48A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
49A
Commercial vehicles with regard to their external projections forward of the cab's rear panel
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 61
X
X
X
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X
X
X
X
50B
Close-coupling device (CCD); fitting of an approved type of CCD
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 102
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
51A
Burning behaviour of materials used in the interior construction of certain categories of motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 118
X
52A
M
2
 and M
3
 vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 107
X
X
52B
Strength of the superstructure of large passenger vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 66
X
X
54A
Protection of occupants in the event of lateral collision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 95
A
56A
Vehicles for the carriage of dangerous goods
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 105
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
57A
Front underrun protective devices (FUPDs) and their installation; front underrun protection (FUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 93
X
X
58
Pedestrian protection
Regulation (EC) No 78/2009
N/A (
2
)
59
Recyclability
Directive 2005/64/EC
N/A
61
Air-conditioning systems
Directive 2006/40/EC
X (
14
)
62
Hydrogen system
Regulation (EC) No 79/2009
X
X
X
X
X
63
General Safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
65
Advanced emergency braking system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 347/2012
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
66
Lane departure warning system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 351/2012
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
67
Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 67
X
X
X
X
X
68
Vehicle alarm systems (VAS)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 97
X
69
Electric safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 100
X
X
X
X
X
70
Specific components for CNG and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 110
X
X
X
X
X
72
eCall system
Regulation (EU) 2015/758
N/A
N/A
G
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Appendix 5
Mobile cranes
Item
Subject
Reference to regulatory act
N
3
1A
Sound level
Regulation (EU) No 540/2014
T+Z
1
3A
Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 34
X
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
A
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
X
5A
Steering equipment
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 79
X
Crab steering allowed
6A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (steps, running boards and handholds)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
A
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
X
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
X
9A
Braking of vehicles and trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13
U (
3
)
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
X
13A
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 18
X (
4A
)
15A
Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 17
X
17A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (reverse gear)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
17B
Speedometer equipment including its installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 39
X
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
X
19A
Safety-belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and Isofix top tether anchorages
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 14
X
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
A+Y
21A
Retro-reflecting devices for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 3
X
22A
Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end-outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 7
X
22B
Daytime running lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 87
X
22C
Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 91
X
23A
Direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 6
X
24A
Illumination of rear-registration plates of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 4
X
25A
Power-driven vehicle's sealed-beam headlamps (SB) emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 31
X
25B
Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 37
X
25C
Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas-discharge light sources
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 98
X
25D
Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas-discharge lamp units of power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 99
X
25E
Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament lamps and/or LED modules
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 112
X
25F
Adaptive front-lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 123
X
26A
Power-driven vehicle front fog lamps
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 19
X
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
A
28A
Rear fog lamps for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 38
X
29A
Reversing lights for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 23
X
30A
Parking lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 77
X
31A
Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and Isofix child restraint systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 16
X
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
X
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
(
5
)
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
(
6
)
36A
Heating systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
X
41A
Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
V
42A
Lateral protection of goods vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 73
A
43A
Spray suppression systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 109/2011
Z
1
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
J
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
X
46C
Pneumatic tyres for commercial vehicles and their trailers (Classes C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 54
X
46D
Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C
1
, C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 117
X
47A
Speed limitation of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 89
X
48A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
A
49A
Commercial vehicles with regard to their external projections forward of the cab's rear panel
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 61
A
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
X (
10
)
50B
Close-coupling device (CCD); fitting of an approved type of CCD
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 102
X (
10
)
57A
Front underrun protective devices (FUPDs) and their installation; front underrun protection (FUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 93
X
62
Hydrogen system
Regulation (EC) No 79/2009
X
63
General Safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
X (
15
)
65
Advanced emergency braking system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 347/2012
N/A (
16
)
66
Lane departure warning system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 351/2012
N/A (
17
)
67
Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 67
X
69
Electric safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 100
X
70
Specific components for CNG and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 110
X
Appendix 6
Exceptional load transport vehicles
Item
Subject
Reference to regulatory act
N
3
O
4
1
Permissible sound level
Directive 70/157/EEC
T
3A
Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 34
X
X
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
A
A
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
X
A+R
5A
Steering equipment
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 79
X
Crab steering allowed
X
6A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (steps, running boards and handholds)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
X
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
X
9A
Braking of vehicles and trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 13
U (
3
)
X (
3
)
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
X
X
13A
Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 18
X (
4A
)
15A
Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 17
X
17A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (reverse gear)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
X
17B
Speedometer equipment including its installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 39
X
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
X
X
19A
Safety-belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and Isofix top tether anchorages
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 14
X
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
X
A+N
21A
Retro-reflecting devices for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 3
X
X
22A
Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end-outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 7
X
X
22B
Daytime running lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 87
X
22C
Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 91
X
X
23A
Direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 6
X
X
24A
Illumination of rear-registration plates of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 4
X
X
25A
Power-driven vehicle's sealed-beam headlamps (SB) emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 31
X
25B
Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 37
X
X
25C
Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas-discharge light sources
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 98
X
25D
Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas-discharge lamp units of power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 99
X
25E
Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament lamps and/or LED modules
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 112
X
25F
Adaptive front-lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 123
X
26A
Power-driven vehicle front fog lamps
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 19
X
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
A
28A
Rear fog lamps for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 38
X
X
29A
Reversing lights for power-driven vehicles and their trailers
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 23
X
X
30A
Parking lamps for power-driven vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 77
X
31A
Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and Isofix child restraint systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 16
X
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
X
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
(
5
)
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
(
6
)
36A
Heating systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
X
41A
Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to information
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
X (
9
)
42A
Lateral protection of goods vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 73
X
A
43A
Spray suppression systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 109/2011
X
A
45
Safety glazing
Directive 92/22/EEC
X
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
X
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
X
I
46C
Pneumatic tyres for commercial vehicles and their trailers (Classes C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 54
X
I
46D
Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C
1
, C
2
 and C
3
)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 117
X
I
47A
Speed limitation of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 89
X
48A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
A
A
49A
Commercial vehicles with regard to their external projections forward of the cab's rear panel
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 61
A
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
X (
10
)
X
50B
Close-coupling device (CCD); fitting of an approved type of CCD
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 102
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
56A
Vehicles for the carriage of dangerous goods
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 105
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
57A
Front underrun protective devices (FUPDs) and their installation; front underrun protection (FUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 93
A
62
Hydrogen system
Regulation (EC) No 79/2009
X
63
General Safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
65
Advanced emergency braking system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 347/2012
N/A (
16
)
66
Lane departure warning system
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 351/2012
N/A (
17
)
67
Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 67
X
69
Electric safety
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 100
X
70
Specific components for CNG and their installation on motor vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 110
X
Explanatory Notes on the applicability of the requirements in this Part
X
The requirements set out in the relevant regulatory act are applicable. The series of amendments of the UN Regulations that apply on a compulsory basis are listed in Annex IV to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009. The series of amendments adopted subsequently are accepted as an alternative. Member States may grant extensions to existing type-approvals granted in accordance with the Directives repealed by Regulation (EC) 661/2009 under the conditions laid down in Article 13(14) of that Regulation.
N/A
This regulatory act is not applicable to this vehicle (no requirements).
(
1
)
For vehicles with a reference mass not exceeding 2 610 kg. At the manufacturer's request, Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 may apply to vehicles with a reference mass not exceeding 2 840 kg.
With regard to access to information, for other parts (e.g. living compartment) than the base vehicle, it is sufficient that the manufacturer provides access to vehicle repair and maintenance information in a readily accessible and prompt manner.
(
2
)
In case of vehicles equipped with a LPG or CNG installation, a vehicle type-approval in accordance with UN Regulation No 67 or UN Regulation No 110 is required.
(
3
)
The fitting of an ESC system is required by Article 12 and Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009. However, in accordance with UN Regulation No 13, the fitting of an ESC system is not required for special purpose vehicles of categories M
2
, M
3
, N
2
 and N
3
 and for vehicles for exceptional load transport and trailers with areas for standing passengers. N
1
 vehicles may be approved in accordance with UN Regulations No 13 or No 13-H.
(
4
)
The fitting of an ESC system is required by Article 12 and Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009. Therefore, the requirements set out in Part A of Annex 9 to UN Regulation No 13-H shall be fulfilled. N
1
 vehicles may be approved in accordance with UN Regulation No 13 or UN Regulation No 13-H.
(
4A
)
If fitted, the protective device shall fulfil the requirements set out in UN Regulation No 18.
(
4B
)
This Regulation applies to seats not falling within the scope of UN Regulation No 80. For other options, see Article 2 of Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
(
5
)
Vehicles of categories other than M
1
 do not need to fully comply with Regulation (EU) No 672/2010 but shall be fitted with a windscreen defrosting and demisting device.
(
6
)
Vehicles of categories other than M
1
 do not need to fully comply with Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010 but shall be fitted with a windscreen washing and wiping devices.
(
8
)
For vehicles with a reference mass exceeding 2 610 kg and that did not benefit from the possibility offered in note (
1
).
(
9
)
For vehicles with a reference mass exceeding 2 610 kg that are not type-approved (at the manufacturer's request and provided their reference mass does not exceed 2 840 kg) under Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. For other parts than the base vehicle, it is sufficient that the manufacturer provides access to vehicle repair and maintenance information in a readily accessible and prompt manner.
(
9A
)
Applies only where such vehicles are fitted with equipment covered by UN Regulation No 64. Tyre pressure monitoring system for M
1
 vehicles applies on a compulsory basis in accordance with Article 9(2) of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
(
10
)
Applies only to vehicles equipped with coupling(s).
(
11
)
Applies to vehicles with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 2,5 tonnes.
(
12
)
Only applicable to vehicles where the ‘Seating Reference Point (“R” point)’ of the lowest seat is not more than 700 mm above the ground level.
(
13
)
Applies only where the manufacturer applies for type-approval of vehicles intended for the transport of dangerous goods.
(
14
)
Applies only for vehicles of category N
1
, class I (reference mass ≤ 1 305 kg).
(
15
)
At the request of the manufacturer, a type-approval may be granted under this item, as an alternative to obtaining type-approvals under each individual item covered by Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
(
16
)
The fitting of an advanced emergency braking system is not required for special purpose vehicles in accordance with Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 347/2012.
(
17
)
The fitting of a lane departure warning system is not required for special purpose vehicles in accordance with Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 351/2012.
A
The approval authority may only grant exemption(s) if the manufacturer demonstrates that the vehicle cannot meet the requirements due to its special purpose. The exemptions granted are to be described on the vehicle type-approval certificate and the certificate of conformity.
A
1
The fitting of ESC is not mandatory. In the case of multi-stage type-approvals, where the modifications made at a particular stage are likely to affect the function of the base vehicle's ESC system, the manufacturer may either disable the system or demonstrate that the vehicle has not been rendered unsafe or unstable. This may be demonstrated, e.g., by performing rapid double lane-change manoeuvres in each direction at 80 km/h with sufficient severity to cause intervention by the ESC system. These interventions are to be well-controlled and should improve the stability of the vehicle. The technical service has the right to request further testing if deemed necessary.
B
Application limited to doors giving access to the seats designated for normal use where the vehicle is used on a public road and where the distance between the R point of the seat and the average plane of the door surface, measured perpendicular to the longitudinal medium plane of the vehicle, does not exceed 500 mm.
C
Application limited to that part of the vehicle in front of the rearmost seat designated for normal use where the vehicle is used on a public road and also limited to the head impact zone as defined in the relevant regulatory act.
D
Application limited to seats designated for normal use where the vehicle is used on a public road. Seats that are not designated for use where the vehicle is used on the public road are to be clearly identified to users either by means of a pictogram or a sign with an appropriate text. The luggage retention requirements of UN Regulation No 17 do not apply.
E
Front only.
F
Modification to the routing and length of the refuelling duct and re-positioning of the tank inboard is permissible.
G
In case of multi-stage type-approval, requirements according to the category of the base/incomplete vehicle (e.g. the chassis of which was used to build the special purpose vehicle) may also be used.
H
Modification of exhaust system length after the last silencer not exceeding 2 m is permissible without any further test.
I
Tyres are to be type-approved in accordance with the requirements set out in UN Regulation No 54 even if the design speed of the vehicle is less than 80 km/h. The load capacity may be adjusted in relation to the maximum design speed of the trailer in agreement with the tyre manufacturer.
J
For all window glazing other than driver's cab glazing (windshield and side glasses), the material may be either of safety glass or rigid plastic glazing.
K
Additional panic alarm devices are permitted.
L
Application limited to seats designated for normal use where the vehicle is used on a public road. At least anchorages for lap belts are required in the rear seating positions. Seats that are not designated for use where the vehicle is used on a public road are to be clearly identified to users either by means of a pictogram or a sign with an appropriate text. ISOFIX is not required on ambulances and hearses.
M
Application limited to seats designated for normal use where the vehicle is used on a public road. At least lap belts are required in all rear seating positions. Seats that are not designated for use when the vehicle is used on a public road are to be clearly identified to users either by means of a pictogram or a sign with an appropriate text. ISOFIX is not required on ambulances and hearses.
N
Provided that all mandatory lighting devices are installed and that the geometric visibility is not affected.
Q
Modification of exhaust system length after the last silencer not exceeding 2 m is permissible without any further test. An EU type-approval granted to the most representative base vehicle remains valid irrespective of change in the reference weight.
R
Provided that the registration plates of all Member States can be mounted and remain visible.
S
The light transmission factor is at least 60 % and the ‘A’ pillar obstruction angle is not more than 10 degrees.
T
Test to be performed only with the complete/completed vehicle. The vehicle can be tested in accordance with Directive 70/157/EEC. Concerning point 5.2.2.1 of Annex I to Directive 70/157/EEC, the following limit values are applicable:
(a)
81 dB(A) for vehicles with an engine power of less than 75 kW;
(b)
83 dB(A) for vehicles with an engine power of not less than 75 kW but less than 150 kW;
(c)
84 dB(A) for vehicles with an engine power of not less than 150 kW.
U
Test to be performed only with the complete/completed vehicle. Vehicles up to 4 axles are to comply with all the requirements laid down in the relevant regulatory acts. Derogations are admitted for vehicles having more than 4 axles, provided that:
(a)
they are justified by the particular construction; and
(b)
all the braking performances, related to parking, service and secondary braking laid down in the relevant regulatory act are fulfilled.
U
1
ABS is not mandatory for vehicles with hydrostatic drive.
V
Alternatively, Directive 97/68/EC may also apply.
V
1
Alternatively, Directive 97/68/EC may also apply to vehicles with hydrostatic drive.
W
0
Modification of exhaust system length is permitted without any further test, provided that the back pressure is similar. If a new test is required, an extra 2dB(A) above the applicable limit is allowed.
W
1
Modification in the exhaust system is permitted without any further test of tailpipe emissions and CO
2
/fuel consumption provided that the emission control devices, including particulate filters (if any), are not affected. If the evaporative control devices are kept as fitted by the manufacturer of the base vehicle, no new evaporative test is required on the modified vehicle.
An EU type-approval granted to the most representative base vehicle remains valid irrespective of change in the reference mass.
W
2
Modification of the routing, length of the refuelling duct, fuel hoses and fuel vapour pipes is permitted without further test. Re-location of the original fuel tank is permitted provided all requirements are met. However, further testing in accordance with Annex 5 to UN Regulation No 34 are not required.
W
3
The longitudinal plane of the intended wheelchair-travelling position should be parallel to the longitudinal plane of the vehicle.
Appropriate information is to be made available to the vehicle owner that, in order to withstand the forces transmitted by the tie-down mechanism during the various driving conditions, a wheelchair with a structure meeting the relevant part of ISO 7176-19:2008 is recommended.
The seats of the vehicle may be adapted without further testing, provided it can be demonstrated to the technical service that their anchorages, mechanisms and head restraints provide the same level of performance.
The luggage retention requirements set out in UN Regulation No 17 do not apply.
W
4
Compliance with the relevant regulatory act(s) is required for the boarding aids when in the resting position.
W
5
Each wheelchair location is to be provided with anchorages to which a wheelchair tie-down and occupant restraint system (WTORS) is to be fitted, and that complies with the additional provisions for testing the wheelchair tie-down and occupant restraint system set out in Appendix 3.
W
6
Each wheelchair location is to be provided with an occupant restraint belt that complies with the additional provisions for testing the wheelchair tie-down and occupant restraint system of set out in Appendix 3.
When, due to the conversion, anchorage points for the safety belts need to be moved outside the tolerance provided for in paragraph 7.7.1 of UN Regulation No 16.06, the technical service is to check whether the alteration constitutes a worst case or not. If that is the case, the test provided for in paragraph 7.7.1. of UN Regulation No 16.06 is to be performed. Extension to the EU type-approval does not need to be issued. The test may be performed using components that have not undergone the conditioning test prescribed by UN Regulation No 16.06.
W
8
For the purposes of calculations, the mass of the wheel-chair including the user is assumed to be 160 kg. The mass is to be concentrated at the P point of the surrogate wheelchair in its travelling position declared by the manufacturer.
Any limitation in the passenger capacity resulting from the use of wheelchair(s) is to be recorded in the owner's handbook, on side 2 of the EU type-approval certificate and in the certificate of conformity.
W
9
Modification of the exhaust system length is permitted without the need for retesting, provided that the exhaust back pressure remains similar.
Y
Provided that all mandatory lighting devices are installed.
Z
The requirements on the protrusion of open windows do not apply to the living compartment.
Z
1
Mobile cranes with more than six axles are considered to be off-road vehicles (N
3
G) when at least three axles are driven and provided they meet the provisions of point 4.3(b)(ii) and (iii), as well as point 4.3(c) of Part A of Annex I.
(
*1
)
  Regulation (EU) No 540/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on the sound level of motor vehicles and of replacement silencing systems, and amending Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directive 70/157/EEC (
OJ L 158, 27.5.2014, p. 131
).
(
*2
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010 of 8 November 2010 concerning type-approval requirements for the space for mounting and the fixing of rear registration plates on motor vehicles and their trailers and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (
OJ L 291, 9.11.2010, p. 22
).
(
*3
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 130/2012 of 15 February 2012 concerning type-approval requirements for motor vehicles with regard to vehicle access and manoeuvrability and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (
OJ L 43, 16.2.2012, p. 6
).
(
*4
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010 of 8 November 2010 concerning type-approval requirements for motor vehicle towing devices and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (
OJ L 291, 9.11.2010, p. 36
).
(
*5
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 672/2010 of 27 July 2010 concerning type-approval requirements for windscreen defrosting and demisting systems of certain motor vehicles and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (
OJ L 196, 28.7.2010, p. 5
).
(
*6
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010 of 9 November 2010 concerning type-approval requirements for windscreen wiper and washer systems of certain motor vehicles and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (
OJ L 292, 10.11.2010, p. 2
).
(
*7
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010 of 9 November 2010 concerning type-approval requirements for wheel guards of certain motor vehicles and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (
OJ L 292, 10.11.2010, p. 21
).
(
*8
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 109/2011 of 27 January 2011 implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards type-approval requirements for certain categories of motor vehicles and their trailers as regards spray suppression systems (
OJ L 34, 9.2.2011, p. 2
).
(
*9
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 458/2011 of 12 May 2011 concerning type-approval requirements for motor vehicles and their trailers with regard to the installation of their tyres and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (
OJ L 124, 13.5.2011, p. 11
).
(
*10
)
  Regulation (EC) No 78/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 January 2009 on the type-approval of motor vehicles with regard to the protection of pedestrians and other vulnerable road users, amending Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directives 2003/102/EC and 2005/66/EC (
OJ L 35, 4.2.2009, p. 1
).
(
*11
)
  Directive 2005/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 October 2005 on the type-approval of motor vehicles with regard to their reusability, recyclability and recoverability and amending Council Directive 70/156/EEC (
OJ L 310, 25.11.2005, p. 10
).
(
*12
)
  Directive 2006/40/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 May 2006 relating to emissions from air conditioning systems in motor vehicles and amending Council Directive 70/156/EEC (
OJ L 161, 14.6.2006, p. 12
).
(
*13
)
  Regulation (EC) No 79/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 January 2009 on type-approval of hydrogen-powered motor vehicles, and amending Directive 2007/46/EC (
OJ L 35, 4.2.2009, p. 32
).
(
*14
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 65/2012 of 24 January 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards gear shift indicators and amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (
OJ L 28, 31.1.2012, p. 24
).
(
*15
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 347/2012 of 16 April 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with respect to type-approval requirements for certain categories of motor vehicles with regard to advanced emergency braking systems (
OJ L 109, 21.4.2012, p. 1
).
(
*16
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 351/2012 of 23 April 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards type-approval requirements for the installation of lane departure warning systems in motor vehicles (
OJ L 110, 24.4.2012, p. 18
).
(
*17
)
  Regulation (EU) 2015/758 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2015 concerning type-approval requirements for the deployment of the eCall in-vehicle system based on the 112 service and amending Directive 2007/46/EC (
OJ L 123, 19.5.2015, p. 77
).
(
1
)
  The explanatory notes relating to the Table ‘Regulatory acts for EU type-approval of vehicles produced in unlimited series’ of this Part also apply to this Table. The letters in this Table have the same meaning as in Table 1 of this Appendix.
(
2
)
  In the absence of a registration document, the competent authority may refer to available documented evidence of date of manufacture or documented evidence of first purchase.
(
3
)
  Council Directive 70/157/EEC of 6 February 1970 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the permissible sound level and the exhaust system of motor vehicles (
OJ L 42, 23.2.1970, p. 16
).
(
4
)
  Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 of 25 May 2011 implementing and amending Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and amending Annexes I and III to Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (
OJ L 167, 25.6.2011, p. 1
).
(
5
)
  For subsequent amendments, see UNECE TRANS/WP.29/343.
(
*18
)
  The numbering of the entries in this table refers to the numbering used in the table of Part I.
(
*19
)
  Technically permissible maximum laden mass.
ANNEX III
PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED WITH RESPECT TO EU TYPE-APPROVAL
1.   Objectives and scope
1.1.   This Annex establishes the procedures for the proper conduct of the vehicle type-approval in accordance with Articles 26, 27 and 28.
1.2.   It also includes:
(a)
the list of international standards which are of relevance for the designation of the technical services in accordance with Articles 68 and 70;
(b)
the description of the procedure to be followed for the assessment of the skills of technical services in accordance with Article 73;
(c)
the general requirements for the drafting of test reports by technical services.
2.   Type-approval procedure
When receiving an application for vehicle type-approval, the approval authority shall:
(a)
verify that all EU type-approval certificates issued pursuant to the regulatory acts as listed in Annex II which are applicable for vehicle type-approval cover the type of vehicle and correspond to the prescribed requirements;
(b)
make sure that the vehicle specifications and data are included in the data in the information packages and in the EU type-approval certificates issued in accordance with the relevant regulatory acts;
(c)
when an item number is not included in the information package as provided for in any of the regulatory acts, confirm that the relevant part or characteristic conforms to the particulars in the information folder;
(d)
on a selected sample of vehicles from the type to be approved carry out or arrange to be carried out inspections of vehicle parts and systems to verify that the vehicle or vehicles are built in accordance with the relevant data contained in the authenticated information package in respect of the relevant EU type-approval certificates;
(e)
carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant installation checks in respect of separate technical units, where applicable;
(f)
carry out or arrange to be carried out necessary checks in respect of the presence of the devices provided for in explanatory notes 1 and 2 of Part I of Annex II, where applicable;
(g)
carry out or arrange to be carried out necessary checks in order to ensure that the requirements set out in explanatory note 5 of Part I of Annex II are fulfilled.
3.   Combination of technical specifications
The number of vehicles to be submitted shall be sufficient to permit the proper check of the various combinations to be type-approved according to the following criteria:
Technical specifications
Vehicle category
M
1
M
2
M
3
N
1
N
2
N
3
O
1
O
2
O
3
O
4
Engine
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Gear box
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Number of axles
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Powered axles (number, position and interconnection)
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Steered axles (number and position)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Body styles
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Number of doors
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Hand of drive
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Number of seats
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Level of equipment
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
4.   Specific provisions
Where no approval certificates as provided for in the relevant regulatory acts are available, the approval authority shall:
(a)
arrange for the necessary tests and checks as required by each of the relevant regulatory acts;
(b)
verify that the vehicle conforms to the particulars in the information folder and that it meets the technical requirements of each of the relevant regulatory acts;
(c)
carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant installation checks in respect of separate technical units, where applicable;
(d)
carry out or arrange to be carried out necessary checks in respect of the presence of the devices provided for in explanatory notes 1 and 2 of Part I of Annex II where applicable;
(e)
carry out or arrange to be carried out necessary checks in order to ensure that the requirements set out in explanatory note 5 of Part I of Annex II are fulfilled.
Appendix 1
Standards with which the technical services referred to in Article 68 have to comply
1.   Activities related to testing for type-approval to be carried out in accordance with the regulatory acts listed in Annex II:
1.1.   Category A (tests performed in own facilities):
Standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 on the general requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories.
A technical service designated for category A activities may also carry out the tests provided for in the regulatory acts for which it has been designated, in the facilities of a manufacturer or of a third party. In either case, the personnel responsible for using professional judgement for determination of conformity with the regulatory acts for which the technical service has been designated shall comply with the Standard EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012.
1.2.   Category B (supervision of tests, which includes test preparation, where such tests are performed at the manufacturer's facilities or at the facilities of a third party):
Standard EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012 on the general criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing inspection.
Before performing or supervising any test in the manufacturer's facilities or in the facilities of a third party, the technical service shall verify that the tests facilities and measurement devices comply with the appropriate requirements of Standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005.
2.   Activities related to conformity of production
2.1.   Category C (procedure for the initial assessment and surveillance audits of the manufacturer's quality management system):
Standard EN ISO/IEC 17021:2011 on the requirements for bodies providing audit and certification of management systems.
2.2.   Category D (inspection or testing of production samples or supervision thereof):
Standard EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012 on the general criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing inspection.
Appendix 2
Procedure for the assessment of the technical services
1.   Objective and scope
1.1.   This Appendix establishes the conditions in accordance with which the assessment procedure of the technical services shall be conducted by the authority, competent under Article 73 (‘competent authority’).
1.2.   Those requirements shall apply to all technical services, irrespective of their legal status (independent organisation, manufacturer or approval authority acting as technical service).
2.   Assessments
The carrying out of an assessment shall be governed by the following:
(a)
principle of independence, which is the basis for the impartiality and objectivity of the conclusions; and
(b)
an evidence-based approach, which guarantees reliable and reproducible conclusions.
Auditors shall show trust and integrity. They shall respect confidentiality and discretion.
They shall report truthfully and accurately about findings and conclusions.
3.   Skills requirements for auditors
3.1.   The assessments may only be conducted by auditors having the technical and administrative knowledge necessary for such purposes.
3.2.   The auditors shall have been trained specifically for assessment activities. In addition, they shall have the specific knowledge of the technical area in which the technical service will exercise its activities.
3.3.   Without prejudice to points 3.1 and 3.2, the assessment referred to in Article 73 shall be conducted by auditors independent of the activities for which the assessment is conducted.
4.   Application for designation
4.1.   A duly authorised representative of the applicant technical service shall submit a formal application to the competent authority that includes the following information:
(a)
general features of the technical service, including corporate entity, name, addresses, legal status and technical resources;
(b)
a detailed description, including curriculum vitae, of the personnel in charge of testing and of the managerial staff, setting out their educational qualifications and professional skills;
(c)
technical services which use virtual testing methods shall provide evidence of their ability to work in a Computer-Aided-x environment;
(d)
general information concerning the technical service, including its activities, its relationship in a larger corporate entity, if any, and addresses of all its physical location(s) to be covered by the scope of designation;
(e)
an agreement to fulfil the requirements for designation and the other obligations of the technical service as provided for in the relevant regulatory acts for which it is designated;
(f)
a description of the conformity assessment services that the technical service undertakes in the framework of the relevant regulatory acts and a list of the regulatory acts for which the technical service applies for designation, including limits of capability, where applicable;
(g)
a copy of the quality assurance manual of the technical service.
4.2.   The competent authority shall review the adequacy of the information provided by the technical service.
4.3.   The technical service shall notify to the competent authority any modifications to the information provided in accordance with point 4.1.
5.   Resource review
The competent authority shall review its ability to carry out the assessment of the technical service, in terms of its own policy, its competence and the availability of suitable auditors and experts.
6.   Subcontracting the assessment
6.1.   The competent authority may subcontract parts of the assessment to another competent authority or ask for support from technical experts provided by other competent authorities. The subcontractors and experts have to be accepted by the applicant technical service.
6.2.   The competent authority shall take into account accreditation certificates with adequate scope in order to complete its global assessment of the technical service.
7.   Preparation for assessment
7.1.   The competent authority shall formally appoint a joint assessment team. The competent authority shall ensure that the expertise brought to each joint assessment team is appropriate. In particular, the joint assessment team as a whole shall have both:
(a)
appropriate knowledge of the specific scope for which designation is sought; and
(b)
sufficient understanding to reliably assess the competence of the technical service to operate within its scope of designation.
7.2.   The competent authority shall clearly define the assignment given to the joint assessment team. The task of the joint assessment team is to review the documents collected from the applicant technical service and to conduct the on-site assessment.
7.3.   The competent authority shall agree, together with the technical service and the assigned assessment team, to the date and timetable for the assessment. However, it remains the responsibility of the competent authority to pursue a date that is in accordance with the surveillance and reassessment plan.
7.4.   The competent authority shall ensure that the joint assessment team is provided with the appropriate criteria documents, previous assessment records, and the relevant documents and records of the technical service.
8.   On-site assessment
The joint assessment team shall conduct the assessment of the technical service at the premises of the technical service from which one or more key activities are performed and, where relevant, shall perform eyewitness assessment at other selected locations where the technical service operates.
9.   Analysis of findings and assessment report
9.1.   The joint assessment team shall analyse all relevant information and evidence gathered during the document and record review and the on-site assessment. That analysis shall be sufficient to allow the team to determine the extent of competence and conformity of the technical service with the requirements for designation.
9.2.   The competent authority's reporting procedures shall ensure that the following requirements are fulfilled.
9.2.1.   A meeting shall take place between the joint assessment team and the technical service prior to leaving the site. At that meeting, the joint assessment team shall provide a written and/or oral report on its findings obtained from the analysis. An opportunity shall be provided for the technical service to ask questions about the findings, including non-compliance, if any, and its basis.
9.2.2.   A written report on the outcome of the assessment shall be promptly brought to the attention of the technical service. That assessment report shall contain comments on competence and compliance, and shall identify non-compliance, if any, to be resolved in order to conform to all of the requirements for designation.
9.2.3.   The technical service shall be invited to respond to the assessment report and to describe the specific actions taken or planned to be taken, within a specific period of time, to resolve any identified non-compliance.
9.3.   The competent authority shall ensure that the responses of the technical service are sufficient and effective to resolve non-compliance. If the technical service responses are found to be insufficient, further information shall be requested. Additionally, evidence of effective implementation of actions taken may be requested, or a follow-up assessment may be carried out, to verify effective implementation of corrective actions.
9.4.   The assessment report shall include at least the following:
(a)
unique identification of the technical service;
(b)
date(s) of the on-site assessment;
(c)
name(s) of the auditors(s) and/or expert(s) involved in the assessment;
(d)
unique identification of all premises assessed;
(e)
proposed scope of designation that was assessed;
(f)
a statement on the adequacy of the internal organisation and procedures adopted by the technical service supporting its competence, as determined through its fulfilment of the requirements for designation;
(g)
information on resolving all non-compliance;
(h)
a recommendation of whether the applicant should be designated or confirmed as technical service and, if so, the scope of designation.
10.   Granting, confirming or extending a designation
10.1.   The competent authority shall, without undue delay, make the decision on whether to grant, confirm or extend a designation on the basis of the assessment report(s) and any other relevant information.
10.2.   The competent authority shall provide a certificate to the technical service. That certificate shall identify the following:
(a)
the identity and logo of the competent- authority;
(b)
the unique identity of the designated technical service;
(c)
the effective date of designation and the expiry date;
(d)
a brief indication of or a reference to the scope of designation (relevant regulatory acts or part of them);
(e)
a statement of conformity and a reference to this Regulation.
11.   Reassessment and surveillance
11.1.   Reassessment is similar to an initial assessment except that experience gained during previous assessments shall be taken into account. Surveillance on-site assessments are less comprehensive than reassessments.
11.2.   The competent authority shall design its plan for reassessment and surveillance of each designated technical service so that representative samples of the scope of designation are assessed on a regular basis.
The interval between on-site assessments, whether reassessment or surveillance, depends on the proven stability that the technical service has reached.
11.3.   Where, during surveillance or reassessments, non-compliance is identified, the competent authority shall define strict time limits for corrective actions to be taken.
11.4.   Where the corrective or improvement actions have not been taken within the agreed time limit or are not deemed to be sufficient, the competent authority shall adopt appropriate measures, such as conducting a further assessment, or suspending or withdrawing the designation for one or more of the activities for which the technical service has been designated.
11.5.   Where the competent authority decides to suspend or withdraw the designation of a technical service, it shall inform the technical service of its decision by registered mail. In any case, the competent authority shall adopt all the necessary measures to ensure the continuity of the activities already undertaken by the technical service.
12.   Records on designated technical services
12.1.   The competent authority shall maintain records on technical services to demonstrate that the requirements for designation, including competence, have been effectively fulfilled.
12.2.   The competent authority shall keep the records on technical services secure to ensure confidentiality.
12.3.   Records on technical services shall include at least the following:
(a)
relevant correspondence;
(b)
assessment records and reports;
(c)
copies of designation certificates.
ANNEX IV
CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION PROCEDURES
1.   Objectives
1.1.   The conformity of production procedure aims to ensure that each vehicle, system, component and technical separate unit, part or equipment produced is in conformity with the approved type.
1.2.   The conformity of production procedure shall always include the assessment of quality-assurance management systems, referred to in point 2 as the ‘initial assessment’, and the verification of the type-approval subject and product-related controls, referred to in point 3 as ‘product conformity arrangements’.
2.   Initial assessment
2.1.   Before granting type-approval, the approval authority shall verify that the manufacturer has established satisfactory arrangements and procedures for ensuring that vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units or parts and equipment are produced in conformity with the approved type.
2.2.   Guidance for conducting those assessments may be found in standard EN ISO 19011:2011 — Guidelines for auditing management systems.
2.3.   Compliance with the requirements of point 2.1 shall be verified to the satisfaction of the approval authority, as follows:
The approval authority shall be satisfied with the initial assessment and the product conformity arrangements referred to in point 3, taking into account one of the arrangements referred to in points 2.3.1 to 2.3.3, or a combination of those arrangements in full or in part as appropriate.
2.3.1.   The initial assessment and verification of product conformity arrangements shall be carried out by the approval authority or a body designated for that purpose by the approval authority.
2.3.1.1.   When considering the extent of the initial assessment to be carried out, the approval authority may take into account the following information:
(a)
whether the manufacturer has a certification similar to the one referred to in point 2.3.3, but which has not been qualified or recognised under that point;
(b)
in the case of a type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit, quality system assessments that have been performed by vehicle manufacturer(s) in the premises of the manufacturer of the system, component or separate technical unit, in accordance with one or more of the industry sector specifications satisfying the requirements in the standard EN ISO 9001:2015 or ISO/TS16949:2009;
(c)
whether in one of the Member States one or more of the manufacturer's type-approvals recently have been withdrawn, due to unsatisfactory control of conformity of production. In that case, the initial assessment by the approval authority shall not be limited to accepting the manufacturer's quality system certification, but shall include a verification whether all necessary improvements for ensuring effective control have been implemented, so that vehicles, components, systems or separate technical units are produced in conformity with the approved type.
2.3.2.   The initial assessment and verification of product conformity arrangements may be carried out by the approval authority of another Member State or by the body designated for that purpose by the approval authority.
2.3.2.1.   The approval authority of that other Member State shall in that case prepare a statement of compliance, which outlines the areas and production facilities that that approval authority has covered as relevant to the product(s) to be type-approved and to the regulatory acts in accordance with which these products are to be type-approved.
2.3.2.2.   Upon receiving a request for a statement of compliance from the approval authority of a Member State granting type-approval, the approval authority of another Member State shall immediately send that statement of compliance or inform that approval authority that is unable to provide such a statement.
2.3.2.3.   The statement of compliance shall include at least the following:
(a)
Group or company
(e.g. XYZ Automotive)
(b)
Particular organisation
(e.g. regional Division)
(c)
Plants/Sites
(e.g. Engine Plant 1 (in country A) — Vehicle Plant 2 (in country B))
(d)
Vehicle/Component range
(e.g. All Category M
1
 models)
(e)
Areas assessed
(e.g. Engine assembly, body pressing and assembly, vehicle assembly)
(f)
Documents examined
(e.g. Company and site quality manual and procedures)
(g)
Date of the assessment
(e.g. Audit conducted from dd/mm/yyyy to dd/mm/yyyy)
(h)
Planned monitoring visit
(e.g. mm/yyyy)
2.3.3.   An approval authority may also accept the manufacturer's certification to standards EN ISO 9001:2015 or ISO/TS16949:2009 (the scope of that certification shall in that case cover the product(s) to be approved), or an equivalent certification standard as satisfying the initial assessment requirements of point 2.3., provided that conformity of production is indeed covered by the quality management system and that the manufacturer's type-approval has not been withdrawn as referred to in point 2.3.1.1.(c). The manufacturer shall provide details of the certification and inform the approval authority of any revisions to its validity or scope.
2.4.   For the purpose of vehicle type-approval, the initial assessments carried out for the granting of type-approvals for systems, components and separate technical units of the vehicle need not be repeated, but shall be completed by an assessment of the locations and activities relating to the assembly of the whole vehicle that have not been covered by the initial assessments.
3.   Product conformity arrangements
3.1.   Every vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, part or item of equipment approved pursuant to a UN Regulation annexed to the Revised 1958 Agreement and to this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to the type approved by meeting the requirements of this Annex, the said UN Regulation and this Regulation.
3.2.   Before granting a type-approval pursuant to this Regulation and to a UN Regulation annexed to the Revised 1958 Agreement, the approval authority shall verify the existence of adequate product conformity arrangements and documented control plans, to be agreed with the manufacturer for each approval, to carry out at specified intervals the tests or associated checks that are necessary to verify continued conformity with the approved type, including, where applicable, tests specified in this Regulation and the said UN Regulation.
3.3.   The holder of the type-approval shall, in particular:
3.3.1.
ensure the existence and application of procedures for effective control of the conformity of vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units, parts or equipment to the approved type;
3.3.2.
have access to the testing or other appropriate equipment necessary for checking the conformity to each approved type;
3.3.3.
ensure that the data resulting from tests or checks are recorded and that annexed documents remain available for a period of up to 10 years to be determined in agreement with the approval authority;
3.3.4.
analyse the results of each type of test or check, in order to verify and ensure the stability of the product characteristics, making allowance for variation of an industrial production;
3.3.5.
ensure that for each type of product, at least the checks prescribed in this Regulation and the tests prescribed in the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II are carried out;
3.3.6.
ensure that any set of samples or test pieces that gives evidence of non-conformity in the type of test in question, gives rise to a further sampling and testing. All the necessary steps shall be taken to restore the production process to ensure conformity with the approved type.
3.4.   In the case of step-by-step, mixed or multi-stage type-approvals, the approval authority that is granting a whole-vehicle type-approval may request from any approval authority that has granted type-approval of any relevant system, component or separate technical unit specific details regarding compliance with the conformity of production requirements set out in this Annex.
3.5.   The approval authority that is granting a whole-vehicle type-approval and is not satisfied with the reported information referred to in point 3.4., and that has communicated this in writing to the relevant manufacturer and to the approval authority granting the type-approval for the system, component or separate technical unit, shall request the performance of additional conformity of production audits or checks, which shall be performed at the site of the manufacturer(s) of those systems, components or separate technical units. The results of this additional conformity of production audits or checks shall immediately be made available to that approval authority.
3.6.   Where points 3.4. and 3.5. apply and the approval authority granting the whole-vehicle type-approval has not been satisfied with the additional audit or check results, the manufacturer shall ensure that conformity of production is restored as soon as possible to the satisfaction of that approval authority and of the approval authority granting type-approval of the system, component or separate technical unit.
4.   Continued verification arrangements
4.1.   The approval authority that has granted type-approval may at any time verify the conformity control methods applied in each production facility by means of periodic audits. The manufacturer shall for that purpose allow access to that authority to the manufacturing, inspection, testing, storage and distribution sites and shall provide all necessary information with regard to the quality management system documentation and records.
4.1.1.   The normal arrangements for such periodic audits shall be to monitor the continued effectiveness of the procedures laid down in points 2 and 3 (initial assessment and product conformity arrangements).
4.1.1.1.   Surveillance activities carried out by the technical services (qualified or recognised as required in point 2.3.3) shall be accepted as satisfying the requirement of point 4.1.1 with regard to the procedures established at initial assessment.
4.1.1.2.   The normal frequency of verifications by the approval authority (other than those referred to in point 4.1.1.1) shall be such as to ensure that the relevant controls applied in accordance with points 2 and 3 are reviewed at intervals based on a risk assessment methodology that complies with the international standard ISO 31000:2018 – Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines, and such verification shall in any case be conducted at least once every three years. This methodology shall in particular take into account any non-conformity raised by other Member States in the context of Article 54(1).
4.2.   At every review, records of tests or checks and records of production, in particular records of those tests or checks documented as required in point 2.2, shall be made available to the inspector.
4.3.   The inspector may select samples at random manner to be tested in the manufacturer's laboratory or in the facilities of the technical service. In such a case only physical test shall be carried out. The minimum number of samples may be determined on the basis of the results of the manufacturer's own verification.
4.4.   The inspector who is of the opinion that the level of control is unsatisfactory, or who deems it necessary to verify the validity of the tests carried out in accordance with point 4.2, shall select samples to be sent to a technical service to perform physical tests in accordance with the requirements on conformity of production, set out in the regulatory acts listed in Annex II.
4.5.   Where unsatisfactory results are found during an inspection or a monitoring review, the approval authority shall take all necessary steps to ensure that the manufacturer restores the conformity of production as rapidly as possible.
4.6.   In cases where compliance with UN Regulations is required by this Regulation, the manufacturer may choose to apply this Annex as an equivalent alternative to the conformity of production requirements in the respective UN Regulations. However, if points 4.4. or 4.5. apply, all separate conformity of production requirements in the UN Regulations have to be complied with to the satisfaction of the approval authority until it decides that conformity of production has been restored.
ANNEX V
SMALL SERIES AND END-OF-SERIES LIMITS
A.   SMALL SERIES QUANTITIVE ANNUAL LIMITS
1.   The number of units of one type of vehicle to be registered, made available on the market or entered into service annually in the Union shall not exceed, pursuant to Article 41, the quantitive annual limits shown in the following table for the vehicle category in question:
Category
Units
M
1
1 500
M
2
, M
3
0
N
1
1 500
N
2
, N
3
0 until the date of application of the delegated acts referred to in Article 41(5).
1 500  after that date
O
1
, O
2
0
O
3
, O
4
0
2.   The number of units of one type of vehicle to be registered, made available on the market or entered into service annually in a Member State, shall be determined by that Member State but shall not exceed, pursuant to Article 42, the quantitative annual limits shown in the following table for the vehicle category in question:
Category
Units
M
1
250
M
2
, M
3
250
N
1
250
N
2
, N
3
250
O
1
, O
2
500
O
3
, O
4
250
B.   END-OF-SERIES LIMITS
The maximum number of complete and completed vehicles entered into service in each Member State under the procedure ‘End-of-Series’ shall be restricted in one of the following ways to be chosen by the Member State:
1.
The maximum number of vehicles of one or more types may, in the case of category M
1
, not exceed 10 % and in the case of all other categories not exceed 30 % of the vehicles of all types concerned entered into service in that Member State during the previous year. Should 10 %, respectively 30 %, be less than 100 vehicles, then the Member State may allow the entry into service of a maximum of 100 vehicles.
2.
Vehicles of any one type shall be restricted to those for which a valid certificate of conformity was issued on or after the date of manufacture of the vehicle and which remained valid for at least three months after its date of issue but subsequently lost its validity due to the entry into force of a regulatory act.
ANNEX VI
LIST OF PARTS OR EQUIPMENT THAT MAY POSE A SERIOUS RISK TO THE CORRECT FUNCTIONING OF SYSTEMS THAT ARE ESSENTIAL FOR THE SAFETY OF THE VEHICLE OR ITS ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE, THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH PARTS AND EQUIPMENT, THE APPROPRIATE TEST PROCEDURES, AND MARKING AND PACKAGING PROVISIONS
I.   Parts or equipment having a significant impact on vehicle safety
Item No
Item description
Performance requirement
Test procedure
Marking requirement
Packaging requirements
1
[…]
2
3
II.   Parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle
Item No
Item description
Performance requirement
Test procedure
Marking requirement
Packaging requirements
1
[…]
2
3
ANNEX VII
REGULATORY ACTS FOR WHICH A MANUFACTURER MAY BE DESIGNATED AS A TECHNICAL SERVICE
1.   Objectives and scope
1.1.   This Annex lays down the list of the regulatory acts for which an in-house technical service of a manufacturer may be designated as a technical service in accordance with Article 72(1).
1.2.   It also includes appropriate provisions concerning the designation of an in-house technical service of a manufacturer as technical service, to be applied in the framework of the type-approval of vehicles, components and separate technical units concerned by Part I of Annex II.
1.3.   This Annex however does not apply to manufacturers who apply for the EU type-approval of vehicles produced in small series, as referred to in Article 41.
2.   Designation of an in-house technical service of a manufacturer as a technical service
2.1.   An in-house technical service of a manufacturer designated as a technical service is a manufacturer which has been designated by the type-approval authority as a testing laboratory to carry out on its behalf the approval tests.
The expression ‘to carry out tests’ is not restricted to the measurement of performances, but also covers the registration of test results and the submission to the type-approval authority of a report, including the relevant conclusions.
It also covers the checking of compliance with those provisions that do not necessarily require measurement. This is the case for the assessment whether the design complies with the legislative requirements.
3.   List of regulatory acts and restrictions
Subject
Regulatory act reference
4A
Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010
7A
Audible warning devices and signals
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 28
10A
Electromagnetic compatibility
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 10
18A
Manufacturer's statutory plate and VIN
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
33A
Location and identification of hand controls, tell-tales and indicators
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 121
34A
Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
36A
Heating systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 122
Except the provisions in Annex 8 relating to LPG combustion heaters and LPG heating systems
37A
Wheel guards
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010
44A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
45A
Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 43
Restricted to the provisions included in Annex 21
46A
Installation of tyres
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011
48A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
49A
Commercial vehicles with regard to their external projections forward of the cab's rear panel
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 61
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
Restricted to the provisions included in Annex 5 (up to and including paragraph 8) and Annex 7
61
Air-conditioning system
Directive 2006/40/EC
Appendix
Designation of an in-house technical service of a manufacturer as technical service and subcontracting
1.   General
1.1.   The designation and notification of an in-house technical service of a manufacturer as a technical service shall be made in accordance with Articles 68 to 81 and any subcontracting shall be done in accordance with this Appendix.
2.   Subcontracting
2.1.   In accordance with Article 71(1), a technical service may nominate a subcontractor for performing tests on his behalf.
2.2.   For the purposes of this Appendix ‘Subcontractor’ means either a subsidiary of the technical service that has been entrusted by that technical service with testing activities inside its own organisation or a third party under contract with that technical service to perform test activities.
2.3.   The use of the services of a subcontractor does not release the technical service from its obligation to comply with Articles 69, 70, 80 and 81, and in particular with those concerning the skills of the technical services and compliance with Standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005.
2.4.   Point 2 of Annex VII shall apply to the subcontractor.
3.   Test report
Test reports shall be drafted in accordance with the implementing acts referred to in Article 30(3).
ANNEX VIII
CONDITIONS FOR THE USE OF VIRTUAL TESTING METHODS BY A MANUFACTURER OR A TECHNICAL SERVICE
1.   Objectives and scope
This Annex lays down provisions concerning virtual testing in accordance with Article 30(7).
2.   List of regulatory acts
Subject
Regulatory act reference
3B
Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
6A
Vehicle access and manoeuvrability (steps, running boards and handholds)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
6B
Door latches and door retention components
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 11
8A
Devices for indirect vision and their installation
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
12A
Interior fittings
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 21
16A
External projections
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 26
20A
Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
27A
Towing device
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
32A
Forward field of vision
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 125
35A
Windscreen wiper and washer systems
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
37A
Wheel guards
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010
42A
Lateral protection of goods vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 73
48A
Masses and dimensions
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
49A
Commercial vehicles with regard to their external projections forward of the cab's rear panel
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 61
50A
Mechanical coupling components of combinations of vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
50B
Close-coupling device (CCD); fitting of an approved type of CCD
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 102
52A
M
2
 and M
3
 vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 107
52B
Strength of the superstructure of large passenger vehicles
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 66
57A
Front underrun protective devices (FUPDs) and their installation; front underrun protection (FUP)
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 93
Appendix 1
General conditions for the use of virtual testing methods
1.   Virtual test pattern
The following scheme shall be used as basis structure for describing and conducting virtual testing:
(a)
purpose;
(b)
structure model;
(c)
boundary conditions;
(d)
load assumptions;
(e)
calculation;
(f)
assessment;
(g)
documentation.
2.   Fundamentals of computer simulation and calculation
2.1.   Mathematical model
The mathematical model shall be supplied by the manufacturer. It shall reflect the complexity of the structure of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit to be tested in relation to the requirements of the relevant regulatory act and its boundary conditions.
The same provisions shall apply for testing components or separate technical units independently from the vehicle.
2.2.   Validation process of the mathematical model
The mathematical model shall be validated against the actual test conditions.
To that effect a physical test shall be conducted to compare the results obtained when using the mathematical model with the results of a physical test. Comparability of the test results shall be proven. The manufacturer or the technical service shall draft a validation report and submit it to the approval authority.
Any change to the mathematical model or to the software that is likely to invalidate the validation report shall be brought to the attention of the approval authority, which may require that a new validation process is conducted.
The flow chart of the validation process is shown in Appendix 3.
2.3.   Documentation
The manufacturer shall make available to the technical service and document the data and auxiliary tools used for simulation and calculation.
3.   Tools and support
The manufacturer shall supply the technical service at its request with the necessary tools to conduct the virtual testing, including appropriate software, or provide that technical service access to these tools.
The manufacturer shall also provide appropriate support to the technical service.
The access and support provided by the manufacturer to a technical service does not exempt the technical service from its obligations regarding the skills of its personnel, the payment of licence rights and confidentiality.
Appendix 2
Specific conditions for the use of virtual testing methods
1.   List of regulatory acts
Regulatory act reference
Annex and paragraphs
Specific conditions
3B
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 58
Paragraphs 2.3, 7.3. and 25.6 of UN Regulation No 58.
Dimensions and resistance to forces.
6A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012
Annex II, Part 1 and 2 of Regulation (EU) No 130/2012.
Dimensions of steps, running boards and handholds.
6B
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 11
Annex 3 of UN Regulation No 11.
Annex 4, paragraph 2.1. of UN Regulation No 11.
Annex 5 of UN Regulation No 11.
Tensile strength tests and resistance of latches to acceleration.
8A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 46
Paragraph 15.2.4. of UN Regulation No 46.
Prescribed fields of vision of rear-view mirrors.
12A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 21
(a)
Paragraphs 5. to 5.7. of UN Regulation No 21.
(a)
Measurement of all radii of curvature and of all projections except for those requirements where a force has to be applied in order to check compliance with the provisions.
(b)
Paragraph 2.3. of UN Regulation No 21.
(b)
Determination of the head-impact zone.
16A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 26
Paragraph 5.2.4. of UN Regulation No 26
All provisions in paragraphs 5 (General requirements) and 6 (Particular requirements) of UN Regulation No 26.
Measurement of all radii of curvature and of all projections except for those requirements where a force has to be applied in order to check compliance with the provisions.
20A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 48
Paragraph 6. (Individual specifications), and Annexes 4, 5 and 6 to UN Regulation No 48.
The test drive provided for in paragraph 6.22.9.2.2 shall be performed on a real vehicle.
27A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
Annex II, point 1.2. of Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010.
Tractive and compressive static force.
32A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 125
Paragraph 5 (Specifications) of UN Regulation No 125.
Obstructions and field of vision.
35A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010
Annex III, points 1.1.2. and 1.1.3. of Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010.
Determination of the swept area only.
37A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010
Annex II, point 2. of Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010.
Verification of the dimensional requirements.
42A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 73
Paragraph 12.10 of UN Regulation No 73.
Resistance under a horizontal force and deflection measurement.
48A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
(a)
Annex I, Part B, points 7 and 8 of Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012.
(a)
Check of compliance with the manoeuvrability requirements including manoeuvrability of vehicles fitted with lift- or loadable axles.
(b)
Annex I, Part C, points 6 and 7 of Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012.
(b)
Measurement of the maximum rear swing-out.
49A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 61
Paragraphs 5 and 6 of UN Regulation No 61.
Measurement of all radii of curvature and of all projections except for those requirements where a force has to be applied in order to check compliance with the provisions.
50A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 55
(a)
Annex 5 ‘Requirements for mechanical coupling devices’ of UN Regulation No 55.
(a)
All provisions of paragraphs 1 to 8 included.
(b)
Annex 6, paragraph 1.1. of UN Regulation No 55.
(b)
Strength tests on mechanicals couplings of simple design may be replaced by virtual tests.
(c)
Annex 6, paragraph 3 of UN Regulation No 55.
(c)
Paragraphs 3.6.1. (Strength test), 3.6.2. (Resistance to buckling) and 3.6.3. (Resistance to bending moment) only.
52A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 107
Annex 3 of UN Regulation No 107.
Paragraph 7.4.5. (calculation method).
52B
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 66
Annex 9 of UN Regulation No 66.
Computer simulation of rollover test on complete vehicle as an equivalent approval method.
57A
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
UN Regulation No 93
Annex 5, paragraph 3 of UN Regulation No 93.
Resistance under a horizontal force and deflection measurement.
Appendix 3
Validation process
Approval Authority
Technical Report acc. to EC Directive
Computer Simulation
Virtual Prototypes I, II, …
Approval process
Agreement Approval Authority
Validation Report
Computer Simulation
Physical Test
Physical prototype
Validation process
Mathematical model
Manufacturer
ANNEX IX
PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED DURING MULTI-STAGE TYPE-APPROVAL
1.   Obligations of manufacturers
1.1.   The satisfactory operation of the multi-stage type-approval requires joint action by all the manufacturers concerned. To that end approval authorities must ensure, before granting first and subsequent stage type-approvals, that suitable arrangements exist between the relevant manufacturers for the supply and interchange of documents and information, so that the completed type of vehicle meets the technical requirements of all the relevant regulatory acts listed in Annex II. Such information must include details of relevant system, component and separate technical unit type-approvals and of vehicle parts that form part of the incomplete vehicle but have not yet been type-approved.
1.2.   Each manufacturer involved in a multi-stage type-approval shall be responsible for the approval and conformity of production of all systems, components or separate technical units manufactured or added by that manufacturer to the previously built stage. The manufacturer of the subsequent stage shall not be responsible for objects that have been approved in an earlier stage, except where that manufacturer modifies relevant parts to such an extent that the previously granted type-approval becomes invalid.
2.   Obligations of approval authorities
2.1.   The approval authority shall:
(a)
verify that all EU type-approval certificates issued pursuant to the regulatory acts that are applicable for vehicle type-approval cover the type of vehicle at its state of completion and correspond to the prescribed requirements;
(b)
ensure that all the relevant data, taking account of the state of completion of the vehicle, is included in the information folder;
(c)
by reference to the documentation ensure that the vehicle specification(s) and data contained in the information folder are included in the data in the information packages and in the EU type-approval certificates issued in accordance with the relevant regulatory acts; and in the case of a completed vehicle, where an item number of the information folder is not included in the information package of any of the regulatory acts, confirm that the relevant part or characteristic conforms to the particulars in the information folder;
(d)
on a selected sample of vehicles from the type to be approved carry out or arrange to be carried out inspections of vehicle parts and systems to verify that the vehicle(s) is/are built in accordance with the relevant data contained in the authenticated information package in accordance with all relevant regulatory acts; and
(e)
where required carry out, or arrange to be carried out, relevant installation checks for separate technical units.
2.2.   The number of vehicles to be inspected for the purposes of point 2.1 (d) shall be sufficient to permit the proper control of the various combinations to be EU type-approved according to the state of completion of the vehicle and the following criteria:
—
engine;
—
gearbox;
—
powered axles (number, position, interconnection);
—
steered axles (number and position);
—
body styles;
—
number of doors;
—
hand of drive;
—
number of seats;
—
level of equipment.
3.   Applicable requirements
3.1.   Multi-stage type-approvals shall be granted on the basis of the state of completion of the type of vehicle and shall incorporate all type-approvals granted at earlier stages.
3.2.   For the whole-vehicle type-approval, this Regulation (in particular the requirements of Annex I and the particular regulatory acts listed in Annex II) shall apply in the same manner as if the approval would have been granted (or extended) to the manufacturer of the base vehicle.
3.2.1.   Where a type of system, component or separate technical unit has not been modified, the system, component or separate technical unit type-approval granted in the previous stage shall remain valid until the expiration date for the first registration, as specified in the particular regulatory act.
3.2.2.   Where a type of system has been modified at the subsequent stage of completion of the vehicle, to the extent that the system has to be retested for type-approval purposes, that retesting shall be limited to only those parts of the system that have been modified or affected by the changes.
3.2.3.   Where a type of vehicle or a type of system has been modified by another manufacturer at the subsequent stage of completion of the vehicle, to the extent that, apart from the manufacturers name, the vehicle or system may still be considered as the same type, the requirement applying to existing types may still be applied as long as the date for first registration in the relevant regulatory act has not been reached.
3.2.4.   The change of category of a vehicle shall lead to the application of the relevant requirements to the new category of vehicle. The EU type-approval certificates from the previous category shall be accepted provided that the vehicle complies with the same requirements as, or more stringent than, those applying to the new category.
3.3.   Subject to the agreement of the approval authority, a whole-vehicle type-approval granted to the manufacturer of the subsequent stage of completion of the vehicle does not need to be extended or revised where an extension given at the previous stage vehicle does not affect the subsequent stage or the technical data of the vehicle. However, the type-approval number including the extension of the previous stage(s) vehicle shall be copied in the certificate of conformity of the subsequent stage vehicle.
3.4.   Where the cargo area of a complete or completed vehicle of category N or O is modified by another manufacturer for the addition of removable fittings to store and secure the cargo (for example, load space lining, storage racks and roof racks), such items can be treated as part of the pay-mass and a type-approval is not needed, provided both of the following conditions are met:
(a)
the modifications do not affect the vehicle's type-approval in any way, other than an increase of the actual mass of the vehicle;
(b)
the added fittings can be removed without using special tools.
4.   Identification of the vehicle
4.1.   The VIN, prescribed by Regulation (EU) No 19/2011, shall be retained during all the subsequent stages of the type-approval to ensure the traceability of the process.
4.2.   At the second and subsequent stages, in addition to the statutory plate prescribed by Regulation (EU) No 19/2011, each manufacturer shall affix to the vehicle an additional plate the model of which is shown in the Appendix to this Annex. This plate shall be firmly attached, in a conspicuous and readily accessible position on a part not subject to replacement in use. It shall clearly and indelibly show the following information in the order listed:
—
the name of the manufacturer;
—
sections 1, 3 and 4 of the EU type-approval number;
—
the stage of approval;
—
the VIN of the base vehicle;
—
the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle where the value has changed during the current stage of approval;
—
the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination (where the value has changed during the current stage of approval and where the vehicle is permitted to tow a trailer). ‘0’ shall be used if the vehicle is not permitted to tow a trailer;
—
the technically permissible maximum mass on each axle, listed in order from front to rear where the value has changed during the current stage of approval;
—
in the case of a semi-trailer or centre axle trailer, the technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point where the value has changed during the current stage of approval.
Unless otherwise provided for in point 4.1 and this point the additional plate shall comply with the requirements set out in Annex I and Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 19/2011.
Appendix
Model of the manufacturer's additional plate
The example below is given as a guide only.
MANUFACTURER'S NAME (stage 3)
e2*201X/XX*2609
Stage 3
WD9VD58D98D234560
1 500 kg
2 500 kg
1 – 700 kg
2 – 810 kg
ANNEX X
ACCESS TO VEHICLE OBD INFORMATION AND VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
1.   Introduction
This Annex lays down technical requirements for the access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information.
2.   Access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information
2.1.   A manufacturer shall put in place the necessary arrangements and procedures, in accordance with Article 61, to ensure that vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information is accessible through websites using a standardised format in a readily accessible and prompt manner, and in a manner which is non-discriminatory compared to the provisions given or access granted to authorised dealers and repairers.
2.2.   An approval authority shall only grant type-approval after receiving from the manufacturer a certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information.
2.3.   The certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information shall serve as the proof of compliance with Article 64.
2.4.   The certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information shall be drawn up in accordance with the model set out in Appendix 1.
2.5.   The vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information shall include the following:
2.5.1.
an unequivocal identification of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit for which the manufacturer is responsible;
2.5.2.
service handbooks, including service and maintenance records;
2.5.3.
technical manuals;
2.5.4.
component and diagnosis information (such as minimum and maximum theoretical values for measurements);
2.5.5.
wiring diagrams;
2.5.6.
diagnostic trouble codes, including manufacturer specific codes;
2.5.7.
the software calibration identification number applicable to a type of vehicle;
2.5.8.
information provided concerning, and delivered by means of, proprietary tools and equipment;
2.5.9.
data record information and two-directional monitoring and test data;
2.5.10.
standard work units or time periods for repair and maintenance tasks if they are made available to authorised dealers and repairers of the manufacturer either directly or through a third party;
2.5.11.
in case of multi-stage type-approval, the information required under point 3, and all other information necessary to comply with the requirements set out in Article 61.
2.6.   The manufacturer shall make available to interested parties the following information:
2.6.1.
relevant information to enable the development of replacement components that are critical to the correct functioning of the OBD system;
2.6.2.
information to enable the development of generic diagnostic tools.
2.7.   For the purposes of point 2.6.1., the development of replacement components shall not be restricted by any of the following:
2.7.1.
the unavailability of pertinent information;
2.7.2.
the technical requirements relating to malfunction indication strategies if the OBD thresholds are exceeded or if the OBD system is unable to fulfil the basic OBD monitoring requirements of this Regulation;
2.7.3.
specific modifications to the handling of OBD information to deal independently with vehicle operation on petrol or on gas;
2.7.4.
the type-approval of gas-fuelled vehicles that contain a limited number of minor deficiencies.
2.8.   For the purposes of point 2.6.2, where manufacturers use diagnostic and test tools in accordance with ISO 22900 – Modular vehicle communication interface (MVCI) – and ISO 22901 – Open diagnostic data exchange (ODX) in their franchised networks –, the ODX files shall be accessible to independent operators via the website of the manufacturer.
2.9.   For the purpose of vehicle OBD, diagnostics, repair and maintenance, the direct vehicle data stream shall be made available through the serial data port on the standardised data link connector specified in paragraph 6.5.1.4 of Appendix 1 of Annex 11 to UN Regulation No 83 and paragraph 4.7.3 of Annex 9B to UN Regulation No 49.
When the vehicle is in motion, the data shall only be made available for read-only functions.
3.   Multi-stage type-approval
3.1.   In the case of a multi-stage type-approval, the final manufacturer shall be responsible for providing access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information regarding its own manufacturing stage(s) and the link to the previous stage(s).
3.2.   In addition, the final manufacturer shall on its website provide independent operators with the following information:
3.2.1.
the website address of the manufacturer(s) responsible for the previous stage(s);
3.2.2.
the name and address of all the manufacturers responsible for the previous stage(s);
3.2.3.
the type-approval number(s) of the previous stage(s);
3.2.4.
the engine number.
3.3.   Each manufacturer responsible for a particular stage or stages of type-approval shall be responsible for providing through his website access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information regarding the stage(s) of type-approval for which he is responsible and the link to the previous stage(s).
3.4.   The manufacturer responsible for a particular stage or stages of type-approval shall provide the following information to the manufacturer responsible for the next stage:
3.4.1.
the certificate of conformity relating to the stage(s) for which he is responsible;
3.4.2.
the certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information, including its annexes;
3.4.3.
the type-approval number corresponding to the stage(s) for which he is responsible;
3.4.4.
the documents referred to in points 3.4.1, 3.4.2 and 3.4.3 as provided by the manufacturer(s) involved in the previous stage(s).
3.5.   Each manufacturer shall authorise the manufacturer responsible for the next stage to pass the documents to the manufacturers responsible for any subsequent stages and the final stage.
3.6.   In addition, on a contractual basis, the manufacturer responsible for a particular stage or stages of type-approval shall:
3.6.1.
provide the manufacturer responsible for the next stage with access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information and interface information corresponding to the particular stage(s) for which he is responsible;
3.6.2.
provide, at the request of a manufacturer responsible for a subsequent stage of type-approval, with access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information and interface information corresponding to the particular stage(s) for which he is responsible.
3.7.   A manufacturer, including a final manufacturer, may only charge fees in accordance with Article 63 concerning the particular stage(s) for which he is responsible.
A manufacturer, including a final manufacturer, shall not charge fees for providing information relating to the website address or contact details of any other manufacturer.
4.   Customer adaptations
4.1.   By derogation from point 2, if the number of systems, components or separate technical units subject to a specific customer adaptation is lower than 250 units produced worldwide, repair and maintenance information for the customer adaptation shall be provided in a readily accessible and prompt manner, and in a manner which is non-discriminatory compared to the provisions given or access granted to authorised dealers and repairers.
For the servicing and reprogramming of the electronic control units relating to the customer adaptation, the manufacturer shall make the respective proprietary specialist diagnostic tool or test equipment available to independent operators as provided to authorised repairers.
The customer adaptations shall be listed on the manufacturer's repair and maintenance information website and mentioned in the certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information at the time of type-approval.
4.2.   Manufacturers shall make the proprietary specialist diagnostic tool or test equipment to service the customer-adapted systems, components or technical units available to independent operators via sale and rent.
4.3.   The manufacturer shall mention in the certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information, at the time of type-approval, the customer adaptations for which the obligation under point 2 to provide access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information in a standardised format is derogated from and any electronic control unit related to them.
Those customer adaptations and any electronic control unit related to them shall also be listed on the manufacturer's repair and maintenance information website.
5.   Small volume manufacturers
5.1.   By derogation from point 2, manufacturers whose worldwide annual production of a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit subject to this Regulation is for vehicles of category M
1
 and N
1
 less than 1 000 vehicles or for vehicles of category M
2
, M
3
, N
2
, N
3
 and O less than 250 units, shall provide access to vehicle repair and maintenance information in a readily accessible and prompt manner, and in a manner that is non-discriminatory compared to the provisions given or access granted to authorised dealers and repairers.
5.2.   The vehicle, system, component and separate technical unit subject to point 5.1 shall be listed on the manufacturer's repair and maintenance information website.
5.3.   The approval authority shall inform the Commission of each type-approval granted to small volume manufacturers.
6.   Requirements
6.1.   Vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information available through websites shall follow the relevant common standard referred to in Article 61.
Those requiring the right to duplicate or republish the information shall negotiate directly with the manufacturer concerned. Information for training material shall also be available, but may be presented through other media than websites.
Information on all parts of the vehicle, with which the vehicle, as identified by the VIN and any additional criteria such as wheelbase, engine output, trim level or options, is equipped by the vehicle manufacturer and that can be replaced by spare parts offered by the vehicle manufacturer to its authorised repairers or dealers or third parties by means of reference to original equipment (OE) parts number, shall be made available, in the form of machine readable and electronically processable datasets, in a database that is easily accessible to independent operators.
This database shall comprise the VIN, OE parts numbers, OE naming of the parts, validity attributes (valid-from and valid-to dates), fitting attributes and, where applicable, structuring characteristics.
The information on the database shall be updated regularly. If this information is available to authorised dealers, the updates shall include in particular all modifications to individual vehicles after their production.
6.2.   Access to vehicle security features used by authorised dealers and repairers shall be made available to independent operators under protection of security technology in accordance with the following requirements:
6.2.1.
data shall be exchanged ensuring confidentiality, integrity and protection against replay;
6.2.2.
the standard https//ssl-tls (RFC4346) shall be used;
6.2.3.
security certificates in accordance with international standard ISO 20828 shall be used for mutual authentication of independent operators and manufacturers;
6.2.4.
the independent operator's private key shall be protected by secure hardware.
6.3.   The Forum on Access to Vehicle Information referred to in Article 66 shall specify the parameters for fulfilling the requirements referred to in point 6.2 in accordance with the state of the art. The independent operator shall be approved and authorised for this purpose on the basis of documents demonstrating that he pursues a legitimate business activity and has not been convicted of any relevant criminal activity.
6.4.   Reprogramming of control units shall be conducted in accordance with either international standard ISO 22900-2 or SAE J2534 or TMC RP1210B using non-proprietary hardware.
For the validation of the compatibility of the manufacturer-specific application and the vehicle communication interfaces (VCI) complying to international standard ISO 22900-2 or SAE J2534 or TMC RP1210B, the manufacturer shall offer either a validation of independently developed VCIs or the information, and loan of any special hardware, required for a VCI manufacturer to conduct such validation himself.
The conditions of Article 63(1) shall apply to fees for such validation or information and hardware.
6.5.   The requirements of point 6.4. shall not apply in the case of reprogramming of speed limitation devices and recording equipment.
6.6.   All emission-related DTCs shall be consistent with Annex XI to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Annex X to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011.
6.7.   For access to any vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information other than that relating to secure areas of the vehicle, registration requirements for use of the manufacturer's website by an independent operator shall require only such information as is necessary to confirm how payment for the information is to be made. For information concerning access to secure areas of the vehicle, the independent operator shall present a certificate in accordance with international standard ISO 20828 to identify himself and the organisation to which he belongs and the manufacturer shall respond with his own certificate in accordance with international standard ISO 20828 to confirm to the independent operator that he is accessing a legitimate site of the intended manufacturer. Both parties shall keep a log of any such transactions indicating the vehicles and changes made to them under this provision.
6.8.   Manufacturers shall indicate in their repair information websites the type-approval number by model.
6.9.   If the vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information that is available on a manufacturer's website does not contain specific relevant information to permit the proper design and manufacture of alternative fuels retrofit systems, any interested alternative fuels retrofit system manufacturer shall be able to obtain the information required by contacting the manufacturer directly with such a request. Contact details for that purpose shall be clearly indicated on the manufacturer's website and the information shall be provided within 30 days. It shall only be necessary to provide such information for alternative fuels retrofit systems that are subject to UN Regulation No 115 or for alternative fuels retrofit components that form part of systems subject to UN Regulation No 115. In addition, it shall only be necessary to provide such information in response to a request that clearly specifies the exact specification of the vehicle model for which the information is required and that specifically confirms that the information is required for the development of alternative fuels retrofit systems or components subject to UN Regulation No 115.
7.   Requirements for type-approval
7.1.   In order to receive a type-approval, the manufacturer shall submit the filled in certificate, the template of which is provided in Appendix 1.
7.2.   Where the vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information is not available, or does not conform to the requirements of this Annex, the manufacturer shall provide that information within six months of the date of the type-approval.
7.3.   The obligation to provide information within the period referred to in point 7.2. shall apply only if, following the type-approval, the vehicle is placed on the market.
Where the vehicle is placed on the market more than six months after the type-approval has been granted the information shall be provided on the date on which the vehicle is placed on the market.
7.4.   On the basis of a completed certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information, the approval authority may presume that the manufacturer has put in place satisfactory arrangements and procedures with regard to access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information, provided that no complaint has been made and that the manufacturer provides that certificate within the period referred to in point 7.2.
Appendix 1
Manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information
Text of image
(Manufacturer): …
(Address of the manufacturer): …
Certifies that
it provides access to vehicle OBD information and vehicle repair and maintenance information in compliance with the provisions of:
Article 61 of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council (1) and Annex X to that Regulation
with respect to the types of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit listed in an attachment to this certificate.
The following derogations are applied: Customer adaptations (*) — Small volume (*) —.
The principal website addresses through which the relevant information, which is hereby certified to be in compliance with those provisions, may be accessed, are listed in an attachment to this certificate along with the contact details of the responsible manufacturer’s representative who has signed this certificate.
Where applicable: The manufacturer hereby also certifies that he has complied with the obligation of Article 62 of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 to provide the relevant information concerning previous approvals of these types of vehicle no later than six months after the date of type-approval.
Done at … [Place]
On … [Date]
[Signature] [Position]
Annexes:
— Annex A: Website addresses;
— Annex B: Contact details;
— Annex C: Types of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit.
Explanatory note:
(*) Delete where not applicable.
(1) Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 on the approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, amending Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No 595/2009 and repealing Directive 2007/46/EC (OJ L 151, 14.6.2018, p. 1).
ANNEX A
WEBSITE ADDRESSES REFERRED TO IN THIS CERTIFICATE:
ANNEX B
CONTACT DETAILS OF THE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE REFERRED TO IN THIS CERTIFICATE:
ANNEX C
TYPES OF VEHICLE, SYSTEM, COMPONENT OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNIT:
Appendix 2
Vehicle OBD information
1.   The vehicle manufacturer shall provide the information required in this Appendix for the purposes of enabling the manufacture of OBD-compatible replacement or service parts and diagnostic tools and test equipment.
2.   Upon request, the following information shall be made available, on a non-discriminatory basis, to any interested manufacturer of components, diagnostic tools or test equipment:
2.1.
a description of the type and number of the preconditioning cycles used for the original type-approval of the vehicle;
2.2.
a description of the type of the OBD demonstration cycle used for the original type-approval of the vehicle for the component monitored by the OBD system;
2.3.
a comprehensive document describing all sensed components with the strategy for fault detection and MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical method), including a list of relevant secondary sensed parameters for each component monitored by the OBD system and a list of all OBD output codes and format used (with an explanation of each code and format) associated with individual emission-related power-train components and individual non-emission related components, where monitoring of the component is used to determine MI activation. In particular, in the case of types of vehicles that use a communication link in accordance with ISO 15765-4 ‘Road vehicles — Diagnostics on controller area network (CAN) — Part 4: Requirements for emissions-related systems’, a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $ 05 Test ID $ 21 to FF and the data given in service $ 06, and a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $ 06 Test ID $ 00 to FF, for each OBD monitor ID supported, shall be provided.
In case other communication protocols standards are used, equivalent comprehensive explanation shall be provided.
This information may be provided in the form of a table, with the following column and row headings:
Component Fault code; Monitoring strategy; Fault detection criteria; MI activation criteria; Secondary parameters; Preconditioning Demonstration test.
Catalyst P0420 Oxygen sensor; 1 and 2 signals; Difference between sensor 1 and sensor 2 signals; 3rd cycle Engine speed; engine load; A/F mode; catalyst temperature; Two Type 1 cycles; Type 1.
3.   Information required for the manufacturing of diagnostic tools
In order to facilitate the provision of generic diagnostic tools for multi-make repairers, vehicle manufacturers shall make available the information referred to in points 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 through their repair information websites. That information shall include all diagnostic tool functions and all the links to repair information and troubleshooting instructions. The access to the information may be subject to the payment of a reasonable fee.
3.1.   Communication protocol information
The following information shall be required indexed against vehicle make, model and variant, or another workable definition such as the VIN or the vehicle and systems identification:
3.1.1.
any additional protocol information system necessary to enable complete diagnostics in addition to the standards prescribed in paragraph 4.7.3 of Annex 9B to UN Regulation No 49 and in paragraph 6.5.1.4 of Annex 11 to UN Regulation No 83, including any additional hardware or software protocol information, parameter identification, transfer functions, ‘keep alive’ requirements, or error conditions;
3.1.2.
details of how to obtain and interpret all the fault codes that do not comply with the standards prescribed in paragraph 4.7.3 of Annex 9B to UN Regulation No 49 and in paragraph 6.5.1.4 of Annex 11 to UN Regulation No 83;
3.1.3.
a list of all available live data parameters, including scaling and access information;
3.1.4.
a list of all available functional tests, including device activation or control and the means to implement them;
3.1.5.
details of how to obtain all component and status information, time stamps, pending DTC and freeze frames;
3.1.6.
resetting adaptive learning parameters, variant coding and replacement component setup, and customer preferences;
3.1.7.
Electronic control unit (ECU) identification and variant coding;
3.1.8.
details of how to reset service lights;
3.1.9.
location of diagnostic connector and connector details;
3.1.10.
engine code identification.
3.2.   Test and diagnosis of OBD monitored components
The following information shall be required:
3.2.1.
a description of tests to confirm the functionality, at the component or in the harness;
3.2.2.
information concerning the test procedure, including test parameters and component information;
3.2.3.
connection details, including minimum and maximum input and output and driving and loading values;
3.2.4.
values to be expected under certain driving conditions, including idling;
3.2.5.
electrical values for the component in its static and dynamic states;
3.2.6.
failure mode values for each of the scenarios;
3.2.7.
failure mode diagnostic sequences, including fault trees and guided diagnostics elimination.
3.3.   Data required to perform the repair
The following information shall be required:
3.3.1.
ECU and component initialisation (in the event of replacements being fitted);
3.3.2.
initialisation of new or replacement ECU's where relevant using pass-through (re-) programming techniques.
ANNEX XI
CORRELATION TABLE
1.   Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
This Regulation
Article 1(2)
Article 86(1), point (2)
Article 3, points (14) and (15)
Article 3, points (48) and (45)
Article 6
Article 61
Article 7
Article 63
Article 8
—
Article 9
—
Article 13(2), point (e)
Article 86(1), point (5)
2.   Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
This Regulation
Article 1, second paragraph
Article 87(1), point 2
Article 3, points (11) and (13)
Article 3, points (48) and (45)
Article 6
Article 61
Article 11(2), point (e)
Article 84(3), point (a)
3.   Directive 2007/46/EC
Directive 2007/46/EC
This Regulation
Article 1
Article 1(1)
—
Article 1(2)
Article 2
Article 2
Article 3, point (1)
—
Article 3, point (2)
—
Article 3, point (3)
Article 3, point (1)
Article 3, point (4)
Article 3, point (3)
Article 3, point (5)
Article 3, point (2)
Article 3, point (6)
Article 3, point (6)
Article 3, point (7)
Article 3, point (8)
Article 3, point (8)
Article 3, point (9)
Article 3, point (9)
Article 3, point (10)
Article 3, point (10)
Article 3, point (11)
Article 3, point (11)
Article 3, point (16)
Article 3, point (12)
Article 3, point (17)
Article 3, point (13)
Article 3, point (15)
Article 3, point (14)
—
Article 3, point (15)
—
Article 3, point (16)
—
Article 3, point (17)
Article 3, point (32)
Article 3, point (18)
Article 3, point (24)
Article 3, point (19)
Article 3, point (25)
Article 3, point (20)
Article 3, point (26)
Article 3, point (21)
Article 3, point (27)
Article 3, point (22)
Article 3, point (28)
Article 3, point (23)
Article 3, point (18)
Article 3, point (24)
Article 3, point (19)
Article 3, point (25)
Article 3, point (20)
Article 3, point (26)
—
Article 3, point (27)
Article 3, point (40)
Article 3, point (28)
Article 3, point (41)
Article 3, point (29)
Article 3, point (36)
Article 3, point (30)
—
Article 3, point (31)
Article 3, point (38)
Article 3, point (32)
Article 3, point (54)
Article 3, point (33)
Article 3, point (4)
Article 3, point (34)
—
Article 3, point (35)
—
Article 3, point (36)
Article 3, point (5)
Article 3, points (37) to (40)
—
—
Article 3, point (7)
—
Article 3, points (12), (13) and (14))
—
Article 3, points (21), (22) and (23)
—
Article 3, points (29), (30), (31), (33), (34) and (35)
—
Article 3, point (37)
—
Article 3, point (39)
—
Article 3, points (42) to (53)
—
Article 3, points (55) to (58)
—
Article 5(2) and (3)
—
Article 6(1), third subparagraph, (2) and (3)
—
Article 7(2), (3) and (4)
Article 4(1)
—
Article 4(2)
Article 7(1)
Article 4(3), first subparagraph
Article 6(4)
Article 4(3), second subparagraph
Article 6(5), first subparagraph
Article 4(4)
Article 6(1), first and second subparagraphs
—
Article 6(5), second subparagraph and (6) to (10)
—
Article 8
—
Article 9
—
Article 10
—
Article 11
—
Article 12
Article 5(1)
Article 13(1) and (2), first subparagraph
Article 5(2), first subparagraph
Article 13(2), second subparagraph
Article 5(2), second subparagraph
Article 13(3)
Article 5(3)
Article 13(4), first sentence
—
Article 13(4), second sentence and (5) to (10)
—
Article 14
—
Article 15
—
Article 16
—
Article 17
—
Article 18
—
Article 19
—
Article 20
—
Article 21
Article 6(1)
Article 22(1)
—
Article 22(2) and (4)
Article 6(2)
Article 25(1)
Article 6(3)
—
Article 6(4)
Article 25(2)
Article 6(5)
Article 22(5) and (6), and Article 25(3)
Article 6(6) and Article 7(1)
Article 23
Article 6(7) and Article 7(3)
Article 25(4)
Article 6(8) and Article 7(4)
Article 30(4)
Article 7(2)
Article 24
Article 8(1) and (2)
Article 26(1) and (3)
—
Article 26(2) and (4)
Article 8(3)
Article 26(5)
Article 8(4)
Article 28(2)
Article 8(5) to (8)
Article 27(1) and (2)
—
Article 27(3)
Article 9(1)
Article 5(1)
Article 9(2)
Article 22(3)
—
Article 28(1) and (3)
Article 9(3)
Article 28(4)
Article 9(4)
Article 28(5)
Article 9(5)
—
Article 9(6) and (7)
Article 28(6) and (7)
Article 10(1) and (2)
Article 29(1)
Article 10(3)
Article 29(2)
Article 10(4)
Article 29(3)
Article 11
Article 30(1), (2) and (5) to (8)
Article 12(1)
Article 31(1)
—
Article 31(2)
Article 12(2), first subparagraph
Article 31(3)
Article 12(2), second subparagraph
Article 31(4)
—
Article 31(5), (6) and (8)
Article 12(3)
Article 31(7)
—
Article 32
Article 13(1)
Article 33(1)
Article 13(2)
Article 33(2)
Article 13(3)
Article 33(3) and (4)
—
Article 33(5)
Article 14(1) and Article 15(1)
Article 34(1)
Article 14(2) and Article 15(2)
Article 34(2)
Article 14(3) and Article 15(3)
Article 34(3)
Article 14(4)
Article 34(4)
Article 16(1) and (2)
Article 27(1)
Article 16(3)
Article 27(2)
Article 17(1) to (4)
Article 35(2) to (5)
Article 18(1) and (3)
Article 36(1) and (4)
—
Article 36(2)
Article 18(2)
Article 36(5)
—
Article 36(6) and (7)
Article 18(4)
Article 36(8) and (9)
Article 18(5) and (6)
Article 36(4)
Article 18(7)
Article 37(2)
Article 18(8)
Article 36(3)
—
Article 37(1) and (3) to (9)
—
Article 38(1)
Article 19(1) and (2)
Article 38(2)
Article 19(3)
Article 38(3)
Article 20(1)
Article 39(1)
Article 20 (2), introductory wording
Article 39(4)
Article 20 (2), points (a), (b) and (c)
Article 39(2)
Article 20(3)
Article 39(5)
Article 20(4), first subparagraph
Article 39(3)
Article 20(4), second subparagraph
Article 39(6)
Article 20(4), third subparagraph
Article 39(7)
Article 20 (5)
—
Article 21
Article 40
Article 22
Article 41
Article 23(1)
Article 42(1)
Article 23(2) and (3)
Article 42(2)
Article 23(4)
Article 42(3)
Article 23(5)
Article 42(4)
—
Article 42(5)
Article 23(6), first subparagraph
Article 43(1) and (2)
Article 23(6), second subparagraph
Article 43(3)
Article 23(6), third subparagraph
Article 43(4)
Article 23(7)
Article 43(5)
—
Article 44
Article 24
Articles 45 and 46
Article 25
Article 47
Article 26(1)
Article 48(1)
Article 26(2)
—
Article 26(3)
Article 48(2)
Article 27
Article 49
Article 28
Article 50
—
Article 51
Article 29(1), first subparagraph
Article 52(1) and (3)
—
Article 52(2)
—
Article 52(4)
Article 29(1), second subparagraph
Article 53(1) and (2)
—
Article 53(3) and (4)
Article 29(2)
Article 53(5), first subparagraph
—
Article 53(5), second subparagraph, (6) and (8)
Article 29(3)
Article 53(7)
Article 29(4)
—
Article 30(1)
Article 53(1)
Article 30(2), first subparagraph
Article 53(2)
Article 30(2), second subparagraph
—
Article 30(3)
Article 54(1)
Article 30(4)
Article 54(2), (3) and (4), first subparagraph
Article 30(5)
Article 54(4), second subparagraph
Article 30(6)
Article 54(5)
Article 31(1) to (4)
Article 55
Article 31(5), first subparagraph
Article 56(1)
Article 31(5), second and third subparagraphs
Article 56(2)
Article 31(6) and (7)
—
Article 31(8)
Article 56(3)
Article 31(9)
Article 56(4)
—
Article 56(5)
Article 31(10)
Article 56(6)
Article 31(11)
—
Article 31(12), first subparagraph
Article 56(7)
Article 31(12), second subparagraph
—
Article 31(13)
—
Article 32
Article 53
Article 33
—
Article 34(1)
Article 57(1)
Article 34(2)
Article 57(2)
Article 34(3) and (4)
—
Article 35
Article 58
Article 36
—
Article 37
Article 59
Article 38
Article 60
—
Article 62
—
Article 64
—
Article 65
—
Article 66
—
Article 67
Article 39
Article 82
Article 40
Article 83
Article 41(1) and (3)
Article 68(1)
Article 41(2)
Article 80(1)
Article 41(4)
Article 70
Article 41(5)
Article 68(2)
—
Article 69(3) and (4)
Article 41(6)
Article 72(1)
Article 41(7)
Article 72(2) and (3)
Article 41(8)
Article 68(5)
—
Article 69
—
Article 71
Article 42
Article 73
Article 43(1) and (3)
Article 74(1)
Article 43(2)
Article 74(2)
Article 43(4)
Article 75
Article 43(5)
Article 74(3)
—
Article 76
—
Article 77
—
Article 78
—
Article 79
—
Article 80(2) and (3)
—
Article 81
Article 44
Article 89
Article 45
Article 91
Article 46
Article 84
—
Article 85
Article 47
Article 90
Article 48
—
Article 49
Article 88
—
Article 86
—
Article 87
Article 50
Article 91
Article 51
—
Annexes I and III
Article 24(4)
Annex II, part A, points 1 to 1.3.4.
Article 4
Annex II, part A, points 2 to 6.2, part B, part C, Appendices 1 and 2
Annex I
Annex IV
Annex II, parts I and II
Annex V, Appendices 1 and 2
Annex III
Annex V, Appendix 3
Article 30(3)
Annexes VI, VII and VIII
Article 28(3)
Annex IX
Article 36(3)
Annex X
Annex IV
Annex XI
Annex IV, part III
Annex XII
Annex V
Annex XIII
Annex VI
Annex XIV
—
Annex XV
Annex VII
Annex XVI
Annex VIII
Annex XVII
Annex IX
—
Annex X
Annex XIX
—
Annex XX
—
Annex XXI
Annex XI

Summary:
EU approval and market surveillance measures for motor vehicles and their trailers
SUMMARY OF:
Regulation (EU) 2018/858 — approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles
WHAT IS THE AIM OF THE REGULATION?
The regulation sets out 
EU
-wide rules on technical requirements and procedures to ensure that new types of motor vehicles and their trailers conform to EU-approved requirements on safety and environmental protection.
It aims to: 
raise the quality level and independence of 
vehicle type approval
1
 and testing;
increase checks of vehicles that are already on the EU market;
strengthen the overall system with EU oversight.
KEY POINTS
Scope
The regulation applies to:
motor vehicles with at least 4 wheels used for the carriage of passengers (category M);
motor vehicles with at least 4 wheels intended for the transportation of goods (category N);
trailers (category O).
Type approval and testing before a car is placed on the market
Technical services will be 
regularly and independently audited
 on the basis of strict performance criteria to obtain and maintain the authority given by EU 
Member States
 to test and inspect new vehicle models. The 
European Commission
 and other Member States will be able to challenge this authorisation when something is wrong.
National type-approval authorities will be subject to 
Commission audits
 to ensure that the relevant rules are implemented and rigorously enforced across the EU.
The Commission’s 
proposal to modify the remuneration system
 to avoid technical services being paid directly by the manufacturer was 
not maintained
.
Checks of cars on the market
Pre-existing type-approval rules deal mainly with checks on prototypes taken from the production line; this regulation introduces market surveillance and additionally requires Member States to carry out regular spot-checks on 
vehicles already on their market
 and make such results publicly available.
All Member States can now take immediate safeguard measures against non-compliant vehicles on their territory without having to wait for the type approval authority to act.
Oversight
The Commission can carry out 
market checks
 independently of Member States and may initiate EU-wide recalls.
It can challenge the designation of technical services and 
impose administrative penalties
 on manufacturers or technical services of up to 
€30,000
 per non-compliant vehicle.
The Commission will chair a new 
enforcement forum
 to ensure a more uniform interpretation of relevant EU legislation, complete transparency on cases of non-compliance, and better and more coordinated market surveillance activities by Member States.
Manufacturers
In addition to the existing ban on 
defeat devices
 which 
alter performance during testing
, manufacturers must provide access to the car’s software protocols to allow for external checks.
Safety requirements and protection of vulnerable road users
Regulation (EU) 
2019/2144
 amends Regulation (EU) 2018/858 and updates EU type-approval requirements to ensure the general safety of vehicles and the protection of vulnerable road users such as pedestrians and cyclists (see 
summary
). It amends Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 which contains the requirements for the purpose of EU type approval of vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units.
Online data exchange and notification of EU type approvals
The Commission has adopted an 
implementing act
, Implementing Regulation (EU) 
2020/1812
 which lays down rules on the online data exchange and the notification of EU type approvals under Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
Exchange of the data of the certificate of conformity in electronic format
Implementing Regulation (EU) 
2021/133
 sets out the specifications for the basic format, structure and the means of exchange of the data of the certificate of conformity in electronic format. This is to ensure that certificates of conformity are exchanged between manufacturers and approval authorities in a uniform manner and that the data elements and messages they contain are harmonised.
FROM WHEN DOES THE REGULATION APPLY?
Regulation (EU) 2018/858 has applied since 
1 September 2020
.
Regulation (EU) 2019/2144 applies from 
6 July 2022
.
Implementing Regulation (EU) 2020/1812 has applied since 
22 December 2020
.
Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/133 applies from 
1 January 2023
.
BACKGROUND
The EU type-approval directive has been transformed into a directly applicable regulation and reinforced following the discovery that certain manufacturers had incorporated systems to alter the performance of their vehicles during testing (defeat devices).
This reform is part of the Commission’s wider work on the car sector set out in the communication ‘
Europe on the move
’.
For more information, see: 
Technical harmonisation in the EU
 (
European Commission
).
KEY TERMS
Type approval:
 procedure whereby an approval authority certifies that a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit meets the relevant administrative rules and technical requirements.
MAIN DOCUMENT
Regulation (EU) 
2018/858
 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 
30 May 2018
 on the approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, amending Regulations (EC) 
No 715/2007
 and (EC) 
No 595/2009
 and repealing Directive 2007/46/EC (OJ L 151, 
14.6.2018
, 
pp. 1-218
)
Successive amendments to Regulation (EU) 
No 536/2014
 have been incorporated into the original text. This 
consolidated version
 is of documentary value only.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 
2021/133
 of 
4 February 2021
 implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the basic format, structure and the means of exchange of the data of the certificate of conformity in electronic format (OJ L 42, 
5.2.2021
, 
pp. 1-3
)
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 
2020/1812
 of 
1 December 2020
 laying down rules on the online data exchange and the notification of EU type-approvals under Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 404, 
2.12.2020
, 
pp. 5-8
)
Successive amendments to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2020/1812 have been incorporated into the original text. This 
consolidated version
 is of documentary value only.
Regulation (EU) 
2019/2144
 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 
27 November 2019
 on type-approval requirements for motor vehicles and their trailers, and systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, as regards their general safety and the protection of vehicle occupants and vulnerable road users, amending Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Regulations (EC) 
No 78/2009
, (EC) 
No 79/2009
 and (EC) 
No 661/2009
 of the European Parliament and of the Council and Commission Regulations (EC) 
No 631/2009
, (EU) 
No 406/2010
, (EU) 
No 672/2010
, (EU) 
No 1003/2010
, (EU) 
No 1005/2010
, (EU) 
No 1008/2010
, (EU) 
No 1009/2010
, (EU) 
No 19/2011
, (EU) 
No 109/2011
, (EU) 
No 458/2011
, (EU) 
No 65/2012
, (EU) 
No 130/2012
, (EU) 
No 347/2012
, (EU) 
No 351/2012
, (EU) 
No 1230/2012
 and (EU) 2015/166 (OJ L 325, 
16.12.2019
, 
pp. 1-40
)
See 
consolidated version
.
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions — Europe on the move – Sustainable mobility for Europe: safe, connected, and clean (
COM(2018) 293 final
, 
17.5.2018
)
last update 
30.7.2023

--- DANISH ---

Document:
14.6.2018
DA
Den Europæiske Unions Tidende
L 151/1
EUROPA-PARLAMENTETS OG RÅDETS FORORDNING (EU) 2018/858
af 30. maj 2018
om godkendelse og markedsovervågning af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil samt af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer, om ændring af forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 og (EF) nr. 595/2009 og om ophævelse af direktiv 2007/46/EF
(EØS-relevant tekst)
EUROPA-PARLAMENTET OG RÅDET FOR DEN EUROPÆISKE UNION HAR —
under henvisning til traktaten om Den Europæiske Unions funktionsmåde, særlig artikel 114,
under henvisning til forslag fra Europa-Kommissionen,
efter fremsendelse af udkast til lovgivningsmæssig retsakt til de nationale parlamenter,
under henvisning til udtalelse fra Det Europæiske Økonomiske og Sociale Udvalg 
(
1
)
,
efter den almindelige lovgivningsprocedure 
(
2
)
, og
ud fra følgende betragtninger:
(1)
I overensstemmelse med artikel 26, stk. 2, i traktaten om Den Europæiske Unions funktionsmåde (TEUF) omfatter det indre marked et område uden indre grænser, hvor den frie bevægelighed for varer, personer, tjenester og kapital skal sikres. Reglerne for det indre marked bør være gennemsigtige, enkle, konsekvente og effektive og således skabe retssikkerhed og klarhed til fordel for virksomheder og forbrugere.
(2)
I dette øjemed blev der oprettet en omfattende EU-ramme for godkendelsen af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil samt af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer ved Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2007/46/EF 
(
3
)
.
(3)
I 2013 gennemførte Kommissionen en vurdering af EU's retlige ramme for typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil samt af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer, som viste, at den ramme, der er fastsat ved direktiv 2007/46/EF, er egnet til at nå de vigtigste mål — harmonisering, et effektivt fungerende indre marked og fair konkurrence — og konkluderede, at den derfor fortsat bør gælde.
(4)
Vurderingen konkluderede imidlertid også, at der er behov for at indføre markedsovervågningsforanstaltninger med henblik på at supplere typegodkendelseskravene, behov for at præcisere tilbagekaldelses- og beskyttelsesprocedurerne samt betingelserne for forlængelse af godkendelser af eksisterende køretøjstyper, behov for at forbedre håndhævelsen af rammen for typegodkendelse af køretøjer ved at harmonisere og forbedre de procedurer for typegodkendelse og produktionens overensstemmelse, som anvendes af medlemsstaternes myndigheder og tekniske tjenester, behov for klart at afgrænse roller og ansvarsområder for de erhvervsdrivende i forsyningskæden og for de myndigheder og parter, der er involveret i håndhævelsen af rammen, således at disse myndigheders og parters uafhængighed sikres, og interessekonflikter forebygges, og behov for at forbedre egnetheden af alternative godkendelsesordninger (national godkendelse af små serier og individuel godkendelse af køretøjer) og af den etapevise typegodkendelsesprocedures egnethed med henblik på at sørge for passende fleksibilitet for nichemarkeder og små og mellemstore virksomheder, dog uden at forvride de lige konkurrencevilkår.
(5)
Desuden har den seneste tids problemer med gennemførelsen af rammen for EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer afsløret bestemte svagheder og har påvist behovet for en grundlæggende revision heraf med henblik på at sikre, at den er robust, gennemsigtig, forudsigelig og bæredygtig, og at den giver en høj grad af sikkerhed og beskyttelse af sundhed og miljø.
(6)
Ved denne forordning indføres et antal beskyttelsesforanstaltninger for at undgå, at de krav, der stilles i processen med meddelelse af godkendelse for køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, anvendes forkert. For at undgå misbrug af godkendelsesprocessen i fremtiden er det vigtigt, at disse beskyttelsesforanstaltninger er effektive.
(7)
Denne forordning fastsætter harmoniserede regler og principper for typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil og for de systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er beregnet til sådanne køretøjer, samt for individuel godkendelse af køretøjer med henblik på at sikre, at det indre marked fungerer korrekt til fordel for virksomheder og forbrugere, og med henblik på at garantere en høj grad af sikkerhed og sundhed og miljøbeskyttelse.
(8)
Denne forordning fastlægger de tekniske og administrative krav til typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer til personbefordring (klasse M) og motorkøretøjer til godstransport (klasse N) og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse O) og til de systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er beregnet til sådanne køretøjer, med henblik på at sikre et højt niveau for sikkerhed og for miljøpræstationer.
(9)
De nationale myndigheder bør anvende og håndhæve kravene i denne forordning på en ensartet måde i hele Unionen for at sikre lige konkurrencevilkår og undgå anvendelse af forskellige standarder i Unionen. De bør samarbejde fuldt ud med forummet for informationsudveksling om håndhævelsesaktiviteter (»forummet«) og med Kommissionen om deres revisions- og tilsynsaktiviteter.
(10)
Denne forordning bør styrke den nuværende ramme for EU-typegodkendelse, navnlig gennem indførelse af bestemmelser om markedsovervågning. Markedsovervågning i automobilsektoren bør indføres ved at præcisere de forpligtelser, der påhviler de erhvervsdrivende i forsyningskæden, ansvarsområderne for de retshåndhævende myndigheder i medlemsstaterne og de foranstaltninger, der skal træffes, når der på markedet konstateres automobilprodukter, der udgør alvorlige sikkerhedsmæssige eller miljømæssige risici, underminerer forbrugerbeskyttelsen eller ikke opfylder typegodkendelseskravene.
(11)
Med henblik på at sikre en effektiv gennemførelse af kravene til typegodkendelse bør de nuværende bestemmelser om produktionens overensstemmelse styrkes ved bl.a. at sørge for obligatorisk periodisk revision af metoderne til overensstemmelsesprøvning og af den fortsatte overensstemmelse for de berørte automobilprodukter og ved at styrke kravene til kompetencer, forpligtelser og præstationer for de tekniske tjenester, som udfører prøvninger i forbindelse med typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj under de godkendende myndigheders ansvar. Det er afgørende, at de tekniske tjenester fungerer hensigtsmæssigt, med henblik på at sikre et højt beskyttelsesniveau for sikkerhed og for miljøbeskyttelse, og at borgerne har tillid til systemet. Kriterierne for udpegelse af tekniske tjenester i henhold til direktiv 2007/46/EF bør fastlægges nærmere i denne forordning for at sikre, at de anvendes konsekvent i alle medlemsstaterne. Metoderne til vurdering af de tekniske tjenester i medlemsstaterne har tendens til gradvis at variere som følge af den øgede kompleksitet i deres arbejde. Det er derfor nødvendigt at fastsætte proceduremæssige forpligtelser, som sikrer en udveksling af oplysninger og overvågning af medlemsstaternes praksis ved vurdering, udpegelse, notifikation og overvågning af deres tekniske tjenester. Disse proceduremæssige forpligtelser bør fjerne de eksisterende forskelle i de tekniske tjenesters anvendte metoder og i fortolkningen af kriterierne for udpegelse af tekniske tjenester. For at sikre passende tilsyn og lige konkurrencevilkår i hele Unionen bør vurderingen af en ansøgende teknisk tjeneste omfatte en vurdering på stedet.
(12)
I tilfælde af etapevis typegodkendelse er det vigtigt at verificere, at ændringer, der er foretaget inden den sidste etape i færdiggørelsen, ikke påvirker funktionen af typegodkendte systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder på en måde, som ville ugyldiggøre den typegodkendelse, der tidligere er meddelt.
(13)
Behovet for at kontrollere og overvåge de tekniske tjenester er øget, idet den tekniske udvikling har øget risikoen for, at de tekniske tjenester ikke besidder den nødvendige kompetence til prøvning af ny teknologi eller nyt udstyr, som fremkommer inden for området for deres udpegelse. Da den tekniske udvikling forkorter produktcyklusserne, og da intervallerne for overvågning i form af vurdering på stedet og for overvågning varierer, bør gyldigheden af udpegelsen af tekniske tjenester være tidsbegrænset, hvilket bør sikre, at der sker en periodisk vurdering af de tekniske tjenesters kompetence.
(14)
Medlemsstaternes udpegelse og overvågning af tekniske tjenester i overensstemmelse med detaljerede og strenge kriterier bør derfor være underlagt tilsynsmæssig kontrol, bl.a. som betingelse for forlængelse af deres udpegelse. De tekniske tjenesters stilling over for fabrikanterne bør styrkes, herunder deres ret og pligt til at foretage uanmeldte fabriksinspektioner og til at foretage fysiske prøvninger eller laboratorieprøvninger af automobilprodukter, der er omfattet af denne forordning, for at sikre fabrikanternes fortsatte overholdelse af kravene, efter at de har opnået typegodkendelse af deres automobilprodukter.
(15)
For at øge gennemsigtigheden og den gensidige tillid og for yderligere at ensrette og udvikle kriterierne for vurdering, udpegelse og notifikation af tekniske tjenester samt for udvidelses- og forlængelsesprocedurerne bør medlemsstaterne samarbejde med hinanden og med Kommissionen. Medlemsstaterne bør rådføre sig med hinanden og med Kommissionen om spørgsmål af almen relevans for gennemførelsen af denne forordning og underrette hinanden og Kommissionen. Det er vigtigt, at medlemsstaterne og Kommissionen anvender et fælles sikkert elektronisk udvekslingssystem som et middel til at lette og styrke det administrative samarbejde efter passende gennemførelsesperioder for at gøre forvaltningen af udvekslingen af oplysninger mere effektiv på grundlag af enkle og ensartede procedurer. For at lette oplysningernes tilgængelighed og gennemsigtighed bør oplysningerne foreligge som strukturerede data, der er elektronisk søgbare.
(16)
Når udpegelse af en teknisk tjeneste er baseret på akkreditering som omhandlet i Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008 
(
4
)
, bør akkrediteringsorganer og udpegende godkendende myndigheder udveksle oplysninger, der er relevante for vurderingen af de tekniske tjenesters kompetencer.
(17)
Medlemsstaterne bør have mulighed for at opkræve gebyrer for udpegelse og overvågning af de tekniske tjenester med henblik på at sikre bæredygtigheden af overvågningen af de tekniske tjenester og skabe lige vilkår for tekniske tjenester.
(18)
Hvis der på trods af de foranstaltninger, medlemsstaterne har truffet for at sikre en ensartet og fortsat anvendelse af kravene, hersker tvivl om en teknisk tjenestes kompetence, bør Kommissionen have mulighed for at undersøge individuelle sager.
(19)
For at sikre, at prøvninger og rapporter fra de tekniske tjenester ikke påvirkes af ikkelegitime omstændigheder, er det vigtigt, at organisationen og driften af tekniske tjenester sikrer fuldstændig upartiskhed og uafhængighed. For at de tekniske tjenester kan varetage deres opgaver på en sammenhængende og systematisk måde, bør de have et tilfredsstillende kvalitetsstyringssystem, som omfatter bestemmelser om tavshedspligt, på plads. Med henblik på at tillade de tekniske tjenester at udføre deres arbejde korrekt bør deres personales til enhver tid udvise en passende grad af viden, kompetence og uafhængighed.
(20)
En robust mekanisme til håndhævelse af overholdelsen er nødvendig for at sikre, at kravene i denne forordning overholdes. At sikre overholdelsen af kravene til typegodkendelse og produktionens overensstemmelse i den lovgivning, der gælder for automobilsektoren, bør fortsat være de godkendende myndigheders centrale ansvar, da det er en forpligtelse, der er tæt forbundet med udstedelsen af typegodkendelsen, og som kræver detaljeret kendskab til dens indhold. Det er derfor vigtigt, at de godkendende myndigheders præstationer regelmæssigt verificeres.
(21)
For at sikre overholdelse af denne forordning og ensartet anvendelse heraf i Unionen og for at lette udveksling af bedste praksis bør Kommissionen tilrettelægge og foretage vurderinger af de procedurer, som de godkendende myndigheder indfører i overensstemmelse med denne forordning. Resultatet af sådanne vurderinger, herunder eventuelle ikkebindende henstillinger, bør drøftes i forummet. Vurderingerne bør foretages regelmæssigt under hensyntagen til proportionalitetsprincippet, antallet og arterne af meddelte typegodkendelser og eventuelle tilfælde af manglende overholdelse, der opdages under verifikationen af overholdelsen.
(22)
For at sikre, at Kommissionens vurderinger er effektive, og samtidig minimere den administrative byrde er det vigtigt, at de godkendende myndigheder og Kommissionen samarbejder effektivt under vurderinger, navnlig under vurderinger på den pågældende godkendende myndigheds lokaliteter. Kommissionens vurderinger bør foretages i overensstemmelse med den relevante ret, således at bl.a. de nationale myndigheders arbejdsperioder eller sprog respekteres. Omkostningerne ved disse vurderinger bør afholdes af Kommissionen, herunder omkostninger ved dokumentoversættelse.
(23)
Systemet til verifikation af overholdelsen styrkes gennem anerkendelsen af en formel akkrediteringsproces for tekniske tjenester eller via indførelsen af regelmæssige peerevalueringer med hensyn til de godkendende myndigheders vurdering og overvågning af de tekniske tjenester. Formålet hermed er at sikre, at der anvendes et ensartet niveau for kvalitet og stringens hos alle de godkendende myndigheder ved håndhævelsen af typegodkendelseskravene.
(24)
Tættere koordinering mellem nationale myndigheder ved hjælp af udveksling af oplysninger og koordinerede vurderinger under ledelse af en koordinerende myndighed er grundlæggende for at sikre et konsekvent højt niveau for sikkerhed, sundhed og miljøbeskyttelse inden for det indre marked. Det vil også føre til mere effektiv udnyttelse af de knappe ressourcer på nationalt plan. Med henblik herpå bør der etableres et rådgivende forum for medlemsstaterne og Kommissionen med det formål at fremme god praksis, udveksle oplysninger og koordinerer aktiviteter i forbindelse med håndhævelse af lovgivningen om typegodkendelse. Det nuværende uformelle samarbejde mellem medlemsstaterne på dette område vil kunne drage fordel af en mere formel ramme. Forummet bør bestå af repræsentanter, som udpeges af medlemsstaterne, og som repræsenterer deres godkendende myndigheder og deres markedsovervågningsmyndigheder. De repræsentanter, der deltager i et givet møde, bør udvælges på grundlag af, hvilke spørgsmål der drøftes i forummet. For at kunne drage fordel af en række forskellige synspunkter og bidrag er det gavnligt, at bestemte observatører udefra regelmæssigt indbydes til møder i forummet, når sådanne observatørers aktiviteter er relevante for de spørgsmål, der skal drøftes.
(25)
For at undgå potentielle interessekonflikter bør godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndigheder ikke være forbundne, når de udfører deres opgaver. Hvis en medlemsstat vælger at placere disse myndigheder inden for den samme organisation, bør den i det mindste sikre, at den pågældende organisation har strukturer, som sikrer, at myndighedernes aktiviteter forbliver adskilt fra hinanden med hensyn til direkte forvaltning og beslutningstagning.
(26)
Bestemmelserne om EU-markedsovervågning og om kontrol af produkter, der indføres på EU-markedet, i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008 finder anvendelse på motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil samt på systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er beregnet til sådanne køretøjer. Disse regler forhindrer ikke medlemsstaterne i at vælge de kompetente myndigheder, der skal udføre disse opgaver. Markedsovervågning er en kompetence, som kan deles mellem forskellige nationale myndigheder for at tage hensyn til de nationale markedsovervågningssystemer i medlemsstaterne, der er indført i henhold til forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008. Effektiv koordinering og overvågning på EU-plan og nationalt plan bør sikre, at de godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndighederne håndhæver den nye ramme for typegodkendelse og for markedsovervågning.
(27)
Det er nødvendigt at medtage regler om markedsovervågning i denne forordning for at styrke de nationale myndigheders rettigheder og forpligtelser, sikre effektiv koordinering af deres markedsovervågningsaktiviteter og præcisere de relevante procedurer.
(28)
Det er nødvendigt, at markedsovervågningsmyndighederne og de godkendende myndigheder er i stand til at udføre de opgaver, der er fastsat i denne forordning, på tilfredsstillende vis. Medlemsstaterne bør navnlig give dem de nødvendige ressourcer til at gøre dette.
(29)
For at øge gennemsigtigheden i godkendelsesprocessen og lette udvekslingen af oplysninger og markedsovervågningsmyndighedernes, de godkendende myndigheders og Kommissionens uafhængige verifikation bør typegodkendelsesdokumentation indgives i elektronisk format og gøres offentligt tilgængelig, dog med undtagelser vedrørende beskyttelse af forretningshemmeligheder og beskyttelse af personoplysninger.
(30)
De forpligtelser, der efter denne forordning påhviler de nationale myndigheder vedrørende markedsovervågning, er mere specifikke end forpligtelserne i henhold til forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008. Dette er en konsekvens af behovet for at tage hensyn til de særlige karakteristika i forbindelse med rammen for typegodkendelse og behovet for at supplere nævnte ramme med en effektiv markedsovervågningsmekanisme, der sikrer robust verifikation af overholdelsen for de automobilprodukter, der er omfattet af nærværende forordning. For at sikre, at rammen fungerer, er det essentielt, at markedsovervågningsmyndighederne verificerer overholdelse for automobilprodukterne, uanset om typegodkendelsen heraf er meddelt før eller efter datoen for anvendelse af nærværende forordning.
(31)
Det er af afgørende betydning for en velfungerende markedsovervågning, at overholdelsen for så vidt angår køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder på markedet verificeres på grundlag af en grundig risikovurdering. Denne verifikation af overholdelsen vil sammen med fastlæggelse af et minimumsantal af kontroller af køretøjer pr. år også bidrage til en effektiv gennemførelse i hele Unionen af forpligtelserne med hensyn til markedsovervågning.
(32)
I lyset af de særlige karakteristika for og den potentielle risiko i forbindelse med emissioner bør en passende andel af minimumsantallet af kontroller være allokeret til emissionsrelaterede prøvninger. For at sikre, at køretøjer er fuldstændig i overensstemmelse, bør hver enkelt kontrol omfatte verifikation af, at alle typegodkendelseskrav, der finder anvendelse på det prøvede køretøj med hensyn til emissioner, er opfyldt.
(33)
Det bør være muligt at anvende en hvilken som helst prøvning, der udføres på et hvilket som helst køretøj i en hvilken som helst medlemsstat, med henblik på at træffe korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger i en anden medlemsstat. Resultaterne af kontroller, der gennemføres på køretøjer i én medlemsstat, bør anses for tilstrækkelige med henblik på påberåbelse af korrigerende og restriktive foranstaltninger i en anden medlemsstat. Det bør derfor ikke være nødvendigt med fysisk transport af de berørte køretøjer med henblik på eventuelle kontroller, der udføres på vegne af en anden medlemsstat.
(34)
Det er særlig vigtigt, at de nationale myndigheder og Kommissionen betragter prøvning og inspektion af køretøjers overensstemmelse efter ibrugtagning som en del af deres procedurer til verifikation af overholdelsen. Udvælgelsen af køretøjer, der skal underkastes denne verifikation af overholdelsen, bør baseres på en passende risikovurdering, der tager hensyn til alvoren af den mulige manglende overholdelse, sandsynligheden for, at den opstår, samt andre mulige indikatorer, såsom indførelse af køretøjer med ny teknologi installeret, en eventuel forhistorie eller eventuelle indberetninger om manglende overholdelse, resultaterne af prøvninger ved hjælp af telemåling og de betænkeligheder, som anerkendte tredjeparter har givet udtryk for.
(35)
Kommissionen bør endvidere for at verificere, at de relevante krav er opfyldt, tilrettelægge og udføre verifikationsprøvninger og -inspektioner af overholdelsen, der er uafhængige af dem, som gennemføres af medlemsstaterne i henhold til deres nationale markedsovervågningsforpligtelser. Hvis sådanne prøvninger og inspektioner finder sted på registrerede køretøjer efter samtykke fra indehaveren af køretøjets registreringsattest, er det vigtigt at tage hensyn til det forhold, at ændrede køretøjer kan være uegnede til sådan verifikation af overholdelsen. Det er også vigtigt at tage hensyn til konsekvenserne for indehaveren af køretøjets registreringsattest, navnlig når indehaveren er en fysisk person, i hvilket tilfælde den egnede måde at udvælge køretøjer på er enten gennem en offentlig indkaldelse eller via medlemsstaternes myndigheder. Når der ved disse prøvninger og inspektioner konstateres manglende overholdelse, eller hvis det konstateres, at en typegodkendelse er meddelt på grundlag af ukorrekte oplysninger, bør Kommissionen have ret til at iværksætte afhjælpende foranstaltninger i hele Unionen med henblik på at genoprette de pågældende køretøjers overensstemmelse og til at undersøge årsagerne til, at typegodkendelsen var ukorrekt. Der bør sikres passende finansiering i Unionens almindelige budget for at muliggøre gennemførelse af sådan verifikationsprøvninger og -inspektioner af overholdelsen.
(36)
For at støtte medlemsstaterne i opgaven med at opdage manipulationsanordninger offentliggjorde Kommissionen den 26. januar 2017»Guidance on the evaluation of Auxiliary Emission Strategies and the presence of Defeat Devices with regard to the application of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 on type approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6)« (vejledning om evaluering af understøttende emissionsstrategier og tilstedeværelse af manipulationsanordninger med hensyn til forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 om typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer med hensyn til emissioner fra lette personbiler og lette erhvervskøretøjer (Euro 5 og Euro 6)). I overensstemmelse med denne vejledning bør Kommissionens, de typegodkendende myndigheders og tekniske tjenesters prøvningsaktiviteter med henblik på opdagelse af manipulationsanordninger forblive uforudsigelig i karakter og bør også omfatte ændrede prøvningsforhold, der indebærer forskelle i fysiske forhold og prøvningsparametre.
(37)
For at sikre et højt niveau for køretøjers funktionelle sikkerhed, for at sikre beskyttelse af fører og passagerer og andre trafikanter og for at sikre beskyttelse af miljø og sundhed bør de tekniske krav og miljøstandarder, der gælder for køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, fortsat harmoniseres og tilpasses således at den tekniske og videnskabelige udvikling afspejles.
(38)
Målet med denne forordning bør ikke påvirkes af den omstændighed, at visse systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele og udstyr kan monteres på eller i et køretøj, efter at køretøjet er blevet bragt i omsætning, er blevet registreret eller er ibrugtaget. Der bør derfor gennemføres egnede foranstaltninger til at sikre, at de systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder eller dele og udstyr, som kan monteres på eller i køretøjer, og som i betydelig grad kan forringe funktionen af systemer, der er væsentlige for miljøbeskyttelse eller funktionel sikkerhed, undergives kontrol af en godkendende myndighed, før de bringes i omsætning, registreres eller ibrugtages.
(39)
Disse foranstaltninger bør kun finde anvendelse på et begrænset antal dele eller udstyr. I tilfælde af en alvorlig risiko bør Kommissionen så hurtigt som muligt efter at have hørt interessenterne udarbejde listen over sådanne dele eller sådant udstyr og de tilsvarende krav. Ved udarbejdelsen af listen bør Kommissionen navnlig sikre, at reservedele og erstatningsudstyr, der er af afgørende betydning for emissionsbegrænsning og sikkerhed, overholder ydelsesspecifikationerne for de originale dele og det originale udstyr. Den bør også høre interessenter på grundlag af en rapport og bør tilstræbe en rimelig balance mellem kravene om forbedring af trafiksikkerheden og miljøbeskyttelse såvel som en rimelig balance mellem forbrugernes, producenternes og distributørernes interesse, samtidig med at konkurrencen på eftermarkedet opretholdes.
(40)
EU's typegodkendelsessystem skal gøre det muligt for den enkelte medlemsstat at bekræfte, at hver køretøjstype og hver type system, komponent og separat teknisk enhed, der er beregnet til en sådan køretøjstype, har været underkastet de prøvninger og inspektioner, der er fastsat i denne forordning, for at verificere deres overensstemmelse med typegodkendelseskravene i denne forordning, og at der til deres fabrikant er blevet udstedt en typegodkendelsesattest herfor. EU-typegodkendelsessystemet forpligter fabrikanter til at producere deres køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type. Køretøjsfabrikanten skal attestere dette ved at udstede en typeattest for hvert køretøj. Når et køretøj har en gyldig typeattest, bør det tillades, at det gøres tilgængeligt på markedet og registreres til brug i Unionen.
(41)
For at forenkle udvekslingen af oplysninger vedrørende typegodkendelse mellem de kompetente myndigheder og gøre relevante oplysninger offentligt tilgængelige efter passende gennemførelsesperioder bør brug af søgbare onlinedatabaser være obligatorisk. For at beskytte fortrolige oplysninger er det vigtigt, at enhver udveksling af oplysninger foregår ved hjælp af sikre dataudvekslingsprotokoller. Der bør lægges særlig vægt på at forhindre datamisbrug, herunder at undgå flere førstegangsregistreringer, når der anvendes typeattester i elektronisk format.
(42)
Produktionens overensstemmelse er en af hjørnestenene i EU-typegodkendelsessystemet, og derfor bør den ordning, der fastlægges af fabrikanten for at sikre en sådan overensstemmelse, være godkendt af den kompetente myndighed eller en passende kvalificeret teknisk tjeneste, der er udpeget til dette formål, og ordningen bør være underlagt regelmæssig verifikation ved uafhængige periodiske revisioner. Desuden bør de godkendende myndigheder sørge for verifikation af de pågældende automobilprodukters fortsatte overensstemmelse.
(43)
Typegodkendelsers fortsatte gyldighed kræver, at fabrikanten underretter den myndighed, der har godkendt fabrikantens køretøjstype, om enhver ændring af typens karakteristika eller af de sikkerheds- og miljøpræstationskrav, der gælder for den pågældende type, så det kan verificeres, at køretøjstypen fortsat opfylder alle de relevante krav. Desuden bør betingelserne for ændring af typegodkendelser præciseres for at sikre ensartet anvendelse af procedurerne og håndhævelsen af typegodkendelseskravene i hele Unionen, navnlig for at sikre streng overholdelse af de regler, der skelner mellem ændrede typegodkendelser og nye typegodkendelser. For at sikre, at de seneste krav gennemføres for alle nye køretøjer på et bestemt tidspunkt, er det vigtigt, at de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, ikke blot indeholder en dato for anvendelsen af nye krav til nye typegodkendelser, men også en dato, fra hvilken nye krav bliver obligatoriske i forbindelse med tilgængeliggørelse på markedet, registrering eller ibrugtagning af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder.
(44)
Vurderingen af indberettet alvorlig sikkerhedsmæssig risiko og af skader på folkesundheden og miljøet bør gennemføres på nationalt plan, men koordinationen på EU-plan bør sikres, når en rapporteret risiko eller skade kan række ud over en enkelt medlemsstats område, med det formål at dele ressourcer og sikre konsistens med hensyn til de korrigerende foranstaltninger, der skal træffes for at afbøde de konstaterede risici eller skader.
(45)
For at sikre, at alle køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der bringes i omsætning, yder en høj grad af sikkerhed og af miljøbeskyttelse, bør fabrikanten eller enhver anden erhvervsdrivende i forsyningskæden træffe passende korrigerende foranstaltninger, herunder tilbagekaldelse af køretøjer, hvis køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed udgør en alvorlig risiko for brugere eller miljøet som omhandlet i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008. De godkendende myndigheder bør have beføjelse til at vurdere og verificere, om disse korrigerende foranstaltninger er tilstrækkelige. De godkendende myndigheder i andre medlemsstater bør have ret til at træffe korrigerende og restriktive foranstaltninger, hvis de finder, at fabrikantens korrigerende foranstaltninger ikke er tilstrækkelige.
(46)
Hvis der anvendes korrigerende foranstaltninger, bør indehavere af registreringsattester for de berørte køretøjer ikke afholde omkostningerne ved reparationer på deres køretøjer, herunder i tilfælde, hvor reparationer er foretaget for indehaverne af registreringsattesternes regning inden vedtagelsen af den korrigerende foranstaltning. Dette bør ikke være til hinder for, at forbrugerne påberåber sig sådanne aftaleretlige misligholdelsesbeføjelser, som måtte finde anvendelse i henhold til EU-retten eller national ret.
(47)
Der bør tilvejebringes passende fleksibilitet ved hjælp af alternative godkendelsesordninger for fabrikanter af køretøjer i små serier. De bør være i stand til at udnytte fordelene ved det indre marked, forudsat at deres køretøjer er i overensstemmelse med de specifikke EU-typegodkendelseskrav til køretøjer fremstillet i små serier. I visse begrænsede tilfælde er det hensigtsmæssigt at tillade national typegodkendelse af små serier. For at undgå misbrug bør en forenklet procedure for køretøjer fremstillet i små serier indskrænkes til tilfælde, hvor der foreligger en meget begrænset produktion, i overensstemmelse med denne forordning. Det er derfor nødvendigt nøjagtigt at definere begrebet »køretøjer fremstillet i små serier« ud fra antallet af producerede køretøjer, de krav, der skal opfyldes, og betingelserne for at bringe disse køretøjer i omsætning. Det er lige så vigtigt at specificere en alternativ ordning for godkendelse af individuelle køretøjer, navnlig for at give tilstrækkelig fleksibilitet i forbindelse med godkendelse af køretøjer, der opbygges i flere etaper.
(48)
Unionen er en kontraherende part i overenskomsten under De Forenede Nationers Økonomiske Kommission for Europa af 20. marts 1958 om indførelse af ensartede tekniske forskrifter for hjulkøretøjer samt udstyr og dele, som kan monteres og/eller benyttes på hjulkøretøjer, samt vilkårene for gensidig anerkendelse af godkendelser, der er meddelt på grundlag af sådanne forskrifter (»overenskomsten af 1958 som revideret«) 
(
5
)
. Unionen har accepteret en betydelig række regulativer, som er knyttet som bilag til overenskomsten af 1958 som revideret, og har derfor pligt til at acceptere typegodkendelser, der er meddelt i henhold til nævnte regulativer, som ækvivalente med de tilsvarende EU-krav. Med henblik på at forenkle sin ramme for typegodkendelse og bringe den i overensstemmelse med de Forenede Nationers (FN's) internationale ramme ophævede Unionen ved Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 
(
6
)
 sine specifikke typegodkendelsesdirektiver og erstattede dem med obligatorisk anvendelse af de relevante FN-regulativer. For at lette den administrative byrde i forbindelse med typegodkendelsesprocessen bør fabrikanter af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder have mulighed for, når det er relevant, at ansøge direkte om typegodkendelse i overensstemmelse med nærværende forordning ved at opnå godkendelse efter de relevante FN-regulativer opført i bilagene til nærværende forordning.
(49)
FN-regulativerne og ændringerne hertil, som Unionen har stemt for eller anvender i overensstemmelse med afgørelse 97/836/EF, bør derfor indarbejdes i EU-typegodkendelseslovgivningen. I overensstemmelse hermed bør beføjelsen til at vedtage retsakter delegeres til Kommissionen i overensstemmelse med artikel 290 i TEUF, for så vidt angår ændring af bilagene til denne forordning for at sikre, at henvisninger til FN-regulativer og deres respektive ændringer i listen over de relevante retsakter er ajourførte.
(50)
Det er nødvendigt, at der er ubegrænset adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer via et standardiseret format, der kan anvendes til at finde tekniske oplysninger, samt at der er effektiv konkurrence på markedet for tjenester, der leverer sådanne oplysninger, med henblik på at forbedre det indre markeds funktion, navnlig hvad angår den frie bevægelighed for varer, etableringsfriheden og den frie udveksling af tjenesteydelser. Kravene til levering af reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer har hidtil været fastsat i Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 
(
7
)
 og (EF) nr. 595/2009 
(
8
)
. Disse krav bør konsolideres i nærværende forordning, og forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 og (EF) nr. 595/2009 bør ændres i overensstemmelse hermed.
(51)
Tekniske fremskridt, hvorved der indføres nye metoder eller teknikker til diagnosticering og reparation af køretøjer, såsom fjernadgang til køretøjsinformationer og -software, bør ikke svække denne forordnings mål med hensyn til uafhængige aktørers adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer.
(52)
For at sikre en effektiv konkurrence på markedet for informationstjenester vedrørende reparation og vedligeholdelse af køretøjer og for at præcisere, at de relevante oplysninger også omfatter oplysninger, der skal gives til andre uafhængige aktører end reparatører, således at det sikres, at markedet for uafhængige reparationer og vedligeholdelse som helhed kan konkurrere med autoriserede forhandlere, uanset om køretøjsfabrikanten giver sådanne oplysninger direkte til autoriserede forhandlere og reparatører eller selv anvender sådanne oplysninger med henblik på reparation og vedligeholdelse, er det nødvendigt at fastslå, hvilke nærmere oplysninger der skal gives med henblik på adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer.
(53)
Med henblik på inspektion af køretøjer og navnlig deres sikkerheds- og miljørelaterede komponenter anses det for at være nødvendigt, at synsvirksomheder og relevante kompetente myndigheder har adgang til hvert enkelt køretøjs tekniske oplysninger som fastsat i Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2014/45/EU 
(
9
)
. For at lette opfyldelse af de krav, der er fastsat i nævnte direktiv, bør uafhængige aktører have adgang til de relevante tekniske oplysninger, der er nødvendige for at forberede køretøjer til teknisk kontrol.
(54)
Da der endnu ikke findes en fælles struktureret procedure for udveksling af oplysninger om køretøjskomponenter mellem køretøjsfabrikanter og uafhængige aktører, bør der udarbejdes principper for sådanne udvekslinger af oplysninger. En fremtidig fælles struktureret procedure vedrørende standardformatet af udvekslingerne af oplysninger bør formelt udarbejdes af Den Europæiske Komité for Standardisering (CEN), selv om mandatet givet til CEN ikke forudbestemmer, hvor detaljeret standarden bliver. CEN's arbejde bør navnlig afspejle både køretøjsfabrikanternes og de uafhængige aktørers interesser og behov og bør endvidere undersøge løsninger som f.eks. åbne dataformater, der er beskrevet ved veldefinerede metadata med henblik på tilpasning til eksisterende informationsteknologiinfrastrukturer.
(55)
For at sikre, at denne forordning er effektiv, bør beføjelsen til at vedtage retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 290 i TEUF delegeres til Kommissionen, for så vidt angår typegodkendelseskrav vedrørende miljø- og sikkerhedspræstationer for motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer hertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er beregnet til sådanne køretøjer. Det er navnlig vigtigt, at Kommissionen gennemfører relevante høringer under sit forberedende arbejde, herunder på ekspertniveau, og at disse høringer gennemføres i overensstemmelse med principperne i den interinstitutionelle aftale af 13. april 2016 om bedre lovgivning 
(
10
)
. For at sikre lige deltagelse i forberedelsen af delegerede retsakter modtager Europa-Parlamentet og Rådet navnlig alle dokumenter på samme tid som medlemsstaternes eksperter, og deres eksperter har systematisk adgang til møder i Kommissionens ekspertgrupper, der beskæftiger sig med forberedelse af delegerede retsakter.
(56)
For at sikre ensartede betingelser for gennemførelsen af denne forordning bør Kommissionen tillægges gennemførelsesbeføjelser. Disse beføjelser bør udøves i overensstemmelse med Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 182/2011 
(
11
)
.
(57)
Medlemsstaterne bør indføre regler om sanktioner for overtrædelse af denne forordning og bør sikre, at nævnte regler anvendes. Sanktionerne bør være effektive, stå i et rimeligt forhold til overtrædelsen og have afskrækkende virkning. De bør navnlig afspejle den sikkerheds-, sundheds- eller miljørisiko, som antallet af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er tilgængeliggjort på markedet uden at opfylde kravene, kan udgøre. Medlemsstaterne bør årligt indberette de pålagte sanktioner til Kommissionen for at overvåge, at der sker en ensartet gennemførelse af reglerne.
(58)
Når tekniske tjenester foretager verifikationsprøvning af overholdelsen, bør de frit kunne vælge prøvningsparametre på en uforudsigelig måde inden for det interval, der er fastsat i de relevante retsakter. Dette bør hjælpe dem med at verificere, at de prøvede køretøjer opfylder kravene for hele intervallet af parametre, herunder de parametre, der svarer til de værst tænkelige for prøvningen.
(59)
For at sikre, at køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder overholder denne forordning i alle tilfælde, bør de anses for ikke at opfylde de relevante krav, hvis prøvningsresultater ikke empirisk kan verificeres af den relevante myndighed, på trods af at alle prøvningsparametre er blevet gentaget eller taget i betragtning. Det er nødvendigt at pålægge erhvervsdrivende og tekniske tjenester sanktioner, hvis de forfalsker prøvningsresultater eller indgiver falske erklæringer eller ukorrekte oplysninger med henblik på typegodkendelse.
(60)
Af hensyn til klarhed, rationalitet og forenkling bør direktiv 2007/46/EF ophæves og erstattes af denne forordning. Vedtagelsen af denne forordning sikrer, at bestemmelserne gælder umiddelbart og kan ajourføres på en rettidig og mere effektiv måde, således at der kan tages bedre hensyn til den tekniske og reguleringsmæssige udvikling i forbindelse med overenskomsten af 1958 som revideret.
(61)
For at støtte korrigerende og restriktive foranstaltninger på EU-plan bør Kommissionen have beføjelse til at pålægge de erhvervsdrivende, der er konstateret at have tilsidesat denne forordning, harmoniserede administrative bøder, uanset hvor et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat tekniske enhed oprindelig blev typegodkendt. Beføjelsen til at vedtage retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 290 i TFEU bør delegeres til Kommissionen for at supplere denne forordning ved at fastlægge proceduren for og metoderne til beregning og opkrævning af sådanne administrative bøder på grundlag af de principper, der er fastlagt i denne forordning.
(62)
Når foranstaltningerne i denne forordning indebærer behandling af personoplysninger, bør de gennemføres i overensstemmelse med Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 2016/679 
(
12
)
 og (EF) nr. 45/2001 
(
13
)
 samt de nationale gennemførelsesforanstaltninger hertil. Det er vigtigt, at fabrikanter gennemfører alle foranstaltninger, der er nødvendige for at overholde reglerne om behandling og videregivelse af personoplysninger, der genereres, mens køretøjer anvendes.
(63)
For at give medlemsstaterne, de nationale myndigheder og de erhvervsdrivende mulighed for at forberede sig på, at de nye regler, som indføres ved nærværende forordning, finder anvendelse, bør der fastsættes en anvendelsesdato, der ligger efter ikrafttrædelsen.
(64)
Målet for denne forordning, nemlig at fastsætte administrative regler for og tekniske krav til typegodkendelse af nye køretøjer i klasse M, N og O, og til typegodkendelse af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder beregnet til sådanne køretøjer samt for markedsovervågning af sådanne køretøjer, systemer komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, kan ikke i tilstrækkelig grad opfyldes af medlemsstaterne, men kan på grund af omfanget og virkningerne heraf bedre nås på EU-plan; Unionen kan derfor vedtage foranstaltninger i overensstemmelse med nærhedsprincippet, jf. artikel 5 i traktaten om Den Europæiske Union. I overensstemmelse med proportionalitetsprincippet, jf. nævnte artikel, går denne forordning ikke videre, end hvad der er nødvendigt for at nå dette mål —
VEDTAGET DENNE FORORDNING:
KAPITEL I
GENSTAND, ANVENDELSESOMRÅDE OG DEFINITIONER
Artikel 1
Genstand
1.   Denne forordning fastlægger de administrative og tekniske krav til typegodkendelse og omsætning af alle nye køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, som omhandlet i artikel 2, stk. 1, og til godkendelse af individuelle køretøjer.
Denne forordning fastlægger også bestemmelser om omsætning og ibrugtagning af dele og udstyr, der kan udgøre en alvorlig risiko for de væsentlige systemers korrekte funktion i de i artikel 2, stk. 1, omhandlede køretøjer.
2.   Denne forordning fastlægger kravene til markedsovervågningen af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der skal godkendes. Denne forordning fastlægger også kravene til markedsovervågningen af dele og udstyr til sådanne køretøjer.
Artikel 2
Anvendelsesområde
1.   Denne forordning finder anvendelse på motorkøretøjer i klasse M og N samt påhængskøretøjer hertil i klasse O, som er beregnet til kørsel på offentlig vej, herunder køretøjer udformet og konstrueret i en eller flere etaper, og på systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder samt dele og udstyr udformet og konstrueret til sådanne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer hertil.
2.   Denne forordning finder ikke anvendelse på følgende køretøjer:
a)
landbrugs- og skovbrugstraktorer som defineret i Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 167/2013 
(
14
)
b)
to- og trehjulede køretøjer samt quadricykler som defineret i Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 168/2013 
(
15
)
c)
bæltekøretøjer
d)
køretøjer, der udelukkende er udformet og konstrueret eller tilpasset til anvendelse af de væbnede styrker.
3.   For følgende køretøjer kan fabrikanten ansøge om typegodkendelse eller individuel godkendelse af køretøjer i henhold til denne forordning, forudsat at disse køretøjer opfylder kravene i denne forordning:
a)
køretøjer, der er udformet og konstrueret til først og fremmest at blive anvendt på byggepladser, i stenbrud, i havneanlæg eller i lufthavne
b)
køretøjer, der er udformet og konstrueret eller tilpasset til anvendelse af civilbeskyttelsestjenester, brandvæsenet og ordensmagten
c)
ethvert selvkørende køretøj, som er specielt udformet og konstrueret til arbejdsbrug, og som på grund af sin konstruktion ikke er egnet til transport af passagerer eller varer, og som ikke er en maskine, der er monteret på et motorkøretøjs chassis.
Sådanne godkendelser berører ikke anvendelsen af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2006/42/EF 
(
16
)
.
4.   For følgende køretøjer kan fabrikanten ansøge om individuel godkendelse af køretøjer i henhold til denne forordning:
a)
køretøjer udelukkende beregnet til væddeløbskørsel på vej
b)
prototyper af køretøjer, der anvendes på vej til udførelse af et bestemt prøvningsprogram under en fabrikants ansvar, forudsat at de er specifikt udformet og konstrueret til dette formål.
Artikel 3
Definitioner
I denne forordning og de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, forstås, medmindre andet er bestemt deri, ved:
1)   
»typegodkendelse«
: den procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed attesterer, at en type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav
2)   
»EU-typegodkendelse«
: den procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed attesterer, at en type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav i denne forordning
3)   
»national typegodkendelse«
: den procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed attesterer, at en type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav, der er fastsat i en medlemsstats ret, idet gyldigheden af en sådan godkendelse er begrænset til den pågældende medlemsstats område
4)   
»typegodkendelsesattest«
: det dokument, hvorved den godkendende myndighed officielt attesterer, at en type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed er typegodkendt
5)   
»typeattest«
: det dokument, der er udstedt af fabrikanten, og som attesterer, at et fremstillet køretøj er i overensstemmelse med den godkendte køretøjstype og med alle de retsakter, der gjaldt på produktionstidspunktet
6)   
»individuel godkendelse af køretøj«
: den procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed attesterer, at et bestemt køretøj, uanset om det er unikt eller ej, opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav med henblik på individuel EU-godkendelse af køretøjer eller national individuel godkendelse af køretøjer
7)   
»typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj«
: den procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed attesterer, at en type ukomplet, komplet eller færdiggjort komplet køretøj opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav
8)   
»etapevis typegodkendelse«
: den procedure, hvorved en eller flere godkendende myndigheder attesterer, at en type ukomplet køretøj eller færdiggjort komplet køretøj alt efter køretøjets færdiggørelsesstadie opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav
9)   
»trinvis typegodkendelse«
: en trinvis indsamling af hele sættet af EU-typegodkendelsesattester eller FN-typegodkendelsesattester for de systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som indgår i køretøjet, og som i sidste etape fører til typegodkendelsen af et helt køretøj
10)   
»enkelttrinstypegodkendelse«
: den procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed i en enkelt operation attesterer, at en type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed i sin helhed opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav
11)   
»blandet typegodkendelse«
: en trinvis godkendelsesprocedure, hvor en eller flere systemtypegodkendelser er opnået i sidste etape i typegodkendelsen af et helt køretøj, og hvor det ikke er nødvendigt at udstede EU-typegodkendelsesattester for disse systemer
12)   
»typegodkendelse af et system«
: den procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed attesterer, at en type system opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav
13)   
»typegodkendelse af separat teknisk enhed«
: den procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed attesterer, at en type separat teknisk enhed opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav, for så vidt angår en eller flere nærmere bestemte køretøjstyper
14)   
»typegodkendelse af en komponent«
: den procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed attesterer, at en type komponent uafhængigt af et køretøj opfylder de relevante administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav
15)   
»køretøj«
: ethvert motorkøretøj eller påhængskøretøj dertil
16)   
»motorkøretøj«
: ethvert motordrevet køretøj, der er udformet og konstrueret til at være selvkørende, som har mindst fire hjul, er komplet, færdiggjort komplet eller ukomplet, og har en konstruktivt bestemt største hastighed på over 25 km/h
17)   
»påhængskøretøj«
: ethvert køretøj på hjul, der ikke er selvkørende, men som er udformet og konstrueret til at blive trukket af et motorkøretøj, som i det mindste kan dreje omkring en vandret akse vinkelret på et lodret plan gennem længdeaksen og omkring en lodret akse parallelt med et lodret plan gennem det trækkende motorkøretøjs længdeakse
18)   
»system«
: en samling af anordninger kombineret til at udføre en eller flere specifikke funktioner i et køretøj, og som er underlagt kravene i denne forordning eller en af de i bilag II opførte retsakter
19)   
»komponent«
: en anordning, der er beregnet til at udgøre en del af et køretøj, og som kan typegodkendes uafhængigt af et køretøj og er underlagt kravene i denne forordning eller en af de i bilag II opførte retsakter, hvis den specifikke retsakt indeholder udtrykkelige bestemmelser herom
20)   
»separat teknisk enhed«
: en anordning, der er beregnet til at udgøre en del af et køretøj, og som kan typegodkendes separat, men kun i forbindelse med en eller flere nærmere bestemte køretøjstyper, og som er underlagt kravene i denne forordning eller en af de i bilag II opførte retsakter, hvis den specifikke retsakt indeholder udtrykkelige bestemmelser herom
21)   
»dele«
: produkter, der anvendes til samling, reparation og vedligeholdelse af et køretøj, samt reservedele
22)   
»udstyr«
: produkter ud over dele, der kan tilføjes eller monteres på et køretøj
23)   
»reservedele«
: produkter, der monteres i eller på et køretøj for at erstatte dette køretøjs originale dele, herunder produkter, der er nødvendige for brugen af et køretøj, dog med undtagelse af brændstof
24)   
»basiskøretøj«
: ethvert køretøj, som anvendes i den indledende etape i en etapevis typegodkendelsesprocedure
25)   
»ukomplet køretøj«
: ethvert køretøj, som skal gennem mindst én yderligere etape i færdiggørelsen for at opfylde de relevante tekniske krav i denne forordning
26)   
»færdiggjort komplet køretøj«
: et køretøj, som har gennemgået den etapevise typegodkendelse, og som opfylder de relevante tekniske krav i denne forordning
27)   
»komplet køretøj«
: et køretøj, som ikke behøver blive færdiggjort for at opfylde de relevante tekniske krav i denne forordning
28)   
»restkøretøj«
: et køretøj, som indgår i en lagerbeholdning, og som på grund af ikrafttrædelsen af nye tekniske krav, som det ikke er typegodkendt efter, ikke kan eller ikke længere kan gøres tilgængeligt på markedet, registreres eller ibrugtages
29)   
»køretøj, som anvender alternative brændstoffer«
: et køretøj, der er udformet, så det kan anvende mindst én form for brændstof, der er enten gasformigt ved atmosfærisk temperatur og tryk, eller som hovedsagelig er udledt af ikkemineralsk olie
30)   
»køretøj fremstillet i små serier«
: en type køretøj, for hvilket det gælder, at antallet af enheder, der gøres tilgængelige på markedet, registreres eller ibrugtages, ikke overstiger de kvantitative årlige grænser, der er fastsat i bilag V
31)   
»køretøj til særlig anvendelse«
: et køretøj i klasse M, N eller O med særlige tekniske karakteristika, der gør det muligt at udføre en funktion, som kræver særlige indretninger eller særligt udstyr
32)   
»køretøjstype«
: en særlig gruppe af køretøjer, der som minimum har de elementer, der er specificeret i bilag I, del B, til fælles, herunder en gruppe af køretøjer, som omfatter varianter og versioner, som der henvises til deri
33)   
»sættevogn«
: et køretøj, der trækkes, og hvis aksel eller aksler er placeret bag køretøjets tyngdepunkt (når køretøjet er ensartet belæsset), og som er udstyret med en tilkoblingsanordning, der muliggør, at horisontale og vertikale kræfter kan overføres til det trækkende køretøj
34)   
»markedsovervågning«
: aktiviteter, der gennemføres, og foranstaltninger, der træffes, af markedsovervågningsmyndigheder for at sikre, at køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder samt dele og udstyr, der gøres tilgængelige på markedet, opfylder kravene i den relevante EU-harmoniseringslovgivning og ikke udgør nogen risiko for sundheden, sikkerheden, miljøet eller noget andet aspekt af beskyttelsen af almene samfundshensyn
35)   
»markedsovervågningsmyndighed«
: den eller de nationale myndigheder, der har ansvaret for at udføre markedsovervågning på medlemsstatens område
36)   
»godkendende myndighed«
: den myndighed eller de myndigheder i en medlemsstat, der over for Kommissionen er udpeget af medlemsstaten, og som har kompetence med hensyn til alle aspekter af typegodkendelsen af et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed eller af den individuelle godkendelse af et køretøj, med hensyn til godkendelsesproceduren for dele og udstyr, med hensyn til udstedelse og eventuel inddragelse af eller afslag på godkendelsesattester, med hensyn til at fungere som forbindelsesled til andre medlemsstaters godkendende myndigheder, med hensyn til udpegelse af de tekniske tjenester og med hensyn til at sikre, at fabrikanten opfylder sine forpligtelser vedrørende produktionens overensstemmelse
37)   
»national myndighed«
: en godkendende myndighed eller enhver anden myndighed, der beskæftiger sig med og er ansvarlig for markedsovervågning, grænsekontrol eller registrering i en medlemsstat af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr
38)   
»teknisk tjeneste«
: en organisation eller et organ, der af den godkendende myndighed er udpeget til at fungere som prøvningslaboratorium, der skal udføre prøvninger, eller som overensstemmelsesvurderingsorgan, der skal udføre den indledende vurdering og andre prøvninger eller inspektioner
39)   
»nationalt akkrediteringsorgan«
: et nationalt akkrediteringsorgan som defineret i artikel 2, nr. 11), i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008
40)   
»fabrikant«
: en fysisk eller juridisk person, der er ansvarlig for alle aspekter af typegodkendelsen af et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed, eller for individuel godkendelse af køretøjer eller godkendelsesproceduren for dele og udstyr, for sikring af produktionens overensstemmelse og markedsovervågningsspørgsmål vedrørende køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret, der er produceret, uanset om denne person er direkte involveret i alle etaper af udformningen og konstruktionen af pågældende køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed
41)   
»fabrikantens repræsentant«
: enhver fysisk eller juridisk person, der er etableret i Unionen og behørigt udnævnt af fabrikanten til at repræsentere denne over for den godkendende myndighed eller markedsovervågningsmyndigheden og til at handle på fabrikantens vegne i anliggender, der er omfattet af denne forordning
42)   
»importør«
: enhver fysisk eller juridisk person, der er etableret i Unionen, og som bringer et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr, som er fremstillet i et tredjeland, i omsætning
43)   
»distributør«
: en forhandler eller enhver anden fysisk eller juridisk person i forsyningskæden, med undtagelse af fabrikanten eller importøren, der gør et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr tilgængelig(t) på markedet
44)   
»erhvervsdrivende«
: fabrikanten, fabrikantens repræsentant, importøren eller distributøren
45)   
»uafhængig aktør«
: en fysisk eller juridisk person, med undtagelse af en autoriseret forhandler eller reparatør, der er direkte eller indirekte involveret i reparation og vedligeholdelse af køretøjer, og som omfatter reparatører, fabrikanter eller distributører af reparationsudstyr, værktøj eller reservedele såvel som tekniske forlag, automobilklubber, vejservicevirksomheder, virksomheder, der tilbyder inspektion og afprøvning, og virksomheder, der tilbyder undervisning af installatører, fabrikanter og reparatører af udstyr til køretøjer, som anvender alternative brændstoffer; endvidere forstås autoriserede reparatører, forhandlere og distributører inden for en given køretøjsfabrikants distributionssystem, i det omfang de leverer reparations- og vedligeholdelsesydelser i forbindelse med køretøjer, hvor det gælder, at de ikke er medlem af køretøjsfabrikantens distributionssystem
46)   
»autoriseret reparatør«
: en fysisk eller juridisk person, der leverer reparations- og vedligeholdelsesydelser til køretøjer, og som opererer inden for fabrikantens distributionssystem
47)   
»uafhængig reparatør«
: en fysisk eller juridisk person, der leverer reparations- og vedligeholdelsesydelser til køretøjer, og som ikke opererer inden for fabrikantens distributionssystem
48)   
»reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer«
: alle de oplysninger, herunder alle efterfølgende ændringer og supplementer hertil, der er nødvendige til diagnosticering, service og syn af et køretøj, forberedelse af køretøjet til teknisk kontrol, reparation, omprogrammering eller reinitialisering af et køretøj, eller som er nødvendig for støtte til telediagnosticering af et køretøj eller til forsyning af et køretøj med dele og udstyr, og som fabrikanten stiller til rådighed for sine autoriserede partnere, forhandlere og reparatører, eller som fabrikanten anvender med henblik på reparation og vedligeholdelse
49)   
»informationer fra køretøjets egendiagnosesystem (OBD)«
: oplysninger genereret af et system, der er i et køretøj, eller som er tilsluttet en motor, og som er i stand til at detektere fejl og, hvis det er relevant, signalere disses forekomst ved hjælp af et alarmsystem, er i stand til at angive det sandsynlige fejlsted ved hjælp af oplysninger lagret i computerhukommelsen og er i stand til at kommunikere oplysningerne ud af køretøjet
50)   
»bringe i omsætning« eller »omsætning«
: første tilgængeliggørelse af et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr i Unionen
51)   
»gøre tilgængelig på markedet«
: enhver levering af et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr med henblik på distribution eller anvendelse på markedet som led i kommerciel aktivitet, hvad enten det sker mod eller uden vederlag
52)   
»ibrugtagning«
: første anvendelse til det beregnede formål af et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr i Unionen
53)   
»registrering«
: en administrativ tilladelse til ibrugtagning af et godkendt køretøj i vejtrafik, som omfatter identificering af køretøjet og tildeling til det af et løbenummer, det såkaldte registreringsnummer, hvad enten det gælder permanent eller midlertidigt
54)   
»virtuel prøvningsmetode«
: computersimulationer, herunder beregninger, med henblik på at påvise, at et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed opfylder de tekniske krav i en retsakt opført i bilag II, uden at det er nødvendigt at anvende et fysisk køretøj, et fysisk system, en fysisk komponent eller en fysisk separat teknisk enhed
55)   
»alternative krav«
: administrative bestemmelser og tekniske krav, der har til formål at sikre et niveau af funktionel sikkerhed, miljøbeskyttelse og arbejdssikkerhed, som i videst muligt omfang svarer til det niveau, der er sikret ved en eller flere af de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II
56)   
»vurdering på stedet«
: en verifikation hos en teknisk tjeneste eller en af dens underentreprenører eller dattervirksomheder
57)   
»vurdering på stedet med henblik på tilsyn«
: en periodisk rutinemæssig vurdering på stedet, som hverken er den vurdering på stedet, som foretages i forbindelse med den første udpegelse af den tekniske tjeneste eller en af dens underentreprenører eller dattervirksomheder, eller den vurdering på stedet, som foretages i forbindelse med forlængelse af denne udpegelse
58)   
»køretøjets produktionsdato«
: den dato, hvor produktionen af et køretøj blev afsluttet i henhold til den godkendelse, som fabrikanten har opnået.
Artikel 4
Køretøjsklasser
1.   I denne forordning anvendes følgende køretøjsklasser:
a)
Klasse M består af motorkøretøjer, der er udformet og konstrueret først og fremmest til befordring af passagerer og disses bagage, og er opdelt i:
i)   
Klasse M
1
: motorkøretøjer med højst otte siddepladser ud over førerens siddeplads og uden plads til stående passagerer, uanset om antallet af siddepladser er begrænset til førerens siddeplads
ii)   
Klasse M
2
: motorkøretøjer med mere end otte siddepladser ud over førerens siddeplads og med en totalmasse på højst 5 ton, uanset om disse motorkøretøjer har plads til stående passagerer og
iii)   
Klasse M
3
: motorkøretøjer med mere end otte siddepladser ud over førerens siddeplads og med en totalmasse på over 5 ton, uanset om disse motorkøretøjer har plads til stående passagerer.
b)
Klasse N består af motorkøretøjer, der er udformet og konstrueret først og fremmest til transport af gods, og er opdelt i:
i)   
Klasse N
1
: motorkøretøjer med en totalmasse på højst 3,5 ton
ii)   
Klasse N
2
: motorkøretøjer med en totalmasse på over 3,5 ton, men højst 12 ton og
iii)   
Klasse N
3
: motorkøretøjer med en totalmasse på over 12 ton.
c)
Klasse O består af påhængskøretøjer og er opdelt i:
i)   
Klasse O
1
: påhængskøretøjer med en totalmasse på højst 750 kg
ii)   
Klasse O
2
: påhængskøretøjer med en totalmasse på over 750 kg, men højst 3,5 ton
iii)   
Klasse O
3
: påhængskøretøjer med en totalmasse på over 3,5 ton, men højst 10 ton og
iv)   
Klasse O
4
: påhængskøretøjer med en totalmasse på over 10 ton.
2.   Kriterierne for klassificering af køretøjer, køretøjstyper, varianter og versioner er angivet i bilag I.
Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag I for så vidt angår køretøjstyper og karrosserityper for at tage hensyn til den tekniske udvikling.
KAPITEL II
ALMINDELIGE FORPLIGTELSER
Artikel 5
Tekniske krav
1.   Køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder skal opfylde kravene i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
2.   Køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder anses for ikke at overholde denne forordning i navnlig følgende tilfælde:
a)
hvis de afviger mere fra oplysningerne i EU-typegodkendelsesattesterne og deres bilag eller fra de beskrivende oplysninger i prøvningsrapporterne, end hvad der er tilladt i den relevante retsakt
b)
hvis ydelseskriterierne eller grænseværdierne for serieproduktion fastlagt i den relevante retsakt ikke er blevet opfyldt i overensstemmelse med samtlige betingelser i den relevante retsakt
c)
hvis oplysninger givet af fabrikanten i oplysningsskemaet ikke kan reproduceres under alle de forhold, der er fastsat i den relevant retsakt, af de godkendende myndigheder, markedsovervågningsmyndighederne eller Kommissionen.
Kun kontroller, prøvninger, inspektioner og vurderinger udført af eller foretaget på vegne af de godkendende myndigheder, markedsovervågningsmyndighederne eller Kommissionen skal tages i betragtning i forbindelse med vurderingen af opfyldelse af kravene med henblik på dette stykke.
3.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag II for at tage hensyn til den teknologiske og reguleringsmæssige udvikling ved at indføre og ajourføre henvisninger til de retsakter, der indeholder kravene, som køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder skal overholde.
Artikel 6
Medlemsstaternes forpligtelser
1.   Medlemsstaterne opretter eller udpeger deres egne godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndigheder. Medlemsstaterne underretter Kommissionen om oprettelsen og udpegelsen af disse myndigheder.
Denne meddelelse skal omfatte navnet på disse myndigheder, deres adresse, herunder e-mailadresse, og deres ansvarsområder. Kommissionen offentliggør på sit websted en liste over og kontaktoplysninger for de godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndighederne.
Medlemsstaterne sikrer, at deres egne godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndigheder følger en streng adskillelse af roller og ansvarsområder, og at de hver især fungerer uafhængigt af hinanden. Disse myndigheder kan være fra samme organisation, forudsat at deres aktiviteter forvaltes uafhængigt som del af separate strukturer.
2.   En medlemsstat, hvor mere end én godkendende myndighed er ansvarlig for godkendelse af køretøjer, herunder individuel godkendelse, skal udpege en af disse, der har kompetencen til at udstede typegodkendelser, som den eneste godkendende myndighed, som er ansvarlig for udveksling af oplysninger med de godkendende myndigheder i andre medlemsstater med henblik på artikel 11 og opfyldelse af de forpligtelser, der er fastsat i kapitel XV.
3.   En medlemsstat, hvor mere end én markedsovervågningsmyndighed er ansvarlig for markedsovervågning, skal udpege en af disse som den eneste markedsovervågningsmyndighed, som er ansvarlig for udveksling af oplysninger med markedsovervågningsmyndighederne i andre medlemsstater med henblik på artikel 11.
4.   Medlemsstaterne tillader kun omsætning, registrering eller ibrugtagning af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der stemmer overens med denne forordning.
5.   Medlemsstaterne må ikke forbyde, begrænse eller forhindre omsætning, registrering eller ibrugtagning af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, der stemmer overens med denne forordning, med undtagelse af de i kapitel XI omhandlede tilfælde.
Uanset dette stykkes første afsnit kan medlemsstaterne beslutte ikke at tillade kørsel på vej, omsætning, registrering eller ibrugtagning af køretøjer, der er blevet typegodkendt i overensstemmelse med nærværende forordning, men som overstiger de harmoniserede dimensioner, vægte og akseltryk, der er fastsat i bilag I til Rådets direktiv 96/53/EF 
(
17
)
.
6.   Medlemsstaterne skal tilrettelægge og udføre markedsovervågning og kontrol af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der indføres på markedet, i overensstemmelse med nærværende forordning og kapitel III i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008.
7.   Medlemsstaterne træffer de nødvendige foranstaltninger til at sikre, at markedsovervågningsmyndighederne, hvis de finder det nødvendigt og berettiget, har ret til at få adgang til de erhvervsdrivendes lokaler på deres område og til at tage eventuelle nødvendige stikprøver af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder i forbindelse med overensstemmelsesprøvning.
8.   Medlemsstaterne gennemgår og evaluerer regelmæssigt deres typegodkendelsesaktiviteter. Sådan gennemgang og evaluering foretages mindst hvert fjerde år, og resultaterne heraf meddeles Kommissionen og det i artikel 11 omhandlede forum for udveksling af oplysninger om håndhævelse (»forummet«).
Medlemsstaterne gør et sammendrag af resultaterne af den periodiske gennemgang og evaluering tilgængelige for offentligheden.
Medlemsstaterne rapporterer til Kommissionen og forummet om, hvordan de behandler eventuelle henstillinger fra forummet som omhandlet i artikel 11, stk. 5.
9.   Medlemsstaterne gennemgår og evaluerer regelmæssigt deres markedsovervågningsaktiviteter. Sådan gennemgang og evaluering foretages mindst hvert fjerde år, og resultaterne heraf meddeles Kommissionen og forummet.
Medlemsstaterne gør et sammendrag af resultaterne af den periodiske gennemgang og evaluering tilgængelige for offentligheden.
Medlemsstaterne rapporterer til Kommissionen og forummet om, hvordan de behandler eventuelle henstillinger fra forummet som omhandlet i artikel 11, stk. 5.
10.   Kommissionen kan vedtage gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger fælles kriterier for formatet for rapportering af gennemgangen og evalueringen omhandlet i stk. 8 og 9. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Artikel 7
De godkendende myndigheders forpligtelser
1.   De godkendende myndigheder godkender kun køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, der stemmer overens med denne forordning.
2.   De godkendende myndigheder skal udføre deres hverv uafhængigt og upartisk. De skal respektere fortrolighedskrav for at beskytte forretningshemmeligheder, jf. dog forpligtelsen i artikel 9, stk. 4, til at give Kommissionen adgang til oplysninger og med forbehold af andre gældende oplysningskrav, der er fastsat i EU-retten for at beskytte brugernes interesser i Unionen.
De godkendende myndigheder skal samarbejde effektivt og udveksle oplysninger, der er relevante for deres rolle og funktioner.
3.   For at gøre det muligt for markedsovervågningsmyndighederne at gennemføre kontrol skal de godkendende myndigheder give markedsovervågningsmyndighederne adgang til de nødvendige oplysninger vedrørende typegodkendelse af de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, som er genstand for verifikationskontrol af overholdelsen. Disse oplysninger skal mindst omfatte de oplysninger, der er indeholdt i EU-typegodkendelsesattesten og dens bilag som omhandlet i artikel 28, stk. 1. De godkendende myndigheder fremlægger oplysningerne for markedsovervågningsmyndighederne uden unødig forsinkelse.
4.   Hvis en godkendende myndighed i overensstemmelse med kapitel XI er blevet underrettet om, at et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed mistænkes for at udgøre en alvorlig risiko eller for ikke at stemme overens, træffer den alle nødvendige foranstaltninger til at ændre den meddelte typegodkendelse og, hvor det er relevant, rette eller inddrage typegodkendelsen, afhængigt af årsagerne til og alvoren af de påviste afvigelser.
Artikel 8
Markedsovervågningsmyndighedernes forpligtelser
1.   Markedsovervågningsmyndighederne gennemfører regelmæssig kontrol for at verificere, at køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder opfylder de relevante krav. Sådan kontrol skal udføres i et passende omfang ved hjælp af dokumentkontrol og, når det er relevant, laboratorieundersøgelser og prøvninger på vej på grundlag af statistisk relevante prøveeksemplarer.
I forbindelse med udførelsen af sådan kontrol tager markedsovervågningsmyndighederne hensyn til:
a)
etablerede principper for risikovurdering
b)
begrundede klager og
c)
eventuelle andre relevante oplysninger, herunder oplysninger, der er udvekslet i forummet, og prøvningsresultater offentliggjort af anerkendte tredjeparter, som lever op til kravene i de i artikel 13, stk. 10, omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter.
2.   Med forbehold af stk. 1 gennemfører markedsovervågningsmyndighederne i hver enkelt medlemsstat mindst et minimumsantal af prøvninger af køretøjer pr. år. Dette minimumsantal af prøvninger pr. medlemsstat er en pr. 40 000 nye motorkøretøjer, der blev registreret i den pågældende medlemsstat i det foregående år, men ikke mindre end fem prøvninger.
Hver prøvning skal verificere overholdelsen af de gældende retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
3.   Markedsovervågningsmyndigheder, der gennemfører mere end fem prøvninger pr. år, skal gennemføre mindst 20 % af minimumsantallet af prøvninger i form af emissionsrelaterede prøvninger, som svarer til typegodkendelsesprøvninger omfattende alle gældende emissionsrelaterede krav til den prøvede type som fastsat i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
4.   Markedsovervågningsmyndigheden i en medlemsstat kan aftale med markedsovervågningsmyndigheden i en anden medlemsstat, at markedsovervågningsmyndigheden i den anden medlemsstat gennemfører de prøvninger, der er påkrævet i henhold til stk. 2 og 3.
5.   Markedsovervågningsmyndigheden i en medlemsstat kan aftale med Kommissionen, at Kommissionen gennemfører de prøvninger, der er påkrævet i henhold til stk. 3, for den pågældende medlemsstats regning. Prøvninger, der gennemføres i henhold til nærværende stykke, skal medregnes i det minimumsantal af prøvninger, der er omhandlet i stk. 2.
6.   Hver medlemsstat udarbejder hvert år en samlet oversigt over sine planlagte markedsovervågningskontroller som den fremsender til forummet senest den 1. marts.
7.   Hver medlemsstat udarbejder hvert andet år en rapport om sine resultater af alle de verifikationskontroller af overholdelsen, som den har gennemført i de to foregående år. Denne rapport fremsendes til forummet senest den 30. september året efter udløbet af den pågældende toårsperiode.
8.   Markedsovervågningsmyndighederne pålægger erhvervsdrivende at give myndighederne adgang til sådan dokumentation, sådanne oplysninger og sådanne andre tekniske specifikationer, herunder adgang til software og algoritmer, som myndighederne finder nødvendigt med henblik på at gennemføre markedsovervågningsaktiviteterne.
9.   For så vidt angår typegodkendte køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder skal markedsovervågningsmyndighederne tage behørigt hensyn til typeattester, typegodkendelsesmærker eller typegodkendelsesattester, der forelægges af erhvervsdrivende.
10.   Markedsovervågningsmyndighederne træffer passende foranstaltninger til inden for en passende tidsramme at advare brugerne på deres medlemsstaters område om farer, som de eller Kommissionen har identificeret vedrørende ethvert køretøj, ethvert system, enhver komponent eller enhver separat teknisk enhed for at undgå eller reducere risikoen for personskade eller andre skader, herunder ved at gøre sådanne oplysninger tilgængelige på markedsovervågningsmyndighedens websted.
Markedsovervågningsmyndighederne samarbejder med de erhvervsdrivende om tiltag, der kan forebygge eller begrænse risici forårsaget af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som disse erhvervsdrivende har gjort tilgængelige på markedet.
11.   Hvis markedsovervågningsmyndighederne i en medlemsstat beslutter at trække et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed tilbage fra markedet i overensstemmelse med kapitel XI, skal de underrette den pågældende erhvervsdrivende og den relevante godkendende myndighed.
12.   De godkendende myndigheder skal udføre deres hverv uafhængigt og upartisk. De skal respektere fortrolighedskrav for at beskytte forretningshemmeligheder, jf. dog forpligtelsen i artikel 9, stk. 4, til at give Kommissionen adgang til oplysninger og med forbehold af eller andre gældende oplysningskrav, der er fastsat i EU-retten for at beskytte brugernes interesser i Unionen.
13.   De forskellige medlemsstaters markedsovervågningsmyndigheder koordinerer deres markedsovervågningsaktiviteter, samarbejder med hinanden og udveksler resultaterne af disse aktiviteter med hinanden og med forummet. Markedsovervågningsmyndighederne træffer, hvor det er passende, aftale om arbejdsdeling og specialisering.
14.   Hvis mere end én myndighed i en medlemsstat er ansvarlig for markedsovervågning og kontrol med ydre grænser, samarbejder disse myndigheder effektivt og udveksler oplysninger, der er relevante for deres respektive roller og funktioner.
15.   Kommissionen kan vedtage gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger fælles kriterier for fastsættelse af et passende omfang af verifikationskontrol af overholdelsen som omhandlet i nærværende artikels stk. 1, og som fastlægger fælles kriterier for formatet for oversigten og rapporteringen omhandlet i nærværende artikels stk. 6 henholdsvis 7. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Artikel 9
Kommissionens verifikation af overholdelsen
1.   Kommissionen tilrettelægger og foretager for egen regning prøvninger og inspektioner for at verificere, at køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder overholder de relevante krav.
Prøvningerne og inspektionerne foretages bl.a. ved hjælp af laboratorieundersøgelser og prøvninger på vej på grundlag af statistisk relevante prøveeksemplarer og suppleres af dokumentkontrol.
Ved udførelsen af disse prøvninger og inspektioner tager Kommissionen hensyn til:
a)
etablerede principper for risikovurdering
b)
begrundede klager og
c)
eventuelle andre relevante oplysninger, herunder oplysninger, der er udvekslet i forummet, prøvningsresultater offentliggjort af anerkendte tredjeparter, som lever op til kravene i de i artikel 13, stk. 10, omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter, oplysninger om nye teknologier på markedet og rapporter som følge af telemåling på vej.
Kommissionen kan overlade udførelsen af sådanne prøvninger eller inspektioner til tekniske tjenester, i hvilket tilfælde den tekniske tjeneste handler på Kommissionens vegne. Når Kommissionen overlader udførelsen af prøvninger eller inspektioner til tekniske tjenester med henblik på denne artikel, sikrer Kommissionen, at den tekniske tjeneste, der benyttes, ikke er den samme som den tekniske tjeneste, der foretog den oprindelige typegodkendelse.
Disse prøvninger og inspektioner kan finde sted:
a)
på nye køretøjer leveret af fabrikanterne eller andre erhvervsdrivende, jf. stk. 2
b)
på registrerede køretøjer med samtykke fra indehaveren af køretøjets registreringsattest.
2.   Fabrikanter, der er indehavere af typegodkendelser, eller andre erhvervsdrivende skal på anmodning og mod et rimeligt vederlag forsyne Kommissionen med et statistisk relevant antal og af Kommissionen valgte producerede køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, som er repræsentative for de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der kan bringes i omsætning i henhold til den pågældende typegodkendelse. Sådanne køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder leveres til prøvning på det tidspunkt og sted og for en sådan periode, som Kommissionen ønsker.
3.   Inden Kommissionen foretager prøvninger og inspektioner, underrettet Kommissionen den medlemsstat, hvor typegodkendelsen blev meddelt, og den medlemsstat, hvor køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed blev gjort tilgængelig på markedet.
Medlemsstaterne samarbejder med Kommissionen, når Kommissionen foretager prøvningerne og inspektionerne.
4.   Med henblik på at gøre det muligt for Kommissionen at gennemføre prøvningerne og inspektionerne i henhold til denne artikel, skal medlemsstaterne uden unødig forsinkelse give Kommissionen adgang til de nødvendige oplysninger vedrørende typegodkendelse af de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, som er genstand for verifikation af overholdelsen. Disse oplysninger skal mindst omfatte de oplysninger, der er indeholdt i EU-typegodkendelsesattesten og dens bilag som omhandlet i artikel 28, stk. 1.
5.   Fabrikanterne skal uden vederlag og uden unødig forsinkelse give Kommissionen adgang til enhver oplysning, der er nødvendig med henblik på verifikation af overholdelsen, og som ikke er tilgængelig i EU-typegodkendelsesattesten og dens bilag som omhandlet i artikel 28, stk. 1.
Sådanne oplysninger skal omfatte alle de parametre og indstillinger, der er nødvendige for nøjagtigt at genskabe de prøvningsbetingelser, der gjorde sig gældende ved prøvningen med henblik på typegodkendelse. Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter med nærmere angivelse af, hvilke oplysninger der skal stilles til rådighed, jf. dog beskyttelsen af forretningshemmeligheder og beskyttelsen af personoplysninger i henhold til EU-retten og national ret. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
6.   Hvis Kommissionen konstaterer, at køretøjerne, systemerne, komponenterne eller de separate tekniske enheder ikke overholder de typegodkendelseskrav, der er fastsat i denne forordning, at køretøjerne, systemerne, komponenterne eller de separate tekniske enheder ikke overholder typegodkendelsen, eller at der er meddelt typegodkendelse på grundlag af ukorrekte oplysninger, indleder Kommissionen proceduren i artikel 53 eller 54.
Hvor prøvningerne og inspektionerne drager rigtigheden af selve typegodkendelsen i tvivl, underretter Kommissionen omgående den eller de pågældende godkendende myndigheder samt forummet.
Kommissionen underretter de relevante godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndigheder, således at de kan træffe passende foranstaltninger til inden for en passende tidsramme at advare brugerne i Unionen om en eventuel manglende overholdelse, som den har identificeret i forhold til ethvert køretøj, ethvert system, enhver komponent eller enhver separat teknisk enhed for at undgå eller reducere risikoen for personskade eller andre skader.
Kommissionen gør en rapport om resultaterne af enhver verifikationsprøvning af overholdelsen, som den har gennemført, offentlig tilgængelig og fremsender sine resultater til medlemsstaterne og forummet. Denne rapport skal indeholde detaljerede oplysninger om de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der blev vurderet, og om den pågældende fabrikants identitet samt en kort beskrivelse af resultaterne, herunder arten af den manglende overholdelse, hvis der foreligger en sådan.
Artikel 10
Vurderinger, der foretages af Kommissionen
1.   Kommissionen tilrettelægger og foretager vurderinger af de procedurer, der indføres af de godkendende myndigheder, som har meddelt EU-typegodkendelser inden for de fem år, der går forud for vurderingen, navnlig af procedurerne for meddelelse af typegodkendelser, for sikring af produktionens overensstemmelse og for udpegelse og overvågning af tekniske tjenester. Sådanne vurderinger skal indeholde en evaluering, hvor der anvendes tilfældige stikprøver, af, om typegodkendelser, der er meddelt i de fem år, der går forud for vurderingen, overholder gældende krav omhandlet i artikel 26, stk. 2, litra c).
2.   Vurderingerne har til formål at bistå de godkendende myndigheder, der meddeler EU-typegodkendelser, for at sikre en ensartet anvendelse af denne forordning og for at udveksle bedste praksis.
3.   Vurderingerne skal foretages i overensstemmelse med den pågældende medlemsstats ret, idet der tages behørigt hensyn til de pågældende myndigheders rettigheder, og skal overholde proportionalitetsprincippet. Kommissionen udfører sit hverv uafhængigt og upartisk og respekterer fortrolighedskrav for at beskytte forretningshemmeligheder i overensstemmelse med den relevante gældende ret. Kommissionen afholder de omkostninger, som sådanne vurderinger giver anledning til.
4.   De pågældende godkendende myndigheder letter vurderingen ved at samarbejde med Kommissionen, idet de yder Kommissionen enhver nødvendige bistand og forsyner den med al nødvendig dokumentation.
5.   Kommissionen sikrer, at det personale, der deltager i vurderingen, er tilstrækkeligt kvalificeret og har modtaget de fornødne instrukser. Kommissionen underretter i tilstrækkelig tid forud for vurderingen medlemsstaterne og de pågældende godkendende myndigheder om den dato, hvor vurderingen påbegyndes, og om det personale, der foretager vurderingen. Varigheden af vurderingen i lokalerne hos den pågældende godkendende myndighed må normalt ikke overstige to dage og må under alle omstændigheder ikke overstige tre dage.
6.   Hver godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt mindst én EU-typegodkendelser over en periode på fem år, skal vurderes af Kommissionen én gang i løbet af denne periode.
Uanset første afsnit kan vurderingen af en godkendende myndighed ske mindre hyppigt, hvis Kommissionen finder, at den første vurdering af den pågældende myndighed godtgør, at de indførte procedurer sikrer effektiv anvendelse af denne forordning, idet der tages hensyn til anvendelsesområdet for og omfanget af de meddelte EU-typegodkendelser.
7.   Kommissionen formidler resultatet af vurderingen, herunder eventuelle henstillinger, til forummet og gør et sammendrag af resultaterne offentligt tilgængeligt. Forummet gennemgår resultatet af vurderingen.
8.   Medlemsstaterne aflægger rapport til Kommissionen og forummet om, hvordan de imødekommer eventuelle henstillinger, der indgår i resultatet af vurderingen.
9.   Under behørig hensyntagen til forummets betragtninger vedtager Kommissionen gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger fælles kriterier for angivelse af anvendelsesområdet og den anvendte metode for vurderingen, sammensætningen af vurderingsholdet, planlægningen af vurderingerne for en periode på mindst fem år og de nærmere betingelser for, at vurderingernes hyppighed kan reduceres. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Artikel 11
Forummet til udveksling af oplysninger om håndhævelse
1.   Kommissionen opretter, leder og forvalter et forum for udveksling af oplysninger om håndhævelse (»forummet«).
Forummet består af repræsentanter, der udpeges af hver medlemsstat, og som repræsenterer deres godkendelsesmyndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndigheder.
Når det er relevant, kan tekniske tjenester, anerkendte tredjeparter, som opfylder kravene i gennemførelsesretsakterne omhandlet i artikel 13, stk. 10, repræsentanter for Europa-Parlamentet, for industrien og for de relevante erhvervsdrivende såvel som for interessenter, der er involveret i sikkerheds- og miljøspørgsmål, indbydes som observatører i overensstemmelse i forummet i overensstemmelse med dets forretningsorden, jf. nærværende artikels stk. 7.
Forummets rådgivende opgaver har som deres formål at fremme bedste praksis med henblik på at lette en ensartet fortolkning og gennemførelse af denne forordning, udveksle oplysninger om problemer med håndhævelsen, samarbejde, navnlig vedrørende vurderingen, udpegelsen og overvågningen af tekniske tjenester, udvikle arbejdsmetoder og -værktøjer, udvikle en procedure for elektronisk udveksling af oplysninger, og evaluere harmoniserede håndhævelsesprojekter og sanktioner.
2.   Forummet behandler:
a)
spørgsmål vedrørende en ensartet fortolkning af kravene i denne forordning og i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, under gennemførelsen af disse krav
b)
resultaterne af de aktiviteter vedrørende typegodkendelse og markedsovervågning, som medlemsstaterne har gennemført i overensstemmelse med artikel 6, stk. 8 og 9
c)
resultaterne af prøvninger og inspektioner gennemført af Kommissionen i overensstemmelse med artikel 9
d)
de vurderinger, som Kommissionen har foretaget i overensstemmelse med artikel 10
e)
prøvningsrapporter om mulig manglende overholdelse, der forelægges af anerkendte tredjeparter, som opfylder kravene i gennemførelsesretsakterne omhandlet i artikel 13, stk. 10
f)
resultaterne af de aktiviteter til sikring af produktionens overensstemmelse, som de godkendende myndigheder gennemfører i overensstemmelse med artikel 31
g)
de oplysninger, som medlemsstaterne indsender i henhold til artikel 67, stk. 6, om deres procedurer for vurdering, udpegelse og notifikation af tekniske tjenester og for overvågning af tekniske tjenester
h)
spørgsmål af almen relevans for gennemførelsen af kravene i denne forordning i forhold til vurdering, udpegelse og overvågning af tekniske tjenester, jf. artikel 67, stk. 10, og artikel 78, stk. 4
i)
overtrædelser, der er begået af erhvervsdrivende
j)
gennemførelse af de korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger i kapitel XI
k)
planlægning, koordinering og resultaterne af markedsovervågningsaktiviteter
l)
spørgsmål vedrørende adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, jf. kapitel XIV, og navnlig spørgsmål vedrørende gennemførelsen af procedurerne i artikel 65.
3.   På grundlag af de rapporter, som medlemsstaterne fremsender i overensstemmelse med artikel 8, stk. 7, gør Kommissionen hvert andet år en sammenfattende rapport om markedsovervågningsaktiviteter offentligt tilgængelig.
4.   Hvert år forelægger Kommissionen en sammenfattende rapport om forummets aktiviteter for Europa-Parlamentet.
5.   Som led i sin rådgivende opgave og under hensyntagen til resultatet af behandlingen efter stk. 2 kan forummet afgive udtalelse eller udstede en henstilling.
Forummet bestræber sig på at opnå konsensus, når det afgiver udtalelse eller udsteder en henstilling. Hvis en sådan konsensus ikke kan opnås, afgiver forummet udtalelse eller udsteder en henstilling med simpelt flertal blandt medlemsstaterne. Hver medlemsstat har én stemme. Medlemsstater med divergerende holdninger kan anmode om, at deres holdninger og begrundelserne herfor anføres i forummets udtalelse eller henstillinger.
6.   Når Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, tager den behørigt hensyn til de udtalelser, som forummet har afgivet i overensstemmelse med stk. 5.
7.   Forummet fastsætter selv sin forretningsorden.
Artikel 12
Onlineudveksling af oplysninger
1.   Kommissionen og medlemsstaternes anvender det fælles, sikre elektroniske udvekslingssystem som omhandlet i artikel 27 for EU-typegodkendelsesattester og deres i artikel 28, stk. 1, omhandlede bilag, herunder for eventuelle prøvningsrapporter samt ændringer, afslag eller inddragelser af enhver EU-typegodkendelse.
Kommissionen og medlemsstaterne anvender systemet for hurtig udveksling af oplysninger (RAPEX), der blev etableret ved Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2001/95/EF 
(
18
)
, og informations- og kommunikationssystemet for markedsovervågning (ICSMS), der blev etableret ved forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008, til markedsovervågning, tilbagekaldelser og andre relevante aktiviteter mellem markedsovervågningsmyndighederne, medlemsstaterne og Kommissionen.
2.   Fra den 5. juli 2026 gør medlemsstaterne efter køretøjets identifikationsnummer typeattesten for hvert enkelt køretøj offentligt tilgængelig som strukturerede data i elektronisk format i det fælles, sikre elektroniske udvekslingssystem i overensstemmelse med artikel 37.
Fra den 5. juli 2026 gør medlemsstaterne de oplysninger, der er indeholdt i typeattesten, bortset fra identifikationsnumre, offentligt tilgængelige som strukturerede data i elektronisk format i det fælles, sikre elektroniske udvekslingssystem i overensstemmelse med artikel 37.
Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastsætter formatet og kriterierne for offentlig adgang til oplysningerne omhandlet i dette stykkes første og andet afsnit. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
3.   Kommissionen træffer alle nødvendige foranstaltninger for at etablere en grænseflade mellem det fælles, sikre elektroniske udvekslingssystem omhandlet i artikel 27, RAPEX og ICSMS for at lette markedsovervågningsaktiviteterne og sikre koordineringen, sammenhængen og nøjagtigheden af de oplysninger, der gives til forbrugerne og tredjeparter.
4.   Medlemsstaterne benytter det fælles, sikre elektroniske udvekslingssystem som fastsat i de i artikel 27 omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter for at gøre en liste over de EU-typegodkendelser af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, de har meddelt, ændret, afslået eller tilbagekaldt, samt en liste over de tekniske tjenester, der har udført prøvningerne med henblik på de respektive EU-typegodkendelser, tilgængelige for offentligheden fra den 1. september 2022.
Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastsætter formatet og kriterierne for offentlig adgang til de oplysningerne omhandlet i dette stykkes første afsnit. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
5.   Kommissionen udvikler et værktøj for at gøre prøvningsresultater og klager vedrørende præstationen af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder fra anerkendte tredjeparter, som opfylder kravene i gennemførelsesretsakterne omhandlet i artikel 13, stk. 10, offentligt tilgængelige.
Artikel 13
Fabrikanters almindelige forpligtelser
1.   Fabrikanter sikrer, at køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, som de har fremstillet, og som bringes i omsætning, er fremstillet og godkendt i overensstemmelse med kravene i denne forordning, og navnlig kravene i artikel 5.
2.   Fabrikanter er over for den godkendende myndighed ansvarlig for alle aspekter af godkendelsesproceduren og for at sikre produktionens overensstemmelse.
Ved en etapevis typegodkendelse er fabrikanter også ansvarlige for godkendelse og produktionens overensstemmelse, for så vidt angår de systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som de har tilføjet i køretøjets færdiggørelsesetape. Fabrikanter, der ændrer komponenter eller systemer, der allerede er blevet godkendt i tidligere etaper, er ansvarlig for typegodkendelse og produktionens overensstemmelse, for så vidt angår de ændrede komponenter, systemer eller separate tekniske enheder. Fabrikanter i den forudgående etape skal oplyse fabrikanter i den følgende etape om eventuelle ændringer, som kan påvirke komponenttypegodkendelsen, systemtypegodkendelsen eller typegodkendelsen af en separat teknisk enhed eller typegodkendelsen af et helt køretøj. Sådanne oplysninger fremsendes, så snart den nye udvidelse for en typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj er meddelt, og senest på startdatoen for produktion af det ukomplette køretøj.
3.   Fabrikanter, der ændrer et ukomplet køretøj på en sådan måde, at det henhører under en anden køretøjsklasse, med den følge, at de krav, der er blevet vurderet allerede i en tidligere etape i typegodkendelsesprocessen, har ændret sig, er også ansvarlige for opfyldelsen af de krav, der gælder for den køretøjsklasse, som det ændrede køretøj henhører under.
4.   Med henblik på EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder skal en fabrikant, der er etableret uden for Unionen, udpege en enkelt repræsentant, der er etableret inden for Unionen, til at repræsentere sig over for den godkendende myndighed. Fabrikanten skal desuden udpege en enkelt repræsentant, der er etableret inden for Unionen, med henblik på markedsovervågning, og denne repræsentant kan være den samme repræsentant som den repræsentant, der er udpeget med henblik på EU-typegodkendelse.
5.   Fabrikanterne sikrer, at deres køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder ikke er udformet til at integrere strategier eller andre midler, der ændrer den præstation, som vises under prøvningsprocedurerne, på en sådan måde at de ikke overholder denne forordning, når de opererer under forhold, som med rimelighed kan forventes ved normal drift.
6.   Fabrikanter skal fastlægge procedurer for at sikre, at en serieproduktion af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til stadighed er i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type.
7.   Fabrikanter skal undersøge klager, de modtager, vedrørende risici, formodede hændelser eller spørgsmål om manglende overholdelse for så vidt angår køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele og udstyr, som de har bragt i omsætning.
Fabrikanter skal føre et register over sådanne klager, herunder for hver klage en beskrivelse af problemet og de detaljer, der er nødvendige for præcist at identificere den berørte type køretøj, system, komponent, separate tekniske enhed, del eller udstyr, og skal, hvis der er tale om begrundede klager, holde deres distributører og importører orienteret herom.
8.   Ud over at sørge for, at den foreskrevne plade er fastgjort på deres køretøjer, og at der er fastgjort typegodkendelsesmærker på deres komponenter og separate tekniske enheder i overensstemmelse med artikel 38, skal fabrikanter angive deres navn, registrerede handelsnavn eller registrerede varemærke og deres kontaktadresse i Unionen på deres køretøjer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som er gjort tilgængelige på markedet, eller, hvis dette ikke er muligt, på emballagen eller i et dokument, som ledsager komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed.
9.   Fabrikanter skal sikre, at opbevarings- og transportbetingelserne for et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed, som de har ansvaret for, ikke bringer overholdelsen af kravene i denne forordning i fare.
10.   Uanset artikel 9, stk. 5, og med forbehold af beskyttelsen af forretningshemmeligheder og beskyttelsen af personoplysninger i henhold til EU-retten og national ret skal fabrikanter af køretøjer stille de oplysninger til rådighed, der er nødvendige med henblik på prøvning udført af tredjeparter af mulig manglende overholdelse, herunder alle de parametre og indstillinger, der er nødvendige for nøjagtigt at genskabe de prøvningsbetingelser, der blev anvendt ved prøvningen på tidspunktet for typegodkendelsen.
Med henblik på dette stykkes første afsnit vedtager Kommissionen gennemførelsesretsakter, der nærmere fastlægger, hvilke oplysninger der skal stilles til rådighed uden vederlag, samt de krav, som tredjeparter skal opfylde for at dokumentere deres legitime interesser inden for offentlig sikkerhed og miljøbeskyttelse samt deres adgang til tilstrækkelige prøvningsfaciliteter. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Artikel 14
Fabrikanters forpligtelser med hensyn til deres køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele og udstyr, der ikke er i overensstemmelse, eller som udgør en alvorlig risiko
1.   Hvis et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr, som er blevet bragt i omsætning eller ibrugtaget, ikke er i overensstemmelse med denne forordning, eller hvis der er meddelt typegodkendelse på grundlag af ukorrekte oplysninger, skal fabrikanten omgående træffe de korrigerende foranstaltninger til at bringe køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret i overensstemmelse eller om nødvendigt trække det pågældende tilbage fra markedet eller tilbagekalde det, alt efter hvad der er relevant.
Fabrikanten orienterer omgående den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte typegodkendelsen, og giver navnlig nærmere oplysninger om den manglende overensstemmelse og eventuelle afhjælpende foranstaltninger, der er truffet.
2.   Hvis køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret udgør en alvorlig risiko, giver fabrikanten omgående de godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndighederne nærmere oplysninger om risikoen og eventuelle afhjælpende foranstaltninger, der er truffet i den forbindelse.
3.   Fabrikanter skal opbevare EU-typegodkendelsesattesterne og deres bilag omhandlet i artikel 28, stk. 1, i en periode på 10 år, efter at gyldigheden af EU-typegodkendelsen af et køretøj er ophørt, og i en periode på fem år, efter at gyldigheden af EU-typegodkendelsen for et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed er ophørt.
Fabrikanter af et køretøj stiller et eksemplar af de i artikel 36 omhandlede typeattester til rådighed for de godkendende myndigheder i en periode på 10 år efter køretøjets produktionsdato.
4.   Fabrikanter giver i forlængelse af en national myndigheds eller Kommissionens begrundede anmodning den pågældende myndighed eller Kommissionen et eksemplar af EU-typegodkendelsesattesten eller den i artikel 55, stk. 1, omhandlede tilladelse, der påviser køretøjets, systemets, komponentens, den separate tekniske enheds, delens eller udstyrets overensstemmelse, på et for denne myndighed eller Kommissionen let forståeligt sprog.
Fabrikanter samarbejder efter begrundet anmodning fra en national myndighed med den denne nationale myndighed med hensyn til ethvert tiltag, der træffes i overensstemmelse med artikel 20 i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008 for at fjerne de risici, der er i forbindelse med et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr, som de har tilgængeliggjort på markedet.
Artikel 15
Forpligtelser, der påhviler fabrikantens repræsentanter
1.   Fabrikantens repræsentant skal udføre de opgaver, der er fastsat i fuldmagten fra fabrikanten. Fuldmagten skal som minimum sætte repræsentanten i stand til:
a)
at få adgang til EU-typegodkendelsesattesten og de i artikel 28, stk. 1, omhandlede dertil hørende bilag og til typeattesten på et af Unionens officielle sprog; sådanne dokumenter skal stilles til rådighed for de godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndighederne i en periode på 10 år, efter at gyldigheden af EU-typegodkendelsen af et køretøj er ophørt, og i en periode på fem år, efter at gyldigheden af EU-typegodkendelsen for et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed er ophørt
b)
i forlængelse af en begrundet anmodning fra en godkendende myndighed at give den pågældende myndighed enhver oplysning, dokumentation og eventuelle andre tekniske specifikationer, herunder adgang til software og algoritmer, der er nødvendig(e) for at påvise produktionens overensstemmelse for så vidt angår et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed
c)
efter disses anmodning at samarbejde med de godkendende myndigheder eller markedsovervågningsmyndighederne om ethvert tiltag, der træffes for at fjerne de alvorlige risici, som køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr, der er omfattet af fuldmagten, udgør
d)
omgående at underrette fabrikanten om klager og indberetninger vedrørende risici, formodede hændelser eller spørgsmål om manglende overholdelse, som angår køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr, der er omfattet af fuldmagten
e)
at have ret til at bringe fuldmagten til ophør uden sanktioner, hvis fabrikanten handler i strid med sine forpligtelser efter denne forordning.
2.   En fabrikants repræsentant, der opsiger fuldmagten af de grunde, der er omhandlet i stk. 1, litra e), skal omgående underrette såvel den typegodkendende myndighed, der har meddelt typegodkendelsen, som Kommissionen.
De oplysninger, der skal gives, skal mindst specificere:
a)
datoen for fuldmagtens ophør
b)
datoen, indtil hvilken den afgående repræsentant for fabrikanten kan anføres i oplysninger fra fabrikanten, herunder i eventuelt reklamemateriale
c)
overdragelse af dokumenter, herunder fortrolighedsaspekter og ejendomsrettigheder
d)
forpligtelsen for fabrikantens afgående repræsentant til efter fuldmagtens ophør at fremsende eventuelle klager eller indberetninger vedrørende risici og formodede hændelser vedrørende et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr, som fabrikantens afgående repræsentant var udpeget som fabrikantens repræsentant for, til fabrikanten eller den tiltrædende repræsentant for fabrikanten.
Artikel 16
Importørers forpligtelser
1.   Importører må kun bringe køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder i omsætning, der er i overensstemmelse med denne forordning.
2.   Før et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed, der er typegodkendt, bringes i omsætning, verificerer importører, at køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed er omfattet af en gyldig EU-typegodkendelsesattest, og at systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed er forsynet med det påkrævede typegodkendelsesmærke og er i overensstemmelse med artikel 13, stk. 8.
For så vidt angår køretøjer sikrer importører, at køretøjet ledsages af den krævede typeattest.
3.   Hvis et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed ikke er i overensstemmelse med kravene i denne forordning, og navnlig hvis pågældende ikke svarer til typegodkendelsen, må importører ikke bringe køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed i omsætning, tillade ibrugtagning eller foretage registrering heraf, før køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed er blevet bragt i overensstemmelse.
4.   Hvis et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr udgør en alvorlig risiko, underretter importører fabrikanten og markedsovervågningsmyndighederne herom. For så vidt angår typegodkendte køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder underretter importører også den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte typegodkendelsen.
5.   Importører skal angive deres navn, registrerede handelsnavn eller registrerede varemærke og deres kontaktadresse på køretøjet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret, eller, hvis dette ikke er muligt, på emballagen eller i et dokument, der ledsager komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret.
6.   Importører skal sikre, at køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed er ledsaget af anvisninger og oplysninger som påkrævet efter artikel 59 på de pågældende medlemsstaters officielle sprog.
7.   For at beskytte forbrugernes sundhed og sikkerhed fører importører register over klager over og tilbagekaldelser af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr, som de har bragt i omsætning, og holder deres distributører orienteret om sådanne klager og tilbagekaldelser.
8.   Importører underretter omgående den relevante fabrikant om eventuelle klager og indberetninger, som de har modtaget vedrørende risici, formodede hændelser eller problemer i forbindelse med manglende overholdelse vedrørende køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr, som de har bragt i omsætning.
9.   Importører sikrer, at opbevarings- og transportbetingelserne for et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed, som de har ansvaret for, ikke bringer overensstemmelsen med kravene i denne forordning i fare.
Artikel 17
Importørers forpligtelser med hensyn til deres køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele og udstyr, der ikke er i overensstemmelse, eller som udgør en alvorlig risiko
1.   Hvis et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr, som en importør har bragt i omsætning, ikke er i overensstemmelse med denne forordning, skal importøren under fabrikantens tilsyn omgående træffe de korrigerende foranstaltninger, der er nødvendige for at bringe køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret i overensstemmelse, for at trække køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret tilbage eller for at tilbagekalde køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret, alt efter hvad der er relevant. Importøren skal tillige underrette fabrikanten og den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen.
2.   Hvis et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr, som er blevet bragt i omsætning, udgør en alvorlig risiko, giver importører omgående fabrikanterne, de godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndighederne nærmere oplysninger om denne alvorlige risiko.
Importører underretter ligeledes de godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndighederne om eventuelle trufne tiltag og giver dem nærmere oplysninger, navnlig om den alvorlige risiko og eventuelle foranstaltninger truffet af fabrikanten.
3.   Importører skal i en periode på 10 år, efter at gyldigheden af EU-typegodkendelsen af et køretøj er ophørt, og i en periode på fem år, efter at gyldigheden af EU-typegodkendelsen for et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed er ophørt, opbevare et eksemplar af EU-typegodkendelsesattesten og dens i artikel 28, stk. 1, omhandlede bilag samt sikre, at de efter anmodning kan stilles til rådighed for de godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndighederne.
4.   Importører skal efter begrundet anmodning fra en national myndighed give enhver oplysning og dokumentation, der er nødvendig for at påvise køretøjets, systemets, komponentens eller den separate tekniske enheds overensstemmelse, på et for denne myndighed letforståeligt sprog.
Importører samarbejder efter begrundet anmodning fra en national myndighed med denne myndighed med hensyn til ethvert tiltag, der træffes i overensstemmelse med artikel 20 i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008 for at fjerne de risici, der er i forbindelse med et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr, som de har gjort tilgængelig på markedet.
Artikel 18
Distributørers forpligtelser
1.   Distributører skal, inden de gør et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed tilgængelig på markedet, verificere, at køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed er forsynet med den påkrævede foreskrevne plade eller det påkrævede foreskrevne typegodkendelsesmærke, at det er ledsaget af den påkrævede dokumentation og af en brugsanvisning og sikkerhedsinformation, jf. artikel 59, på det eller de officielle sprog i den relevante medlemsstat, og at fabrikanten og importøren har opfyldt kravene i henholdsvis artikel 13, stk. 8, og artikel 16, stk. 5.
2.   Distributører underretter omgående den relevante fabrikant om eventuelle klager, som de modtager vedrørende risici, formodede hændelser eller problemer i forbindelse med manglende overholdelse for så vidt angår køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr, som de har gjort tilgængelige på markedet.
3.   Distributører sikrer, at opbevarings- og transportbetingelserne for et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed, som de har ansvaret for, ikke bringer overensstemmelsen med kravene i denne forordning i fare.
Artikel 19
Distributørers forpligtelser med hensyn til deres køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele og udstyr, der ikke er i overensstemmelse eller som udgør en alvorlig risiko
1.   Hvis et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr ikke er i overensstemmelse med kravene i denne forordning, skal distributører underrette fabrikanten, importøren og den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen herfor, og må ikke gøre køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret tilgængelig på markedet, før køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret er blevet bragt i overensstemmelse.
2.   Hvis et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr, som distributører har tilgængeliggjort på markedet, ikke er i overensstemmelse med denne forordning, underretter de fabrikanten, importøren og den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen.
3.   Hvis et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr udgør en alvorlig risiko, giver distributører omgående fabrikanten, importøren, de godkendende myndigheder og markedsovervågningsmyndighederne i de medlemsstater, hvor køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret er blevet tilgængeliggjort på markedet, nærmere oplysninger om denne alvorlige risiko.
Distributører underretter dem ligeledes om eventuelle trufne tiltag og giver dem nærmere oplysninger om eventuelle foranstaltninger truffet af fabrikanten.
4.   Distributører samarbejder efter begrundet anmodning fra en national myndighed med denne myndighed med hensyn til ethvert tiltag, der træffes i overensstemmelse med artikel 20 i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008 for at fjerne de risici, der er i forbindelse med et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr, som de har gjort tilgængelig på markedet.
Artikel 20
Tilfælde, hvor fabrikantens forpligtelser finder anvendelse på importører og distributører
En importør eller distributør anses med henblik på denne forordning for at være en fabrikant og er underlagt fabrikantens forpligtelser i artikel 8, 13 og 14 i følgende tilfælde:
a)
hvis importøren eller distributøren gør et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed tilgængelig på markedet eller er ansvarlig for ibrugtagningen heraf under eget navn eller varemærke eller ændrer et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed på en sådan måde, at køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed ikke længere stemmer overens med de relevante krav, eller
b)
hvis importøren eller distributøren gør et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed tilgængeligt på markedet eller er ansvarlig for ibrugtagningen heraf på grundlag af en FN-typegodkendelse meddelt en fabrikant uden for Unionen, og det ikke er muligt at identificere en repræsentant for fabrikanten på Unionens område.
Artikel 21
Identifikation af erhvervsdrivende
På anmodning fra en godkendende myndighed eller en markedsovervågningsmyndighed skal erhvervsdrivende i en periode på 10 år efter, at et køretøj er bragt i omsætning, og i en periode på fem år efter, at et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr er bragt i omsætning, give oplysninger om følgende:
a)
identiteten af enhver erhvervsdrivende, som har leveret et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr til dem
b)
identiteten af enhver erhvervsdrivende, som de har leveret et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr til.
KAPITEL III
EU-TYPEGODKENDELSESPROCEDURER
Artikel 22
EU-typegodkendelsesprocedurer
1.   Ved ansøgning om typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj kan fabrikanten vælge én af følgende procedurer:
a)
trinvis typegodkendelse
b)
enkelttrinstypegodkendelse
c)
blandet typegodkendelse.
Derudover kan fabrikanten vælge en etapevis typegodkendelse for et ukomplet eller færdiggjort komplet køretøj.
2.   Uden at det berører kravene i de i bilag II opførte retsakter anvendes for typegodkendelse af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder alene enkelttrinstypegodkendelse.
3.   Der meddeles etapevis typegodkendelse for en type ukomplet eller færdiggjort komplet køretøj, som under hensyntagen til køretøjets færdiggørelsesstade svarer til specifikationerne i informationsmappen omhandlet i artikel 24, og som opfylder de tekniske krav i de relevante retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
Etapevis typegodkendelse finder desuden anvendelse på komplette køretøjer, der er ombygget eller ændret af en anden fabrikant efter færdiggørelse.
4.   EU-typegodkendelsen for den sidste etape i færdiggørelsen kan først meddeles, når den godkendende myndighed i overensstemmelse med procedurerne i bilag IX har verificeret, at den køretøjstype, der godkendes i den sidste etape, opfylder alle relevante tekniske krav på tidspunktet for godkendelsen. Verifikation omfatter en dokumentkontrol af alle krav omfattet af en EU-typegodkendelse for en ukomplet køretøjstype, som er meddelt i løbet af en etapevis procedure, herunder hvis EU-typegodkendelsen blev meddelt for et køretøj fra en anden køretøjsklasse.
5.   Valget af EU-typegodkendelsesprocedure som omhandlet i stk. 1 berører ikke de gældende krav, som den godkendte køretøjstype skal opfylde på det tidspunkt, hvor der meddeles typegodkendelse af et køretøj.
6.   Etapevis typegodkendelse kan også anvendes af en enkelt fabrikant, forudsat at den ikke anvendes til at omgå de krav, der gælder for køretøjer bygget i en enkelt etape. Køretøjer, der er bygget af en enkelt fabrikant, anses ikke for at være bygget i flere etaper med henblik på artikel 41, 42 og 49.
Artikel 23
Ansøgning om EU-typegodkendelse
1.   Fabrikanten indsender til den godkendende myndighed en ansøgning om EU-typegodkendelse ledsaget af den informationsmappe, der er omhandlet i artikel 24.
2.   Der må kun indgives én ansøgning for en bestemt type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed. Denne ene ansøgning må kun indgives i én medlemsstat og kun til én godkendende myndighed deri.
Der må ikke indgives en ny ansøgning i en anden medlemsstat for den samme type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed, hvis:
a)
en godkendende myndighed har afslået at meddele typegodkendelse af den pågældende type
b)
en godkendende myndighed har inddraget typegodkendelsen for den pågældende type eller
c)
fabrikanten har trukket en ansøgning om typegodkendelse af den pågældende type tilbage.
Den godkendende myndighed afviser en ansøgning om typegodkendelse af en anden typebetegnelse eller af en ændring for så vidt angår en tidligere ansøgning, hvis ændringerne ikke er tilstrækkelige til at udgøre en ny type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed.
3.   En ansøgning om en EU-typegodkendelse af en bestemt type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed skal omfatte en erklæring fra fabrikanten, der i overensstemmelse med stk. 2, andet afsnit, bekræfter, at:
a)
fabrikanten ikke har ansøgt om en EU-typegodkendelse for den samme type hos en anden godkendende myndighed, og ingen anden godkendende myndighed har meddelt fabrikanten en sådan godkendelse
b)
ingen godkendende myndighed har afslået at meddele typegodkendelse af den pågældende type
c)
ingen godkendende myndighed har inddraget typegodkendelsen af den pågældende type og
d)
fabrikanten ikke har trukket en ansøgning om en typegodkendelse af den pågældende type tilbage.
4.   Der skal indgives særskilt ansøgning for hver type køretøj, system, komponent eller separate teknisk enhed, der skal godkendes.
Artikel 24
Informationsmappe
1.   Informationsmappen skal omfatte følgende:
a)
et oplysningsskema i overensstemmelse med den model, der er fastsat i de i stk. 4 omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter for enkelttrinstypegodkendelse eller blandet typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj eller, når der er tale om trinvis typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj eller i tilfælde af typegodkendelse af et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed, i overensstemmelse med den relevante retsakt opført i bilag II
b)
alle data, tegninger, fotografier og andre relevante oplysninger
c)
for køretøjer, en angivelse af, hvilken procedure eller hvilke procedurer der er valgt i overensstemmelse med artikel 22, stk. 1
d)
alle yderligere oplysninger, som den godkendende myndighed anmoder om i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelsesproceduren.
2.   Det i stk. 1, litra a), omhandlede oplysningsskema for typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj skal indeholde et komplet sæt af oplysninger om de karakteristika ved køretøjstypen, der er nødvendige for den godkendende myndighed for at identificere køretøjstypen og gennemføre typegodkendelsesproceduren korrekt.
3.   Fabrikanten skal indgive informationsmappen til den godkendende myndighed i et elektronisk format, som accepteres af pågældende myndighed. Den godkendende myndighed kan også acceptere informationsmapper, der indgives i papirformat.
4.   Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger modellen for oplysningsskemaet og informationsmappens øvrige dele samt et harmoniseret elektronisk format med henblik på denne artikels stk. 3. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Den første sådanne gennemførelsesretsakt vedtages senest den 5. juli 2020.
Artikel 25
Yderligere oplysninger, som skal indgives sammen med en ansøgning om EU-typegodkendelse
1.   En ansøgning om trinvis typegodkendelse skal ud over informationsmappen som omhandlet i artikel 24 være ledsaget af det komplette sæt EU-typegodkendelsesattester eller FN-typegodkendelsesattester og deres bilag, der kræves i henhold til de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
Hvis der er tale om typegodkendelse af et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed i henhold til de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, skal den godkendende myndighed have adgang til informationsmappen og, hvis det er relevant, EU-typegodkendelsesattesterne og deres bilag, indtil typegodkendelse af et køretøj enten meddeles eller afslås.
2.   En ansøgning om blandet typegodkendelse skal ud over informationsmappen som omhandlet i artikel 24 være ledsaget af de EU-typegodkendelsesattester eller FN-typegodkendelsesattester og deres bilag, der kræves i henhold til de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
For systemer, for hvilke der ikke er forelagt EU-typegodkendelsesattest eller FN-typegodkendelsesattest, skal ansøgningen foruden den informationsmappe, der er omhandlet i artikel 24, være ledsaget af de oplysninger, der kræves til godkendelse af disse systemer i køretøjets godkendelsesfase, og af en prøvningsrapport i stedet for EU-typegodkendelsesattesten eller FN-typegodkendelsesattesten.
3.   En ansøgning om etapevis typegodkendelse skal være ledsaget af følgende oplysninger:
a)
i første etape de dele af informationsmappen og EU-typegodkendelsesattesterne eller FN-typegodkendelsesattesterne eller, hvis det er relevant, de prøvningsrapporter, som svarer til basiskøretøjets færdiggørelsesstade
b)
i anden og alle følgende etaper de dele af informationsmappen og EU-typegodkendelsesattesterne eller FN-typegodkendelsesattesterne, som svarer til den aktuelle færdiggørelsesetape, samt et eksemplar af den EU-typegodkendelsesattest for et helt køretøj, der blev udstedt for køretøjet i den forudgående konstruktionsetape, samt udtømmende detaljerede oplysninger om eventuelle ændringer af og tilføjelser til køretøjet, som fabrikanten har foretaget.
De i dette stykke anførte oplysninger forelægges i overensstemmelse med artikel 24, stk. 3.
4.   Den godkendende myndighed og de tekniske tjenester skal have sådan adgang til software og algoritmer for køretøjet, som de skønner nødvendig for gennemførelsen af deres aktiviteter.
Den godkendende myndighed og de tekniske tjenester kan også kræve, at fabrikanten forelægger dokumentation eller enhver supplerende oplysning, der er nødvendig for at gøre det muligt for den godkendende myndighed eller de tekniske tjenester at udvikle en passende grad af forståelse af systemerne, herunder systemudviklingsprocessen og systemkonceptet, samt de software- og algoritmefunktioner, der er nødvendige for at verificere overensstemmelse med kravene i denne forordning, for at kunne beslutte, hvilke prøvninger der kræves, eller for at lette udførelsen af sådanne prøvninger.
KAPITEL IV
GENNEMFØRELSEN AF EU-TYPEGODKENDELSESPROCEDURERNE
Artikel 26
Almindelige bestemmelser om gennemførelsen af EU-typegodkendelsesprocedurerne
1.   For hver type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed meddeles kun én EU-typegodkendelse.
2.   En godkendende myndighed, der har modtaget en ansøgning i overensstemmelse med artikel 23, meddeler først EU-typegodkendelse efter at have verificeret alt det følgende:
a)
de ordninger til sikring af produktionens overensstemmelse, der er omhandlet i artikel 31
b)
at erklæringen omhandlet i artikel 23, stk. 3, er indgivet
c)
at typen af køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed opfylder de relevante krav
d)
i tilfælde af typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj i overensstemmelse med den trinvise, blandede eller etapevise typegodkendelsesprocedure verificerer den godkendende myndighed i overensstemmelse med artikel 22, stk. 4, at systemerne, komponenterne og de separate tekniske enheder er omfattet af særskilte og gyldige typegodkendelser meddelt i henhold til de krav, der gjaldt på tidspunktet for meddelelse af typegodkendelsen af et helt køretøj.
3.   Procedurerne med hensyn til EU-typegodkendelse som anført i bilag III og med hensyn til etapevis typegodkendelse som anført i bilag IX finder anvendelse.
Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag III og IX for at tage hensyn til den reguleringsmæssige og teknologiske udvikling ved at ajourføre procedurerne deri, for så vidt angår EU-typegodkendelse og etapevis typegodkendelse.
4.   Den godkendende myndighed samler en informationspakke, der består af informationsmappen som omhandlet i artikel 24 ledsaget af prøvningsrapporterne og alle andre dokumenter, som blev føjet til informationsmappen af den tekniske tjeneste eller den godkendende myndighed ved udførelsen af deres opgaver.
Informationspakken kan opbevares elektronisk. Den skal indeholde en indholdsfortegnelse med tydelig angivelse af alle sider og formatet for hvert dokument, og som kronologisk opregner eventuelle ændringer af EU-typegodkendelsen.
Den godkendende myndighed stiller informationspakken til rådighed i en periode på 10 år, efter at gyldigheden af den pågældende EU-typegodkendelse er ophørt.
5.   Den godkendende myndighed afslår at meddele en EU-typegodkendelse, hvis den konstaterer, at en type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed, som opfylder de relevante krav, ikke desto mindre udgør en alvorlig risiko for sikkerheden eller i alvorlig grad kan skade miljøet eller folkesundheden. I et sådant tilfælde sender den omgående de godkendende myndigheder i de andre medlemsstater og Kommissionen en detaljeret sagsmappe, hvori den redegør for grundene til sin beslutning og dokumentationen for sine konklusioner.
6.   I overensstemmelse med artikel 22, stk. 4, afslår den godkendende myndighed, hvis der er tale om trinvise, blandede og etapevise typegodkendelsesprocedurer, at meddele en EU-typegodkendelse, hvis den konstaterer, at systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder ikke opfylder kravene i denne forordning.
Den godkendende myndighed anmoder de godkendende myndigheder, der har meddelt typegodkendelser for systemerne, komponenterne eller de separate tekniske enheder, om at handle i overensstemmelse med artikel 54, stk. 2.
Artikel 27
Notifikation om meddelelse og ændring af, afslag på og inddragelse af EU-typegodkendelse
1.   Den godkendende myndighed giver, når den udsteder eller ændrer EU-typegodkendelsesattesten, de godkendende myndigheder i de øvrige medlemsstater, markedsovervågningsmyndighederne og Kommissionen adgang til et eksemplar af EU-typegodkendelsesattesten for hver type køretøj, system, komponent og separat teknisk enhed, for hvilken den har meddelt typegodkendelse, og til dennes bilag, herunder prøvningsrapporterne omhandlet i artikel 30. Dette eksemplar stilles til rådighed via det fælles, sikre elektroniske udvekslingssystem i overensstemmelse med de i denne artikels stk. 3 omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter.
2.   Den godkendende myndighed underretter straks de godkendende myndigheder i de øvrige medlemsstater og Kommissionen om sit afslag eller sin inddragelse af enhver EU-typegodkendelse med angivelse af grundene hertil via det fælles, sikre elektroniske udvekslingssystem i overensstemmelse med de i denne artikels stk. 3 omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter.
3.   For så vidt angår det fælles, sikre elektroniske udvekslingssystem vedtager Kommissionen gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger formatet for de elektroniske dokumenter, der skal gøres tilgængelige, udvekslingsmekanismen, de procedurer, som anvendes til at underrette myndigheder om meddelelse af EU-typegodkendelser, om ændringer, afslag og inddragelser deraf, og om de relevante sikkerhedsforanstaltninger. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Den første sådanne gennemførelsesretsakt vedtages senest den 5. juli 2020.
Artikel 28
EU-typegodkendelsesattest
1.   EU-typegodkendelsesattesten skal omfatte følgende bilag:
a)
den informationspakke, der er omhandlet i artikel 26, stk. 4
b)
de prøvningsrapporter, der er omhandlet i artikel 30, i tilfælde af typegodkendelse af et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed, eller bilaget med prøvningsresultater i tilfælde af typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj
c)
navn, stilling og underskriftsprøve for den eller de personer i virksomheden, som har bemyndigelse til at underskrive typeattester, hvis der er tale om typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj
d)
et udfyldt eksemplar af typeattesten for køretøjstypen, hvis der er tale om typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj.
2.   EU-typegodkendelsesattesten skal gives et unikt nummer i overensstemmelse med et harmoniseret nummereringssystem, der som minimum skal gøre det muligt at identificere den medlemsstat, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen, og at identificere de krav, som typen af køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed opfylder.
3.   Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger modellerne for henholdsvis EU-typegodkendelsesattesten, det harmoniserede nummereringssystem og bilaget med prøvningsresultater, herunder om de relevante elektroniske formater. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Den første sådanne gennemførelsesretsakt vedtages senest den 5. juli 2020.
4.   For hver enkelt type køretøj, system, komponent og separat teknisk enhed skal den godkendende myndighed:
a)
udfylde alle de relevante afsnit af EU-typegodkendelsesattesten, herunder dens bilag
b)
samle indholdsfortegnelsen til informationspakken som omhandlet i artikel 26, stk. 4
c)
straks udstede den udfyldte EU-typegodkendelsesattest og dens bilag til ansøgeren.
5.   I tilfælde af en EU-typegodkendelse, hvis gyldighed er blevet begrænset i overensstemmelse med artikel 39 eller 43 eller bilag II, del III, eller i forhold til hvilken visse bestemmelser i denne forordning eller i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, ikke finder anvendelse, skal EU-typegodkendelsesattesten indeholde oplysninger om sådanne begrænsninger eller om de bestemmelser, der ikke finder anvendelse.
6.   Hvis en fabrikant af køretøjer vælger den blandede typegodkendelsesprocedure, skal den godkendende myndighed udfylde informationspakken som omhandlet i artikel 26, stk. 4, med henvisninger til de prøvningsrapporter, som er omhandlet i artikel 30, for de systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, for hvilke der ikke er udstedt EU-typegodkendelsesattest. Den godkendende myndighed skal i informationspakken også klart angive de tekniske krav i retsakterne opført i bilag II, i forhold til hvilke køretøjet er prøvet.
7.   Hvis en fabrikant af køretøjer vælger proceduren for enkelttrinstypegodkendelse, skal den godkendende myndighed vedlægge EU-typegodkendelsesattesten en liste over relevante retsakter i overensstemmelse med modellen i de i stk. 3 omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter.
Artikel 29
Særlige bestemmelser om EU-typegodkendelser af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder
1.   Der meddeles EU-typegodkendelse af et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed, der er i overensstemmelse med angivelserne i informationsmappen omhandlet i artikel 24, og som opfylder de tekniske krav, der er fastsat i de relevante retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
2.   Hvis komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, uanset om de er eller ikke er beregnet til reparation, service eller vedligeholdelse, også er omfattet af en typegodkendelse af et system med hensyn til et køretøj, kræves ingen yderligere typegodkendelse af komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, medmindre en sådan typegodkendelse er foreskrevet i de relevante retsakter opført i bilag II.
3.   Hvis en komponent eller separat teknisk enhed kun kan opfylde sin funktion eller tilbyde en særlig funktionalitet i forbindelse med andre af køretøjets dele, og en verifikation af opfyldelsen af kravene derfor kun kan foretages, når komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed fungerer sammen med disse andre af køretøjets dele, skal rækkevidden af EU-typegodkendelsen af komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed begrænses tilsvarende.
På EU-typegodkendelsesattesten skal der i sådanne tilfælde anføres eventuelle begrænsninger i anvendelsen af komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed, og de særlige forskrifter for at montere den pågældende komponent eller separate tekniske enhed i et køretøj skal angives.
Hvis komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed er monteret i et køretøj, skal den godkendende myndighed på tidspunktet for godkendelse af køretøjet verificere, at komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed stemmer overens med alle relevante begrænsninger i anvendelsen eller forskrifter for monteringen.
Artikel 30
Påkrævede prøvninger med henblik på EU-typegodkendelse
1.   Den godkendende myndighed skal med henblik på meddelelse af EU-typegodkendelser verificere overensstemmelse med de tekniske krav i denne forordning ved hjælp af passende prøvninger, som udføres af dens tekniske tjenester.
2.   De grundlæggende elementer i prøvningerne, herunder de tekniske krav, for hvilke overensstemmelse blev verificeret ved prøvningerne, noteres i en prøvningsrapport.
3.   Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger prøvningsrapporternes format. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Den første sådanne gennemførelsesretsakt vedtages senest den 5. juli 2020.
4.   Fabrikanten stiller de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder til rådighed for de godkendende myndigheder og de pågældende tekniske tjenester, som i henhold til de relevante retsakter opført i bilag II kræves til udførelsen af de påkrævede prøvninger.
5.   De påkrævede prøvninger skal udføres på køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, som er repræsentative for den type, der skal godkendes.
6.   Hvis der er angivet et værdiinterval for de parametre og betingelser, som anvendes til gennemførelsen af de i stk. 1 omhandlede passende prøvninger, kan de tekniske tjenester vælge en hvilken som helst værdi inden for dette interval.
7.   Efter anmodning fra fabrikanten og med forbehold af samtykke fra den godkendende myndighed kan der i overensstemmelse med bilag VIII anvendes virtuelle prøvningsmetoder som alternativ til de prøvninger, der er omhandlet i stk. 1.
8.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag VIII for at tage hensyn til den tekniske og reguleringsmæssige udvikling ved at ajourføre den liste over retsakter, i henhold til hvilke en fabrikant eller en teknisk tjeneste kan anvende virtuelle prøvningsmetoder, og de specifikke betingelser, hvorunder sådanne virtuelle prøvningsmetoder skal anvendes.
Artikel 31
Ordninger til sikring af produktionens overensstemmelse
1.   En godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt EU-typegodkendelse, træffer de fornødne foranstaltninger i overensstemmelse med bilag IV for, om nødvendigt i samarbejde med de godkendende myndigheder i de øvrige medlemsstater, at verificere, at fabrikanten fremstiller køretøjerne, systemerne, komponenterne eller de separate tekniske enheder i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type.
2.   En godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj, skal verificere et statistisk relevant antal prøveeksemplarer af køretøjer og typeattester med hensyn til disses overensstemmelse med artikel 36 og 37 og verificere, at oplysningerne i disse typeattester er korrekte.
3.   En godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt en EU-typegodkendelse, træffer de fornødne foranstaltninger for, om nødvendigt i samarbejde med de godkendende myndigheder i de øvrige medlemsstater, at verificere, at de ordninger, der er omhandlet i denne artikels stk. 1 og 2, fortsat er tilstrækkelige til at sikre, at de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, der er i produktion, fortsat er i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type, og at typeattesterne fortsat er i overensstemmelse med artikel 36 og 37.
4.   For at verificere, at et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed er i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type, skal den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen, træffe de fornødne foranstaltninger til på prøveeksemplarer udtaget hos fabrikanten, herunder i produktionsanlæg, at udføre de kontroller eller prøvninger, som er påkrævede for EU-typegodkendelsen.
I overensstemmelse med bilag IV skal den godkendende myndighed træffe de fornødne foranstaltninger til at udføre sådanne kontroller eller prøvninger med den hyppighed, der er fastsat i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, eller, hvis der ikke er fastsat nogen hyppighed i disse retsakter, mindst én gang hvert tredje år.
5.   For at verificere, at et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed er i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type, skal den godkendende myndighed eller de tekniske tjenester:
a)
hvis der er fastsat et værdiinterval i de prøvningsprocedurer, der er fastsat i de relevante retsakter opført i bilag II, fastsætte værdierne tilfældigt inden for det fastsatte interval, når der gennemføres kontroller eller prøvninger, og
b)
have adgang til softwaren, algoritmerne, dokumentationen og eventuelle yderligere oplysninger i overensstemmelse med artikel 25, stk. 4.
6.   En godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt EU-typegodkendelse, træffer de fornødne foranstaltninger til at verificere, at fabrikanten opfylder forpligtelserne i kapitel XIV. Den skal navnlig verificere, om fabrikanten for at opfylde disse forpligtelser har ændret eller suppleret informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationerne om køretøjer.
7.   Når en godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt EU-typegodkendelse, konstaterer, at fabrikanten ikke længere producerer køretøjerne, systemerne, komponenterne eller de separate tekniske enheder i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type eller med kravene i denne forordning, eller at typeattesterne ikke længere er i overensstemmelse med artikel 36 og 37, selv om produktionen fortsætter, træffer myndigheden de nødvendige foranstaltninger til at sikre, at ordningerne til sikring af produktionens overensstemmelse følges korrekt, eller inddrager typegodkendelsen. Den godkendende myndighed kan beslutte at træffe alle fornødne restriktive foranstaltninger i overensstemmelse med kapitel XI.
8.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag IV for at tage hensyn til den teknologiske og reguleringsmæssige udvikling ved at ajourføre procedurerne til sikring af produktionens overensstemmelse.
Artikel 32
Gebyrer
1.   Gebyrerne for EU-typegodkendelsesaktiviteter opkræves fra fabrikanter, som har ansøgt om EU-typegodkendelse i den pågældende medlemsstat.
Medlemsstaterne sikrer, at der er tilstrækkelige ressourcer til rådighed til at dække omkostningerne til markedsovervågningsaktiviteter. Uden at det berører national ret, kan disse omkostninger dækkes via gebyrer, som kan opkræves af den medlemsstat, i hvilken køretøjerne bringes i omsætning.
2.   Medlemsstaterne kan opkræve administrationsgebyrer af de tekniske tjenester, som ansøger om at blive udpeget, med henblik på helt eller delvis at dække omkostningerne i forbindelse med de aktiviteter, der udføres af de nationale myndigheder med ansvar for tekniske tjenester i overensstemmelse med denne forordning.
KAPITEL V
ÆNDRINGER AF OG GYLDIGHED FOR EU-TYPEGODKENDELSER
Artikel 33
Almindelige bestemmelser om ændringer af EU-typegodkendelser
1.   Fabrikanten underretter straks den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt EU-typegodkendelsen, om enhver ændring i de oplysninger, der er registreret i informationspakken omhandlet i artikel 26, stk. 4, herunder enhver ændring i den udvidede dokumentationspakke i henhold til de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
Den godkendende myndighed afgør, om denne ændring nødvendiggør ændring i form af enten en revision eller en udvidelse af EU-typegodkendelsen efter artikel 34, eller om ændringen kræver en ny EU-typegodkendelse.
2.   En ansøgning om ændring kan kun indgives til den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte den eksisterende EU-typegodkendelse.
3.   Hvis en godkendende myndighed finder, at en ændring gør det nødvendigt at gentage inspektioner eller prøvninger, underretter den fabrikanten herom.
4.   Når en godkendende myndighed på grundlag af de inspektioner eller prøvninger, der er omhandlet i denne artikels stk. 3, finder, at kravene til EU-typegodkendelsen stadig er opfyldt, finder de procedurer, der er omhandlet i artikel 34, anvendelse.
5.   Hvis den godkendende myndighed finder, at ændringerne i de oplysninger, der er registreret i informationspakken, ikke kan dækkes af en udvidelse af den eksisterende typegodkendelse, skal den afslå at ændre EU-typegodkendelsen og anmode fabrikanten om at ansøge om en ny EU-typegodkendelse.
Artikel 34
Revision og udvidelse af EU-typegodkendelser
1.   En ændring betegnes som en »revision«, hvis en godkendende myndighed finder, at den pågældende type køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed trods den ændring i de oplysninger, der er registreret i den i artikel 26, stk. 4, omhandlede informationspakke, stadig opfylder de relevante krav for denne type, og at det derfor ikke er nødvendigt at gentage nogen inspektioner eller prøvninger.
I sådanne tilfælde skal den godkendende myndighed straks udstede de nødvendige rettelsesblade til informationspakken, idet hvert enkelt rettelsesblad mærkes tydeligt med ændringens art og datoen for den nye udstedelse, eller myndigheden skal udstede en konsolideret, ajourført version af informationspakken ledsaget af en detaljeret beskrivelse af ændringerne.
2.   Ændringen betegnes som en »udvidelse«, hvis den godkendende myndighed finder, at oplysningerne i informationspakken er blevet ændret, og et eller flere af følgende forhold gør sig gældende:
a)
yderligere inspektioner eller prøvninger er påkrævet for at verificere fortsat overholdelse af de krav, som den eksisterende EU-typegodkendelse er baseret på
b)
der er foretaget ændringer i oplysningerne i EU-typegodkendelsesattesten, bortset fra bilagene, eller
c)
nye krav i henhold til en af de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, får virkning for den godkendte type køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed.
I tilfælde af en udvidelse udsteder den godkendende myndighed straks en ajourført EU-typegodkendelsesattest, der forsynes med et udvidelsesnummer, der stiger fortløbende i overensstemmelse med antallet af successive udvidelser, der allerede er meddelt. Godkendelsesattesten skal tydeligt angive årsagen til udvidelsen, datoerne for genudstedelse og, hvor det er relevant, gyldighedsperioden.
3.   Hver gang, der udstedes ændrede blade til informationspakken eller en konsolideret, ajourført version af informationspakken, rettes også indekset til informationspakken, således at datoen for den seneste udvidelse eller revision eller datoen for den seneste konsolidering af den ajourførte version fremgår.
4.   Der kræves ingen udvidelse af typegodkendelsen af en type køretøj, hvis de nye krav omhandlet i stk. 2, litra c), teknisk set ikke er relevante for den pågældende type køretøj eller vedrører andre klasser af køretøjer end den klasse, som det pågældende køretøj hører ind under.
Artikel 35
Gyldighedens ophør
1.   Syv år efter den seneste opdatering af informationspakken i tilfælde af en EU-typegodkendelsesattest for et helt køretøj for køretøjer i klasse M
1
 og N
1
 og 10 år efter i tilfælde af køretøjer i klasse M
2
, M
3
, N
2
, N
3
, og O skal godkendelsesmyndigheden verificere, at køretøjstypen stemmer overens med alle retsakter, der er relevante for den pågældende type.
Hvis den godkendende myndighed foretager den verifikation, der er omhandlet i dette afsnits første stykke, er det ikke nødvendigt at gentage de i artikel 30 omhandlede prøvninger.
2.   En EU-typegodkendelse bliver ugyldig i hvert af følgende tilfælde:
a)
hvor nye krav, som finder anvendelse på den godkendte type køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed, bliver obligatoriske i forbindelse med tilgængeliggørelsen på markedet, registrering eller ibrugtagning, og EU-typegodkendelsen ikke kan udvides af de grunde, der er fastsat i artikel 34, stk. 2, litra c)
b)
hvor det ved en verifikation udført i overensstemmelse med nærværende artikels stk. 1 konkluderes, at køretøjet ikke stemmer overens med alle de retsakter, der er relevante for den pågældende type
c)
hvor produktionen af køretøjer, som er i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type køretøj, indstilles definitivt på frivillig basis, hvilket anses for at være sket, hvis der ikke er blevet fremstillet køretøjer af den pågældende type inden for de seneste to år. En sådan typegodkendelse er dog fortsat gyldig med henblik på registrering eller ibrugtagning, så længe dette stykkes litra a) ikke finder anvendelse
d)
hvor EU-typegodkendelsen er blevet inddraget i overensstemmelse med artikel 31, stk. 7
e)
hvor gyldigheden af EU-typegodkendelsesattesten udløber som følge af en begrænsning som omhandlet i artikel 39, stk. 6
f)
hvor det er konstateret, at typegodkendelsen er baseret på falske erklæringer eller forfalskning af prøvningsresultater, eller hvor oplysninger, som ville have ført til et afslag på typegodkendelsen, er blevet tilbageholdt.
3.   Hvor det i forbindelse med typegodkendelsen af et helt køretøj kun er én variant inden for en køretøjstype eller en version inden for en variant, der bliver ugyldig, mister typegodkendelsen af et helt køretøj af den pågældende køretøjstype kun sin gyldighed for så vidt angår den pågældende variant eller version.
4.   Når produktionen af en bestemt type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed indstilles definitivt, skal fabrikanten straks underrette den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt EU-typegodkendelsen.
Inden for en måned efter modtagelse af den underretning, der er omhandlet i første afsnit, underretter den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt EU-typegodkendelse for den pågældende type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed, de godkendende myndigheder i de øvrige medlemsstater herom.
5.   Hvis en EU-typegodkendelsesattest er ved at blive ugyldig, skal fabrikanten straks underrette den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt EU-typegodkendelsen, herom.
6.   Efter modtagelsen af fabrikantens underretning skal den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt EU-typegodkendelsen, straks meddele de godkendende myndigheder i de øvrige medlemsstater og Kommissionen alle relevante oplysninger om tilgængeliggørelse på markedet, registrering eller ibrugtagning af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, alt efter hvad der er relevant.
For så vidt angår køretøjer skal underretningen omhandlet i nærværende stykkes første afsnit indeholde produktionsdatoen og køretøjets identifikationsnummer (»VIN-nummer«), som defineret i artikel 2, nr. 2), i Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011 
(
19
)
, for det sidste køretøj, der er fremstillet.
KAPITEL VI
TYPEATTEST OG MÆRKNING
Artikel 36
Typeattest i papirformat
1.   Fabrikanten udsteder en typeattest i papirformat, der skal ledsage ethvert køretøj, som produceres i overensstemmelse med den godkendte køretøjstype, hvad enten køretøjet er komplet, ukomplet eller færdiggjort komplet. Med henblik herpå anvender fabrikanten modellen i de gennemførelsesretsakter, der er omhandlet i stk. 4.
Typeattesten i papirformat skal i konkrete vendinger beskrive køretøjets vigtigste egenskaber samt dets tekniske ydeevne. Typeattesten i papirformat skal indeholde køretøjets produktionsdato. Typeattesten i papirformat skal udformes på en sådan måde, at forfalskning undgås.
Typeattesten i papirformat skal leveres gratis til køberen sammen med køretøjet. Dens levering må ikke gøres afhængig af en udtrykkelig anmodning eller af indsendelse af yderligere oplysninger til fabrikanten.
2.   Fra den 5. juli 2026 skal fabrikanten fritages fra forpligtelsen i nærværende artikels stk. 1 til at udstede typeattesten i papirformat, der skal ledsage ethvert køretøj, hvis fabrikanten stiller typeattesten til rådighed i form af strukturerede data i elektronisk format i overensstemmelse med artikel 37, stk. 1.
3.   I en periode på 10 år efter køretøjets produktionsdato udsteder fabrikanten på anmodning af køretøjets ejer en genpart af typeattesten i papirformat mod en betaling, der ikke overstiger omkostningerne ved at udstede genparten af attesten. Ordet »genpart« skal være tydeligt og synligt angivet på forsiden af enhver genpart af typeattesten.
4.   Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter vedrørende typeattesten i papirformat, der navnlig fastsætter:
a)
modellen for typeattesten
b)
de sikkerhedselementer, der skal forhindre forfalskning af typeattesten, og
c)
specifikationerne vedrørende den måde, hvorpå typeattesten undertegnes.
Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Den første sådanne gennemførelsesretsakt vedtages før den 1. september 2020.
5.   Typeattesten i papirformat udfærdiges på mindst et af Unionens officielle sprog.
6.   Den eller de personer, som har bemyndigelse til at underskrive typeattester i papirformat, skal være ansat af fabrikanten og være behørigt bemyndiget til på fabrikantens vegne at påtage sig det juridiske ansvar med hensyn til køretøjets udformning og konstruktion eller produktionens overensstemmelse.
7.   Hele typeattesten i papirformat udfyldes, og den må ikke indeholde andre begrænsninger med hensyn til køretøjets brug end de, der fremgår af denne forordning eller af de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
8.   I tilfælde af et ukomplet basiskøretøj udfylder fabrikanten kun de punkter i typeattesten i papirformat, der er relevante i lyset af køretøjets færdiggørelsesstade.
9.   For ukomplette eller færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer udfylder fabrikanten kun de punkter i typeattesten i papirformat, som vedrører de dele, der er tilføjet eller ændret under den aktuelle godkendelsesetape, og vedlægger i givet fald alle typeattester i papirformat fra de forudgående etaper.
Artikel 37
Typeattester i elektronisk format
1.   Uden at det berører artikel 36, stk. 1, stiller fabrikanten fra den 5. juli 2026 uden vederlag og uden unødig forsinkelse efter køretøjets produktionsdato gratis typeattesten til rådighed for den godkendende myndighed, som har meddelt typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj, som strukturerede data i elektronisk format i overensstemmelse med gennemførelsesretsakterne omhandlet i nærværende artikels stk. 8.
2.   Uden at det berører artikel 36, stk. 1, kan enhver fabrikant stille typeattester til rådighed i overensstemmelse med nærværende artikels stk. 1 før den 5. juli 2026.
3.   Den godkendende myndighed stiller typeattesten til rådighed som strukturerede data i elektronisk format i overensstemmelse med gennemførelsesretsakterne omhandlet i stk. 8, således at typeattesten kan tilgås af medlemsstaternes godkendende myndigheder, markedsovervågningsmyndigheder og registreringsmyndigheder og af Kommissionen.
4.   Medlemsstaterne kan fritage fabrikanter fra forpligtelsen i nærværende artikels stk. 1, for så vidt angår køretøjstyper, der har en national typegodkendelse for køretøjer fremstillet i små serier i overensstemmelse med artikel 42.
5.   Den godkendende myndighed, der modtager typeattesten som strukturerede data i elektronisk format i overensstemmelse med gennemførelsesretsakterne omhandlet i nærværende artikels stk. 8, skal give læseadgang til typeattesten som fastsat i artikel 12, stk. 2. I forbindelse med etapevist opbyggede køretøjer skal sådan adgang gives til fabrikanten i den efterfølgende etape.
6.   Al dataudveksling i overensstemmelse med nærværende artikel skal foregå ved hjælp af sikre dataudvekslingsprotokoller.
7.   Medlemsstaterne skal opbygge og strukturere deres datanetværk således, at det kan modtage oplysninger om typeattesterne som strukturerede data i elektronisk format i overensstemmelse med de i stk. 8 omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter fra den 1. september 2025, fortrinsvis ved at benytte eksisterende systemer til udveksling af strukturerede data.
8.   Under hensyntagen til de oplysninger, der kræves angivet på typeattesten i papirformat, vedtager Kommissionen gennemførelsesretsakter vedrørende typeattesterne som strukturerede data i elektronisk format, der navnlig fastsætter:
a)
basisformatet og -strukturen af dataelementerne i typeattesterne i elektronisk format og de meddelelser, der anvendes i forbindelse med udvekslingen
b)
minimumskrav til sikker dataudveksling, herunder forhindring af dataforurening og datamisbrug, og foranstaltninger til at garantere de elektroniske datas ægthed, såsom anvendelse af digital signatur
c)
metoderne til udveksling af oplysningerne i typeattesten i elektronisk format
d)
minimumskravene til en køretøjsspecifik entydig identifikator og den form, som oplysningerne til køberen skal have, jf. stk. 5
e)
den i stk. 5 omhandlede læseadgang
f)
fritagelser for fabrikanter af særlige klasser af køretøjer og køretøjstyper, som fremstilles i små serier.
Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Den første sådanne gennemførelsesretsakt vedtages før den 1. september 2020.
9.   Medlemsstaterne skal kunne udveksle typeattester i elektronisk format i overensstemmelse med nærværende artikel med de øvrige medlemsstater senest fra den 5. juli 2026.
10.   Fra den 5. juli 2026 udsteder fabrikanten, hvor en national myndighed i undtagelsestilfælde anmoder herom, en genpart af typeattesten i papirformat.
Artikel 38
Fabrikantens foreskrevne og supplerende plader, mærkning og typegodkendelsesmærke på komponenter og separate tekniske enheder
1.   Fabrikanten af et køretøj forsyner hvert køretøj fremstillet i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type med det foreskrevne plade og, hvor det er relevant, supplerende plader samt angivelser eller symboler med den mærkning, der kræves efter denne forordning og de relevante retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
2.   Fabrikanten af en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed anbringer på alle komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er fremstillet i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type, uanset om de indgår i et system, det typegodkendelsesmærke, der kræves i henhold til de relevante retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
Hvis et sådant typegodkendelsesmærke ikke er påkrævet, anbringer fabrikanten mindst sit handelsnavn eller varemærke samt typenummeret eller et identifikationsnummer på komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed.
3.   Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger modellen for EU-typegodkendelsesmærket Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Den første sådanne gennemførelsesretsakt vedtages senest den 5. juli 2020.
4.   Erhvervsdrivende bringer kun køretøjer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder i omsætning eller gøre dem tilgængelige på markedet, hvis de er mærket i overensstemmelse med denne forordning.
KAPITEL VII
NYE TEKNOLOGIER ELLER NYE PRINCIPPER
Artikel 39
Fritagelser for nye teknologier eller nye principper
1.   Fabrikanten kan ansøge om EU-typegodkendelse af en type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed, hvori indgår nye teknologier eller nye principper, som er uforenelige med en eller flere af de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
2.   Den godkendende myndighed meddeler den EU-typegodkendelse, der er omhandlet i stk. 1, når alle følgende betingelser er opfyldt:
a)
ansøgningen om EU-typegodkendelse indeholder en begrundelse for, hvorfor de nye teknologier eller nye principper gør køretøjerne, systemerne, komponenterne eller de separate tekniske enheder uforenelige med en eller flere af retsakterne opført i bilag II
b)
ansøgningen om EU-typegodkendelse beskriver den nye teknologis eller det nye princips sikkerhedsmæssige og miljømæssige virkninger og de foranstaltninger, der er truffet for at sikre mindst et tilsvarende niveau af sikkerhed og miljøbeskyttelse som det, der opnås med de krav, for hvilke der søges om fritagelse
c)
der forelægges prøvningsbeskrivelser og -resultater, der påviser, at betingelsen i litra b) er opfyldt.
3.   Meddelelse af EU-typegodkendelser, der fritager nye teknologier eller nye principper, kræver tilladelse fra Kommissionen.
Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter med henblik på at afgøre, om den i dette stykkes første afsnit omhandlede tilladelse skal gives. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
4.   Indtil vedtagelse af gennemførelsesretsakter som omhandlet i stk. 3, kan den godkendende myndighed meddele en foreløbig EU-typegodkendelse, der kun er gyldig på medlemsstaten for den pågældende godkendende myndigheds område, for en køretøjstype, der er omfattet af den fritagelse, der ansøges om. Den godkendende myndighed underretter straks Kommissionen og de øvrige medlemsstater herom ved hjælp af en sagsmappe, der indeholder de oplysninger, der er omhandlet i stk. 2.
EU-typegodkendelsens foreløbige karakter og begrænsede territoriale gyldighed skal fremgå af overskriften på EU-typegodkendelsesattesten og overskriften på typeattesten.
5.   Godkendende myndigheder i andre medlemsstater kan acceptere den foreløbige EU-typegodkendelse, der er omhandlet i stk. 4, på deres område, forudsat at de skriftligt underretter den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt den midlertidige EU-typegodkendelse, om deres accept.
6.   Hvor det er relevant, skal det i de i stk. 3 omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter specificeres, hvorvidt tilladelser er underlagt begrænsninger, navnlig med hensyn til det maksimale antal køretøjer, der er omfattet. EU-typegodkendelsen skal under alle omstændigheder være gyldig i mindst 36 måneder.
7.   Hvis Kommissionen vedtager de i stk. 3 omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter, hvorved det afslås at give tilladelsen, underretter den godkendende myndighed omgående indehaveren af den i stk. 4 omhandlede foreløbige EU-typegodkendelse om, at den foreløbige EU-typegodkendelse vil blive inddraget seks måneder efter datoen for gennemførelsesretsakten.
Køretøjer, der er fremstillet i overensstemmelse med den foreløbige EU-godkendelse, inden dens gyldighed ophørte, kan dog bringes i omsætning, registreres eller ibrugtages i enhver medlemsstat, der har accepteret den foreløbige EU-typegodkendelse i overensstemmelse med stk. 5.
Artikel 40
Efterfølgende tilpasning af retsakter
1.   Hvis Kommissionen har tilladt meddelelse af EU-typegodkendelse i overensstemmelse med artikel 39, tager den omgående de nødvendige skridt til at tilpasse de berørte retsakter til den seneste teknologiske udvikling.
Hvis undtagelsen efter artikel 39 har relation til et FN-regulativ, foreslår Kommissionen en ændring af det relevante FN-regulativ efter den gældende procedure i overenskomsten af 1958 som revideret.
2.   Så snart de relevante retsakter er blevet ændret, ophæves enhver begrænsning i de i artikel 39, stk. 3, omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter.
3.   Hvis der ikke er taget de nødvendige skridt til at tilpasse de i denne artikels stk. 1 omhandlede retsakter, kan Kommissionen efter anmodning fra den medlemsstat, der meddelte den midlertidige EU-typegodkendelse, vedtage gennemførelsesretsakter for at beslutte, om der skal gives tilladelse til forlængelse af gyldigheden af den midlertidige EU-typegodkendelse. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
KAPITEL VIII
KØRETØJER FREMSTILLET I SMÅ SERIER
Artikel 41
EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier
1.   På fabrikantens anmodning og inden for de kvantitative årlige grænser, der er fastlagt for køretøjer i klasse M, N og O i bilag V, del A, punkt 1, meddeler medlemsstaterne EU-typegodkendelse af en type køretøj fremstillet i små serier, som mindst opfylder de tekniske krav, der er fastsat i tillæg 1 til bilag II, del I.
2.   Stk. 1 finder ikke anvendelse på køretøjer til særlig anvendelse.
3.   EU-typegodkendelsesattesten for køretøjer fremstillet i små serier gives et unikt nummer i overensstemmelse med et harmoniseret nummereringssystem, der som minimum gør det muligt at identificere den medlemsstat, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen, og de krav, som typen af køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed opfylder.
4.   Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger modellen for nummereringssystemet for EU-typegodkendelsesattester for køretøjer fremstillet i små serier. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
5.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af tillæg 1 til bilag II, del I, med henblik på at fastsætte de tekniske krav for køretøjer i klasse M, N og O og vedrørende ændring bilag V, del A, punkt 1, i overensstemmelse hermed, for så vidt angår de kvantitative årlige grænser.
Artikel 42
National typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier
1.   Fabrikanter kan ansøge om national typegodkendelse af en type køretøj fremstillet i små serier inden for de kvantitative årlige grænser, der er fastlagt i bilag V, del A, punkt 2. Disse grænser finder anvendelse i forbindelse med, at køretøjer af den godkendte type gøres tilgængelige på markedet, registreres eller ibrugtages på markedet i hver enkelt medlemsstat inden for et givet år.
2.   Medlemsstaterne kan beslutte at undtage enhver type køretøj som omhandlet i stk. 1 fra forpligtelsen til at overholdelse et eller flere af kravene i denne forordning eller et eller flere af de krav, der er fastsat i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, forudsat at disse medlemsstater har fastsat relevante alternative krav.
3.   Ved national typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier accepterer den typegodkendende myndighed systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er typegodkendt i overensstemmelse med de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
4.   EU-typegodkendelsesattesten for køretøjer fremstillet i små serier gives et unikt nummer i overensstemmelse med et harmoniseret nummereringssystem, der som et minimum gør det muligt at identificere den medlemsstat, der meddelte typegodkendelsen, og at karakterisere godkendelsen som værende meddelt for en national lille serie.
5.   Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger modellen og det harmoniserede nummereringssystem for den nationale typegodkendelsesattest for køretøjer fremstillet i små serier, som bærer overskriften »National typegodkendelsesattest for køretøjer fremstillet i små serier« og specificerer indholdet og karakteren af de undtagelser, der er meddelt i henhold til denne artikels stk. 2. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Indtil det tidspunkt, hvor Kommissionen vedtager sådanne gennemførelsesretsakter, kan medlemsstaterne fortsætte med at fastlægge formatet af nationale typegodkendelsesattester.
Artikel 43
Gyldigheden af en national typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier
1.   Gyldigheden af en national typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier er begrænset til den medlemsstat, hvis godkendende myndighed har meddelt den.
2.   Efter anmodning fra fabrikanten sender den godkendende myndighed de godkendende myndigheder i de af fabrikanten valgte medlemsstater en kopi af den nationale typegodkendelsesattest, herunder de relevante dele af informationspakken omhandlet i artikel 26, stk. 4, enten som anbefalet post eller som elektronisk post.
3.   Medlemsstaternes godkendende myndigheder skal acceptere den nationale typegodkendelse, medmindre de har rimelig grund til at antage, at de nationale tekniske krav, efter hvilke køretøjstypen er godkendt, ikke svarer til deres egne krav.
4.   Senest to måneder efter modtagelsen af de i stk. 2 omhandlede dokumenter meddeler de godkendende myndigheder i de af fabrikanten valgte medlemsstater den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt den nationale typegodkendelse, deres afgørelse om at acceptere typegodkendelsen eller ej. Hvis ingen sådan afgørelse er meddelt inden for denne frist, anses den nationale typegodkendelse for accepteret.
5.   Efter anmodning fra en ansøger, der ønsker at bringe et køretøj med national typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier i omsætning i en anden medlemsstat, eller at registrere eller ibrugtage det i en anden medlemsstat, forsyner den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt den nationale typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier, den nationale myndighed i den anden medlemsstat med en kopi af typegodkendelsesattesten, herunder de relevante dele af informationspakken.
Den nationale myndighed i den anden medlemsstat tillader omsætningen, registreringen eller ibrugtagningen af et sådant køretøj, medmindre den har rimelig grund til at antage, at de nationale tekniske krav, efter hvilke køretøjstypen er godkendt, ikke svarer til dens egne krav.
KAPITEL IX
INDIVIDUELLE GODKENDELSER AF KØRETØJER
Artikel 44
Individuelle EU-godkendelser af køretøjer
1.   Medlemsstaterne meddeler individuel EU-godkendelse for et køretøj, der opfylder kravene i tillæg 2 til bilag II, del I, eller, hvad angår køretøjer til særlig anvendelse, i bilag II, del III.
Dette kapitel finder ikke anvendelse på ukomplette køretøjer.
2.   En ansøgning om individuel EU-godkendelse indsendes af køretøjets ejer, fabrikanten, fabrikantens repræsentant eller importøren.
3.   Medlemsstaterne udfører ikke destruktive prøvninger for at fastslå, om køretøjet opfylder kravene omhandlet i stk. 1, men gør i stedet brug af alle relevante oplysninger fra ansøgeren til dette formål.
4.   Den individuelle EU-godkendelsesattest skal gives et unikt nummer i overensstemmelse med et harmoniseret nummereringssystem, der som minimum skal gøre det muligt at identificere den medlemsstat, der meddelte den individuelle EU-godkendelse af køretøjer.
5.   Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger modellen og det harmoniserede nummereringssystem for individuelle EU-godkendelsesattester for køretøjer. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Den første af disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages senest den 5. juli 2020.
6.   Medlemsstaterne tillader omsætning, registrering eller ibrugtagning af køretøjer med gyldig individuel EU-godkendelsesattest for køretøjer.
7.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag II, del I, med henblik på at fastsætte de tekniske krav for køretøjer i klasse M, N og O.
Artikel 45
Nationale individuelle godkendelser af køretøjer
1.   Medlemsstaterne kan beslutte at undtage et bestemt køretøj, uanset om det er unikt eller ej, fra forpligtelsen til at overholde en eller flere af denne forordnings krav eller fra et eller flere af de krav, der er fastsat i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, forudsat at disse medlemsstater har pålagt relevante alternative krav.
2.   En ansøgning om national individuel godkendelse af et køretøj indsendes af køretøjets ejer, fabrikanten, fabrikantens repræsentant eller importøren.
3.   Medlemsstaterne udfører ikke destruktive prøvninger for at fastslå, om køretøjet opfylder de alternative krav omhandlet i stk. 1, men gør i stedet brug af alle relevante oplysninger fra ansøgeren til dette formål.
4.   Ved national individuel godkendelse af køretøjer accepterer den typegodkendende myndighed systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er typegodkendt i overensstemmelse med de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
5.   En medlemsstat udsteder straks en national individuel godkendelsesattest for et køretøj, hvis køretøjet svarer til den beskrivelse, der er vedlagt ansøgningen, og opfylder de relevante alternative krav.
6.   Den nationale individuelle typegodkendelsesattest gives et unikt nummer i overensstemmelse med et harmoniseret nummereringssystem, der som minimum gør det muligt at identificere den medlemsstat, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen, og de krav, som køretøjet opfylder.
7.   Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger modellen og det harmoniserede nummereringssystem for den nationale individuelle godkendelsesattest for køretøjer. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Indtil det tidspunkt, hvor Kommissionen vedtager sådanne gennemførelsesretsakt, kan medlemsstaterne fortsætte med at fastlægge formatet af nationale individuelle godkendelsesattester.
Artikel 46
Gyldighed af nationale individuelle godkendelser af køretøjer
1.   Gyldigheden af en national individuel godkendelse af et køretøj er begrænset til den medlemsstat, der har meddelt den individuelle godkendelse af køretøjer.
2.   Efter anmodning fra en ansøger, der ønsker at gøre et køretøj med en national individuel godkendelse af køretøjer tilgængeligt på markedet i en anden medlemsstat eller at registrere eller ibrugtage det i en anden medlemsstat, forsyner den medlemsstat, der har meddelt godkendelsen, ansøgeren med en redegørelse for de tekniske krav, som køretøjet er godkendt på grundlag af.
3.   En medlemsstat tillader, at et køretøj, for hvilket en anden medlemsstat har meddelt national individuel godkendelse af køretøjer i overensstemmelse med artikel 45, på medlemsstatens område gøres tilgængeligt på markedet, registreres eller ibrugtages, medmindre den pågældende medlemsstat har rimelig grund til at antage, at de relevante alternative krav, som køretøjet er godkendt på grundlag af, ikke svarer til dens egne krav, eller at køretøjet ikke opfylder de pågældende krav.
4.   Denne artikel finder anvendelse på køretøjer, der er typegodkendt i overensstemmelse med denne forordning, og som er blevet ændret inden deres første registrering eller ibrugtagning.
Artikel 47
Særlige bestemmelser
1.   De procedurer, der er fastsat i artikel 44 og 45, kan anvendes på et bestemt køretøj, der er opbygget etapevist.
2.   De procedurer, der er fastsat i artikel 44 og 45, erstatter ikke en mellemetape inden for den normale sekvens i en etapevis typegodkendelsesprocedure og finder ikke anvendelse med henblik på at opnå godkendelse i første etape af et køretøj.
KAPITEL X
TILGÆNGELIGGØRELSE PÅ MARKEDET, REGISTRERING ELLER IBRUGTAGNING
Artikel 48
Tilgængeliggørelse på markedet, registrering eller ibrugtagning af andre køretøjer end restkøretøjer
1.   Uden at det berører artikel 51, 52 og 53, må køretøjer, for hvilke typegodkendelse af et køretøj er obligatorisk, eller for hvilke fabrikanten har opnået en sådan typegodkendelse, kun gøres tilgængelige på markedet, registreres eller ibrugtages, hvis de er ledsaget af en gyldig typeattest udstedt i overensstemmelse med artikel 36 og 37.
Registrering og ibrugtagning af ukomplette køretøjer kan afslås, så længe køretøjerne fortsat er ukomplette. Registrering og ibrugtagning af ukomplette køretøjer må ikke anvendes til at omgå anvendelsen af artikel 49.
2.   Antallet af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier, der tilgængeliggøres på markedet, registreres eller ibrugtages inden for samme år, må ikke overstige de kvantitative årlige grænser, der er fastsat i bilag V.
Artikel 49
Tilgængeliggørelse på markedet, registrering eller ibrugtagning af restkøretøjer
1.   Medlemsstaterne kan med forbehold af de grænser, der er angivet i bilag V, del B, og for en begrænset periode som angivet i stk. 2 registrere og tillade tilgængeliggørelse på markedet eller ibrugtagning af køretøjer, der svarer til en køretøjstype, for hvilken EU-typegodkendelsen ikke længere er gyldig.
Første afsnit finder kun anvendelse på køretøjer inden for Unionens område, der på produktionstidspunktet var omfattet af en gyldig EU-typegodkendelse, og som ikke var blevet registreret eller ibrugtaget, før den pågældende EU-typegodkendelse mistede sin gyldighed.
2.   Stk. 1 finder kun anvendelse på komplette køretøjer i en periode på 12 måneder fra den dato, hvor EU-typegodkendelsens gyldighed udløb, og på færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer i en periode på 18 måneder fra denne dato.
3.   En fabrikant, der ønsker at anvende stk. 1, indgiver en ansøgning herom til den kompetente myndighed i hver af de medlemsstater, som berøres af registreringen eller ibrugtagningen af de pågældende køretøjer. I ansøgningen angives de eventuelle tekniske eller økonomiske grunde, der er til hinder for, at køretøjerne opfylder de nye tekniske krav.
De berørte medlemsstater afgør inden for tre måneder efter modtagelse af en sådan ansøgning, om de tillader registrering eller ibrugtagning af køretøjerne inden for deres område, og i givet fald antallet af sådanne køretøjer.
4.   Medlemsstaterne anvender passende foranstaltninger for at sikre, at antallet af køretøjer, der registreres eller ibrugtages inden for rammerne af den i denne artikel omhandlede procedure, overvåges effektivt.
Artikel 50
Tilgængeliggørelse på markedet eller ibrugtagning af komponenter og separate tekniske enheder
1.   Komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, herunder dem, der er beregnet til eftermarkedet, må kun gøres tilgængelige på markedet eller ibrugtages, hvis de er i overensstemmelse med kravene i de relevante retsakter opført i bilag II og er mærket i overensstemmelse med artikel 38.
2.   Stk. 1 finder ikke anvendelse på komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som er specifikt konstrueret eller udformet til køretøjer, som ikke er omfattet af denne forordning.
3.   Medlemsstaterne kan tillade tilgængeliggørelse på markedet eller ibrugtagning af komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er undtaget i henhold til artikel 39 eller er beregnet til brug på køretøjer, der er omfattet af godkendelser meddelt i henhold til artikel 41, 42, 44 og 45 vedrørende den pågældende komponent eller separate tekniske enhed.
4.   Medlemsstaterne kan også tillade tilgængeliggørelse på markedet eller ibrugtagning af komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der skal anvendes på køretøjer, der ikke skulle typegodkendes efter denne forordning eller direktiv 2007/46/EF på det tidspunkt, hvor disse køretøjer blev gjort tilgængelige på markedet, registreret eller ibrugtaget.
5.   Medlemsstaterne kan også tillade tilgængeliggørelse på markedet eller ibrugtagning af udskiftningskomponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der skal anvendes på køretøjer, for hvilke der blev meddelt typegodkendelse før ikrafttrædelsen af kravene i de relevante retsakter opført i bilag II, i overensstemmelse med kravene i den relevante retsakt, der fandt anvendelse, da de pågældende typegodkendelser oprindeligt blev meddelt.
KAPITEL XI
BESKYTTELSESKLAUSULER
Artikel 51
National vurdering vedrørende køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der mistænkes for at udgøre en alvorlig risiko eller for manglende overholdelse
Hvis markedsovervågningsmyndighederne i en medlemsstat på grundlag af deres egne markedsovervågningsaktiviteter, eller på grundlag af oplysninger fra en godkendende myndighed eller en fabrikant eller på grundlag af klager har tilstrækkelig grund til at antage, at et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed udgør en alvorlig risiko for menneskers sundhed eller sikkerhed eller for varetagelsen af andre almene samfundshensyn omfattet af denne forordning eller ikke overholder kravene i denne forordning, skal de foretage en vurdering af den eller det pågældende køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed med hensyn til de relevante krav, der er fastsat i denne forordning. De relevante erhvervsdrivende og de relevante godkendende myndigheder skal samarbejde fuldt ud med markedsovervågningsmyndighederne, hvilket skal omfatte fremsendelse af resultaterne af alle relevante kontroller eller prøvninger udført i overensstemmelse med artikel 31.
Artikel 20 i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008 finder anvendelse på risikovurderingen af den eller det pågældende køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed.
Artikel 52
Nationale procedurer vedrørende køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der udgør en alvorlig risiko eller ikke overholder kravene
1.   Hvis markedsovervågningsmyndigheden i en medlemsstat efter at have foretaget vurderingen i henhold til artikel 51 finder, at et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed udgør en alvorlig risiko for menneskers sundhed eller sikkerhed eller for varetagelsen af andre almene samfundshensyn omfattet af denne forordning, pålægger den straks den relevante erhvervsdrivende at træffe alle passende korrigerende foranstaltninger straks til at sikre, at den eller det pågældende køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed ikke længere udgør en sådan risiko, når den eller det bringes i omsætning, registreres eller ibrugtages.
2.   Hvis markedsovervågningsmyndigheden i en medlemsstat efter at have foretaget vurderingen i henhold til artikel 51 finder, at et køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed ikke er i overensstemmelse med denne forordning, men ikke udgør en alvorlig risiko som omhandlet i nærværende artikels stk. 1, pålægger den straks den relevante erhvervsdrivende inden for en rimelig frist at træffe alle passende korrigerende foranstaltninger til at sikre, at køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed bringes i overensstemmelse. Denne frist skal stå i rimeligt forhold til alvoren af den manglende overensstemmelse for at sikre, at den eller det pågældende køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed stemmer overens med kravene, når den eller det bringes i omsætning, registreres eller ibrugtages.
Erhvervsdrivende skal i overensstemmelse med forpligtelserne fastsat i artikel 13-21 sikre, at der med hensyn til alle de pågældende køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som vedkommende har bragt i omsætning, registreret eller ibrugtaget i Unionen, træffes alle passende korrigerende foranstaltninger.
3.   Hvis den erhvervsdrivende ikke træffer tilstrækkelige korrigerende foranstaltninger inden for den relevante frist, der er omhandlet i stk. 1 eller 2, eller hvis risikoen kræver hurtig handling, skal de nationale myndigheder træffe alle passende foreløbige restriktive foranstaltninger for at forbyde eller begrænse tilgængeliggørelse på markedet, registrering eller ibrugtagning af de pågældende køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder på det nationale marked eller for at trække dem tilbage fra markedet eller tilbagekalde dem.
Artikel 21 i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008 finder anvendelse på de i dette stykkes første afsnit omhandlede restriktive foranstaltninger.
4.   Kommissionen kan vedtage gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger en klassificering af alvoren af den manglende overholdelse. og hvilke passende foranstaltninger de nationale myndigheder skal træffe for at sikre ensartet anvendelse af denne artikel. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Artikel 53
Korrigerende og restriktive foranstaltninger på EU-plan
1.   Den medlemsstat, der træffer korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger i overensstemmelse med artikel 52 underretter straks Kommissionen og de øvrige medlemsstater herom ved hjælp af ICSMS. Den underretter desuden straks den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt godkendelsen, om sine konklusioner.
De oplysninger, der gives, omfatter alle tilgængelige enkeltheder, navnlig de nødvendige data til identifikation af den eller det pågældende køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed, dens eller dets oprindelse, arten af den påståede manglende overholdelse og af den pågældende risiko, arten og varigheden af de trufne nationale korrigerende og restriktive foranstaltninger samt de argumenter, som den relevante erhvervsdrivende har fremsat.
2.   Den medlemsstat, der træffer de korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger, oplyser også, om risikoen eller den manglende overholdelse skyldes:
a)
at køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed ikke opfylder krav vedrørende menneskers sundhed eller sikkerhed, beskyttelse af miljøet eller andre aspekter af varetagelsen af almene samfundshensyn omfattet af denne forordning eller
b)
mangler i de relevante retsakter opført i bilag II.
3.   Medlemsstaterne, bortset fra den medlemsstat, der træffer korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger, underretter inden for en måned efter den i stk. 1 omhandlede underretning Kommissionen og de øvrige medlemsstater om eventuelle korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger, de har truffet, og giver eventuelle yderligere oplysninger, som de måtte råde over, om den eller det pågældende køretøjs, systems, komponents eller separate tekniske enheds manglende overholdelse eller risiko samt gør indsigelse, hvis de ikke er indforstået med den indberettede nationale foranstaltning.
4.   Hvis hverken en anden medlemsstat eller Kommissionen inden for én måned efter den i stk. 1 omhandlede underretning har gjort indsigelse mod en indberettet national foranstaltning, anses foranstaltningen for at være berettiget. De øvrige medlemsstater sikrer, at tilsvarende korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger straks træffes på deres område for så vidt angår den eller det pågældende køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed.
5.   Hvis en anden medlemsstat eller Kommissionen inden for en måned efter den i stk. 1 omhandlede underretning gør indsigelse mod en indberettet national foranstaltning, eller hvis Kommissionen finder, at en indberettet national foranstaltning er i strid med EU-retten, hører Kommissionen straks de berørte medlemsstater og den eller de relevante erhvervsdrivende.
På grundlag af den i dette stykkes første afsnit omhandlede høring vedtager Kommissionen gennemførelsesretsakter for at fastlægge harmoniserede korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger på EU-plan. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Kommissionen meddeler omgående den i andet afsnit omhandlede afgørelse til den eller de relevante erhvervsdrivende. Medlemsstaterne gennemfører sådanne retsakter straks og underretter Kommissionen herom.
Hvis Kommissionen finder, at en indberettet national foranstaltning er uberettiget, ophæver eller tilpasser den pågældende medlemsstat foranstaltningen i overensstemmelse med Kommissionens afgørelse omhandlet i andet afsnit.
6.   Hvis Kommissionen efter at have foretaget kontroller og prøvninger i overensstemmelse med artikel 9 konstaterer, at en korrigerende eller restriktiv foranstaltning er nødvendig på EU-plan, hører den straks de berørte medlemsstater og den eller de relevante erhvervsdrivende.
På grundlag af den i nærværende stykkes første afsnit omhandlede høring vedtager Kommissionen gennemførelsesretsakter for at fastlægge korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger på EU-plan. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Kommissionen meddeler omgående den i andet afsnit omhandlede afgørelse til den eller de relevante erhvervsdrivende. Medlemsstaterne gennemfører straks sådanne retsakter og underretter Kommissionen herom.
7.   Hvis risikoen eller den manglende overholdelse tilskrives mangler i retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, foreslår Kommissionen egnede foranstaltninger som følger:
a)
hvis der er tale om EU-retsakter, fremlægger Kommissionen et forslag til lovgivningsmæssig retsakt med de nødvendige ændringer til de pågældende retsakter
b)
hvis der er tale om FN-regulativer, foreslår Kommission de nødvendige udkast til ændringer af de relevante FN-regulativer efter den procedure, der er fastlagt i overenskomsten af 1958 som revideret.
8.   Hvis en korrigerende foranstaltning anses for berettiget i overensstemmelse med denne artikel eller er omfattet af de i stk. 5 eller 6 omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter, skal foranstaltningen være vederlagsfrit tilgængelig for indehavere af registreringer for de berørte køretøjer. Hvis der inden vedtagelsen af den korrigerende foranstaltning er udført reparationer på registreringsindehaverens regning, skal fabrikanten godtgøre omkostningerne ved sådanne reparationer op til og med omkostningerne til de reparationer, der kræves ved den pågældende korrigerende foranstaltning.
Artikel 54
EU-typegodkendelse, der ikke overholder kravene
1.   Hvis en godkendende myndighed finder, at en meddelt typegodkendelse ikke er i overensstemmelse med denne forordning, afslår den at anerkende godkendelsen.
2.   Den godkendende myndighed underetter den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen, de øvrige medlemsstaters godkendende myndigheder og Kommissionen om afslaget. Hvis typegodkendelsens manglende overholdelse inden for en måned efter underretningen bekræftes af den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen, inddrager denne godkendende myndighed typegodkendelsen.
3.   Hvis der inden for en måned efter underretningen omhandlet i stk. 2 er gjort indsigelse af den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte EU-typegodkendelsen, hører Kommissionen straks medlemsstaterne, navnlig den godkendende myndighed, der meddelte typegodkendelsen, og den relevante erhvervsdrivende.
4.   På grundlag af den i denne artikels stk. 3 omhandlede høring vedtager Kommissionen gennemførelsesretsakter for at fastslå, om afslaget på at anerkende en EU-typegodkendelse omhandlet i denne artikels stk. 1 er berettiget. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Kommissionen meddeler omgående den i første afsnit omhandlede afgørelse til de relevante erhvervsdrivende. Medlemsstaterne gennemfører sådanne retsakter straks og underretter Kommissionen herom.
5.   Hvis Kommissionen efter kontroller og prøvninger i overensstemmelse med artikel 9 konstaterer, at en meddelt typegodkendelse ikke er i overensstemmelse med denne forordning, hører den straks medlemsstaterne, navnlig den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt typegodkendelsen, og den relevante erhvervsdrivende.
På grundlag af høringerne omhandlet i dette stykkes første afsnit vedtager Kommissionen en gennemførelsesretsakt for at træffe beslutning om nægtelse af anerkendelsen af den i nærværende artikels stk. 1 omhandlede typegodkendelse. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtager efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
6.   Artikel 51, 52 og 53 finder anvendelse på køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, som er omfattet af en typegodkendelse, der ikke overholder kravene, og allerede er gjort tilgængelige på markedet.
Artikel 55
Omsætning og ibrugtagning af dele eller udstyr, der kan udgøre en alvorlig risiko for væsentlige systemers korrekte funktion
1.   Dele eller udstyr, der kan udgøre en alvorlig risiko for den korrekte funktion af systemer, der er væsentlige for køretøjets sikkerhed eller for dets miljøpræstationer, må ikke bringes i omsætning, må ikke ibrugtages og skal forbydes, medmindre de er blevet tilladt af en godkendende myndighed i overensstemmelse med artikel 56.
2.   Sådanne tilladelser gælder kun det begrænsede antal dele eller udstyr, som er opført på den i stk. 4 omhandlede liste.
3.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende supplering af denne forordning ved at fastsætte kravene til at tillade dele eller udstyr omhandlet i nærværende artikels stk. 1.
Disse krav kan baseres på de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, eller kan bestå i, at der foretages en sammenligning mellem delenes eller udstyrets miljø- eller sikkerhedspræstationer og de originale deles og det originale udstyrs miljø- eller sikkerhedspræstationer, alt efter hvad der er relevant. I begge tilfælde skal kravene sikre, at delene eller udstyret ikke hæmmer funktionen af de systemer, der er væsentlige for køretøjets sikkerhed eller for dets miljøpræstationer.
4.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag VI for at tage hensyn til den tekniske og reguleringsmæssige udvikling ved at fastlægge og ajourføre listen over dele eller udstyr på basis af en vurdering af følgende:
a)
i hvilket omfang der er en alvorlig risiko for sikkerheden eller miljøpræstationerne for køretøjer, der er monteret med de pågældende dele eller det pågældende udstyr
b)
de potentielle virkninger for forbrugerne og fabrikanterne på eftermarkedet af en eventuel tilladelse for de dele eller udstyr, som er omhandlet i artikel 56, stk. 1.
5.   Stk. 1 finder ikke anvendelse på originale dele eller originalt udstyr eller på dele eller udstyr tilhørende et system, der er typegodkendt efter en af de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, medmindre typegodkendelsen vedrører andre aspekter end den alvorlige risiko, der er omhandlet i stk. 1.
Med henblik på denne artikel forstås ved »originale dele eller originalt udstyr« dele eller udstyr, der er fremstillet i overensstemmelse med de specifikationer og produktionsstandarder, som køretøjsfabrikanten har fastlagt for samlingen af det pågældende køretøj.
6.   Denne artikels stk. 1 finder ikke anvendelse på dele eller udstyr, der udelukkende er fremstillet til racerkøretøjer. Dele eller udstyr, der er opført i bilag VI, og som anvendes både i væddeløb og til kørsel på vej, må kun gøres tilgængelige på markedet for køretøjer, der er bestemt til brug på offentlig vej, hvis de opfylder de krav, der er fastsat i de delegerede retsakter, der er omhandlet i denne artikels stk. 3, og er blevet tilladt af Kommissionen. Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter for at beslutte, om sådanne tilladelser skal meddeles. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Artikel 56
Relaterede krav til dele eller udstyr, der kan udgøre en alvorlig risiko for væsentlige systemers korrekte funktion
1.   En fabrikant af dele eller udstyr kan ansøge om den i artikel 55, stk. 1, omhandlede tilladelse ved at indgive en ansøgning til den godkendende myndighed ledsaget af en prøvningsrapport, der er udarbejdet af en teknisk tjeneste, og som attesterer, at de dele eller det udstyr, som der søges om tilladelse for, opfylder kravene omhandlet i artikel 55, stk. 3. En sådan fabrikant kan kun indsende én ansøgning pr. type del eller udstyr og kun til én godkendende myndighed.
2.   Ansøgningen om tilladelsen skal indeholde oplysninger om fabrikanten af delene eller udstyret, delenes eller udstyrets type, identifikationsnumre og reservedelsnumre, køretøjsfabrikantens navn, køretøjets type og, hvor det er relevant, fremstillingsår og eventuelle andre oplysninger, der gør det muligt at identificere det køretøj, som delene eller udstyret skal monteres på.
Den godkendende myndighed tillader omsætning og ibrugtagning af delene eller udstyret, hvis den under hensyntagen til den i denne artikels stk. 1 omhandlede prøvningsrapport og anden dokumentation finder, at de pågældende dele eller det pågældende udstyr overholder kravene omhandlet i artikel 55, stk. 3.
Den godkendende myndighed udsteder straks en tilladelsesattest til fabrikanten.
Kommissionen vedtager gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger modellen og nummereringssystemet for den i dette stykkes tredje afsnit omhandlede tilladelsesattest. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
3.   Fabrikanten underretter straks den godkendende myndighed, der udstedte tilladelsen, om enhver ændring, der berører de betingelser, hvorunder tilladelsen er udstedt. Den godkendende myndighed tager stilling til, om tilladelsen skal revideres eller genudstedes, og om yderligere prøvninger er nødvendige.
Fabrikanten skal sikre, at delene eller udstyret fremstilles og fortsætter med at blive fremstillet under de betingelser, hvorunder tilladelsen er udstedt.
4.   Før den godkendende myndighed udsteder en tilladelse, verificerer myndigheden, at der findes ordninger og procedurer til sikring af effektiv kontrol med produktionens overensstemmelse.
Hvis den godkendende myndighed finder, at betingelserne for at udstede tilladelsen ikke længere er opfyldt, anmoder myndigheden fabrikanten om at træffe de nødvendige foranstaltninger til at sikre, at delene eller udstyret bringes i overensstemmelse. Den inddrager om nødvendigt tilladelsen.
5.   Efter anmodning fra en national myndighed i en anden medlemsstat, skal den godkendende myndighed, der har udstedt tilladelsen, inden for en frist på en måned efter at have modtaget anmodningen sende den pågældende nationale myndighed en kopi af den udstedte tilladelsesattest med tilhørende bilag via et fælles sikkert elektronisk udvekslingssystem. Kopien kan også være i form af en sikker elektronisk fil.
6.   En godkendende myndighed, der er uenig i den tilladelse, der er udstedt af en anden medlemsstat, skal gøre Kommissionen opmærksom på grundene til sin uenighed. Kommissionen træffer passende foranstaltninger til at løse uenigheden. Kommissionen kan efter at have hørt de relevante godkendende myndigheder om nødvendigt bl.a. vedtage gennemførelsesretsakter med krav om inddragelse af tilladelsen. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
7.   Indtil den liste, der er omhandlet i artikel 55, stk. 4, er udarbejdet, kan medlemsstaterne opretholde nationale bestemmelser om dele eller udstyr, der kan påvirke den korrekte funktion af systemer, der er væsentlige for køretøjets sikkerhed eller miljøpræstationer.
KAPITEL XII
INTERNATIONALE REGULATIVER
Artikel 57
FN-regulativer, der er påkrævede for EU-typegodkendelse
1.   FN-regulativer eller ændringer hertil, som Unionen har stemt for eller anvender, og som er opført i bilag II, indgår i kravene til EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder.
2.   Hvis Unionen har stemt for et FN-regulativ eller ændringer hertil i forbindelse med typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj, vedtager Kommissionen delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende supplering af denne forordning ved at gøre FN-regulativet eller ændringerne hertil obligatoriske eller vedrørende ændring af denne forordning.
Disse delegerede retsakter specificerer datoerne, fra hvilke anvendelse af det pågældende FN-regulativ eller de pågældende ændringer skal være obligatorisk, og omfatter, hvor det er relevant, overgangsbestemmelser og, hvis det er relevant med henblik på EU-typegodkendelse, første registrering og ibrugtagning af køretøjer og tilgængeliggørelse på markedet af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder.
Artikel 58
FN-regulativers ækvivalens med henblik på EU-typegodkendelse
1.   De FN-regulativer, der er opført i bilag II, del II, anerkendes som værende ækvivalente med de tilsvarende retsakter, i det omfang de har samme anvendelsesområde og genstand.
2.   Medlemsstaternes godkendende myndigheder accepterer typegodkendelser meddelt i overensstemmelse med de i stk. 1 omhandlede FN-regulativer og, hvor dette er relevant, accepterer de dertil hørende godkendelsesmærkninger i stedet for de tilsvarende typegodkendelser og godkendelsesmærkninger meddelt i overensstemmelse med denne forordning og de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
KAPITEL XIII
LEVERING AF TEKNISKE OPLYSNINGER
Artikel 59
Oplysninger beregnet for brugerne
1.   Fabrikanten må ikke levere tekniske oplysninger vedrørende detaljer om typen af køretøj, system, komponent, separat teknisk enhed, del eller udstyr, der er fastsat bestemmelser om i denne forordning, eller i de retsakter, som er opført i bilag II, der afviger fra oplysningerne i den typegodkendelse, der er givet af den godkendende myndighed.
2.   Fabrikanten stiller alle sådanne relevante oplysninger og nødvendige vejledninger til rådighed for brugerne, som beskriver eventuelle særlige betingelser for eller begrænsninger af brugen af et køretøj, et system, en komponent, en separat teknisk enhed, en del eller udstyr.
3.   De i stk. 2 omhandlede oplysninger gives på det eller de officielle sprog i den medlemsstat, hvor køretøjet, systemet, komponenten, den separate tekniske enhed, delen eller udstyret skal bringes i omsætning, registreres eller ibrugtages. De anføres også i instruktionsbogen.
Artikel 60
Oplysninger beregnet for fabrikanter
1.   Fabrikanter af køretøjer stiller alle sådanne oplysninger, som er nødvendige for EU-typegodkendelse af systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, eller for at opnå tilladelse som omhandlet i artikel 55, stk. 1, til rådighed for fabrikanter af systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr.
Fabrikanter af køretøjer kan pålægge de fabrikanter af systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr en bindende aftale om fortrolig behandling af oplysninger, der ikke er offentligt tilgængelige, herunder oplysninger vedrørende intellektuelle ejendomsrettigheder.
2.   Fabrikanter af systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr giver fabrikanter af køretøjer alle nærmere oplysninger om de begrænsninger, der gælder for disses typegodkendelser, og som enten er omhandlet i artikel 29, stk. 3, eller er pålagt ved en retsakt, der er opført i bilag II.
KAPITEL XIV
ADGANG TIL INFORMATIONER FRA KØRETØJETS OBD OG REPARATIONS- OG VEDLIGEHOLDELSESINFORMATIONER OM KØRETØJER
Artikel 61
Fabrikantens forpligtelse til at give informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer
1.   Fabrikanten giver uafhængige aktører ubegrænset, standardiseret og ikkediskriminerende adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD, diagnoseudstyr og andet udstyr samt værktøjer, herunder de fuldstændige referencer til og tilgængelige downloads af den relevante software, og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer. Oplysningerne præsenteres på en let tilgængelig måde i form af datasæt, der er maskinlæsbare, og som kan behandles elektronisk. Uafhængige aktører skal have adgang til de fjerndiagnosticeringstjenester, der anvendes af fabrikanter og autoriserede forhandlere og reparatører.
Fabrikanten stiller en standardiseret, sikker teletjeneste til rådighed for at sætte uafhængige reparatører i stand til at udføre indgreb, der kræver adgang til køretøjernes sikkerhedssystem.
2.   Indtil Kommissionen har vedtaget en relevant standard gennem arbejdet i Den Europæiske Standardiseringsorganisation (CEN) eller et tilsvarende standardiseringsorgan, skal informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer præsenteres på en let tilgængelig måde, så de ved en rimelig indsats kan behandles af uafhængige aktører.
Informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationerne om køretøjer gøres tilgængelige på fabrikanternes websteder i et standardiseret format eller, hvis dette på grund af oplysningerne karakter ikke er muligt, i et andet passende format. For andre uafhængige aktører end reparatører gives oplysningerne også i et maskinlæsbart format, der kan behandles elektronisk med almindeligt tilgængelige IT-værktøjer og software, og som gør det muligt for uafhængige aktører at udføre den opgave, der er forbundet med deres virksomhed, i forsyningskæden på eftermarkedet.
3.   I følgende tilfælde er det dog tilstrækkeligt, at fabrikanten giver de krævede oplysninger omgående på en lettilgængelig måde, når en uafhængig aktør anmoder herom:
a)
ved køretøjstyper, der er omfattet af en national typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier som omhandlet i artikel 42
b)
ved køretøjer til særlig anvendelse
c)
ved køretøjstyper i klasse O
1
 og O
2
, der ikke anvender diagnoseværktøjer eller fysisk eller trådløs kommunikation med den eller de elektroniske styreenheder i køretøjet, med det formål at foretage diagnosticering eller omprogrammering af køretøjerne
d)
ved den sidste etape af typegodkendelsen i en etapevis typegodkendelsesprocedure, når den sidste etape kun omfatter karrosseri, der ikke indeholder elektroniske køretøjskontrolsystemer, og alle basiskøretøjets elektroniske køretøjskontrolsystemer forbliver uændrede.
4.   De detaljerede tekniske krav til adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, navnlig tekniske oplysninger om, hvordan informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer skal gives, er fastsat i bilag X.
5.   Fabrikanterne stiller endvidere undervisningsmateriale til rådighed for uafhængige aktører og autoriserede forhandlere og reparatører.
6.   Fabrikanter sikrer, at informationerne fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationerne om køretøjer altid er tilgængelige, når der bortses fra den nødvendige vedligeholdelse af informationssystemet.
Fabrikanter stiller eventuelle efterfølgende ændringer af eller supplementer til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer til rådighed på deres websted, så snart de stilles til rådighed for autoriserede reparatører.
7.   Med henblik på fremstilling og vedligeholdelse af OBD-kompatible udskiftnings- eller servicekomponenter samt diagnoseværktøjer og prøveudstyr stiller fabrikanten uden forskelsbehandling de relevante informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer til rådighed for enhver interesseret fabrikant eller reparatør af komponenter, diagnoseværktøjer eller prøveudstyr.
8.   Med henblik på udformning, fremstilling og reparation af udstyr til køretøjer, der anvender alternative brændstoffer, stiller fabrikanter uden forskelsbehandling de relevante informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer til rådighed for enhver interesseret fabrikant, installatør eller reparatør af udstyr til køretøjer, som anvender alternative brændstoffer.
9.   Hvis reparations- og vedligeholdelsesoptegnelser for et køretøj opbevares i en central database, som tilhører fabrikanten af køretøjet eller forvaltes på dennes vegne, skal uafhængige reparatører have vederlagsfri adgang til sådanne oplysninger, og det skal være muligt for dem at indføre oplysninger om reparation og vedligeholdelse, som de har udført.
10.   Dette kapitel finder ikke anvendelse på køretøjer, som er omfattet af individuelle godkendelser af køretøjer.
11.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag X for at tage hensyn til den tekniske og reguleringsmæssige udvikling eller for at forhindre misbrug ved at ajourføre kravene vedrørende adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, herunder reparations- og vedligeholdelsesaktiviteter, der understøttes af trådløse Wide Area Networks, og ved at vedtage og integrere de standarder, der er omhandlet i nærværende artikels stk. 2. Kommissionen tager hensyn til eksisterende informationsteknologi, forudsigelige fremtidige køretøjsteknologier, gældende ISO-standarder og muligheden for en verdensomspændende ISO-standard.
Artikel 62
Forpligtelser i forhold til indehavere af flere typegodkendelser
1.   Den fabrikant, der er ansvarlig for den respektive typegodkendelse af et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed eller for en bestemt etape af et køretøj, er i tilfælde af en blandet typegodkendelse, en trinvis typegodkendelse eller en etapevis typegodkendelse ansvarlig for formidling af reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer vedrørende den eller det pågældende system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed eller vedrørende den pågældende etape til både slutfabrikanten og de uafhængige aktører.
2.   I tilfælde af en etapevis typegodkendelse er slutfabrikanten ansvarlig for at give adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjerne for egen fremstillingsetape eller egne fremstillingsetaper og forbindelsen til den foregående etape eller de foregående etaper.
Artikel 63
Gebyrer for adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer
1.   Fabrikanter kan opkræve rimelige og forholdsmæssigt afpassede gebyrer for adgangen til andre reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer end de i artikel 61, stk. 10, omhandlede optegnelser. Disse gebyrer må ikke afholde den uafhængige aktør fra at søge adgang til disse oplysninger, fordi gebyrets størrelse ikke modsvarer den uafhængige aktørs anvendelsesbehov. Der gives vederlagsfri adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer for nationale myndigheder, Kommissionen og tekniske tjenester.
2.   Fabrikanten stiller reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjet, herunder transaktionsrelaterede tjenester såsom omprogrammering eller teknisk bistand, til rådighed på time-, dags-, måneds- og årsbasis, og gebyrerne for adgang til disse oplysninger skal variere i overensstemmelse med til adgangsperiodens længde.
Udover tidsbaseret adgang kan fabrikanterne tilbyde transaktionsbaseret adgang, hvor der opkræves gebyrer pr. transaktion og ikke på grundlag af varigheden af den periode, hvor adgang gives.
Hvis fabrikanten tilbyder begge adgangssystemer, vælger uafhængige reparatører adgangssystemer, der kan være enten tidsbaserede eller transaktionsbaserede.
Artikel 64
Dokumentation for overholdelse af forpligtelser vedrørende informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer
1.   En fabrikant, der har ansøgt om EU-typegodkendelse eller national typegodkendelse, skal inden seks måneder fra datoen for den respektive typegodkendelse dokumentere sin overholdelse af dette kapitel over for den godkendende myndighed.
2.   Hvis sådan dokumentation for overholdelsen ikke foreligger inden for den i nærværende artikels stk. 1 omhandlede periode, træffer den godkendende myndighed passende foranstaltninger i overensstemmelse med artikel 65.
Artikel 65
Overholdelse af forpligtelserne vedrørende adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer
1.   En godkendende myndighed kan til enhver tid på eget initiativ, på grundlag af en klage eller på grundlag af en vurdering foretaget af en teknisk tjeneste kontrollere, om en fabrikant overholder dette kapitel og betingelserne i fabrikantens attest om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer omhandlet i tillæg 1 til bilag X.
2.   Hvis en godkendende myndighed konstaterer, at fabrikanten ikke har overholdt sine forpligtelser med hensyn til adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, træffer den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt den relevante typegodkendelse, passende foranstaltninger for at afhjælpe situationen.
Disse foranstaltninger kan omfatte inddragelse eller suspension af typegodkendelsen, bøder eller andre foranstaltninger, der vedtages i henhold til artikel 84.
3.   Hvis en uafhængig aktør eller en brancheorganisation, der repræsenterer uafhængige aktører, indgiver en klage til den godkendende myndighed om fabrikantens manglende overholdelse af dette kapitel, foretager den godkendende myndighed en revision med henblik på at verificere fabrikantens overholdelse. Den godkendende myndighed anmoder den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt typegodkendelsen af køretøjet, om at undersøge klagen og om derefter at anmode fabrikanten af køretøjet om dokumentation, der viser, at det af fabrikanten indførte system er i overensstemmelse med denne forordning. Resultaterne af denne undersøgelse meddeles til den nationale godkendende myndighed og den pågældende uafhængige aktør eller brancheorganisation inden tre måneder efter anmodningen.
4.   Ved gennemførelsen af revisionen kan den godkendende myndighed anmode en teknisk tjeneste eller enhver anden uafhængig ekspert om at gennemføre en vurdering for at verificere, om forpligtelserne vedrørende adgangen til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer er opfyldt.
Artikel 66
Forummet om adgang til køretøjsinformationer
1.   Forummet om adgang til køretøjsinformationer vedrørende adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, der er oprettet i henhold til artikel 13, stk. 9, i Kommissionens forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008 
(
20
)
, omfatter også alle køretøjer under denne forordnings anvendelsesområde.
Det udøver sin virksomhed i overensstemmelse med bilag X til nærværende forordning.
2.   Forummet om adgang til køretøjsinformationer vurderer, hvorvidt adgangen til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer påvirker de fremskridt, der gøres med hensyn til at reducere tyveri af køretøjer, og fremsætter henstillinger med henblik på at forbedre kravene vedrørende adgang til sådanne oplysninger. Forummet om adgang til køretøjsinformationer rådgiver navnlig Kommissionen om indførelse af en procedure, hvorved akkrediterede organisationer godkender og autoriserer uafhængige aktører til at tilgå oplysninger om køretøjers sikkerhed.
Kommissionen kan beslutte at holde forummet om adgang til køretøjsinformationers drøftelser og resultater fortrolige.
KAPITEL XV
VURDERING, UDPEGELSE, NOTIFIKATION OG OVERVÅGNING AF TEKNISKE TJENESTER
Artikel 67
Typegodkendende myndighed med ansvar for tekniske tjenester
1.   Den typegodkendende myndighed, der er udpeget af medlemsstaten i henhold til artikel 6, stk. 2, (med henblik på dette kapitel benævnt »den typegodkendende myndighed«), har ansvaret for vurdering, udpegelse, notifikation og overvågning af tekniske tjenester, herunder, hvis det er relevant, underentreprenører eller dattervirksomheder af disse tekniske tjenester. Den typegodkendende myndighed kan beslutte, at vurderingen og overvågningen af tekniske tjenester og, hvis det er relevant, underentreprenører eller dattervirksomheder af disse tekniske tjenester skal foretages af et nationalt akkrediteringsorgan.
2.   Typegodkendende myndigheder underkastes peerevalueringer for så vidt angår enhver aktivitet, som de udfører i forbindelse med vurdering og overvågning af tekniske tjenester.
Peerevalueringer omfatter de vurderinger af tekniske tjenesters samlede eller delvise drift, som de typegodkendende myndigheder har foretaget i overensstemmelse med artikel 73, stk. 4, herunder vurderinger af personalets kompetencer, korrektheden af prøvnings- og inspektionsmetoden og korrektheden af prøvningsresultater på grundlag af et defineret anvendelsesområde for de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, del I.
Aktiviteter i forbindelse med vurdering og overvågning af tekniske tjenester, der kun beskæftiger sig med nationale individuelle godkendelser meddelt i overensstemmelse med artikel 45 eller med nationale typegodkendelser af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier meddelt i overensstemmelse med artikel 42, er undtaget fra peerevaluering.
Typegodkendende myndigheders vurderinger af akkrediterede tekniske tjenester er undtaget fra peerevaluering.
3.   Typegodkendende myndigheder underkastes ikke peerevaluering, når de udpeger alle deres tekniske tjenester udelukkende på grundlag af akkreditering af de tekniske tjenester.
4.   Den typegodkendende myndighed må ikke yde rådgivningstjenester på kommercielt eller konkurrencemæssigt grundlag.
5.   Den typegodkendende myndighed skal have et tilstrækkeligt personale til rådighed til at udføre de opgaver, der er fastsat i denne forordning.
6.   Hver medlemsstat giver Kommissionen, forummet, og andre medlemsstater, som anmoder herom, oplysninger om sine procedurer for vurdering, udpegelse og notifikation af tekniske tjenester og for overvågning af tekniske tjenester samt om eventuelle ændringer i procedurerne.
Kommissionen kan vedtage gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger modellen for afgivelse af oplysninger om medlemsstaternes procedurer som omhandlet i nærværende stykkes første afsnit. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
7.   Typegodkendende myndigheder, der er underkastet peerevaluering, fastlægger procedurer for intern revision i overensstemmelse med tillæg 2 til bilag III. Sådan intern revision foretages mindst en gang om året. Hyppigheden af intern revision kan dog reduceres, hvis den typegodkendende myndighed kan godtgøre, at dens forvaltningssystem gennemføres effektivt og har dokumenteret stabilitet.
8.   Peerevaluering af en typegodkendende myndighed skal foretages mindst en gang hvert femte år af et peerevalueringshold bestående af to typegodkendende myndigheder fra andre medlemsstater.
Kommissionen kan beslutte at deltage i peerevalueringsholdet på grundlag af en risikoanalyse.
Peerevalueringen foretages under ansvar af den godkendende myndighed, som er genstand for evalueringen, og omfatter et besøg på lokaliteterne hos en teknisk tjeneste, der udvælges af peerevalueringsholdet.
Typegodkendende myndigheder, der ikke er underkastet peerevaluering i henhold til stk. 3, deltager ikke i nogen af aktiviteterne vedrørende peerevalueringsholdet.
9.   Under behørig hensyntagen til forummets betragtninger kan Kommissionen vedtage gennemførelsesretsakter, der fastlægger en plan for peerevalueringer, der omfatter en periode på mindst fem år, og kriterier for sammensætningen af peerevalueringsholdet, den til peerevalueringen anvendte metode, tidsplan, hyppighed og andre opgaver i forbindelse med peerevalueringen. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
10.   Resultatet af peerevalueringerne undersøges af forummet. Kommissionen udarbejder et sammendrag af resultaterne af peerevalueringerne og gør dem offentligt tilgængelige.
Artikel 68
Udpegelse af tekniske tjenester
1.   De typegodkendende myndigheder udpeger tekniske tjenester til en eller flere af de følgende aktivitetskategorier, afhængigt af deres kompetenceområde:
a)
kategori A: prøvninger omhandlet i denne forordning og i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, som tekniske tjenester udfører i deres egne faciliteter
b)
kategori B: tilsynet med de i denne forordning og i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, omhandlede prøvninger, herunder prøvningsforberedelse, når sådanne prøvninger udføres i fabrikantens eller tredjemands faciliteter
c)
kategori C: den regelmæssige vurdering og overvågning af fabrikantens procedurer til kontrol af produktionens overensstemmelse
d)
kategori D: tilsynet med eller udførelsen af prøvninger eller inspektioner som led i overvågningen af produktionens overensstemmelse.
2.   Hver medlemsstat kan udpege en typegodkendende myndighed til teknisk tjeneste i forbindelse med en eller flere af de i stk. 1 omhandlede aktivitetskategorier.
3.   En teknisk tjeneste oprettes i henhold til en medlemsstats ret og skal være en juridisk person, medmindre der er tale om en teknisk tjeneste tilhørende en typegodkendende myndighed eller fabrikantens akkrediterede interne tekniske tjeneste, som omhandlet i artikel 72.
4.   Tekniske tjenester tegner en ansvarsforsikring for deres aktiviteter, medmindre et sådant ansvar i henhold til national ret er pålagt medlemsstaten, eller medmindre medlemsstaten selv er direkte ansvarlig for overensstemmelsesvurderingen.
5.   Andre tekniske tjenester i tredjelande end dem, der er udpeget i overensstemmelse med artikel 72, kan kun udpeges og kun notificeres til Kommissionen i henhold til artikel 74, hvis muligheden for at udpege sådanne tekniske tjenester er fastsat i en bilateral aftale mellem Unionen og det pågældende tredjeland. Dette hindrer ikke, at en teknisk tjeneste, som er etableret i henhold til en medlemsstats ret i overensstemmelse med nærværende artikels stk. 3, kan oprette underafdelinger i tredjelande, forudsat at disse underafdelinger ledes og kontrolleres direkte af den udpegede tekniske tjeneste.
Artikel 69
Tekniske tjenesters uafhængighed
1.   En teknisk tjeneste, herunder dens personale, skal være uafhængig og udføre de aktiviteter, den er udpeget til, med størst mulig faglig integritet og den fornødne tekniske kompetence på det specifikke område, den opererer på, og den må ikke påvirkes af nogen form for pression eller incitamenter, navnlig af økonomisk art, som kan have indflydelse på dens dømmekraft eller resultaterne af dens vurderingsaktiviteter, navnlig ikke pression eller incitamenter fra personer eller grupper af personer, som har en interesse i resultaterne af disse aktiviteter.
2.   En teknisk tjeneste skal være en tredjepartsorganisation eller et tredjepartsorgan, der ikke er involveret i processen vedrørende udformning, fremstilling, levering eller vedligeholdelse af det køretøj, det system, den komponent eller den separate tekniske enhed, som den vurderer, prøver eller inspicerer.
En organisation eller et organ, der tilhører en brancheorganisation eller erhvervssammenslutning, som repræsenterer virksomheder, der er involveret i udformning, fremstilling, levering eller vedligeholdelse af de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som organisationen eller organet vurderer, prøver eller inspicerer, kan anses for at opfylde de i første afsnit omhandlede krav, forudsat at dets uafhængighed og fravær af enhver interessekonflikt er påvist for den typegodkendende myndighed i den relevante medlemsstat.
3.   En teknisk tjeneste, dens øverste ledelse og det personale, der er ansvarligt for at varetage de aktiviteter, som de er udpeget til i henhold til artikel 68, stk. 1, må ikke udforme, fabrikere, levere eller reparere de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som de vurderer, og ej eller repræsentere parter, der deltager i disse aktiviteter. Dette udelukker ikke anvendelsen af de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, der er nødvendige for driften af den tekniske tjeneste, eller anvendelsen af sådanne køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder til personlige formål.
4.   En teknisk tjeneste skal sikre, at dens dattervirksomheders eller underentreprenørers aktiviteter ikke påvirker fortroligheden, objektiviteten og uvildigheden af de aktivitetskategorier, som den er udpeget til.
5.   Tekniske tjenesters personale har tavshedspligt med hensyn til alle oplysninger, det kommer i besiddelse af ved udførelsen af sine opgaver efter denne forordning, undtagen over for den typegodkendende myndighed og, hvor det er relevant, det nationale akkrediteringsorgan, eller såfremt andet gælder i henhold til EU-retten eller national ret.
Artikel 70
Tekniske tjenesters kompetencer
1.   En teknisk tjeneste skal være i stand til at udføre alle de aktiviteter, som den ansøger om at blive udpeget til overensstemmelse med artikel 68, stk. 1. Den skal over for den typegodkendende myndighed eller det nationale akkrediteringsorgan, der foretager vurderingen eller gennemfører overvågningen af den tekniske tjeneste, påvise, at den opfylder alle følgende betingelser:
a)
dens personale har de rette færdigheder, specifik tekniske viden, faglig uddannelse samt tilstrækkelig og passende erfaring til at udføre de aktiviteter, som den ansøger om at blive udpeget til
b)
den er i besiddelse af beskrivelser af de relevante procedurer for de aktiviteter, som den ansøger om at blive udpeget til, under behørig hensyntagen til kompleksiteten af de pågældende køretøjers, systemers, komponenters eller separate tekniske enheders teknologi og til produktionsprocessens karakter af masse- eller serieproduktion. Den tekniske tjeneste skal påvise disse procedurers gennemsigtighed og reproducerbarhed
c)
den har de nødvendige midler til at udføre de opgaver, der er forbundet med den eller de kategorier af aktiviteter, som den ansøger om at blive udpeget til, og har adgang til alt nødvendigt udstyr eller alle nødvendige faciliteter.
2.   En teknisk tjeneste skal også påvise, at den har de passende færdigheder, den specifikke tekniske viden og dokumenteret erfaring til at udføre prøvninger og inspektioner med henblik på at vurdere overensstemmelsen af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder med denne forordning og skal påvise, at den overholder de standarder, der er nævnt i tillæg 1 til bilag III. De standarder, der er nævnt i tillæg 1 til bilag III, finder dog ikke anvendelse med hensyn til sidste etape i en national etapevis procedure som omhandlet i artikel 47, stk. 1.
3.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag III for så vidt angår kravene til vurdering af de tekniske tjenester.
Artikel 71
Dattervirksomheder af og underentreprise i tilknytning til tekniske tjenester
1.   Tekniske tjenester kan med samtykke fra den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed give nogle af de kategorier af aktiviteter, som de er udpeget til i overensstemmelse med artikel 68, stk. 1, i underentreprise eller lade aktiviteterne udføre af en dattervirksomhed.
2.   Hvis en teknisk tjeneste giver bestemte opgaver i forbindelse med de kategorier af aktiviteter, som den er udpeget til, i underentreprise eller lader en dattervirksomhed udføre disse opgaver, skal den sikre, at underentreprenøren eller dattervirksomheden opfylder kravene i artikel 68, 69 og 70, og oplyse den typegodkendende myndighed herom.
3.   Tekniske tjenester har det fulde ansvar for de opgaver, der udføres af deres underentreprenører eller dattervirksomheder, uanset hvor disse er etableret.
4.   Tekniske tjenester stiller de relevante dokumenter vedrørende den typegodkendende myndigheds vurdering eller det nationale akkrediteringsorgans akkreditering af underentreprenøren eller dattervirksomheden og de opgaver, som disse har udført, til rådighed for den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed.
Artikel 72
Fabrikantens interne tekniske tjeneste
1.   En fabrikants interne tekniske tjeneste kan udpeges til teknisk tjeneste for aktiviteter under kategori A som omhandlet i artikel 68, stk. 1, litra a), men kun for så vidt angår de retsakter, der er opført i bilag VII. En intern teknisk tjeneste skal udgøre en separat og særskilt del af fabrikantens virksomhed og må ikke være involveret i udformning, fremstilling, levering eller vedligeholdelse af de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, den vurderer.
2.   En intern teknisk tjeneste som omhandlet i stk. 1 skal opfylde følgende krav:
a)
den er blevet akkrediteret af et nationalt akkrediteringsorgan og opfylder kravene i tillæg 1 og 2 til bilag III
b)
den interne tekniske tjeneste, herunder dens personale, er organisatorisk identificerbar og har rapporteringsmetoder inden for fabrikantens virksomhed, som den udgør en del af, som sikrer dens uvildighed og dokumenterer denne uvildighed over for den relevante typegodkendende myndighed og det nationale akkrediteringsorgan
c)
hverken den interne tekniske tjeneste eller dens personale deltager i aktiviteter, som kan være i strid med deres uafhængighed eller integritet til at udføre de kategorier af aktiviteter, som de er blevet udpeget til
d)
den leverer kun sine tjenester til fabrikantens virksomhed, som den er en del af.
3.   Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende ændring af bilag VII for at tage hensyn til den tekniske og reguleringsmæssige udvikling ved at ajourføre listen over retsakter og de i disse indeholdte begrænsninger.
Artikel 73
Vurdering og udpegelse af tekniske tjenester
1.   Den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste indgiver en formel ansøgning til den typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, hvor den anmoder om at blive udpeget i overensstemmelse med tillæg 2, del 4, til bilag III. Ansøgningen skal specificere de kategorier af aktiviteter, som den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste ansøger om at blive udpeget til.
2.   Før en typegodkendende myndighed udpeger en teknisk tjeneste, vurderer den typegodkendende myndighed eller det nationale akkrediteringsorgan tjenesten i overensstemmelse med en vurderingstjekliste, som mindst omfatter de krav, der er fastlagt i tillæg 2 til bilag III. Vurderingen omfatter en vurdering på stedet hos den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste og, hvor det er relevant, hos eventuelle datterselskaber eller underentreprenører, hvad enten disse befinder sig i eller uden for Unionen.
3.   I de tilfælde, hvor vurderingen foretages af et nationalt akkrediteringsorgan, forelægger den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste den typegodkendende myndighed et gyldigt akkrediteringscertifikat og den tilsvarende vurderingsrapport, der attesterer, at den tekniske tjeneste opfylder kravene i tillæg 2 til bilag III for de kategorier af aktiviteter, som den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste ansøger om at blive udpeget til.
4.   I de tilfælde, hvor vurderingen foretages af den typegodkendende myndighed, udpeger den typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, af hvilken den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste har anmodet om at blive udpeget, formelt et fælles vurderingshold, der sammensættes af repræsentanter for de typegodkendende myndigheder i mindst to andre medlemsstater og en repræsentant for Kommissionen.
Hvis den tekniske tjeneste anmoder om at blive udpeget i en anden medlemsstat end den, hvori den er etableret, skal en af repræsentanterne fra det fælles vurderingshold være fra den typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, hvori den tekniske tjeneste er etableret, medmindre den pågældende typegodkendende myndighed beslutter ikke at deltage i det fælles vurderingshold.
Det fælles vurderingshold deltager i vurderingen af den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste, herunder vurderingen på stedet. Den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, hvor den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste har anmodet om at blive udpeget, yder det fælles vurderingshold al nødvendig bistand og giver rettidig adgang til al dokumentation, der er nødvendig for at vurdere den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste.
5.   I de tilfælde, hvor vurderingen foretages af den typegodkendende myndighed, der udpeger tekniske tjenester, der ansøger om at udføre prøvninger udelukkende for nationale individuelle godkendelser af køretøjer i overensstemmelse med artikel 45, er den typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, hvor den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste har anmodet om at blive udpeget, undtaget fra forpligtelsen til at udpege et fælles vurderingshold. De tekniske tjenester, der udelukkende kontrollerer den korrekte montering af komponenter i klasse O
1
 og O
2
, er også undtaget fra vurderingen.
6.   Hvis den tekniske tjeneste har anmodet om at blive udpeget af en eller flere typegodkendende myndigheder fra andre medlemsstater end den medlemsstat, hvori den er etableret, i overensstemmelse med artikel 74, stk. 2, udføres vurderingen kun én gang, forudsat at hele området for den tekniske tjenestes udpegelse er blevet dækket i denne vurdering.
7.   Det fælles vurderingshold tager under vurderingsprocessen konstaterede forhold op vedrørende den ansøgende tekniske tjenestes manglende overholdelse af kravene i artikel 68-72, artikel 80 og 81 og tillæg 2 til bilag III. Sådanne resultater drøftes inden for det fælles vurderingshold.
8.   Det fælles vurderingshold udarbejder efter vurderingen på stedet en rapport, hvori der redegøres for, i hvilket omfang den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste opfylder kravene i artikel 68-72, artikel 80 og 81 og tillæg 2 til bilag III.
9.   Den i stk. 8 omhandlede rapport indeholder et sammendrag af eventuel identificeret manglende overholdelse sammen med en henstilling om, hvorvidt sagsøgeren kan udpeges som teknisk tjeneste.
10.   Den typegodkendende myndighed meddeler Kommissionen navnene på sine repræsentanter, der deltager på hvert fælles vurderingshold, og disses ekspertiseområder.
11.   Den typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, hvori den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste har anmodet om at blive udpeget, sender rapporten om resultaterne af vurderingen i overensstemmelse med procedurerne i tillæg 2 til bilag III til Kommissionen og efter anmodning til de typegodkendende myndigheder i de øvrige medlemsstater. Rapporten indeholder dokumentation for den tekniske tjenestes kompetencer og for de ordninger, som den typegodkendende myndighed har indført til regelmæssigt at overvåge den tekniske tjeneste.
12.   De typegodkendende myndigheder i de øvrige medlemsstater og Kommissionen kan tage vurderingsrapporten og dokumentationen op til fornyet overvejelse, stille spørgsmål eller udtrykke betænkeligheder og anmode om yderligere dokumentation senest en måned efter datoen for modtagelsen af vurderingsrapporten og dokumentationen.
13.   Den typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, hvor den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste har anmodet om at blive udpeget, svarer på spørgsmål, betænkeligheder og anmodninger om yderligere dokumentation senest fire uger efter modtagelsen heraf.
14.   De typegodkendende myndigheder i de andre medlemsstater eller Kommissionen kan indtil fire uger efter modtagelsen af det i stk. 13 omhandlede svar enkeltvis eller sammen rette henstillinger til den typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, hvor den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste har anmodet om at blive udpeget. Den typegodkendende myndighed tager hensyn til henstillingerne, når den træffer afgørelse om udpegelsen af den tekniske tjeneste. Hvis den typegodkendende myndighed beslutter ikke at følge henstillingerne fra de øvrige medlemsstater eller Kommissionen, giver den en begrundelse herfor senest to uger efter sin afgørelse.
15.   Gyldigheden af udpegelsen af tekniske tjenester er begrænset til en periode på fem år.
16.   En typegodkendende myndighed, der ønsker at blive udpeget som teknisk tjeneste i overensstemmelse med artikel 68, stk. 2, dokumenterer sin overholdelse af denne forordning gennem en vurdering foretaget af uafhængige revisorer. Disse revisorer kan være fra samme organisation, forudsat at de forvaltes uafhængigt af det personale, der udfører den vurderede aktivitet, og forudsat at de opfylder de krav, der er fastsat i tillæg 2 til bilag III.
Artikel 74
Notifikation til Kommissionen vedrørende udpegelsen af tekniske tjenester
1.   Den typegodkendende myndighed meddeler Kommissionen navn, adresse, herunder e-mailadresse, de ansvarlige personer og aktivitetskategorien for hver teknisk tjeneste, de har udpeget. Notifikationen skal klart præcisere udpegelsens omfang, aktiviteterne og procedurerne for overensstemmelsesvurderingen, typen af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, og de emner, der er anført i bilag II, for hvilke de tekniske tjenester er udpeget, samt de tekniske tjenesters eventuelle underentreprenører eller dattervirksomheder og eventuelle senere ændringer af disse oplysninger.
Sådan notifikation foretages forud for de udpegede tekniske tjenesters gennemførelse af enhver aktivitet som omhandlet i artikel 68, stk. 1.
2.   En teknisk tjeneste kan udpeges af en eller flere typegodkendende myndigheder i andre medlemsstater end den, hvori tjenesten er etableret, forudsat at hele omfanget af den typegodkendende myndigheds udpegelse er omfattet af en akkreditering udstedt i overensstemmelse med artikel 73, stk. 3, eller af en vurdering udført i overensstemmelse med artikel 73, stk. 4.
3.   Kommissionen offentliggør på sit websted, og ajourfører, en liste med de nærmere kontaktoplysninger for de udpegede tekniske tjenester, deres underentreprenører og deres dattervirksomheder, der er meddelt til den i overensstemmelse med denne artikel.
Artikel 75
Ændring og fornyelse af udpegelsen af tekniske tjenester
1.   Hvis den typegodkendende myndighed har konstateret eller er blevet underrettet om, at en teknisk tjeneste ikke længere opfylder kravene i denne forordning, begrænser, suspenderer eller inddrager den godkendende myndighed, alt efter hvad der er relevant, udpegelsen, afhængigt af, hvor alvorlig den manglende opfyldelse af kravene er.
Den typegodkendende myndighed underretter omgående Kommissionen og de øvrige medlemsstaters typegodkendende myndigheder om enhver begrænsning, suspension eller inddragelse af en udpegelse.
Kommissionen ajourfører listen omhandlet i artikel 74, stk. 3, i overensstemmelse hermed.
2.   Hvis udpegelsen begrænses, suspenderes eller inddrages, eller hvis den tekniske tjeneste har indstillet sine aktiviteter, skal den typegodkendende myndighed sikre, at denne tekniske tjenestes sager står til rådighed for den godkendende myndighed eller for markedsovervågningsmyndighederne eller overføre disse sager til en anden teknisk tjeneste valgt af fabrikanten efter aftale med den pågældende tekniske tjeneste.
3.   Den typegodkendende myndighed vurderer inden for tre måneder fra notifikationen omhandlet i stk. 1, andet afsnit, hvorvidt den tekniske tjenestes manglende overholdelse har en indvirkning på EU-typegodkendelsesattester udstedt på grundlag af inspektion og prøvningsrapporter udstedt af den tekniske tjeneste med forbehold af den ændrede udpegelse, og underretter de øvrige godkendende myndigheder og Kommissionen herom.
Senest to måneder efter, at den har givet meddelelse om ændring af udpegelsen, indsender den typegodkendende myndighed en rapport om sine resultater vedrørende den manglende overholdelse til Kommissionen og de øvrige typegodkendende myndigheder. Hvis det er nødvendigt for at sikre et tilstrækkeligt sikkerhedsniveau for køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, der allerede er bragt i omsætning, giver den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed de pågældende typegodkendende myndigheder instrukser om inden for en rimelig frist at suspendere eller inddrage alle attester, der er uretmæssigt udstedt.
4.   Hvis udpegelsen af tekniske tjenester er blevet begrænset, suspenderet eller inddraget, forbliver EU-typegodkendelsesattester, der er udstedt på grundlag af inspektion og prøvningsrapporter udstedt af disse tekniske tjenester, gyldige, medmindre disse typegodkendelser bliver ugyldige i overensstemmelse med artikel 35, stk. 2, litra f).
5.   Udvidelser af området for den tekniske tjenestes udpegelse, som fører til udpegelsen af supplerende aktivitetskategorier som omhandlet i artikel 68, stk. 1, vurderes efter proceduren i artikel 73.
Udvidelser af anvendelsesområdet for den tekniske tjenestes udpegelse alene for de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II, kan foretages i overensstemmelse med fremgangsmåden fastsat i tillæg 2 til bilag III og med forbehold af den notifikation, der er omhandlet i artikel 74.
6.   Udpegelsen til en teknisk tjeneste fornyes kun, efter at den typegodkendende myndighed har verificeret, at den tekniske tjeneste fortsat opfylder kravene i denne forordning. Denne vurdering gennemføres efter proceduren i artikel 73.
Artikel 76
Overvågning af tekniske tjenester
1.   Den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed overvåger løbende de tekniske tjenester for at sikre overensstemmelse med kravene i artikel 68-72, artikel 80 og 81 og tillæg 2 til bilag III.
Nærværende stykkes første afsnit finder ikke anvendelse på aktiviteter, der udføres af tekniske tjenester, som overvåges af akkrediteringsorganer i overensstemmelse med artikel 67, stk. 1, med henblik på at sikre overholdelse af kravene i artikel 68-72, artikel 80 og 81 og tillæg 2 til bilag III.
Tekniske tjenester forelægger på anmodning alle de relevante oplysninger og dokumenter, der er nødvendige for, at den pågældende udpegende typegodkendende myndighed eller det pågældende nationale akkrediteringsorgan kan verificere overholdelsen af disse krav.
Tekniske tjenester underretter straks den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed eller det pågældende nationale akkrediteringsorgan om eventuelle ændringer, navnlig for så vidt angår deres personale, faciliteter, dattervirksomheder eller underentreprenører, som kan påvirke overensstemmelsen med de krav, der er fastsat i artikel 68-72, artikel 80 og 81 og tillæg 2 til bilag III, eller deres evne til at udføre overensstemmelsesvurderingsopgaver, der vedrører de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, for hvilke de er blevet udpeget.
2.   Tekniske tjenester besvarer straks anmodninger fra en typegodkendende myndighed eller Kommissionen vedrørende de overensstemmelsesvurderinger, som de har foretaget.
3.   Den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed sikrer, at den tekniske tjeneste opfylder sin forpligtelse i denne artikels stk. 2, medmindre der er en legitim grund til ikke at gøre dette.
Hvor den pågældende typegodkendende myndighed anerkender en legitim grund, underretter den Kommissionen herom.
Kommissionen hører medlemsstaterne straks. På grundlag af høringen vedtager Kommissionen gennemførelsesretsakter for at fastslå, om den legitime grund er berettiget eller ej. Sådanne gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
Den tekniske tjeneste og den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed kan anmode om, at enhver oplysning, der fremsendes til den typegodkendende myndighed i en anden medlemsstat eller til Kommissionen, behandles fortroligt.
4.   Den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed vurderer mindst hver 30. måned, om hver enkelt teknisk tjeneste under dens ansvar fortsat opfylder kravene i artikel 68-72, artikel 80 og 81 og tillæg 2 til bilag III. Denne vurdering omfatter en vurdering på stedet hos hver enkelt teknisk tjeneste under dens ansvar.
Senest to måneder efter afslutningen af denne vurdering af den tekniske tjeneste aflægger hver medlemsstat rapport til Kommissionen og de øvrige medlemsstater om sine overvågningsaktiviteter. Disse rapporter skal indeholde en sammenfatning af vurderingerne, som gøres offentligt tilgængelig.
Artikel 77
Anfægtelse af tekniske tjenesters kompetencer
1.   Kommissionen undersøger i samarbejde med den typegodkendende myndighed i den pågældende medlemsstat alle sager, hvor Kommissionen er blevet gjort opmærksom på forhold, der kan give anledning til at betvivle en teknisk tjenestes kompetencer eller fortsatte opfyldelse af de krav og forpligtelser, der påhviler den i henhold til denne forordning. Kommissionen kan også indlede sådanne undersøgelser på eget initiativ.
Kommissionen undersøger den tekniske tjenestes ansvar, hvis det er påvist, eller hvis der er berettiget grund til at antage, at en typegodkendelse er udstedt på grundlag af urigtige oplysninger, at prøvningsresultater er blevet forfalsket, eller at oplysninger eller tekniske specifikationer, som ville have ført til afslag på meddelelse af typegodkendelse, er blevet tilbageholdt.
2.   Kommissionen hører den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed som led i den undersøgelse, der er omhandlet i stk. 1. Denne typegodkendende myndighed giver efter anmodning Kommissionen alle relevante oplysninger vedrørende gennemførelsen og overholdelsen af kravene om uafhængighed og kompetence for den pågældende tekniske tjeneste.
3.   Kommissionen sikrer, at alle følsomme oplysninger, den kommer i besiddelse af som led i sine undersøgelser, behandles fortroligt.
4.   Hvis Kommissionen konstaterer, at en teknisk tjeneste ikke eller ikke længere opfylder kravene for sin udpegelse, eller at den er ansvarlig for en af de situationer, der er nævnt i stk. 1, underretter den typegodkendende myndigheds medlemsstat herom.
Kommissionen anmoder medlemsstaten om at træffe restriktive foranstaltninger, herunder begrænsning, suspension eller inddragelse af udpegelsen, hvis det er nødvendigt.
Hvis en medlemsstat ikke træffer de nødvendige restriktive foranstaltninger, kan Kommissionen vedtage gennemførelsesretsakter for at beslutte at begrænse, suspendere eller inddrage udpegelsen af den pågældende tekniske tjeneste. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2. Kommissionen underretter den pågældende medlemsstat om disse gennemførelsesretsakter og ajourfører de offentliggjorte oplysninger omhandlet i artikel 74, stk. 3, i overensstemmelse hermed.
Artikel 78
Udveksling af oplysninger om vurdering, udpegelse og overvågning af tekniske tjenester
1.   De typegodkendende myndigheder rådfører sig med hinanden og med Kommissionen om spørgsmål af almen relevans for gennemførelsen af kravene i denne forordning i forbindelse med vurdering, udpegelse og overvågning af tekniske tjenester.
2.   De typegodkendende myndigheder meddeler senest den 5. juli 2020 hinanden og Kommissionen modellen for den vurderingstjekliste, der anvendes i overensstemmelse med artikel 73, stk. 2, og derefter ændringer af den pågældende tjekliste, indtil Kommissionen har vedtaget en harmoniseret vurderingstjekliste. Kommissionen tillægges beføjelser til at vedtage gennemførelsesretsakter for at fastsætte modellen for den harmoniserede vurderingstjekliste. Disse gennemførelsesretsakter vedtages efter undersøgelsesproceduren i artikel 83, stk. 2.
3.   Hvis de i artikel 73, stk. 8, omhandlede vurderingsrapporter viser forskelle i de typegodkendende myndigheders almindelige praksis, kan medlemsstaterne eller Kommissionen anmode om udveksling af oplysninger.
Udvekslingen af oplysninger koordineres af forummet.
Artikel 79
Samarbejde med nationale akkrediteringsorganer
1.   Hvor udpegelsen af en teknisk tjeneste er baseret på akkreditering som omhandlet i forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008, samarbejder det nationale akkrediteringsorgan og den typegodkendende myndighed fuldt ud og udveksler relevante oplysninger i overensstemmelse med forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008, herunder hændelsesrapporter og andre oplysninger, som vedrører anliggender under den tekniske tjenestes kontrol, når disse oplysninger er relevante for en vurdering af den tekniske tjenestes præstationer.
2.   Medlemsstaterne sikrer, at den typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, hvor den tekniske tjeneste er etableret, holder det nationale akkrediteringsorgan med ansvar for akkrediteringen af en bestemt teknisk tjeneste underrettet om alle resultater, der er relevante for akkrediteringen. Det nationale akkrediteringsorgan underretter den typegodkendende myndighed i den medlemsstat, hvor den tekniske tjeneste er etableret, om sine resultater.
Artikel 80
Tekniske tjenesters operationelle forpligtelser
1.   En teknisk tjeneste skal udføre de aktiviteter, som den udpeges til i overensstemmelse med artikel 68, stk. 1.
2.   En teknisk tjeneste skal til enhver tid:
a)
tillade den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed at overvære den tekniske tjenestes arbejde i løbet af en prøvning med henblik på typegodkendelse og
b)
efter anmodning give den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed oplysninger om de kategorier af aktiviteter, som den er udpeget til.
3.   Hvis en teknisk tjeneste konstaterer, at fabrikanten ikke opfylder kravene i denne forordning, meddeler den denne manglende opfyldelse til den typegodkendende myndighed, så den typegodkendende myndighed kan anmode fabrikanten om at træffe passende korrigerende foranstaltninger. Den typegodkendende myndighed afslår at udstede typegodkendelsesattest, hvis disse passende korrigerende foranstaltninger ikke er blevet truffet.
Artikel 81
Tekniske tjenestes oplysningspligter
1.   Tekniske tjenester oplyser den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed om følgende:
a)
enhver konstateret manglende overensstemmelse, som kan nødvendiggøre afslag, begrænsning, suspension eller inddragelse af en typegodkendelsesattest
b)
ethvert forhold, der har indflydelse på omfanget af og betingelserne for deres udpegelse
c)
enhver anmodning om oplysninger om udførte aktiviteter, som de har modtaget fra markedsovervågningsmyndighederne.
2.   Efter anmodning fra den udpegende typegodkendende myndighed fremlægger tekniske tjenester oplysninger om de aktiviteter, der udføres inden for det område, som de er udpeget til, eller om eventuelle andre aktiviteter, de har udført, herunder grænseoverskridende aktiviteter og underentreprise.
KAPITEL XVI
DELEGEREDE BEFØJELSER OG GENNEMFØRELSESBEFØJELSER
Artikel 82
Udøvelse af de delegerede beføjelser
1.   Beføjelsen til at vedtage delegerede retsakter tillægges Kommissionen på de i denne artikel fastlagte betingelser.
2.   Beføjelsen til at vedtage delegerede retsakter, jf. artikel 4, stk. 2, artikel 5, stk. 3, artikel 26, stk. 3, artikel 30, stk. 8, artikel 31, stk. 8, artikel 41, stk. 5, artikel 44, stk. 7, artikel 55, stk. 3 og 4, artikel 57, stk. 2, artikel 61, stk. 11, artikel 70, stk. 3, artikel 72, stk. 3, og artikel 85, stk. 2, tillægges Kommissionen for en periode på fem år fra den 4. juli 2018. Kommissionen udarbejder en rapport vedrørende delegationen af beføjelser senest ni måneder inden udløbet af femårsperioden. Delegationen af beføjelser forlænges stiltiende for perioder af samme varighed, medmindre Europa-Parlamentet eller Rådet modsætter sig en sådan forlængelse senest tre måneder inden udløbet af hver periode.
3.   Den i artikel 4, stk. 2, artikel 5, stk. 3, artikel 26, stk. 3, artikel 30, stk. 8, artikel 31, stk. 8, artikel 41, stk. 5, artikel 44, stk. 7, artikel 55, stk. 3 og 4, artikel 57, stk. 2, artikel 61, stk. 11, artikel 70, stk. 3, artikel 72, stk. 3, og artikel 85, stk. 2, omhandlede delegation af beføjelser kan til enhver tid tilbagekaldes af Europa-Parlamentet eller Rådet. En afgørelse om tilbagekaldelse bringer delegationen af de beføjelser, der er angivet i den pågældende afgørelse, til ophør. Den får virkning dagen efter offentliggørelsen af afgørelsen i 
Den Europæiske Unions Tidende
 eller på et senere tidspunkt, der angives i afgørelsen. Den berører ikke gyldigheden af delegerede retsakter, der allerede er i kraft.
4.   Inden vedtagelsen af en delegeret retsakt hører Kommissionen eksperter, som er udpeget af hver enkelt medlemsstat, i overensstemmelse med principperne i den interinstitutionelle aftale af 13. april 2016 om bedre lovgivning.
5.   Så snart Kommissionen vedtager en delegeret retsakt, giver den samtidigt Europa-Parlamentet og Rådet meddelelse herom.
6.   En delegeret retsakt vedtaget i henhold til artikel 4, stk. 2, artikel 5, stk. 3, artikel 26, stk. 3, artikel 30, stk. 8, artikel 31, stk. 8, artikel 41, stk. 5, artikel 44, stk. 7, artikel 55, stk. 3 og 4, artikel 57, stk. 2, artikel 61, stk. 11, artikel 70, stk. 3, artikel 72, stk. 3, og artikel 85, stk. 2, træder kun i kraft, hvis hverken Europa-Parlamentet eller Rådet har gjort indsigelse inden for en frist på to måneder fra meddelelsen af den pågældende retsakt til Europa-Parlamentet og Rådet, eller hvis Europa-Parlamentet og Rådet inden udløbet af denne frist begge har underrettet Kommissionen om, at de ikke agter at gøre indsigelse. Fristen forlænges med to måneder på Europa-Parlamentets eller Rådets initiativ.
Artikel 83
Udvalgsprocedure
1.   Kommissionen bistås af Det Tekniske Udvalg for Motorkøretøjer (TCMV). Dette udvalg er et udvalg som omhandlet i forordning (EU) nr. 182/2011.
2.   Når der henvises til dette stykke, finder artikel 5 i forordning (EU) nr. 182/2011 anvendelse.
Afgiver udvalget ikke nogen udtalelse, vedtager Kommissionen ikke udkastet til gennemførelsesretsakt, og artikel 5, stk. 4, tredje afsnit, i forordning (EU) nr. 182/2011 finder anvendelse.
KAPITEL XVII
AFSLUTTENDE BESTEMMELSER
Artikel 84
Sanktioner
1.   Medlemsstaterne fastsætter regler om sanktioner, der skal anvendes i tilfælde af erhvervsdrivendes og tekniske tjenesters overtrædelser af denne forordning og træffer alle nødvendige foranstaltninger for at sikre, at de gennemføres. Sanktionerne skal være effektive, stå i et rimeligt forhold til overtrædelsen og have afskrækkende virkning. Sanktionerne skal navnlig stå i forhold til den manglende overholdelses grovhed og til antallet af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, som er gjort tilgængelige på markedet i den pågældende medlemsstat uden at overholde kravene. Medlemsstaterne giver senest den 1. september 2020 Kommissionen meddelelse om disse regler og foranstaltninger og underretter den straks om senere ændringer, der berører dem.
2.   De typer af overtrædelser begået af erhvervsdrivende og tekniske tjenester, som er underlagt sanktioner, skal mindst omfatte følgende:
a)
afgivelse af falske erklæringer i forbindelse med godkendelsesprocedurer eller i forbindelse med, at korrigerende eller restriktive foranstaltninger pålægges i overensstemmelse med kapitel XI
b)
forfalskning af prøvningsresultater med henblik på typegodkendelse eller markedsovervågning
c)
tilbageholdelse af data eller tekniske specifikationer, der kan føre til tilbagekaldelse af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder eller til afslag på eller inddragelse af en EU-typegodkendelsesattest
d)
tekniske tjenesters manglende overholdelse af kravene til deres udpegelse.
3.   Ud over de typer overtrædelser, der er omhandlet i stk. 2, skal de typer overtrædelser, der er begået af erhvervsdrivende, som ligeledes er undergivet sanktioner, mindst omfatte følgende:
a)
nægtelse af at give adgang til oplysninger
b)
tilgængeliggørelse på markedet af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som skal godkendes, uden en sådan godkendelse, eller forfalskning af dokumenter, typeattester, foreskrevne skilte eller godkendelsesmærker med forsæt hertil.
4.   Medlemsstaterne aflægger hvert år rapport til Kommissionen om de sanktioner, de har pålagt i det foregående år. Såfremt der ikke er pålagt sanktioner i et givet år, er medlemsstaterne ikke forpligtet til at aflægge rapport til Kommissionen.
5.   Kommissionen udarbejder hvert år en sammenfattende rapport om de sanktioner, som medlemsstaterne har pålagt. Denne rapport kan omfatte henstillinger til medlemsstaterne og skal forelægges for forummet.
Artikel 85
Administrative bøder til støtte for korrigerende og restriktive foranstaltninger på EU-plan
1.   Kommissionen kan, når den træffer afgørelser i overensstemmelse med artikel 53, pålægge de berørte erhvervsdrivende administrative bøder, hvis køretøjet, systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed ikke overholder kravene i denne forordning. De omhandlede administrative bøder skal være effektive, stå i et rimeligt forhold til den manglende overholdelse og have afskrækkende virkning. Navnlig skal bøderne stå i forhold til antallet af køretøjer, som er registreret på EU-markedet uden at opfylde kravene, eller antallet af systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som er tilgængelige på EU-markedet uden at opfylde kravene.
De administrative bøder, som Kommissionen pålægger, kumuleres ikke med de sanktioner, der af medlemsstaterne er pålagt i henhold til artikel 84 for samme overtrædelse. De administrative bøder, som Kommissionen pålægger, må ikke overstige 30 000 EUR pr. køretøj, system, komponent eller separat tekniske enhed, der ikke overholder kravene.
Kommissionen kan ikke over for en erhvervsdrivende indlede, på ny påbegynde eller fortsætte en procedure i henhold til nærværende artikel vedrørende overtrædelser af denne forordning, for hvilke den pågældende erhvervsdrivende er blevet pålagt en sanktion, eller med hensyn til hvilke den pågældende erhvervsdrivende i henhold til artikel 84 er blevet erklæret ansvarsfri ved en tidligere afgørelse, der ikke længere kan anfægtes.
2.   Kommissionen vedtager på grundlag af principperne i nærværende artikels stk. 3 delegerede retsakter i overensstemmelse med artikel 82 vedrørende supplering af denne forordning ved at fastsætte proceduren for og metoderne til at beregne og opkræve de administrative bøder, der er omhandlet i nærværende artikels stk. 1.
3.   De delegerede retsakter, der er omhandlet i stk. 2, skal overholde følgende principper:
a)
Kommissionens procedure skal respektere retten til god forvaltning og navnlig retten til at blive hørt og retten til aktindsigt under iagttagelse af legitime fortroligheds- og forretningshemmelighedshensyn
b)
når Kommissionen beregner den passende administrative bøde, følger den principperne om effektivitet, proportionalitet og afskrækkende virkning, idet den, hvor det er relevant, tager hensyn til overtrædelsens grovhed og virkninger, den erhvervsdrivendes gode tro, den erhvervsdrivendes grad af omhu og samarbejdsvilje, om overtrædelsen er gentagen, hyppig eller varig samt tidligere sanktioner, som den samme erhvervsdrivende er blevet pålagt
c)
administrative bøder opkræves uden unødig forsinkelse ved at fastsætte betalingsfrister, herunder, hvor det er relevant, muligheden for at opdele betalingerne i flere afdrag og faser.
4.   Beløbene fra de administrative bøder indgår som indtægter på Unionens almindelige budget.
Artikel 86
Ændringer af forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
1.   I forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 foretages følgende ændringer:
1)
Titlen affattes således:
»Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 af 20. juni 2007 om typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer med hensyn til emissioner fra lette personbiler og lette erhvervskøretøjer (Euro 5 og Euro 6)«.
2)
Artikel 1, stk. 2, affattes således:
»2.   Derudover indeholder forordningen bestemmelser om overensstemmelse efter ibrugtagning, forureningsbegrænsende anordningers holdbarhed, egendiagnosesystemer (OBD-systemer) og måling af brændstofforbrug.«
3)
Artikel 3, nr. 14) og 15) udgår.
4)
Kapitel III udgår.
5)
Artikel 13, stk. 2, litra e), udgår.
2.   Henvisninger til de ophævede bestemmelser i forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 gælder som henvisninger til nærværende forordning og læses i overensstemmelse med sammenligningstabellen i nærværende forordnings bilag XI, punkt 1.
Artikel 87
Ændringer af forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
1.   I forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009 foretages følgende ændringer:
1)
Titlen affattes således:
»Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009 af 18. juni 2009 om typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer og motorer med hensyn til emissioner fra tunge erhvervskøretøjer (Euro VI) og om ændring af forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 og direktiv 2007/46/EF og om ophævelse af direktiv 80/1269/EØF, 2005/55/EF og 2005/78/EF«.
2)
Artikel 1, stk. 2, affattes således:
»Derudover indeholder forordningen bestemmelser om køretøjers og motorers overensstemmelse efter ibrugtagning, forureningsbegrænsende anordningers holdbarhed, egendiagnosesystemer (OBD-systemer), måling af brændstofforbrug og CO
2
-emissioner.«
3)
Artikel 3, nr. 11) og 13), udgår.
4)
Artikel 6 udgår.
5)
Artikel 11, stk. 2, litra e), udgår.
2.   Henvisninger til de ophævede bestemmelser i forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009 gælder som henvisninger til nærværende forordning og læses i overensstemmelse med sammenligningstabellen i nærværende forordnings bilag XI, punkt 2.
Artikel 88
Ophævelse af direktiv 2007/46/EF
Direktiv 2007/46/EF ophæves med virkning fra den 1. september 2020.
Henvisninger til direktiv 2007/46/EF gælder som henvisninger til denne forordning og læses i overensstemmelse med sammenligningstabellen i bilag XI, punkt 3, til denne forordning.
Artikel 89
Overgangsbestemmelser
1.   Denne forordning ugyldiggør ikke en EU-typegodkendelse af et helt køretøj eller en EU-typegodkendelse meddelt for køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder senest den 31. august 2020.
2.   De godkendende myndigheder meddeler udvidelser og ændringer af typegodkendelser af et helt køretøj og EU-typegodkendelser af de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, der er omhandlet i nærværende artikels stk. 1, i overensstemmelse med artikel 33 og 34.
3.   Tekniske tjenester, der allerede er udpeget før den 4. juli 2018, underkastes den i artikel 73 omhandlede vurdering.
Udpegelsen af tekniske tjenester, der allerede er udpeget, før 4. juli 2018, fornyes inden den 5. juli 2022, hvis de tekniske tjenester opfylder de relevante krav i denne forordning.
Gyldigheden af udpegelsen af tekniske tjenester, der er foretaget inden den 4. juli 2018, ophører senest den 5. juli 2022.
Artikel 90
Rapportering
1.   Senest den 1. september 2025 underretter medlemsstaterne Kommissionen om anvendelsen af de typegodkendelsesprocedurer og procedurer for markedsovervågning, der er fastlagt i denne forordning.
2.   Senest den 1. september 2026 aflægger Kommissionen på grundlag af underretningen efter denne artikels stk. 1 en evalueringsrapport til Europa-Parlamentet og Rådet om anvendelsen af denne forordning, herunder verifikation af overholdelsen i henhold til artikel 9.
Artikel 91
Ikrafttræden og anvendelse
Denne forordning træder i kraft på tyvendedagen efter offentliggørelsen i 
Den Europæiske Unions Tidende.
Den finder anvendelse fra den 1. september 2020.
Fra den 5. juli 2020 må de nationale myndigheder, hvis en fabrikant anmoder om sådan godkendelse, dog ikke afslå at meddele EU-typegodkendelse eller national typegodkendelse for en ny type køretøj eller forbyde registrering, omsætning eller ibrugtagning af et nyt køretøj, såfremt det pågældende køretøj er i overensstemmelse med denne forordning.
Denne forordning er bindende i alle enkeltheder og gælder umiddelbart i hver medlemsstat.
Udfærdiget i Strasbourg, den 30. maj 2018.
På Europa-Parlamentets vegne
A. TAJANI
Formand
På Rådets vegne
L. PAVLOVA
Formand
(
1
)
  
            
EUT C 303 af 19.8.2016, s. 86
.
(
2
)
  Europa-Parlamentets holdning af 19.4.2018 (endnu ikke offentliggjort i EUT) og Rådets afgørelse af 22.5.2018.
(
3
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2007/46/EF af 5. september 2007 om fastlæggelse af en ramme for godkendelse af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil samt af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (»rammedirektivet«) (
EUT L 263 af 9.10.2007, s. 1
).
(
4
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 765/2008 af 9. juli 2008 om kravene til akkreditering og markedsovervågning i forbindelse med markedsføring af produkter og om ophævelse af Rådets forordning (EØF) nr. 339/93 (
EUT L 218 af 13.8.2008, s. 30
).
(
5
)
  Rådets afgørelse 97/836/EF af 27. november 1997 om Det Europæiske Fællesskabs tiltrædelse af overenskomsten under FN's Økonomiske Kommission for Europa om indførelse af ensartede tekniske forskrifter for hjulkøretøjer samt udstyr og dele, som kan monteres og/eller benyttes på hjulkøretøjer, samt vilkårene for gensidig anerkendelse af godkendelser, der er meddelt på grundlag af sådanne forskrifter (»overenskomst af 1958 som revideret«) (
EFT L 346 af 17.12.1997, s. 78
).
(
6
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 af 13. juli 2009 om krav til typegodkendelse for den generelle sikkerhed af motorkøretøjer, påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (
EUT L 200 af 31.7.2009, s. 1
).
(
7
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 af 20. juni 2007 om typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer med hensyn til emissioner fra lette personbiler og lette erhvervskøretøjer (Euro 5 og Euro 6) og om adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer (
EUT L 171 af 29.6.2007, s. 1
).
(
8
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009 af 18. juni 2009 om typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer og motorer med hensyn til emissioner fra tunge erhvervskøretøjer (Euro VI) og om adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer og om ændring af forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 og direktiv 2007/46/EF og om ophævelse af direktiv 80/1269/EØF, 2005/55/EF og 2005/78/EF (
EUT L 188 af 18.7.2009, s. 1
).
(
9
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2014/45/EU af 3. april 2014 om periodisk teknisk kontrol med motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil og om ophævelse af direktiv 2009/40/EF (
EUT L 127 af 29.4.2014, s. 51
).
(
10
)
  
            
EUT L 123 af 12.5.2016, s. 1
.
(
11
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 182/2011 af 16. februar 2011 om de generelle regler og principper for, hvordan medlemsstaterne skal kontrollere Kommissionens udøvelse af gennemførelsesbeføjelser (
EUT L 55 af 28.2.2011, s. 13
).
(
12
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 2016/679 af 27. april 2016 om beskyttelse af fysiske personer i forbindelse med behandling af personoplysninger og om fri udveksling af sådanne oplysninger og om ophævelse af direktiv 95/46/EF (generel forordning om databeskyttelse) (
EUT L 119 af 4.5.2016, s. 1
).
(
13
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 45/2001 af 18. december 2000 om beskyttelse af fysiske personer i forbindelse med behandling af personoplysninger i fællesskabsinstitutionerne og -organerne og om fri udveksling af sådanne oplysninger (
EFT L 8 af 12.1.2001, s. 1
).
(
14
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 167/2013 af 5. februar 2013 om godkendelse og markedsovervågning af landbrugs- og skovbrugstraktorer (
EUT L 60 af 2.3.2013, s. 1
).
(
15
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 168/2013 af 15. januar 2013 om godkendelse og markedsovervågning af to- og trehjulede køretøjer samt quadricykler (
EUT L 60 af 2.3.2013, s. 52
).
(
16
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2006/42/EF af 17. maj 2006 om maskiner og om ændring af direktiv 95/16/EF (
EUT L 157 af 9.6.2006, s. 24
).
(
17
)
  Rådets direktiv 96/53/EF af 25. juli 1996 om fastsættelse af de største tilladte dimensioner i national og international trafik og største tilladte vægt i international trafik for visse vejkøretøjer i brug i Fællesskabet (
EFT L 235 af 17.9.1996, s. 59
).
(
18
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2001/95/EF af 3. december 2001 om produktsikkerhed i almindelighed (
EFT L 11 af 15.1.2002, s. 4
).
(
19
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011 af 11. januar 2011 om krav til typegodkendelse af fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og af identifikationsnummer (VIN-nummer) til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil og om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 om krav til typegodkendelse for den generelle sikkerhed af motorkøretøjer, påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (
EUT L 8 af 12.1.2011, s. 1
).
(
20
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008 af 18. juli 2008 om gennemførelse og ændring af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 om typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer med hensyn til emissioner fra lette personbiler og lette erhvervskøretøjer (Euro 5 og Euro 6) og om adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer (
EUT L 199 af 28.7.2008, s. 1
).
LISTE OVER BILAG
Bilag I
Almindelige definitioner, kriterier for køretøjsklassificering, køretøjstyper og karrosserityper
Tillæg 1:
Procedure til kontrol af, om et køretøj kan klassificeres som terrængående (off-road)
Tillæg 2:
Tal til supplering af koderne for de forskellige karrosseriarter
Bilag II
Krav i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder
Del I
Retsakter, der finder anvendelse i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, der fremstilles i ubegrænsede serier
Tillæg 1:
Retsakter, der finder anvendelse i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier i henhold til artikel 41
Tillæg 2:
Krav til individuel EU-godkendelse af et køretøj i henhold til artikel 44
Del II
Liste over FN-regulativer, der anerkendes som alternativ til de direktiver eller forordninger, der er omhandlet i del I
Del III
Liste over retsakter, der fastlægger kravene i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer til særlig anvendelse
Tillæg 1:
Campingbiler, ambulancer og rustvogne
Tillæg 2:
Pansrede køretøjer
Tillæg 3:
Køretøjer med adgang for kørestole
Tillæg 4:
Andre køretøjer til særlig anvendelse (herunder særlig gruppe, køretøj til flere slags udstyr og campingvogne)
Tillæg 5:
Mobilkraner
Tillæg 6:
Køretøjer til særtransport
Bilag III
Procedurer, som skal følges ved EU-typegodkendelse
Tillæg 1:
Standarder, som tekniske tjenester omhandlet i artikel 68 skal overholde
Tillæg 2:
Procedure for vurdering af de tekniske tjenester
Bilag IV
Procedurer i forbindelse med produktionens overensstemmelse
Bilag V
Grænser for små serier og restkøretøjer
Bilag VI
Fortegnelse over dele eller udstyr, der kan udgøre en betydelig risiko for den korrekte funktion af systemer, der er afgørende for køretøjets sikkerhed eller dets miljøpræstationer, krav til sådanne deles eller udstyrs præstationer, relevante prøvningsprocedurer, bestemmelser om mærkning og emballering
Bilag VII
Retsakter, med hensyn til hvilke en fabrikant kan udpeges som teknisk tjeneste
Tillæg:
Udpegelse af en intern teknisk tjeneste hos en fabrikant som teknisk tjeneste og underentreprise
Bilag VIII
Betingelser for fabrikanters eller tekniske tjenesters brug af virtuelle prøvningsmetoder
Tillæg 1:
Almindelige betingelser for anvendelse af virtuelle prøvningsmetoder
Tillæg 2:
Særlige betingelser for anvendelse af virtuelle prøvningsmetoder
Tillæg 3:
Valideringsproces
Bilag IX
Procedurer, som skal følges ved etapevis typegodkendelse
Tillæg:
Model for supplerende fabrikationsplade
Bilag X
Adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer
Tillæg 1:
Fabrikantens attest om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer
Tillæg 2:
Informationer fra køretøjets OBD
Bilag XI
Sammenligningstabel
BILAG I
ALMINDELIGE DEFINITIONER, KRITERIER FOR KØRETØJSKLASSIFICERING, KØRETØJSTYPER OG KARROSSERITYPER
INDLEDENDE DEL
Definitioner og almindelige bestemmelser
1.   Definitioner
1.1.   Ved »siddeplads« forstås enhver plads, hvor der kan sidde én person, der mindst er så stor som:
a)
en dukke svarende til den 50. percentil for en mand, hvis der er tale om føreren.
b)
en dukke svarende til den 5. percentil for en kvinde i alle andre tilfælde.
1.2.   Ved »sæde« forstås en komplet konstruktion, uanset om den er en integreret del af køretøjets konstruktion eller ej, med sædeudstyr og beregnet til at tjene som siddeplads for en person.
Et sæde omfatter både et enkeltsæde og et bænkesæde samt foldesæder og udtagelige sæder.
1.3.   Ved »gods« forstås først og fremmest alle ting, der kan flyttes.
Betegnelsen omfatter produkter i løs vægt, fremstillede varer, væsker, levende dyr, afgrøder og udelelig last.
1.4.   Ved »totalmasse« forstås »teknisk tilladt totalmasse«.
2.   Almindelige bestemmelser
2.1.   Antal siddepladser
2.1.1.   Kravene med hensyn til antallet af siddepladser finder anvendelse på sæder, der er udformet til anvendelse, når køretøjet kører på vejen.
2.1.2.   De finder ikke anvendelse på sæder, der er udformet til anvendelse, når køretøjet er stillestående, og som er tydeligt afmærket for brugerne, enten ved hjælp af et piktogram eller et skilt med en egnet tekst.
2.1.3.   Følgende krav finder anvendelse ved tælling af siddepladser:
a)
Hvert enkeltsæde tælles som én siddeplads
b)
Hvis der er tale om et bænkesæde, tælles enhver sektion af sædet med en bredde på mindst 400 mm målt i sædehyndens højde som en siddeplads.
Denne betingelse er ikke til hinder for, at fabrikanten kan anvende de almindelige bestemmelser i punkt 1.1.
c)
En sektion som omhandlet i litra b) tælles ikke som en siddeplads, hvis:
i)
bænkesædet omfatter dele, der forhindrer dukkens underside i at sidde på en naturlig måde — for eksempel: tilstedeværelsen af en fastgjort konsolboks, et ikke beklædt område eller indvendigt sædeudstyr, der bryder den nominelle sædeflade
ii)
vognbundens konstruktion umiddelbart foran en teoretisk siddeplads (f.eks. tilstedeværelsen af en kardantunnel) forhindrer, at dukkens fødder kan placeres på en naturlig måde.
2.1.4.   For så vidt angår køretøjer, der er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 66 og 107, afstemmes den dimension, der er omhandlet i punkt 2.1.3, litra b), med den nødvendige mindsteplads til én person i de forskellige klasser af køretøjer.
2.1.5.   Når der i et køretøj findes sædeforankringer for et udtageligt sæde, tælles det udtagelige sæde med ved bestemmelsen af antallet af siddepladser.
2.1.6.   Et område beregnet til kørestol med bruger anses for at være én siddeplads.
2.1.6.1.   Nærværende bestemmelse berører ikke kravene i punkt 3.6.1 og 3.7 i bilag 8 til FN-regulativ nr. 107.
2.2.   Totalmasse
2.2.1.   Hvis der er tale om en sættevognstrækker, skal totalmassen ved klassificering af køretøjet omfatte den totale masse af sættevognen, som bæres af sættevognens skammelkobling.
2.2.2.   Hvis et motorkøretøj kan trække en kærre eller et påhængskøretøj med trækstang, omfatter totalmassen til klassificering af motorkøretøjet den maksimale masse, der overføres af koblingen til det trækkende køretøj.
2.2.3.   Hvis der er tale om en sættevogn, en kærre eller et påhængskøretøj med trækstang, skal den totalmasse, der anvendes ved klassificering af køretøjet, svare til den totale masse, der overføres til jorden af hjulene på en aksel eller gruppe af aksler, når påhængskøretøjet et koblet til det trækkende køretøj.
2.2.4.   Hvis der anvendes en dolly, skal totalmassen ved klassificering af køretøjet omfatte den totale masse af sættevognen, som bæres af skammelkoblingen.
2.3.   Særligt udstyr
2.3.1.   Køretøjer, der fra starten er forsynet med fast udstyr såsom maskiner eller apparater, anses for at være i klasse N eller O.
2.4.   Enheder
2.4.1.   Medmindre andet er angivet, skal alle måleenheder og tilhørende symboler være i overensstemmelse med Rådets direktiv 80/181/EØF 
(
1
)
.
3.   Klassificering i køretøjsklasser
3.1.   Fabrikanten er ansvarlig for klassificering af et køretøj i en bestemt klasse.
Med henblik herpå skal alle relevante kriterier beskrevet i dette bilag være opfyldt.
3.2.   Den godkendende myndighed kan anmode fabrikanten om relevante yderligere oplysninger for at godtgøre, at en køretøjstype skal klassificeres som et køretøj til særlig anvendelse i den særlige gruppe (»SG-kode«).
DEL A
Kriterier for klassificering af køretøjer
1.   Køretøjsklasser
Med hensyn til EU-typegodkendelse og national typegodkendelse samt individuel godkendelse af køretøjer såvel i EU-regi som i nationalt regi klassificeres køretøjer i overensstemmelse med den i artikel 4 omhandlede klassifikation:
Godkendelse kan kun meddeles for de klasser, der er omhandlet i artikel 4, stk. 1.
2.   Underklasser
2.1.   Terrængående (off-road) køretøjer
Ved et »terrængående (off-road) køretøj« forstås et køretøj i enten klasse M eller N med særlige tekniske karakteristika, der gør det muligt at anvende det uden for de normale veje.
For disse klasser af køretøjer tilføjes bogstavet »G« som suffiks til det bogstav og det tal, der identificerer køretøjsklassen.
Kriterierne for underopdeling af køretøjer som terrængående (off-road) køretøjer er angivet nærmere i denne dels punkt 4.
2.2.   Køretøjer til særlig anvendelse
2.2.1.   For ukomplette køretøjer, der er beregnet til at indgå i underklassen køretøjer til særlig anvendelse, tilføjes bogstavet »S« som suffiks til det bogstav og det tal, der identificerer køretøjsklassen.
De forskellige typer af køretøjer til særlig anvendelse er defineret og opført i punkt 5.
2.3.   Terrængående (off-road) køretøjer til særlig anvendelse
2.3.1.   Ved »terrængående (off-road) køretøj til særlig anvendelse« forstås et køretøj, der hører ind under enten klasse M eller N og har de særlige tekniske karakteristika, der er omhandlet i punkt 2.1 og 2.2.
For disse klasser af køretøjer tilføjes bogstavet »G« som suffiks til det bogstav og det tal, der identificerer køretøjsklassen.
Desuden tilføjes bogstavet »S« som andet suffiks for ukomplette køretøjer, der er beregnet til at indgå i underklassen køretøjer til særlig anvendelse.
3.   Kriterier for klassificering af køretøjer i klasse N
3.1.   Klassificeringen af et køretøj i klasse N skal baseres på køretøjets tekniske karakteristika som omhandlet i punkt 3.2-3.6.
3.2.   I princippet skal det eller de rum, hvor alle siddepladserne befinder sig, være fuldstændig adskilt fra lastarealet.
3.3.   Som undtagelse fra kravene i punkt 3.2 kan personer og gods transporteres i samme rum, hvis lastarealet er udstyret med fastgørelsesanordninger udformet til at beskytte passagerer mod forskubning af lasten under kørslen, herunder ved hård opbremsning og svingning.
3.4.   Fastgørelsesanordninger — fastsurringsanordninger — der er beregnet til fastgørelse af lasten som påkrævet i punkt 3.3 samt adskillelsesanordninger beregnet til køretøjer på indtil 7,5 ton, skal udformes i overensstemmelse med bestemmelserne i punkt 3 og 4 i international standard ISO 27956:2009 »Road vehicles — securing of cargo in delivery vans — Requirements and test methods«.
3.4.1.   Kravene omhandlet i punkt 3.4 kan verificeres i form af en erklæring om overensstemmelse afgivet af fabrikanten.
3.4.2.   Som et alternativ til kravene i punkt 3.4 kan fabrikanten over for den godkendende myndighed på tilfredsstillende vis påvise, at de monterede fastgørelsesanordninger viser et ækvivalent beskyttelsesniveau i forhold til niveauet i nævnte standard.
3.5.   Antallet af siddepladser, eksklusive førerens siddeplads, må ikke overstige:
a)
6, hvis der er tale om N
1
-køretøjer
b)
8, hvis der er tale om N
2
- eller N
3
-køretøjer.
3.6.   Køretøjerne skal have en lastkapacitet svarende til eller større end passagerkapaciteten udtrykt i kg.
3.6.1.   Med henblik herpå skal følgende ligninger være opfyldt i alle konfigurationer, navnlig når alle siddepladser er besat:
a)
Når N = 0:
P – M ≥ 100 kg
b)
Når 0 < N ≤ 2:
P – (M + N × 68) ≥ 150 kg
c)
Når N > 2:
P – (M + N × 68) ≥ N × 68
hvor bogstaverne har følgende betydning:
»P« er den teknisk tilladte totalmasse
»M« er massen i køreklar stand
»N« er antallet af siddepladser foruden førerens.
3.6.2.   Massen af udstyr monteret på køretøjet for at rumme gods (f.eks. tank, karrosseri osv.), for at håndtere gods (f.eks. kran, lift osv.) og for at fastgøre gods (f.eks. anordning til fastgørelse af last) skal være inkluderet i M.
3.6.3.   Massen af udstyr, som ikke anvendes til det i punkt 3.6.2 omhandlede formål (som f.eks. en kompressor, et spil, en elgenerator, sendeudstyr osv.), er ikke inkluderet i M for så vidt angår anvendelsen af den i punkt 3.6.1 omhandlede formel.
3.7.   Kravene omhandlet i punkt 3.2-3.6 skal være opfyldt for alle varianter og versioner inden for køretøjstypen.
3.8.   Kriterier for klassificering af køretøjer i klasse N
1
.
3.8.1.   Et køretøj klassificeres som N
1
, når alle de relevante kriterier er opfyldt.
Hvis et eller flere kriterier ikke er opfyldt, klassificeres køretøjet som M
1
.
3.8.2.   Ud over de almindelige kriterier omhandlet i punkt 3.2-3.6 skal de kriterier, der er angivet i nærværende punkt, opfyldes ved klassificering af køretøjer, hvor rummet, hvor føreren befinder sig, og lasten er placeret i samme enhed (dvs. karosseri »BB«).
3.8.2.1.   Det forhold, at der er monteret en hel eller delvis væg eller adskillelse mellem en sæderække og lastarealet, fritager ikke fra forpligtelsen til at opfylde de krævede kriterier.
3.8.2.2.   Kriterierne er som følger:
a)
indlæsning af gods skal kunne finde sted gennem en bagdør, en hækklap eller en sidedør, der er udformet og konstrueret til dette formål
b)
hvis der er tale om en bagdør eller en hækklap, skal lasteåbningen opfylde følgende krav:
i)
hvis køretøjet kun er udstyret med én række sæder eller kun med førersædet, skal lasteåbningens højde være mindst 600 mm
ii)
hvis køretøjet er udstyret med to eller flere sæderækker, skal lasteåbningens højde være mindst 800 mm, og åbningens areal skal mindst være 12 800 cm
2
c)
Lastarealet skal opfylde følgende krav:
Ved »lastareal« forstås den del af køretøjet, der befinder sig bag ved sæderækken/sæderækkerne eller bag ved førersædet, hvis køretøjet kun er udstyret med et førersæde.
i)
lastarealets overflade skal i det store og hele være plant
ii)
hvis køretøjet kun er udstyret med én række sæder eller med et sæde, skal lastarealets længde være mindst 40 % af akselafstanden.
iii)
hvis køretøjet er udstyret med to eller flere sæderækker, skal lastarealets længde være mindst 30 % af akselafstanden.
Hvis sæderne i den bageste sæderække let kan udtages af køretøjet uden brug af specialværktøj, skal kravene med hensyn til lastarealets længde være opfyldt i forhold til alle sæder monteret i køretøjet
iv)
kravene med hensyn til lastarealets længde skal være opfyldt, når sæderne i forreste eller i givet fald bageste sæderække er opretstående i deres normale brugsposition.
3.8.2.3.   Særlige betingelser for målinger
3.8.2.3.1.   Definitioner
a)
Ved »lasteåbningens højde« forstås den lodrette afstand mellem to horisontale planer, der tangerer henholdsvis det højeste punkt i døråbningens underside og det laveste punkt i dens overside.
b)
Ved »lasteåbningens flade« forstås den største flade af den retvinklede projektion på et vertikalt plan vinkelret på køretøjets midterlinje af den størst mulige åbning, når bagdør(e) eller hækklap er helt åbne.
c)
Ved »akselafstand« forstås med henblik på anvendelsen af formlerne i punkt 3.8.2.2 og 3.8.3.1 afstanden mellem:
i)
forakslens midterlinje og den anden aksels midterlinje, hvis der er tale om et køretøj med to aksler, eller
ii)
forakslens midterlinje og midterlinjen af en virtuel aksel med lige stor afstand til anden og tredje aksel, hvis der er tale om et køretøj med tre aksler.
3.8.2.3.2.   Justering af sæder
a)
Sæderne justeres til deres bageste og yderste positioner.
b)
Ryglænet skal, hvis det er justerbart, justeres, så det passer til den tredimensionale H-punkt-maskine med en torsovinkel på 25 grader.
c)
Hvis ryglænet ikke kan justeres, skal det befinde sig i den af fabrikanten udformede position.
d)
Hvis sædet kan højdejusteres, justeres det til laveste position.
3.8.2.3.3.   Forhold ved køretøjet
a)
Køretøjet skal være lastet til sin totalmasse.
b)
Køretøjets hjul skal vende lige fremad.
3.8.2.3.4.   Kravene i punkt 3.8.2.3.2 finder ikke anvendelse, hvis køretøjet er udstyret med en væg eller adskillelse.
3.8.2.3.5.   Måling af lastarealets længde
a)
Hvis køretøjet ikke er udstyret med en adskillelse eller en væg, måles længden fra et vertikalt plan, der tangerer det bageste, yderste punkt af ryglænets overside, til det bageste indvendige panel eller dør eller hækklap i lukket stilling.
b)
Hvis køretøjet er udstyret med en adskillelse eller en væg, måles længden fra et vertikalt plan, der tangerer det bageste, yderste punkt af adskillelsen eller væggen, til henholdsvis det bageste indvendige panel eller dør eller hækklap i lukket stilling.
c)
Kravene med hensyn til længde skal være opfyldt mindst langs en horisontal linje beliggende i det langsgående vertikale plan, der går gennem køretøjets midterlinje, i niveau med gulvet i lastarealet.
3.8.3.   Ud over de almindelige kriterier omhandlet i punkt 3.2-3.6 skal de kriterier, der er angivet i nærværende punkt, opfyldes ved klassificering af køretøjer, hvor rummet, hvor føreren befinder sig, og lasten ikke er placeret i samme enhed (dvs. karosseri »BE«).
3.8.3.1.   Hvis køretøjet er udstyret med et lukket karrosseri, gælder følgende:
a)
indlæsning af gods skal kunne finde sted gennem en bagdør, en hækklap eller et panel eller på anden måde
b)
lasteåbningens mindstehøjde skal være mindst 800 mm, og åbningen skal have en flade på mindst 12 800 cm
2
c)
lastarealets mindstelængde skal være mindst 40 % af akselafstanden.
3.8.3.2.   Hvis køretøjet er udstyret med et åbent lastareal, er det kun bestemmelserne i punkt 3.8.3.1, litra a) og c), der finder anvendelse.
3.8.3.3.   For så vidt angår bestemmelserne omhandlet i punkt 3.8.3 finder definitionerne i punkt 3.8.2.3.1 anvendelse.
3.8.3.4.   Kravene med hensyn til lastarealets længde skal dog være opfyldt langs en horisontal linje beliggende i det langsgående vertikale plan, der går gennem køretøjets midterlinje, i niveau med gulvet i lastarealet.
4.   Kriterier for klassificering af køretøjer i underklassen terrængående (off-road) køretøjer
4.1.   Køretøjer i klasse M
1
 og N
1
 klassificeres i underklassen terrængående (off-road) køretøjer, hvis de samtidigt opfylder følgende betingelser:
a)
mindst én foraksel og mindst én bagaksel er udformet til at trække samtidig, uanset om trækket på den ene aksel kan frakobles
b)
køretøjerne er udstyret med mindst én differentialespærre eller mekanisme med tilsvarende virkning
c)
køretøjet kan forcere en stigning på mindst 25 % som enkeltkøretøj
d)
køretøjet skal opfylde fem af følgende seks krav:
i)
en mindste frigangsvinkel fortil på 25 grader
ii)
en mindste frigangsvinkel bagtil på 20 grader
iii)
en rampevinkel på mindst 20 grader
iv)
en frihøjde under forakslen på mindst 180 mm
v)
en frihøjde under bagakslen på mindst 180 mm
vi)
en frihøjde mellem akslerne på mindst 200 mm.
4.2.   Køretøjer i klasse M
2
, N
2
 eller M
3
 med en totalmasse på ikke over 12 ton klassificeres i underklassen terrængående (off-road) køretøjer, hvis de opfylder enten betingelsen i litra a) eller betingelserne i både litra b) og c):
a)
alle køretøjernes aksler trækker samtidigt, uanset om trækket på en eller flere drivaksler kan frakobles
b)
i)
mindst én foraksel og mindst én bagaksel er udformet til at trække samtidigt, uanset om trækket på den ene aksel kan frakobles
ii)
køretøjerne er udstyret med mindst én differentialespærre eller mekanisme med samme virkning
iii)
køretøjerne kan forcere en stigning på 25 % som enkeltkøretøj.
c)
køretøjerne opfylder mindst fem af følgende seks krav, hvis deres totalmasse ikke overstiger 7,5 ton, og mindst fire af kravene, hvis deres totalmasse er over 7,5 ton:
i)
en mindste frigangsvinkel fortil på 25 grader
ii)
en mindste frigangsvinkel bagtil på 25 grader
iii)
en rampevinkel på mindst 25 grader
iv)
en frihøjde under forakslen på mindst 250 mm
v)
en frihøjde mellem akslerne på mindst 300 mm
vi)
en frihøjde under bagakslen på mindst 250 mm.
4.3.   Køretøjer i klasse M
3
 eller N
3
 med en totalmasse på over 12 ton klassificeres i underklassen terrængående (off-road) køretøjer, hvis de opfylder enten betingelsen i litra a) eller betingelserne i både litra b) og c):
a)
alle køretøjernes aksler trækker samtidigt, uanset om trækket på en eller flere drivaksler kan frakobles
b)
i)
mindst halvdelen af akslerne (eller to ud af tre aksler, hvis køretøjet har tre aksler, og tre ud af fem aksler, hvis køretøjet har fem aksler) er udformet til at trække samtidigt, uanset om trækket på en aksel kan frakobles
ii)
køretøjerne er udstyret med mindst én differentialespærre eller mekanisme med tilsvarende virkning
iii)
køretøjerne kan forcere en stigning på 25 % som enkeltkøretøj
c)
køretøjerne opfylder fire af følgende seks krav:
i)
en mindste frigangsvinkel fortil på 25 grader
ii)
en mindste frigangsvinkel bagtil på 25 grader
iii)
en rampevinkel på mindst 25 grader
iv)
en frihøjde under forakslen på mindst 250 mm
v)
en frihøjde mellem akslerne på mindst 300 mm
vi)
en frihøjde under bagakslen på mindst 250 mm.
4.4.   Metoden til kontrol af overensstemmelse med de geometriske bestemmelser omhandlet i denne del er beskrevet i tillæg 1.
4.5.   Kravene i punkt 4.1, litra a), 4.2, litra a), 4.2, litra b), 4.3, litra a), og 4.3, litra b), om aksler, der trækker samtidigt, anses for at være opfyldt, hvis en af følgende betingelser er overholdt:
a)
overførslen af trækkraft til alle aksler sker udelukkende ved hjælp af mekaniske midler, hvilket skaber trækkraft ved tung terrænkørsel, eller
b)
hvert af hjulene i den pågældende aksel er drevet af en individuel hydraulisk eller elektrisk motor.
Hvis akslerne, jf. kravene i punkt 4.1, litra a), 4.2, litra a), 4.2, litra b), 4.3, litra a), og 4.3, litra b), om aksler, der trækker samtidigt, ikke udelukkende er drevet ved hjælp af mekaniske midler, skal fremdriften af de individuelle hjul være udformet til tung terrænkørsel. I så fald skal det sikres, at mindst 75 % af den samlede trækkraft kan overføres til det pågældende hjul, når trækbetingelserne under de andre hjul ikke gør det muligt at overføre trækkraften ordentligt via disse hjul.
Hjælpefremdriftssystemet, jf. punkt 4.5, litra b), må ikke automatisk frakoble trækkraften, før køretøjet når 75 % af den konstruktivt bestemte maksimalhastighed eller 65 km/t.
5.   Køretøjer til særlig anvendelse
Navn
Kode
Definition
5.1.
Campingbil
SA
Et køretøj i klasse M, der er indrettet til beboelse og mindst har følgende udstyr:
a)
sæder og bord
b)
sovepladser, som også kan fremkomme ved omdannelse af sæderne
c)
madlavningsfaciliteter
d)
opbevaringsfaciliteter.
Dette tilbehør skal være stift fastgjort i opholdsrummet.
Bordet kan dog være udformet således, at det let kan nedtages.
5.2.
Pansret køretøj
SB
Et køretøj bestemt til beskyttelse af de befordrede passagerer eller det medførte gods med kuglesikker panserbeklædning.
5.3.
Ambulance
SC
Køretøj i klasse M, som er beregnet til befordring af syge eller tilskadekomne personer og er forsynet med særligt udstyr dertil.
5.4.
Rustvogn
SD
Køretøj i klasse M, som er bestemt til befordring af døde personer og er forsynet med særligt udstyr dertil.
5.5.
Køretøj med adgang for kørestole
SH
Et køretøj i klasse M
1
, der specifikt er konstrueret eller ombygget, så det kan rumme en eller flere personer, som sidder i deres kørestole under kørsel på vej.
5.6.
Campingvogn
SE
Et køretøj i klasse O som defineret i term 3.2.1.3 i international standard ISO3833:1977.
5.7.
Mobilkran
SF
Et køretøj i klasse N
3
, som ikke er udstyret til godsbefordring, men som er forsynet med en kran med et løftemoment på mindst 400 kNm.
5.8.
Særlig gruppe
SG
Et køretøj til særlig anvendelse, der ikke falder ind under en af definitionerne i denne del.
5.9.
Dolly
SJ
Et køretøj i klasse O, der er udstyret med skammelkobling til understøtning af sættevogn med henblik på at konvertere denne til en påhængsvogn.
5.10.
Påhængskøretøj til særtransport
SK
Et køretøj i klasse O
4
, der er beregnet til transport af udelelige laster, der på grund af deres dimensioner er underlagt begrænsninger med hensyn til fart og kørsel.
Denne term omfatter også hydrauliske modulpåhængsvogne uanset antallet af moduler.
5.11.
Motorkøretøj til særtransport
SL
En vejtraktor eller en traktor til manøvrering af sættevogne i klasse N
3
, som opfylder alle følgende betingelser:
a)
har mindst to aksler, hvoraf mindst halvdelen af akslerne (to ud af tre aksler, hvis køretøjet har tre aksler, og tre ud af fem aksler, hvis køretøjet har fem aksler) er udformet til at trække samtidigt, uanset om trækket på en aksel kan frakobles
b)
er udformet til at manøvrere påhængskøretøj til særtransport i klasse O
4
c)
har en motoreffekt på mindst 350 kW, og
d)
kan udstyres med en frontmonteret koblingsanordning til manøvrering af tunge tilkoblede masser.
5.12.
Køretøj til flere slags udstyr
SM
et terrængående (off-road) køretøj i klasse N (som defineret i punkt 2.3), som er udformet og konstrueret til at trække, skubbe, bære og aktivere visse typer udskifteligt udstyr
a)
med ikke mindre end to fastkoblingssteder til dette udstyr
b)
med standardiserede mekaniske, hydrauliske og/eller elektriske grænseflader (f.eks. kraftudtag) til forsyning og aktivering af ovennævnte udstyr og
c)
som svarer til definitionen i international standard ISO 3833-1977, punkt 3.1.4 (specialkøretøj).
Hvis køretøjet er udstyret med et ekstra lad, må dets længde ikke overstige:
a)
1,4 gange køretøjets sporvidde for forhjul eller baghjul, afhængigt af hvilken sporvidde der er den største, hvis køretøjet har to aksler, eller
b)
2,0 gange køretøjets sporvidde for forhjul eller baghjul, afhængigt af hvilken sporvidde der er den største, hvis køretøjet har to aksler.
6.   Bemærkninger
6.1.   Der meddeles ikke typegodkendelse:
a)
til en dolly som defineret i denne dels punkt 5.9
b)
til et påhængskøretøj med trækstang som defineret i del C, punkt 5.4
c)
til et påhængskøretøj, som kan transportere personer, når det kører på vej.
6.2.   Punkt 6.1 berører ikke artikel 42 om nationale typegodkendelser af små serier.
DEL B
Kriterier for køretøjstyper, varianter og versioner
1.   Klasse M
1
1.1.   Køretøjstype
1.1.1.   En »køretøjstype« består af køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
fabrikantens firmanavn.
En ændring i virksomhedens juridiske ejendomsform indebærer ikke, at der skal meddeles en ny godkendelse
b)
konstruktion og samling af karrosseriets væsentlige dele, hvis der er tale om et selvbærende karrosseri.
Det samme gælder for køretøjer, hvor karrosseriet er fastboltet eller påsvejset en separat ramme.
1.1.2.   Uanset kravene i punkt 1.1.1, litra b), kan disse køretøjer anses for at tilhøre samme type, når fabrikanten bruger gulvdelen af karrosserikonstruktionen samt de væsentlige elementer, der udgør den forreste del af karrosserikonstruktionen, der befinder sig umiddelbart foran forrudepanelet, til konstruktionen af forskellige karrosserier (f.eks. sedan og coupe). Dette skal godtgøres af fabrikanten.
1.1.3.   En type består af mindst én variant og én version.
1.2.   Variant
1.2.1.   En »variant« inden for en køretøjstype omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende konstruktionskarakteristika til fælles:
a)
antal sidedøre eller karrosseritype som defineret i del C, punkt 2, når fabrikanten anvender kriterierne i punkt 1.1.2
b)
motor med hensyn til følgende konstruktionskarakteristika:
i)
energiforsyning (forbrændingsmotor, elektrisk motor eller andet)
ii)
arbejdsprincip (styret tænding, kompressionstænding eller andet)
iii)
antal cylindre og cylinderarrangement, hvis der er tale om forbrændingsmotorer (L4, V6 eller andet)
c)
antal aksler
d)
antal og indbyrdes forbindelse af drivaksler
e)
antal styrede aksler
f)
færdiggørelsesetape (f.eks. komplet/ukomplet)
g)
hvis der er tale om etapevist opbyggede køretøjer, fabrikanten og typen af køretøjet i den forudgående etape.
1.3.   Version
1.3.1.   En »version« inden for en variant omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
den største teknisk tilladte totalmasse
b)
motorens slagvolumen, hvis der er tale om en forbrændingsmotor
c)
maksimal motoreffekt eller maksimal kontinuerlig nominel effekt (elektrisk motor)
d)
arten af brændstof (benzin, diesel, LPG, bi-fuel eller andet)
e)
det maksimale antal siddepladser
f)
støjniveau ved forbikørsel
g)
niveau af udstødningsemissioner (f.eks. Euro 5, Euro 6 eller andet)
h)
blandede eller vægtede, blandede CO
2
-emissioner
i)
elektrisk energiforbrug (vægtet, blandet)
j)
blandet eller vægtet, blandet brændstofforbrug
Som alternativ til kriterierne i litra h), i) og j) skal køretøjer, der er grupperet i en version, have alle prøvninger udført til beregning af deres CO
2
-emissioner, elektriske energiforbrug og brændstofforbrug til fælles i overensstemmelse med underbilag 6 til bilag XXI til Kommissionens forordning (EU) 2017/1151 
(
2
)
.
2.   Klasse M
2
 og M
3
2.1.   Køretøjstype
2.1.1.   En »køretøjstype« består af køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
fabrikantens firmanavn.
En ændring i virksomhedens juridiske ejendomsform indebærer ikke, at der skal meddeles en ny godkendelse
b)
klasse
c)
følgende konstruktions- og udformningsaspekter:
i)
udformningen og konstruktionen af de vigtigste elementer, der udgør chassiset
ii)
udformningen og konstruktionen af karrosseriets væsentlige dele, hvis der er tale om et selvbærende karrosseri
d)
antal dæk (enkelt- eller dobbeltdækker)
e)
antal sektioner (stiv/leddelt)
f)
antal aksler
g)
energitilførselsmåde (i køretøjet eller ekstern)
2.1.2.   En type af køretøjer består af mindst én variant og én version.
2.2.   Variant
2.2.1.   En »variant« inden for en køretøjstype omfatter de køretøjer, som har alle følgende konstruktionskarakteristika til fælles:
a)
karrosseritypen som defineret i del C, punkt 3
b)
køretøjets gruppe eller kombination af grupper som defineret i punkt 2.1.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 107 (kun for komplette og færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer)
c)
færdiggørelsesetape (f.eks. komplet/ukomplet/færdiggjort komplet)
d)
motor med hensyn til følgende konstruktionskarakteristika:
i)
energiforsyning (forbrændingsmotor, elektrisk motor eller andet)
ii)
arbejdsprincip (styret tænding, kompressionstænding eller andet)
iii)
antal cylindre og cylinderarrangement, hvis der er tale om forbrændingsmotorer (L6, V8 eller andet).
e)
hvis der er tale om etapevist opbyggede køretøjer, fabrikanten og typen af køretøjet i den forudgående etape.
2.3.   Version
2.3.1.   En »version« inden for en variant omfatter de køretøjer, som har alle følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
den største teknisk tilladte totalmasse
b)
hvorvidt køretøjet kan trække et påhængskøretøj eller ej
c)
motorens slagvolumen, hvis der er tale om en forbrændingsmotor
d)
maksimal motoreffekt eller maksimal kontinuerlig nominel effekt (elektrisk motor)
e)
arten af brændstof (benzin, diesel, LPG, bi-fuel eller andet)
f)
støjniveau ved forbikørsel
g)
niveau af udstødningsemissioner (f.eks. Euro 4, Euro 5 eller andet).
3.   Klasse N
1
3.1.   Køretøjstype
3.1.1.   En »køretøjstype« består af køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
fabrikantens firmanavn.
En ændring i virksomhedens juridiske ejendomsform indebærer ikke, at der skal meddeles en ny godkendelse
b)
udformningen og samlingen af karrosseriets væsentlige dele, hvis der er tale om et selvbærende karrosseri
c)
udformningen og konstruktionen af chassisets væsentlige dele, hvis der er tale om et ikke-selvbærende karrosseri.
3.1.2.   Uanset kravene i punkt 3.1.1, litra b), kan disse køretøjer anses for at tilhøre samme type, når fabrikanten bruger gulvdelen af karrosserikonstruktionen samt de væsentlige elementer, der udgør den forreste del af karrosserikonstruktionen, der befinder sig umiddelbart foran forrudepanelet, til konstruktionen af forskellige karrosserier (f.eks. en varevogn og chassis med førerhus, forskellige akselafstande og forskellige lofthøjder). Dette skal godtgøres af fabrikanten.
3.1.3.   En køretøjstype består af mindst én variant og én version.
3.2.   Variant
3.2.1.   En »variant« inden for en køretøjstype omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende konstruktionskarakteristika til fælles:
a)
antal sidedøre eller karrosseritype som defineret i del C, punkt 4, (for komplette og færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer), når fabrikanten anvender kriteriet i punkt 3.1.2
b)
færdiggørelsesetape (f.eks. komplet/ukomplet/færdiggjort komplet)
c)
motor med hensyn til følgende konstruktionskarakteristika:
i)
energiforsyning (forbrændingsmotor, elektrisk motor eller andet)
ii)
arbejdsprincip (styret tænding, kompressionstænding eller andet)
iii)
antal cylindre og cylinderarrangement, hvis der er tale om forbrændingsmotorer (L6, V8 eller andet)
d)
antal aksler
e)
antal og indbyrdes forbindelse af drivaksler
f)
antal styrede aksler.
g)
hvis der er tale om etapevist opbyggede køretøjer, fabrikanten og typen af køretøjet i den forudgående etape.
3.3.   Version
3.3.1.   En »version« inden for en variant omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
den største teknisk tilladte totalmasse
b)
motorens slagvolumen, hvis der er tale om en forbrændingsmotor
c)
maksimal motoreffekt eller maksimal kontinuerlig nominel effekt (elektrisk motor)
d)
arten af brændstof (benzin, diesel, LPG, bi-fuel eller andet)
e)
det maksimale antal siddepladser
f)
støjniveau ved forbikørsel
g)
niveau af udstødningsemissioner (f.eks. Euro 5, Euro 6 eller andet)
h)
blandede eller vægtede, blandede CO
2
-emissioner
i)
elektrisk energiforbrug (vægtet, blandet)
j)
blandet eller vægtet, blandet brændstofforbrug.
k)
tilstedeværelsen af et unikt sæt innovative teknologier som specificeret i artikel 12 i Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 510/2011 
(
3
)
.
Som alternativ til kriterierne i litra h), i) og j) skal køretøjer, der er grupperet i en version, have alle prøvninger udført til beregning af deres CO
2
-emissioner, elektriske energiforbrug og brændstofforbrug til fælles i overensstemmelse med underbilag 6 til bilag XXI til forordning (EU) 2017/1151.
4.   Klasse N
2
 og N
3
4.1.   Køretøjstype
4.1.1.   En »køretøjstype« består af køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
fabrikantens firmanavn.
En ændring i virksomhedens juridiske ejendomsform indebærer ikke, at der skal meddeles en ny godkendelse
b)
klasse
c)
chassisudformning og -konstruktion, der er fælles for en enkelt produktionslinje
d)
antal aksler
4.1.2.   En køretøjstype består af mindst én variant og én version.
4.2.   Variant
4.2.1.   En »variant« inden for en køretøjstype omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende konstruktionskarakteristika til fælles:
a)
karrosseriets konstruktionskoncept som defineret i del C, punkt 4, og i tillæg 2 (kun for komplette og færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer)
b)
færdiggørelsesetape (f.eks. komplet/ukomplet/færdiggjort komplet)
c)
motor med hensyn til følgende konstruktionskarakteristika:
i)
energiforsyning (forbrændingsmotor, elektrisk motor eller andet)
ii)
arbejdsprincip (styret tænding, kompressionstænding eller andet)
iii)
antal cylindre og cylinderarrangement, hvis der er tale om forbrændingsmotorer (L6, V8 eller andet)
d)
antal og indbyrdes forbindelse af drivaksler
e)
antal styrede aksler
f)
hvis der er tale om etapevist opbyggede køretøjer, fabrikanten og typen af køretøjet i den forudgående etape.
4.3.   Version
4.3.1.   En »version« inden for en variant omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
den største teknisk tilladte totalmasse
b)
er i stand til eller er ikke i stand til at trække et påhængskøretøj som følger:
i)
et påhængskøretøj uden bremser
ii)
et påhængskøretøj med påløbsbremsning som defineret i punkt 2.12 i FN-regulativ nr. 13
iii)
et påhængskøretøj med kontinuerlig bremsning eller semikontinuerlig bremsning som defineret i punkt 2.9 og 2.10 i FN-regulativ nr. 13
iv)
et påhængskøretøj i klasse O
4
, som fører til en totalmasse for vogntoget på ikke over 44 ton
v)
et påhængskøretøj i klasse O
4
, som fører til en totalmasse for vogntoget på over 44 ton
c)
motorens slagvolumen
d)
maksimal motoreffekt
e)
arten af brændstof (benzin, diesel, LPG, bi-fuel eller andet)
f)
støjniveau ved forbikørsel
g)
niveau af udstødningsemissioner (f.eks. Euro 4, Euro 5 eller andet).
5.   Klasse O
1
 og O
2
5.1.   Køretøjstype
5.1.1.   En »køretøjstype« består af køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
fabrikantens firmanavn.
En ændring i virksomhedens juridiske ejendomsform indebærer ikke, at der skal meddeles en ny godkendelse
b)
klasse
c)
konceptet som defineret i del C, punkt 5
d)
følgende konstruktionsaspekter:
i)
udformningen og konstruktionen af de vigtigste elementer, der udgør chassiset
ii)
udformningen og konstruktionen af karrosseriets væsentlige dele, hvis der er tale om et selvbærende karrosseri
e)
antallet af aksler.
5.1.2.   En køretøjstype består af mindst én variant og én version.
5.2.   Variant
5.2.1.   En »variant« inden for en køretøjstype omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende konstruktionskarakteristika til fælles:
a)
arten af karrosseri som omhandlet i tillæg 2 (for komplette og færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer)
b)
færdiggørelsesetape (f.eks. komplet/ukomplet/færdiggjort komplet)
c)
bremsesystemets type (f.eks. ubremset/påløbsbremse/servobremse)
d)
hvis der er tale om etapevist opbyggede køretøjer, fabrikanten og typen af køretøjet i den forudgående etape.
5.3.   Version
5.3.1.   En »version« inden for en variant omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
den største teknisk tilladte totalmasse
b)
ophængningskoncept (luft-, stål- eller gummiophæng, torsionsstang eller andet)
c)
trækstangskoncept (trekant, rør eller andet).
6.   Klasse O
3
 og O
4
6.1.   Køretøjstype
6.1.1.   En »køretøjstype« består af køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
fabrikantens firmanavn.
En ændring i virksomhedens juridiske ejendomsform indebærer ikke, at der skal meddeles en ny godkendelse
b)
klasse
c)
påhængskøretøjets koncept i henhold til definitionerne i del C, punkt 5
d)
følgende udformnings- og konstruktionsaspekter:
i)
udformningen og konstruktionen af de vigtigste elementer, der udgør chassiset
ii)
udformningen og konstruktionen af karrosseriets væsentlige dele, hvis der er tale om et påhængskøretøj med selvbærende karrosseri
e)
antallet af aksler.
6.1.2.   En køretøjstype består af mindst én variant og én version.
6.2.   Varianter
6.2.1.   En »variant« inden for en køretøjstype omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende udformning- og konstruktionskarakteristika til fælles:
a)
arten af karrosseri som omhandlet i tillæg 2 (for komplette og færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer)
b)
færdiggørelsesetape (f.eks. komplet/ukomplet/færdiggjort komplet)
c)
ophængningskoncept (stålophæng, luftophæng eller hydraulisk ophæng)
d)
følgende tekniske karakteristika:
i)
om chassiset kan forlænges eller ej
ii)
dækkets højde (normal, lavt lad, halvt sænket lad osv.)
e)
hvis der er tale om etapevist opbyggede køretøjer, fabrikanten og typen af køretøjet i den forudgående etape.
6.3.   Versioner
6.3.1.   En »version« inden for en variant omfatter de køretøjer, som har følgende karakteristika til fælles:
a)
den største teknisk tilladte totalmasse
b)
de underinddelinger eller kombinationer af underinddelinger, der er omhandlet i punkt 3.2 og 3.3 i bilag I til direktiv 96/53/EF, som akselafstanden mellem to på hinanden følgende aksler hører ind under
c)
definitionen af akslerne med hensyn til følgende:
i)
løftbare aksler (antal og placering)
ii)
belastbare aksler (antal og placering)
iii)
styrede aksler (antal og placering).
7.   Fælles krav for alle køretøjsklasser
7.1.   Hvis et køretøj falder ind under flere klasser som følge af sin totalmasse eller antallet af siddepladser eller begge dele, kan fabrikanten vælge at bruge kriterierne fra enten den ene eller den anden køretøjsklasse til definition af varianter og versioner.
7.1.1.   Eksempler:
a)
Et køretøj »A« kan typegodkendes som N
1
 (3,5 ton) og N
2
 (4,2 ton) ud fra sin totalmasse. I et sådant tilfælde kan de parametre, der er nævnt i klasse N
1
, også anvendes for det køretøj, der falder ind under klasse N
2
 (eller omvendt).
b)
Et køretøj »B« kan typegodkendes som M
1
 og M
2
 ud fra antallet af siddepladser (7 + 1 eller 10 + 1), og de parametre, der er nævnt i klasse M
1
 kan også anvendes for det køretøj, der falder ind under klasse M
2
 (eller omvendt).
7.2.   Et køretøj i klasse N kan typegodkendes ud fra de bestemmelser, der er påkrævet for henholdsvis klasse M
1
 eller M
2
, når det er hensigten, at det skal konverteres til et køretøj i denne klasse i næste etape af en etapevis typegodkendelsesprocedure.
7.2.1.   Denne mulighed kan kun anvendes på ukomplette køretøjer.
Sådanne køretøjer skal være identificeret ved en særlig kode for varianten, som gives af fabrikanten af basiskøretøjet.
7.3.   Betegnelser for typer, varianter og versioner
7.3.1.   Fabrikanten tildeler en alfanumerisk kode til hver køretøjstype, variant og version, og denne består af latinske bogstaver og/eller arabiske tal.
Brug af parenteser og bindestreger er tilladt, hvis de ikke erstatter et bogstav eller et tal.
7.3.2.   Hele koden betegnes: type-variant-version eller »TVV-kode«.
7.3.3.   TVV-koden skal klart og utvetydigt identificere en unik kombination af tekniske karakteristika ud fra de kriterier, der er fastlagt i nærværende del.
7.3.4.   Samme fabrikant kan anvende samme kode til at definere en køretøjstype, hvis denne falder ind under to eller flere klasser.
7.3.5.   Samme fabrikant må ikke anvende samme kode til at definere en køretøjstype i forbindelse med mere end én typegodkendelse inden for samme køretøjsklasse.
7.4.   Antal tegn i TVV-koden
7.4.1.   Antallet af tegn må ikke overstige:
a)
15 for koden for køretøjstypen
b)
25 for koden for en variant
c)
35 for koden for en version.
7.4.2.   Den fuldstændige alfanumeriske TVV-kode må ikke indeholde mere end 75 tegn.
7.4.3.   Når TVV-koden anvendes i sin helhed, skal der være et mellemrum mellem type, variant og version.
Eksempel på en sådan TVV-kode: 159AF[…mellemrum]0054[…mellemrum]977k(BE).
DEL C
Definition af karrosseritype
1.   Generelt
1.1.   Typen af karrosseri samt koden for karrosseri angives ved hjælp af koder.
Koderne finder som udgangspunkt anvendelse på komplette og færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer.
1.2.   For så vidt angår køretøjer i klasse M skal karrosseritypen bestå af to bogstaver som nærmere angivet i punkt 2 og 3.
1.3.   For så vidt angår køretøjer i klasse N og O skal karrosseritypen bestå af to bogstaver som nærmere angivet i punkt 4 og 5.
1.4.   Hvis det er nødvendigt (navnlig for de karrosserityper, der er omhandlet i henholdsvis punkt 4.1 og 4.6 samt i punkt 5.1-5.4), suppleres de med to tal.
1.4.1.   Fortegnelsen over tal fastsættes i tillæg 2.
1.5.   For køretøjer til særlig anvendelse skal den type karrosseri, der skal anvendes, være relateret til køretøjets klasse.
2.   Køretøjer i klasse M
1
Ref.
Kode
Navn
Definition
2.1.
AA
Sedan
Et køretøj som defineret i term 3.1.1.1 i international standard ISO 3833:1977, med mindst fire sidevinduer.
2.2.
AB
Hatchback
En sedan som defineret i 2.1, med vippedør i bagenden af køretøjet.
2.3.
AC
Stationcar
Et køretøj som defineret i term 3.1.1.4 i international standard ISO 3833:1977.
2.4.
AD
Coupé
Et køretøj som defineret i term 3.1.1.5 i international standard ISO 3833:1977.
2.5.
AE
Cabriolet
Et køretøj som defineret i term 3.1.1.6 i international standard ISO 3833:1977.
En cabriolet kan dog være uden dør.
2.6.
AF
Multifunktionelt køretøj
Et køretøj bortset fra AG og de under AA-AE omhandlede, som er konstrueret til befordring af personer og disses bagage eller lejlighedsvis gods i et enkelt rum.
2.7.
AG
Stationcar-pickup
Et køretøj som defineret i term 3.1.1.4.1 i international standard ISO 3833:1977.
Bagagerummet skal dog være fuldstændig adskilt fra passagerrummet
Desuden skal referencepunktet for førerens siddeplads befinde sig mindst 750 mm over den overflade, som køretøjet hviler på.
3.   Køretøjer i klasse M
2
 eller M
3
Ref.
Kode
Navn
Definition
3.1.
CA
Enkeltdækkerbus
Et køretøj, hvor pladserne til passagerer er indrettet på et enkelt niveau eller på en måde, så de ikke udgør to niveauer oven på hinanden.
3.2.
CB
Dobbeltdækkerbus
Et køretøj som defineret i punkt 2.1.6 i FN-regulativ nr. 107.
3.3.
CC
Enkeltdækkerledbus
Et køretøj som defineret i punkt 2.1.3 i FN-regulativ nr. 107 med enkeltdæk.
3.4.
CD
Dobbeltdækkerledbus
Et køretøj som defineret i punkt 2.1.3.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 107.
3.5.
CE
Enkeltdækker lavgulvsbus
Et køretøj som defineret i punkt 2.1.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 107 med enkeltdæk.
3.6.
CF
Dobbeltdækkerlavgulvsbus
Et køretøj som defineret i punkt 2.1.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 107 med dobbeltdæk.
3.7.
CG
Enkeltdækker leddelt lavgulvsbus
Et køretøj, der kombinerer de tekniske karakteristika i denne tabels punkt 3.3 og 3.5.
3.8.
CH
Dobbeltdækker leddelt lavgulvsbus
Et køretøj, der kombinerer de tekniske karakteristika i denne tabels nr. 3.4 og 3.6.
3.9.
CI
Åben enkeltdækkerbus
Et køretøj med delvis tag eller uden tag.
3.10.
CJ
Åben dobbeltdækkerbus
Et køretøj uden tag over en del eller hele det øverste dæk.
3.11.
CX
Buschassis
Et ukomplet køretøj kun med chassisramme af stænger eller rør, fremdriftssystem og aksler, som er beregnet til færdiggørelse med karrosseri tilpasset transportoperatørens behov.
4.   Motorkøretøjer i klasse N
1
, N
2
 eller N
3
Ref.
Kode
Navn
Definition
4.1.
BA
Lastbil
Et køretøj udformet og konstrueret udelukkende eller først og fremmest til godstransport.
En lastbil kan også trække et påhængskøretøj.
4.2.
BB
Varevogn
En lastbil, hvor førerrummet og lastarealet befinder sig i en enkelt enhed.
4.3.
BC
Sættevognstrækker
Et trækkøretøj udformet og konstrueret udelukkende eller først og fremmest til trækning af sættevogne.
4.4.
BD
Vejtraktor
Et trækkøretøj udformet og konstrueret udelukkende til trækning af andre påhængskøretøjer end sættevogne.
4.5.
BE
Pickup
Et køretøj med en totalmasse på ikke over 3 500  kg, hvor siddepladser og lastareal ikke er placeret i et enkelt rum.
4.6.
BX
Chassis med førerhus eller delvis førerhus
Et ukomplet køretøj kun med et førerhus (komplet eller delvis), chassisramme, fremdriftssystem og aksler, som er beregnet til færdiggørelse med karrosseri tilpasset transportoperatørens behov.
5.   Køretøjer i klasse O
Ref.
Kode
Navn
Definition
5.1.
DA
Sættevogn
Et påhængskøretøj, der er udformet og konstrueret til tilkobling til en trækker eller en dolly og til at påføre trækkeren eller dollyen en betydelig vertikal belastning.
Den kobling, der skal benyttes til et vogntog, skal bestå af hovedbolt og skammel.
5.2.
DB
Almindelig påhængsvogn
Et påhængskøretøj med mindst to aksler, hvoraf mindst én er en styret aksel:
a)
udstyret med en trækanordning, som kan bevæges lodret (i forhold til påhængskøretøjet), og
b)
som overfører mindre end 100 daN i form af statisk vertikal belastning af det trækkende køretøj.
5.3.
DC
Kærre
Et påhængskøretøj, hvor akslen (akslerne) er anbragt nær ved køretøjets tyngdepunkt (når det er ensartet lastet), således at kun en mindre statisk lodret belastning på ikke over 10 % af den belastning, der svarer til påhængskøretøjets totalmasse, eller en belastning på højst 1 000  daN (idet den laveste værdi anvendes) overføres til det trækkende køretøj.
5.4.
DE
Påhængskøretøj med stiv trækstang
Et påhængskøretøj med en aksel eller akselgruppe udstyret med en trækstang, som overfører en statisk belastning på ikke over 4 000  daN til det trækkende køretøj som følge af sin konstruktion, og som ikke opfylder definitionen for en kærre.
Den kobling, der skal benyttes til et vogntog, må ikke bestå af hovedbolt og skammel.
(
1
)
  Rådets direktiv 80/181/EØF af 20. december 1979 om indbyrdes tilnærmelse af medlemsstaternes lovgivning om måleenheder og om ophævelse af direktiv 71/354/EØF (
EFT L 39 af 15.2.1980, s. 40
).
(
2
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) 2017/1151 af 1. juni 2017 om supplerende regler til Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 om typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer med hensyn til emissioner fra lette personbiler og lette erhvervskøretøjer (Euro 5 og Euro 6) og om adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, om ændring af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2007/46/EF, Kommissionens forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008 og Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012 og om ophævelse af Kommissionens forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008 (
EUT L 175 af 7.7.2017, s. 1
).
(
3
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 510/2011 af 11. maj 2011 om fastsættelse af præstationsnormer for nye lette erhvervskøretøjers emissioner inden for Unionens integrerede tilgang til nedbringelse af CO
2
-emissionerne fra personbiler og lette erhvervskøretøjer (
EUT L 145 af 31.5.2011, s. 1
).
Tillæg 1
Procedure til kontrol af, om et køretøj kan klassificeres som terrængående (off-road)
1.   Generelt
1.1.   For så vidt angår klassificering af et køretøj som et terrængående (off-road) køretøj finder den i dette tillæg beskrevne procedure anvendelse.
2.   Prøvningsbetingelser ved geometriske målinger
2.1.   Køretøjer i klasse M
1
 eller N
1
 skal være ulæssede med en 50-percentil mandlig dukke monteret i førersædet og med kølervæske, smøremidler, værktøj og reservehjul (hvis dette er monteret som originaludstyr (OEM-udstyr)).
Dukken kan erstattes af en lignende anordning med samme masse.
2.2.   Andre køretøjer end de i punkt 2.1 omhandlede skal lastes til deres største teknisk tilladte totalmasse.
Fordelingen af masse på akslerne skal være den fordeling, der repræsenterer den mest ugunstige situation med hensyn til opfyldelse af de respektive kriterier.
2.3.   Et køretøj, der er repræsentativt for typen, indleveres til den tekniske tjeneste i den tilstand, der er specificeret i punkt 2.1 eller 2.2. Køretøjet skal holde stille, og dets hjul skal vende lige fremad.
Det underlag, som målingerne foretages på, skal være så plant og vandret (maks. 0,5 % hældning) som muligt.
3.   Måling af frigangsvinkel fortil og bagtil samt af rampevinkel
3.1.   Frigangsvinkel fortil måles i overensstemmelse med punkt 6.10 i international standard ISO 612:1978.
3.2.   Frigangsvinkel bagtil måles i overensstemmelse med punkt 6.11 i international standard ISO 612:1978.
3.3.   Rampevinkel måles i overensstemmelse med punkt 6.9 i international standard ISO 612:1978.
3.4.   Ved måling af frigangsvinkel bagtil kan højdejusterbare beskyttelsesanordninger mod underkøring justeres til øverste position.
3.5.   Forskriften i punkt 3.4 må ikke fortolkes som en forpligtelse for basiskøretøjet til at være udstyret med beskyttelse bagtil mod underkøring som originaludstyr. Fabrikanten af basiskøretøjet skal dog underrette fabrikanten i næste etape om, at køretøjet skal opfylde kravene til frigangsvinkel bagtil, når det udstyres med beskyttelse bagtil mod underkøring.
4.   Måling af frihøjde
4.1.   Frihøjde mellem akslerne
4.1.1.   Ved »frihøjde mellem akslerne« forstås den korteste afstand mellem jordplanet og det laveste faste punkt på køretøjet.
Ved anvendelsen af definitionen anvendes afstanden mellem den bageste aksel i den forreste akselgruppe og den forreste aksel i den bageste akselgruppe.
4.1.2.   Ingen fast del af køretøjet må rage ind i det skraverede område på tegningen.
4.2.   Frihøjde under en aksel
4.2.1.   Ved »frihøjde under en aksel« forstås afstanden under det højeste punkt på en cirkelbue, der går gennem midten af dækkenes trædeflade på en aksels hjul (de indvendige hjul i tilfælde af tvillingdæk), og som rører det laveste faste punkt på køretøjet mellem hjulene.
4.2.2.   Hvis det er relevant, skal måling af frihøjde foretages for hver aksel i en gruppe aksler.
5.   Stigeevne
5.1.   Ved »stigeevne« forstås et køretøjs evne til at forcere en stigning.
5.2.   For at kontrollere stigeevnen for et ukomplet køretøj og et komplet køretøj i klasse M
2
, M
3
, N
2
 og N
3
 skal der udføres en prøvning.
5.3.   Prøvningen skal udføres af den tekniske tjeneste med et køretøj, der er repræsentativt for den type, der skal prøves.
5.4.   På fabrikantens anmodning og på de betingelser, der er nærmere angivet i bilag VIII, kan et køretøjs stigeevne påvises ved virtuel prøvning.
6.   Prøvningsbetingelser og godkendelses-/afvisningskriterium
6.1.   Betingelserne i bilag II til Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012 
(
1
)
 finder anvendelse.
6.2.   Køretøjet skal forcere hældningen med en konstant hastighed, uden at hjulene skrider i hverken længderetning eller sideretning.
(
1
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012 af 12. december 2012 om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 for så vidt angår krav til typegodkendelse for masse og dimensioner for motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil og om ændring af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2007/46/EF (
EUT L 353 af 21.12.2012, s. 31
).
Tillæg 2
Tal til supplering af koderne for de forskellige karrosseriarter
01.
Fladvogn
02.
Nedklappelige sider
03.
Lukket kasse
04.
Konditioneret karrosseri med isolerede vægge og udstyr til opretholdelse af indvendig temperatur
05.
Konditioneret karrosseri med isolerede vægge, men uden udstyr til opretholdelse af indvendig temperatur
06.
Gardin
07.
Veksellad (overbygning kan udskiftes)
08.
Container
09.
Køretøjer med kroghejs
10.
Tip
11.
Tank
12.
Tank til transport af farligt gods
13.
Kreaturtransport
14.
Biltransport
15.
Cementblander
16.
Køretøjer med cementpumpe
17.
Tømmer
18.
Renovationsvogn
19.
Gadefejer, rengøring og afløbsrensning
20.
Kompressor
21.
Bådtransport
22.
Svæveflytransport
23.
Køretøjer til detailhandel eller fremvisning
24.
Bjærgningskøretøj
25.
Stigevogn
26.
Kranbil (bortset fra en mobil kran som defineret i del A, punkt 5.7)
27.
Køretøj med personlift
28.
Borevogn
29.
Påhængskøretøj med lavt lad
30.
Glastransport
31.
Brandbil
99.
Karrosseri, der ikke indgår i denne liste.
BILAG II
KRAV I FORBINDELSE MED EU-TYPEGODKENDELSE AF KØRETØJER, SYSTEMER, KOMPONENTER ELLER SEPARATE TEKNISKE ENHEDER
DEL I
Retsakter, der finder anvendelse i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, der fremstilles i ubegrænsede serier
Punkt
Emne
Retsakt
Anvendelsesområde
Separat teknisk enhed eller komponent
M
1
M
2
M
3
N
1
N
2
N
3
O
1
O
2
O
3
O
4
1A
Støjniveau
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 540/2014
 (
*1
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2A
Emissioner (Euro 5 og Euro 6) lette køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
X (
1
)
X (
1
)
X (
1
)
X (
1
)
X
3A
Forebyggelse af brandfare (beholdere til flydende brændstof)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 34
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
 (
*2
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5A
Styreapparat
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 79
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (trin, trinbræt og håndgreb)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
 (
*3
)
X
X
X
X
6B
Dørlåse og dørophæng
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 11
X
X
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
9A
Bremsning af køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
9B
Bremser (personbiler)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13-H
X (
4
)
X (
4
)
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
12A
Indvendigt udstyr
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 21
X
13A
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod uberettiget brug
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 18
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X
13B
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod uberettiget brug
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 116
X
X
X
14A
Beskyttelse af førere mod styreapparatet i tilfælde af et sammenstød
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 12
X
X
15A
Sæder, sædeforankringer og eventuelle nakkestøtter
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 17
X
X (
4B
)
X (
4B
)
X
X
X
15B
Sæderne i store køretøjer til personbefordring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 80
X
X
16A
Udragende dele
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 26
X
X
17A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (bakgear)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
17B
Speedometerudstyr, herunder montering af dette
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 39
X
X
X
X
X
X
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
19A
Forankringer til sikkerhedsseler, Isofix-forankringssystemer og Isofix-topstropforankringer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 14
X
X
X
X
X
X
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
21A
Refleksanordninger til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22A
Positionslygter fortil, baglygter, stoplygter og markeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22B
Kørelyslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 87
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22C
Sidemarkeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 91
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
23A
Retningsviserblinklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24A
Belysning af bagnummerplader på motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25A
Sealed-beam-forlygter (SB) til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver europæisk asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 31
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25B
Glødelamper til anvendelse i godkendte lygteenheder til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 37
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25C
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer udstyret med gasudladningslyskilder
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 98
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25D
Gasudladningslyskilder til anvendelse i godkendte gasudladningsforlygter på motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 99
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25E
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele, og som er udstyret med glødelamper og/eller LED-moduler
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 112
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25F
Adaptive forlygtesystemer (AFS) til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 123
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
26A
Tågeforlygter til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 19
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
 (
*4
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
28A
Tågebaglygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 38
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
29A
Baklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 23
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30A
Parkeringslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 77
X
X
X
X
X
X
31A
Sikkerhedsseler, fastholdelsesanordninger barnefastholdelsesanordninger og Isofix-barnefastholdelsesanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 16
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
32A
Synsfelt fremad
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 125
X
33A
Placering og identificering af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
X
X
X
X
X
X
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
 (
*5
)
X
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
 (
*6
)
X
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
X
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
37A
Hjulafskærmning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010
 (
*7
)
X
38A
Nakkestøtter, hvad enten de er indbygget i et sæde eller ej
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 25
X
41A
Emissioner (Euro 6) tunge køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
X (
9
)
X (
9
)
X
X (
9
)
X (
9
)
X
X
42A
Beskyttelse af godskøretøjer mod sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 73
X
X
X
X
X
43A
Stænkafskærmningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 109/2011
 (
*8
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
44A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
X
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
 (
*9
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46B
Luftdæk til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
1
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 30
X
X
X
X
X
46C
Luftdæk til erhvervskøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 54
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46D
Dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand (klasse C
1
, C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 117
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46E
Reserveenheder til midlertidig anvendelse, sikkerhedsdæk (run-flat-dæk) og/eller sikkerhedsdækssystemer og systemer til dæktryksovervågning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 64
X (
9A
)
X (
9A
)
X
47A
Køretøjers hastighedsbegrænsende anordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 89
X
X
X
X
X
48A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
49A
Erhvervskøretøjer for så vidt angår udragende dele foran bagpanelet på førerhuse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 61
X
X
X
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X
X
X
X
X
50B
Kortkoblingsanordninger (KKA); montering af en godkendt type KKA
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 102
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X
51A
Brændbarhed af de materialer, der benyttes ved den indvendige konstruktion af visse klasser af motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 118
X
52A
M
2
- og M
3
-køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 107
X
X
52B
Overbygningens styrke på store køretøjer til personbefordring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 66
X
X
53A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer i tilfælde af frontal kollision
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 94
X (
11
)
54A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer ved sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 95
X (
12
)
X (
12
)
56A
Køretøjer til transport af farligt gods
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 105
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
57A
Anordninger til afskærmning fortil mod underkøring; afskærmning fortil mod underkøring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 93
X
X
X
58
Fodgængerbeskyttelse
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009
 (
*10
)
X
X
X
59
Genanvendelighed
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2005/64/EF
 (
*11
)
X
X
61
Luftkonditioneringsanlæg
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2006/40/EF
 (
*12
)
X
X (
14
)
62
Brintsystem
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009
 (
*13
)
X
X
X
X
X
X
63
Generel sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
64
Gearskiftindikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 65/2012
 (
*14
)
X
65
Avancerede nødbremsesystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 347/2012
 (
*15
)
X
X
X
X
66
Systemer til advarsel om uforvarende vognbaneoverskridelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 351/2012
 (
*16
)
X
X
X
X
67
Specifikke komponenter til LPG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 67
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
68
Tyverialarmer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 97
X
X
X
69
Elektrisk sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 100
X
X
X
X
X
X
70
Specifikke komponenter til CNG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 110
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
71
Førerhusets styrke
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 29
X
X
X
72
eCall-system
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 2015/758
 (
*17
)
X
X
Forklarende bemærkninger
X
Relevant retsakt.
(
1
)
For køretøjer med en referencemasse på højst 2 610 kg. På anmodning fra fabrikanten kan forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 finde anvendelse på køretøjer med en referencemasse på højst 2 840 kg.
(
2
)
I tilfælde af køretøjer med LPG- eller CNG-drevne anlæg kræves typegodkendelse i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 67 eller FN-regulativ nr. 110.
(
3
)
Et elektronisk stabilitetskontrolsystem (ESC) kræves monteret i henhold til artikel 12 og 13 i forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009.
(
4
)
Et ESC kræves monteret i henhold til artikel 12 og 13 i forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009.
(
4A
)
Hvis monteret skal beskyttelsesanordningen opfylde kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 18.
(
4B
)
Denne forordning gælder for sæder, som ikke er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 80.
(
5
)
Køretøjer af denne klasse skal være monteret med passende afrimnings- og afdugningsanordning.
(
6
)
Køretøjer af denne klasse skal være monteret med passende forrudevisker og -vasker.
(
9
)
For køretøjer med en referencemasse på over 2 610 kg, som ikke er typegodkendt (på fabrikantens anmodning og forudsat, at referencemassen ikke overstiger 2 840 kg) i henhold til forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007.
(
9A
)
Finder kun anvendelse, hvis sådanne køretøjer er forsynet med udstyr, der er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 64. Dæktryksovervågningssystem til M
1
-køretøjer er obligatorisk, jf. artikel 9, stk. 2, i forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009.
(
10
)
Finder kun anvendelse på køretøjer, som er udstyret med tilkoblingsanordning.
(
11
)
Gælder for køretøjer med en teknisk tilladt totalmasse på højst 2,5 ton.
(
12
)
Finder kun anvendelse på køretøjer, hvor »sædets referencepunkt («R»-punktet)« for det laveste sæde befinder sig højst 700 mm over jorden.
(
13
)
Finder kun anvendelse, hvis fabrikanten ansøger om typegodkendelse af køretøjer, der er bestemt til brug for transport af farligt gods.
(
14
)
Kun for køretøjer i klasse N
1
, gruppe I, som anført i bilag I til forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007.
(
15
)
Der kræves overensstemmelse med forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009; typegodkendelse under dette punkt er imidlertid ikke omfattet, da punktet omfatter kombinationen af de individuelle punkter 3A, 3B, 4A, 5A, 6A, 6B, 7A, 8A, 9A, 9B, 10A, 12A, 13A, 13B, 14A, 15A, 15B, 16A, 17A, 17B, 18A, 19A, 20A, 21A, 22A, 22B, 22C, 23A, 24A, 25A, 25B, 25C, 25D, 25E, 25F, 26A, 27A, 28A, 29A, 30A, 31A, 32A, 33A, 34A, 35A, 36A, 37A, 38A, 42A, 43A, 44A, 45A, 46A, 46B, 46C, 46D, 46E, 47A, 48A, 49A, 50A, 50B, 51A, 52A, 52B, 53A, 54A, 56A, 57A og 64-71. Den ændringsserie af FN-regulativer, hvis anvendelse er obligatorisk, er anført i bilag IV til forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009. Ændringsserier vedtaget efterfølgende accepteres som alternativer.
Tillæg 1
Retsakter, der finder anvendelse i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer fremstillet i små serier i henhold til artikel 41
Tabel 1
M
1
-køretøjer
Punkt
Emne
Retsakt
Særlige spørgsmål
Gyldighedsområde og særlige krav
1A
Støjniveau
Forordning (EU) nr. 540/2014
A
2A
Emissioner (Euro 5 og Euro 6) lette køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
A
a)
OBD
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med et OBD-system, der opfylder kravene i artikel 4, stk. 1 og 2, i forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008 (OBD-systemet skal være udformet til som minimum at registrere fejl i motorstyringssystemet).
OBD-grænsefladen skal kunne kommunikere med almindelige diagnose-værktøjer.
b)
Overensstemmelse efter ibrugtagning
Ikke relevant
c)
Adgang til informationer
Det er tilstrækkeligt, at fabrikanten giver adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer på en lettilgængelig og hurtig måde.
d)
Effektmåling
(Når fabrikanten anvender en motor fra en anden fabrikant).
Prøvebænkdata fra motorens fabrikant accepteres, forudsat at motorstyringssystemet er identisk (dvs. med mindst samme ECU).
Effekttest kan udføres på et chassisdynamometer. Der skal tages hensyn til effekttab i transmissionen.
3A
Forebyggelse af brandfare (beholdere til flydende brændstof)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 34
a)
Beholdere til flydende brændstof
B
b)
Montering i køretøjet
B
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
B
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
B
5A
Styreapparat
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 79
C
a)
Mekaniske systemer
Bestemmelserne i punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 79 finder anvendelse.
Alle prøvninger, der er foreskrevet i punkt 6.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 79, skal udføres, og kravene i punkt 6.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 79 finder anvendelse.
b)
Komplekse elektroniske køretøjskontrolsystemer
Kravene i bilag 6 til FN-regulativ nr. 79 finder anvendelse.
Overholdelsen af disse krav kan kun kontrolleres af en teknisk tjeneste.
6B
Dørlåse og dørophæng
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 11
C
a)
Generelle krav (punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 11)
Alle krav finder anvendelse.
b)
Krav vedrørende ydeevne (punkt 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 11)
Bestemmelserne i punkt 6.1.5.4 og 6.3 i FN-regulativ nr. 11 finder anvendelse.
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering på køretøjet
B
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering på køretøjet
B
9B
Bremser (personbiler)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13-H
a)
Krav til konstruktion og prøvning
A
b)
Elektronisk stabilitetskontrol (ESC) og bremseassistentsystemer (BAS)
Montering af BAS og ESC ikke påkrævet. Hvis monteret, skal de opfylde forskrifterne i FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
B
12A
Indvendigt udstyr
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 21
C
a)
Indvendig indretning
i)
Krav vedrørende radier og fremhvælvning for kontakter, udtræk o.l., betjeningsanordninger og indvendig indretning generelt.
Kravene i punkt 5.1-5.6 i FN-regulativ nr. 21 kan fraviges på fabrikantens anmodning.
Kravene i punkt 5.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 21 med undtagelse af punkt 5.2.3.1, 5.2.3.2 og 5.2.4 heri finder anvendelse.
ii)
Energiabsorptionsprøvning af den øverste del af instrumentbrættet
Energiabsorptionsprøvning af den øverste del af instrumentbrættet må kun udføres, når køretøjet ikke er udstyret med mindst to airbags foran eller to statiske firpunktsseler.
iii)
Energiabsorptions-prøvning af ryglænets bagside
Ikke relevant
b)
Eldrevne ruder, oplukkelige tagsystemer og adskillelser
Alle kravene i punkt 5.8 i FN-regulativ nr. 21 finder anvendelse.
13B
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 116
A
Bestemmelserne i punkt 8.3.1.1.1. i FN-regulativ nr. 116 kan uanset typen af fremdriftssystem anvendes i stedet for punkt 8.3.1.1.2 i nævnte regulativ.
14A
Beskyttelse af førere mod styreapparatet i tilfælde af et sammenstød
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 12
C
Prøvninger der er påkrævet, når køretøjet ikke er blevet testet i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 94 (se punkt 53A)
15A
Sæder, sædeforankringer og eventuelle nakkestøtter
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 17
C
a)
Generelle krav
i)
Specifikationer
Kravene i punkt 5.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 17 finder anvendelse med undtagelse af punkt 5.2.3.
ii)
Styrkeprøvning af sædets ryglæn og nakkestøtte
Kravene i punkt 6.2 FN-regulativ nr. 17 finder anvendelse.
iii)
Prøvning af låsningen og justeringen
Prøvningen gennemføres i overensstemmelse med kravene i bilag 7 til FN-regulativ nr. 17.
b)
Nakkestøtter
i)
Specifikationer
Kravene i punkt 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.10, 5.11 og 5.12 i FN-regulativ nr. 17 finder anvendelse med undtagelse af punkt 5.5.2.
ii)
Styrkeprøvning af nakkestøtter
Den i punkt 6.4 foreskrevne prøvning i FN-regulativ nr. 17 udføres.
c)
Særlige krav vedrørende beskyttelse af personer i køretøjet mod bagageforskydning
Kravene i bilag 9 til FN-regulativ nr. 26 kan fraviges på fabrikantens anmodning.
16A
Udragende dele
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 26
C
a)
Generelle specifikationer
Bestemmelserne i punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 26 finder anvendelse.
b)
Særlige specifikationer
Bestemmelserne i punkt 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 26 finder anvendelse.
17A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne
(bakgear)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
D
17B
Speedometerudstyr, herunder montering af dette
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 39
B
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
B
19A
Forankringer til sikkerhedsseler, Isofix-forankringssystemer og Isofix-topstropforankringer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 14
B
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
B
Kørelys (Daytime Running Lights — DRL) skal være monteret på en ny køretøjstype.
21A
Refleksanordninger til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 3
X
22A
Positionslygter fortil, baglygter, stoplygter og markeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 7
X
22B
Kørelyslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 87
X
22C
Sidemarkeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 91
X
23A
Retningsviserblinklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 6
X
24A
Belysning af bagnummerplader på motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 4
X
25A
Sealed-beam-forlygter (SB) til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver europæisk asymmetrisk nærlys og/eller fjernlys
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 31
X
25B
Glødelamper til anvendelse i godkendte lygteenheder til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 37
X
25C
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer udstyret med gasudladningslyskilder
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 98
X
25D
Gasudladningslyskilder til anvendelse i godkendte gasudladningsforlygter på motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 99
X
25E
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele, og som er udstyret med glødelamper og/eller LED-moduler
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 112
X
25F
Adaptive frontlygtesystemer (AFS) til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN -regulativ nr. 123
X
26A
Tågeforlygter til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 19
X
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
B
28A
Tågebaglygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 38
X
29A
Baklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 23
X
30A
Parkeringslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 77
X
31A
Sikkerhedsseler, fastholdelsesanordninger barnefastholdelsesanordninger og Isofix-barnefastholdelsesanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 16
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Installationskrav
B
32A
Synsfelt fremad
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 125
A
33A
Placering og identificering af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
A
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
C
a)
Afrimning af forruden
Kun punkt 1.1.1 i bilag II til forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010 finder anvendelse, forudsat at en varm luftstrøm ledes til forrudens samlede overflade, eller sidstnævnte er elektrisk opvarmet.
b)
Afdugning af forruden
Kun punkt 1.2.1 i bilag II til forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010 finder anvendelse, forudsat at en varm luftstrøm ledes til forrudens samlede overflade, eller sidstnævnte er elektrisk opvarmet.
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
C
a)
Forrudeviskersystem
Punkt 1.1 til 1.1.10 i bilag III til forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010 finder anvendelse.
Kun prøvningen i punkt 2.1.10 i bilag III til forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010 foretages.
b)
Forrudevaskersystem
Afsnit 1.2 i bilag III til forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010 finder anvendelse med undtagelse af punkt 1.2.2, 1.2.3 og 1.2.5.
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
C
Montering af et opvarmningsanlæg kræves ikke.
a)
Alle opvarmningsanlæg
Kravene i punkt 5.3 og 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 122 finder anvendelse.
b)
LPG-opvarmningsanlæg
Kravene i bilag 8 til FN-regulativ nr. 122 finder anvendelse.
37A
Hjulafskærmning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010
B
38A
Nakkestøtter, hvad enten de er indbygget i et sæde eller ej
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 25
X
41A
Emissioner (Euro 6) tunge køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
A
Med undtagelse af kravsættet vedrørende OBD og adgang til informationer.
Effektmåling
(Når fabrikanten anvender en motor fra en anden fabrikant).
Prøvebænkdata fra motorens fabrikant accepteres, forudsat at motorstyringssystemet er identisk (dvs. med mindst samme ECU).
Effekttest kan udføres på et chassisdynamometer. Der skal tages hensyn til effekttab i transmissionen.
44A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
B
Prøvning af igangsætning på skråning ved maksimal vogntogsmasse som beskrevet i punkt 5.1 i del A i bilag I til forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012 kan fraviges på fabrikantens anmodning.
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
B
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
B
Datoerne for gradvis anvendelse er fastlagt i artikel 13 i forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009.
46B
Luftdæk til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
1
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 30
Komponenter
X
46D
Dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand (klasse C
1
, C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 117
Komponenter
X
46E
Reserveenheder til midlertidig anvendelse, sikkerhedsdæk (run-flat-dæk) og/eller sikkerhedsdækssystemer og systemer til dæktryksovervågning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 64
Komponenter
X
Montering af systemer til overvågning af dæktryk (TPMS)
B
Montering af et system til overvågning af dæktryk ikke påkrævet.
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
B
53A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer i tilfælde af frontal kollision
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 94
C
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 94 finder anvendelse på køretøjer, der er udstyret med airbags foran. Køretøjer, der ikke er udstyret med airbags, skal opfylde kravene i punkt 14A i denne tabel.
54A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer ved sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 95
C
Sammenstødsprøvning med hovedformet klods
Fabrikanten skal til den tekniske tjeneste levere passende oplysninger om hovedklodsens mulige sammenstød med køretøjets struktur eller sideruder, hvis bestående af lamineret glas.
Hvis det er påvist, at sådanne sammenstød kan forventes, skal den delvise prøvning med hovedformet klods, der er beskrevet i punkt 3.1 i bilag 8 til FN-regulativ nr. 95, udføres, og det kriterium, der er fastsat i punkt 5.2.1.1 i FN-regulativ 95 skal være opfyldt.
Efter aftale med den tekniske tjeneste kan prøvningsmetoden i bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 21 anvendes som alternativ til prøvningen i FN-regulativ nr. 95.
58
Fodgængerbeskyttelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009
a)
Gældende tekniske krav til køretøjet
Ikke relevant
b)
Systemer til frontal beskyttelse
X
59
Genanvendelighed
Direktiv 2005/64/EF
Ikke relevant — kun artikel 7 om genbrug af komponenter finder anvendelse.
61
Luftkonditioneringsanlæg
Direktiv 2006/40/EF
A
62
Brintsystem
Forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009
X
63
Generel sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Se den forklarende bemærkning (
15
) i denne dels tabel med retsakter, der finder anvendelse i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, der fremstilles i ubegrænsede serier.
64
Gearskiftindikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 65/2012
Ikke relevant
67
Specifikke komponenter til flydende gas (LPG) og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 67
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
A
68
Tyverialarmer (VAS)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 97
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
B
69
Elektrisk sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 100
B
70
Specifikke komponenter til CNG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 110
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
A
72
eCall-system
Forordning (EU) 2015/758
Ikke relevant
Forklarende bemærkninger
X
Fuldstændig anvendelse af retsakten som følger:
a)
der skal udstedes typegodkendelsesattest
b)
prøvninger og kontrol udføres af den tekniske tjeneste eller fabrikanten på de betingelser, der er fastsat i artikel 67 til 81
c)
en prøvningsrapport udarbejdes i overensstemmelse med bilag III
d)
produktionens overensstemmelse skal sikres.
A
Anvendelse af retsakten som følger:
a)
alle retsaktens krav skal opfyldes, medmindre andet er angivet
b)
der kræves ikke typegodkendelsesattest
c)
prøvninger og kontrol udføres af den tekniske tjeneste eller fabrikanten på de betingelser, der er fastsat i artikel 67 til 81
d)
en prøvningsrapport udarbejdes i overensstemmelse med bilag III
e)
produktionens overensstemmelse skal sikres.
B
Anvendelse af retsakten som følger:
Samme som for »A«, med den undtagelse, at fabrikanten kan udføre prøvningerne og kontrollerne selv, med forbehold af den godkendende myndigheds accept.
C
Anvendelse af retsakten som følger:
a)
kun de tekniske krav i retsakten skal opfyldes, uanset eventuelle overgangsbestemmelser
b)
der kræves ikke typegodkendelsesattest
c)
prøvninger og kontrol skal udføres af den tekniske tjeneste eller af fabrikanten (jf. afgørelser under »B«)
d)
en prøvningsrapport udarbejdes i overensstemmelse med bilag III
e)
produktionens overensstemmelse skal sikres.
D
Samme som for afgørelserne under »B« og »C«, med den undtagelse, at en erklæring om overensstemmelse afgivet af fabrikanten er tilstrækkelig. Prøvningsrapport kræves ikke.
Den typegodkendende myndighed eller tekniske tjeneste kan kræve yderligere oplysninger eller videre dokumentation, hvis det skulle blive nødvendigt.
Ikke relevant
Retsakten finder ikke anvendelse. Der vil imidlertid kunne indføres krav om overensstemmelse med et eller flere specifikke aspekter i retsakten.
Den ændringsserie til de FN-regulativer, der finder anvendelse, er anført i bilag IV til forordningen (EF) nr. 661/2009. Ændringsserier vedtaget efterfølgende accepteres som alternativer.
Tabel 2
N
1
-køretøjer
(
1
)
Punkt
Emne
Retsakt
Særlige spørgsmål
Gyldighedsområde og særlige krav
1A
Støjniveau
Forordning (EU) nr. 540/2014
A
2A
Emissioner (Euro 5 og Euro 6) lette køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
A
a)
OBD
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med et OBD-system, der opfylder kravene i artikel 4, stk. 1 og 2, i forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008 (OBD-systemet skal være udformet til som minimum at registrere fejl i motorstyringssystemet).
OBD-grænsefladen skal kunne kommunikere med almindelige diagnose-værktøjer.
b)
Overensstemmelse efter ibrugtagning
Ikke relevant
c)
Adgang til informationer
Det er tilstrækkeligt, at fabrikanten giver adgang til køretøjets reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer på en lettilgængelig og hurtig måde.
d)
Effektmåling
(Når fabrikanten anvender en motor fra en anden fabrikant).
Prøvebænkdata fra motorens fabrikant accepteres, forudsat at motorstyringssystemet er identisk (dvs. med mindst samme ECU).
Effekttest kan udføres på et chassisdynamometer. Der skal tages hensyn til effekttab i transmissionen.
3A
Forebyggelse af brandfare (beholdere til flydende brændstof)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 34
a)
Beholdere til flydende brændstof
B
b)
Montering i køretøjet
B
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
B
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
B
5A
Styreapparat
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 79
C
a)
Mekaniske systemer
Bestemmelserne i punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 79.01 finder anvendelse.
Alle prøvninger, der er foreskrevet i punkt 6.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 79, skal udføres, og kravene i punkt 6.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 79 finder anvendelse.
b)
Komplekse elektroniske køretøjskontrolsystemer
Kravene i bilag 6 til FN-regulativ nr. 79 finder anvendelse.
Overholdelsen af disse krav kan kun kontrolleres af en teknisk tjeneste.
6B
Dørlåse og dørophæng
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 11
C
a)
Generelle krav (punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 11)
Alle krav finder anvendelse.
b)
Krav vedrørende ydeevne (punkt 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 11)
Bestemmelserne i punkt 6.1.5.4 og 6.3 i FN-regulativ nr. 11 finder anvendelse.
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering på køretøjet
B
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering på køretøjet
B
9A
Bremsning af køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13
a)
Krav til konstruktion og prøvning
A
b)
Elektronisk stabilitetskontrol (ESC)
Montering af et ESC-system ikke påkrævet. Hvis monteret, skal det opfylde forskrifterne i FN-regulativ nr. 13.
9B
Bremser (personbiler)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13-H
a)
Krav til konstruktion og prøvning
A
b)
ESC og bremseassistentsystemer (BAS)
Montering af BAS og ESC ikke påkrævet. Hvis monteret, skal de opfylde forskrifterne i FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
B
13B
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 116
A
Bestemmelserne i punkt 8.3.1.1.1. i FN-regulativ nr. 116 kan uanset typen af fremdriftssystem anvendes i stedet for punkt 8.3.1.1.2. i nævnte regulativ.
14A
Beskyttelse af førere mod styreapparatet i tilfælde af et sammenstød
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 12
C
a)
Kollisionstest mod barriere
Prøvning kræves.
b)
Slagprøvning mod rat med torsoblok
Ikke påkrævet, hvis rattet er udstyret med airbag.
c)
Sammenstødsprøvning med hovedformet klods
Ikke påkrævet, hvis rattet er udstyret med airbag.
15A
Sæder, sædeforankringer og eventuelle nakkestøtter
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 17
B
17A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne
(bakgear)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
D
17B
Speedometerudstyr, herunder montering af dette
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 39
B
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
B
19A
Forankringer til sikkerhedsseler, Isofix-forankringssystemer og Isofix-topstropforankringer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 14
B
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
B
Kørelys skal være monteret på en ny køretøjstype.
21A
Refleksanordninger til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 3
X
22A
Positionslygter fortil, baglygter, stoplygter og markeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 7
X
22B
Kørelyslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 87
X
22C
Sidemarkeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 91
X
23A
Retningsviserblinklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 6
X
24A
Belysning af bagnummerplader på motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 4
X
25A
Sealed-beam-forlygter (SB) til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver europæisk asymmetrisk nærlys og/eller fjernlys
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 31
X
25B
Glødelamper til anvendelse i godkendte lygteenheder til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 37
X
25C
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer udstyret med gasudladningslyskilder
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 98
X
25D
Gasudladningslyskilder til anvendelse i godkendte gasudladningsforlygter på motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 99
X
25E
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele, og som er udstyret med glødelamper og/eller LED-moduler
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 112
X
25F
Adaptive forlygtesystemer(AFS) til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 123
X
26A
Tågeforlygter til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 19
X
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
B
28A
Tågebaglygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 38
X
29A
Baklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 23
X
30A
Parkeringslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 77
X
31A
Sikkerhedsseler, fastholdelsesanordninger barnefastholdelsesanordninger og Isofix-barnefastholdelsesanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 16
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Installationskrav
B
33A
Placering og identificering af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
A
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
Ikke relevant
Køretøjet skal være monteret med et passende afrimnings- og afdugningssystem.
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
Ikke relevant
Køretøjet skal være monteret et med passende forrudevisker og -vaskersystem.
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
C
Montering af et opvarmningsanlæg kræves ikke.
a)
Alle opvarmningsanlæg
Kravene i punkt 5.3 og 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 122 finder anvendelse.
b)
LPG-opvarmningsanlæg
Kravene i bilag 8 til FN-regulativ nr. 122 finder anvendelse.
41A
Emissioner (Euro 6) tunge køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
A
Med undtagelse af kravsættet vedrørende OBD og adgang til informationer.
Effektmåling
(Når fabrikanten anvender en motor fra en anden fabrikant).
Prøvebænkdata fra motorens fabrikant accepteres, forudsat at motorstyringssystemet er identisk (dvs. med mindst samme ECU).
Effekttest kan udføres på et chassisdynamometer. Der skal tages hensyn til effekttab i transmissionen.
43A
Stænkafskærmningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 109/2011
B
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
B
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
B
Datoerne for gradvis anvendelse er fastlagt i artikel 13 i forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009.
46B
Luftdæk til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
1
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 30
Komponenter
X
46C
Luftdæk til erhvervskøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 54
Komponenter
X
46D
Dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand (klasse C
1
, C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 117
Komponenter
X
46E
Reserveenheder til midlertidig anvendelse, sikkerhedsdæk (run-flat-dæk) og/eller sikkerhedsdækssystemer og systemer til dæktryksovervågning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 64
Komponenter
X
Montering af systemer til overvågning af dæktryk
B
Montering af et system til overvågning af dæktryk er ikke påkrævet.
48A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
B
Prøvning af igangsætning på skråning ved maksimal vogntogsmasse
Prøvning af igangsætning på skråning ved maksimal vogntogsmasse som beskrevet i punkt 5.1 i del A i bilag I til forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012 kan fraviges på fabrikantens anmodning.
49A
Erhvervskøretøjer for så vidt angår udragende dele foran bagpanelet på førerhuse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 61
C
a)
Generelle specifikationer
Bestemmelserne i punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 61 finder anvendelse.
b)
Særlige specifikationer
Bestemmelserne i punkt 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 61 finder anvendelse.
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
B
54A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer ved sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 95
C
C
Sammenstødsprøvning med hovedformet klods
Fabrikanten skal til den tekniske tjeneste levere passende oplysninger om hovedklodsens mulige sammenstød med køretøjets struktur eller sideruder, hvis disse består af lamineret glas.
Hvis det er påvist, at sådanne sammenstød kan forventes, skal den delvise prøvning med hovedformet klods, der er beskrevet i punkt 3.1 i bilag 8 til FN-regulativ nr. 95, udføres, og det kriterium, der er fastsat i punkt 5.2.1.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 95 skal være opfyldt.
Efter aftale med den tekniske tjeneste kan prøvningsmetoden i bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 21 anvendes som alternativ til prøvningen i FN-regulativ nr. 95 som nævnt ovenfor.
56A
Køretøjer til transport af farligt gods
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 105
A
58
Fodgængerbeskyttelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009
a)
Gældende tekniske krav til et køretøj
Ikke relevant
b)
Systemer til frontal beskyttelse
X
59
Genanvendelighed
Direktiv 2005/64/EF
Ikke relevant
Kun artikel 7 om genbrug af komponenter finder anvendelse.
61
Luftkonditioneringsanlæg
Direktiv 2006/40/EF
B
62
Brintsystem
Forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009
X
63
Generel sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Se den forklarende bemærkning (
15
) i denne dels tabel med retsakter, der finder anvendelse i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, der fremstilles i ubegrænsede serier.
67
Specifikke komponenter til flydende gas (LPG) og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 67
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
A
68
Tyverialarmer (VAS)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 97
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
B
69
Elektrisk sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 100
B
70
Specifikke komponenter til CNG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 110
a)
Komponenter
X
b)
Montering
A
71
Førerhusets styrke
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 29
C
72
eCall-system
Forordning (EU) 2015/758
Ikke relevant
Tillæg 2
Krav til individuel EU-godkendelse af et køretøj i henhold til artikel 44
1.   ANVENDELSE
I dette tillæg anses et køretøj for nyt, hvis:
a)
det aldrig før har været registreret, eller
b)
det har været registreret i mindre end seks måneder på tidspunktet for ansøgning om individuel godkendelse af køretøjet.
Et køretøj betragtes som registreret, når det har opnået en permanent, midlertidig eller kortvarig administrativ tilladelse til ibrugtagning i vejtrafikken, som omfatter identificering af køretøjet og tildeling af et registreringsnummer 
(
2
)
.
2.   ADMINISTRATIVE BESTEMMELSER
2.1.   Køretøjets indplacering i klasse
Køretøjer indplaceres i klasser i overensstemmelse med kriterierne i bilag I som følger:
a)
det faktiske antal siddepladser tages i betragtning, og
b)
den teknisk tilladte totalmasse i lastet stand betragtes som den maksimalvægt, der er angivet af fabrikanten i oprindelseslandet, og som fremgår af hans officielle dokumentation.
Hvis køretøjets klasse ikke let lader sig bestemme på grund af karrosseriets udformning, finder betingelserne i bilag I anvendelse.
2.2.   Krav til individuel godkendelse af køretøj
a)
Ansøgeren indgiver en ansøgning til den godkendende myndighed ledsaget af al relevant dokumentation, der er nødvendig af hensyn til godkendelsesprocedurens forløb.
Hvis den indsendte dokumentation er ufuldstændig eller forfalsket, afvises ansøgningen om godkendelse.
b)
Der må kun indsendes én ansøgning for et givet køretøj og kun i én medlemsstat. Den godkendende myndighed kan af ansøgeren kræve et skriftligt tilsagn om, at der vil blive indgivet en ansøgning i den godkendende myndigheds medlemsstat.
Ved et givet køretøj forstås et fysisk køretøj, hvis VIN tydeligt kan identificeres.
Enhver ansøger kan dog ansøge om individuel EU-godkendelse i en anden medlemsstat af et givet køretøj med identiske eller tilsvarende tekniske karakteristika i forhold til det køretøj, for hvilket der er udstedt en individuel godkendelse.
c)
Den godkendende myndighed fastlægger en model for ansøgningsskemaet og dossierets udformning.
De krævede oplysninger om køretøjet må kun omfatte et passende udvalg af oplysningerne omhandlet i bilag I.
d)
De tekniske forskrifter, der skal overholdes, er dem, der er fastsat i punkt 4.
De finder anvendelse på køretøjer i en køretøjsklasse, der produceres aktuelt i forhold til tidspunktet for indgivelse af ansøgningen.
e)
For så vidt angår de prøvninger, der kræves i henhold til de retsakter, der er opført i nærværende bilag, skal ansøgeren fremlægge en erklæring om overensstemmelse med anerkendte internationale standarder eller regulativer. En sådan erklæring må kun udstedes af køretøjsfabrikanten.
Ved »erklæring om overensstemmelse« forstås en erklæring udstedt af det kontor eller den afdeling i fabrikantens organisation, der er behørigt bemyndiget af ledelsen til at lade fabrikanten bære det fulde juridiske ansvar med hensyn til et køretøjs udformning og konstruktion.
De retsakter, for hvilke der skal foreligge en sådan erklæring, er dem, der er omhandlet i punkt 4.
Hvis en erklæring om overensstemmelse giver anledning til uvished, kan det kræves, at ansøgeren fra fabrikanten fremskaffer dokumentation, herunder en prøvningsrapport, med henblik på at underbygge fabrikantens erklæring.
2.3.   Tekniske tjenester, der skal tage sig af individuelle godkendelser af køretøjer
a)
De tekniske tjenester, der skal tage sig af individuelle godkendelser af køretøjer, skal tilhøre kategori A, jf. artikel 68, stk. 1.
b)
Som undtagelse fra forpligtelsen til at godtgøre deres overensstemmelse med standarderne i tillæg 1 til bilag III skal de tekniske tjenester opfylde følgende standarder:
i)
EN ISO/IEC 17025: 2005, når de selv gennemfører prøvninger
ii)
EN ISO/IEC 17020: 2012, når de kontroller køretøjets overensstemmelse med forskrifterne i dette tillæg.
c)
Hvis der efter anmodning fra ansøgeren skal gennemføres særlige prøvninger, der forudsætter særlige færdigheder, gennemføres de af en de tekniske tjenester, der er meddelt Kommission, efter ansøgerens valg.
2.4.   Prøvningsrapporter
a)
Prøvningsrapporter skal udfærdiges i overensstemmelse med punkt 5.10.2 i standard EN ISO/IEC 17025: 2005.
b)
De skal udfærdiges på et EU-sprog fastlagt af den godkendende myndighed.
Hvis en prøvningsrapport i henhold til punkt 2.3, litra c), er blevet udstedt i en anden medlemsstat end den, der har ansvaret for den individuelle godkendelse, kan den godkendende myndighed kræve, at ansøgeren fremlægger en komplet oversættelse af prøvningsrapporten.
c)
Prøvningsrapporterne skal indeholde en beskrivelse af det prøvede køretøj, herunder en identifikation af køretøjet. De dele, der har afgørende betydning for prøvningsresultaterne, skal beskrives, og deres identifikationsnummer skal angives.
d)
Efter anmodning fra en ansøger kan en prøvningsrapport, der er udarbejdet vedrørende et system hos et givet køretøj, fremlægges flere gange enten af den samme eller en anden ansøger med henblik på individuel godkendelse af et andet køretøj.
I så fald sikrer den godkendende myndighed, at køretøjets tekniske karakteristika kontrolleres ordentligt i forhold til prøvningsrapporten.
Kontrol af køretøjet og den dokumentation, der ledsager prøvningsrapporten, skal demonstrere, at det køretøj, for hvilket der ansøges om individuel godkendelse, har samme karakteristika som det køretøj, der beskrives i rapporten.
e)
Der må kun fremlægges bekræftede kopier af en prøvningsrapport.
f)
Prøvningsrapporter som omhandlet i litra d) omfatter ikke rapporter, der er udfærdiget med henblik på at udstede en individuel EU-godkendelse for køretøjet.
2.5.   I proceduren for individuel EU-godkendelse af køretøjer skal hvert enkelt køretøj kontrolleres fysisk af den tekniske tjeneste.
Der tillades ingen undtagelser fra dette princip.
2.6.   Når den godkendende myndighed har forvisset sig om, at køretøjet overholder de tekniske forskrifter i dette tillæg og svarer til den beskrivelse, der er vedlagt ansøgningen, udsteder den en godkendelse i overensstemmelse med artikel 44.
2.7.   Godkendelsesattesten udfærdiges i overensstemmelse med artikel 44.
2.8.   Den godkendende myndighed fører en fortegnelse over alle godkendelser udstedt i henhold til artikel 44.
3.   REVISION AF DE TEKNISKE FORSKRIFTER
Listen over tekniske forskrifter i punkt 4 tages jævnligt op til revision for at tage hensyn til harmoniseringsarbejdet i verdensforummet for harmonisering af regulativer for motorkøretøjer (WP.29) i Genève og til lovgivningstiltag i tredjelande.
4.   TEKNISKE KRAV
Del I: Køretøjer i klasse M
1
Punkt
Retsakt
Alternative krav
1
Rådets direktiv 70/157/EØF
 (
3
)
(Tilladt støjniveau)
Kørselsprøvning:
a)
Der gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med »metode A« omhandlet i bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 51.
Grænseværdierne er dem, der er fastsat i punkt 2.1 i bilag I til direktiv 70/157/EØF. Der tillades 1 decibel mere end de fastsatte grænseværdier.
b)
Prøvebanen skal være i overensstemmelse med bilag 8 til FN-regulativ nr. 51. En prøvebane med andre specifikationer kan anvendes, forudsat at den tekniske tjeneste har gennemført korrelationsprøvninger. Der anvendes en korrektionsfaktor, hvis det er nødvendigt.
c)
Det er ikke nødvendigt at konditionere udstødningssystemer, der indeholder fibermateriale, som foreskrevet i bilag 5 til FN-regulativ nr. 51.
Standprøvning
Der gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 3.2 i bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 51.
2A
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
(Emissioner (Euro 5 og Euro 6) lette køretøjer/adgang til informationer)
Udstødningsemissioner
a)
Der gennemføres en type I-prøvning i overensstemmelse med bilag III til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008 ved anvendelse af de forringelsesfaktorer, der er fastsat i punkt 1.4 i bilag VII til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008. De grænseværdier, der skal anvendes, er dem, der er fastsat i tabel I og II i bilag I til forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007.
b)
Det kræves ikke, at køretøjet har kørt mindst 3 000  km, som det ellers kræves i punkt 3.1.1 i bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 83.
c)
Det brændstof, der skal anvendes til prøvningen, skal være det referencebrændstof, der er foreskrevet i bilag IX til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008.
d)
Dynamometeret indstilles i overensstemmelse med de tekniske forskrifter i punkt 3.2 i bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 83.
e)
Prøvningen omhandlet i litra a) gennemføres ikke, hvis det kan dokumenteres, at køretøjet overholder en af de californiske retsakter, der er nævnt i afsnit 2.1.1 i bilag I forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008.
Fordampningsemissioner
Køretøjer udstyret med benzindrevet motor skal være udstyret med system til begrænsning af fordampningsemissioner (f.eks. trækulsbeholder).
Emissioner fra krumtaphus
Det kræves, at der forefindes en anordning til recirkulation af krumtaphusgasser.
OBD
a)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med et OBD-system.
b)
OBD-grænsefladen skal kunne kommunikere med almindelige diagnoseværktøjer, der anvendes til periodiske tekniske syn.
Røgtæthed
a)
Køretøjer udstyret med dieseldrevet motor prøves i overensstemmelse med prøvningsmetoderne omhandlet i tillæg 2 til bilag IV til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008.
b)
Den korrigerede værdi af absorptionskoefficienten skal påføres på et let synligt og let tilgængeligt sted.
CO
2
-emissioner og brændstofforbrug
a)
Der gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med bilag XII til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008.
b)
Det kræves ikke, at køretøjet har kørt mindst 3 000  km, som det ellers kræves i punkt 3.1.1 i bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 83.
c)
Hvis køretøjet overholder de californiske retsakter, der er nævnt i afsnit 2.1.1 i bilag I til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008, og der derfor ikke kræves en prøvning af udstødningsemissioner, beregner medlemsstaterne CO
2
-emissioner og brændstofforbrug ved hjælp af de formler, der er fastsat i de forklarende bemærkninger (
b
) og (
c
).
Adgang til informationer
Bestemmelserne om adgang til informationer finder ikke anvendelse.
Effektmåling
a)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om den maksimale motoreffekt i kW og den tilsvarende motorhastighed (omdr./min.).
b)
Alternativt kan ansøgeren levere en fremstilling af motorens effektkurve, der giver samme oplysninger.
3A
FN-regulativ nr. 34
(Brændstofbeholdere — afskærmning bagtil)
Brændstofbeholdere
a)
Brændstofbeholdere skal være i overensstemmelse med punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 34, dog ikke punkt 5.1, 5.2 og 5.12. De skal navnlig være i overensstemmelse med punkt 5.9 og 5.9.1, men der gennemføres ikke en udsivningsprøvning.
b)
LPG- og CNG-tanke skal være typegodkendt i henhold til henholdsvis FN-regulativ nr. 67, 01-ændringsserien, og FN regulativ nr. 110 (
a
).
Særlige bestemmelser for brændstofbeholdere af plast
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøjs brændstofbeholder, hvis VIN skal angives, er i overensstemmelse med mindst ét af følgende:
—
FMVSS nr. 301 (»Fuel system integrity«)
—
bilag 5 til FN-regulativ nr. 34.
Afskærmning bagtil
Køretøjet skal bagtil være konstrueret i overensstemmelse med punkt 8 og 9 i FN-regulativ nr. 34.
3B
FN-regulativ nr. 58
(Beskyttelse bagtil mod underkøring)
Køretøjet skal bagtil være konstrueret i overensstemmelse med punkt 2 i FN-regulativ nr. 58. Det er tilstrækkeligt, at kravene i punkt 2.3 er opfyldt.
4A
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
(Anbringelse af nummerplade bagtil)
Nummerpladens monteringsflade, hældning, synlighedsvinkel og placering skal være i overensstemmelse med forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010.
5A
FN-regulativ nr. 79
(Styreapparat)
Mekaniske systemer
a)
Styretøjet skal være konstrueret, så det er selvoprettende. For at kontrollere, om denne bestemmelse er overholdt, gennemføres der en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 6.1.2 og 6.2.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 79.
b)
Hvis servostyringen svigter, må det ikke medføre, at køretøjet kommer helt ud af kontrol.
Komplekse elektroniske køretøjskontrolsystemer (»drive-by-wire«-anordninger)
Komplekse elektroniske køretøjskontrolsystemer tillades kun, hvis de er i overensstemmelse med bilag 6 til FN-regulativ nr. 79.
6A
FN-regulativ nr. 11
(Dørlåse og -hængsler)
Overensstemmelse med punkt 6.1.5.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 11.
7A
FN-regulativ nr. 28
(Lydsignalapparat)
Komponenter
Det er ikke nødvendigt, at lydsignalanordningerne typegodkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 28. De skal dog afgive en konstant lyd, jf. punkt 6.1.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 28.
Montering på køretøjet
a)
Der gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 6.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 28.
b)
Den maksimale lydtryksværdi skal være i overensstemmelse med punkt 6.2.7.
8A
FN-regulativ nr. 46
(Anordninger til indirekte udsyn)
Komponenter
a)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med førerspejle, jf. afsnit 15.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 46.
b)
Det er ikke nødvendigt, at disse typegodkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 46.
c)
Spejlenes krumningsradier må ikke forårsage betydelige billedforvrængninger. Den tekniske tjeneste kan vælge at kontrollere krumningsradier i overensstemmelse med metoden beskrevet i tillæg 7 til FN-regulativ nr. 46. Krumningsradierne må ikke være mindre end dem, der kræves i punkt 6.1.2.2.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 46.
Montering på køretøjet
Der skal foretages målinger for at sikre, at synsfelterne er i overensstemmelse med afsnit 15.2.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 46.
9B
FN-regulativ nr. 13-H
(Bremser)
Generelle bestemmelser
a)
Bremsesystemet skal være konstrueret i overensstemmelse med punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
b)
Køretøjerne skal være udstyret med et elektronisk blokeringsfrit bremsesystem på alle hjul.
c)
Bremsesystemets ydeevne skal være i overensstemmelse med bilag III til FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
d)
I disse øjemed skal der gennemføres prøvninger på vej på en bane, hvis belægning har høj friktion. Prøvningen af parkeringsbremsen gennemføres på en 18 % hældning (opad- og nedadskrånende).
Kun de prøvninger, der nævnes nedenfor under overskrifterne »Driftsbremse« og »Parkeringsbremse«, skal gennemføres. I alle tilfælde skal køretøjet være fuldt belæsset.
e)
Prøvningen på vej, jf. litra d), gennemføres ikke, hvis ansøgeren kan fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at køretøjet er i overensstemmelse med enten FN-regulativ nr. 13-H, inkl. supplement 5, eller FMVSS nr. 135.
Driftsbremse
a)
Der gennemføres en »type 0«-prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 1.4.2 og 1.4.3 i bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
b)
Desuden gennemføres der en »type I«-prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 1.5 i bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
Parkeringsbremse
Der gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 2.3 i bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
10A
FN-regulativ nr. 10
(Radiointerferens (elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet))
Komponenter
a)
Elektriske/elektroniske enheder kræver ikke typegodkendelse i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 10.
b)
Eftermonterede elektriske/elektroniske anordninger skal dog være i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 10.
Elektromagnetisk stråling
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at køretøjet er i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 10 eller følgende alternative standarder:
—
Elektromagnetisk bredbåndsstråling: CISPR 12 eller SAE J551-2
—
Elektromagnetisk smalbåndsstråling: CISPR 12 (uden for køretøjet) eller 25 (inden for) eller SAE J551-4 og SAE J1113-41.
Immunitetsprøvninger
Der foretages ikke immunitetsprøvning.
12A
FN-regulativ nr. 21
(Indvendigt udstyr)
Indvendig indretning
a)
Hvad angår kravene om energiabsorption anses køretøjet for at være i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 21, hvis det er udstyret med mindst to airbags foran, den ene anbragt i rattet, den anden i instrumentbrættet.
b)
Hvis køretøjet kun er udstyret med én airbag anbragt i rattet, skal instrumentbrættet være lavet af energiabsorberende materialer.
c)
Den tekniske tjeneste skal kontrollere, at der ikke er nogen skarpe kanter i de områder, der defineret i punkt 5.1-5.7 i FN-regulativ nr. 21.
Elektriske betjeningsanordninger
a)
Eldrevne ruder, oplukkelige tagsystemer og adskillelser prøves i overensstemmelse med punkt 5.8 i FN-regulativ nr. 21.
Følsomheden for systemer med automatisk genåbning, jf. punkt 5.8.3, kan afvige fra kravene i punkt 5.8.3.1.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 21.
b)
Eldrevne ruder, der ikke kan lukkes, når tændingen er slået fra, undtages fra kravene vedrørende systemer med automatisk genåbning.
13A
FN-regulativ nr. 18
(Tyverisikring og startspærre)
a)
Af hensyn til tyverisikring skal køretøjet være udstyret med:
—
en låseanordning som defineret i punkt 2.3 i FN-regulativ nr. 18 og
—
en startspærreanordning, der opfylder de tekniske krav, der er fastlagt i punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 18
b)
Hvis en startspærreanordning i medfør af litra a) skal eftermonteres, skal den være af en type, der er godkendt i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 18, 97 eller 116.
14A
FN-regulativ nr. 12
(Kollisionssikret styreapparat)
a)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøj (køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med mindst et af følgende:
—
FN-regulativ nr. 12
—
FMVSS nr. 203 (»Impact protection for the driver from the steering control system«), herunder FMVSS nr. 204 (»Steering control rearward displacement«)
—
artikel 11 i JSRRV.
b)
Der kan efter anmodning fra ansøgeren gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 12 af et seriekøretøj.
Prøvningen skal udføres af en teknisk tjeneste, der er udpeget til at udføre denne prøvning. Den tekniske tjeneste udarbejder en detaljeret rapport til ansøgeren.
15A
FN-regulativ nr. 17
(Sædeforankringer — nakkestøtter)
Systemer for sæder, sædeforankringer og indstillingssystemer
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøj (køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med mindst et af følgende:
—
FN-regulativ nr. 17 eller
—
FMVSS nr. 207 (»Seating systems«).
Nakkestøtter
a)
Hvis erklæringen er baseret på FMVSS nr. 207, skal nakkestøtterne desuden opfylde kravene i punkt 5 og bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 17.
b)
Kun de prøvninger, der er beskrevet i punkt 5.12, 6.5, 6.6 og 6.7 i FN-regulativ nr. 17, gennemføres.
c)
I modsat fald skal ansøgeren fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøj (køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med FMVSS No 202a (»Head restraints«).
16A
FN-regulativ nr. 17
(Udragende dele)
a)
Karrosseriets yderside skal være i overensstemmelse med de almindelige forskrifter i afsnit 5 i punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 17.
b)
Den tekniske tjeneste kan vælge at kontrollere bestemmelserne omhandlet i punkt 6.1, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 og 6.11 i FN-regulativ nr. 17.
17A, 17B
FN-regulativ nr. 39
(Hastighedsmåler (speedometer) — bakgear)
Hastighedsmåler
a)
Prøvebanen skal være i overensstemmelse med bilag 5.1-5.1.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 39.
b)
Hvis den tekniske tjeneste har rimelige grunde til at ønske speedometerets kalibrering verificeret med tilstrækkelig nøjagtighed, kan den kræve, at prøvningerne i punkt 5.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 39 gennemføres.
Bakgear
Gearmekanismen skal omfatte et bakgear.
18A
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
(Lovpligtige fabrikationsplader)
VIN
a)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med et VIN, der indeholder mindst 8 og højst 17 tegn. VIN, der indeholder 17 tegn, skal opfylde kravene i internationale standarder ISO 3779:1983 og 3780:1983.
b)
VIN skal placeres et let synligt og let tilgængeligt sted, således at det ikke kan slettes eller forandres.
c)
Hvis der ikke er et VIN præget på chassiset eller karrosseriet, kan en medlemsstat kræve, at det eftermonteres i medfør af medlemsstatens nationale ret. I så fald skal den pågældende medlemsstats kompetente myndighed føre tilsyn med handlingen.
Foreskrevet plade
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med en identifikationsplade anbragt af køretøjets fabrikant.
Der kræves ikke andre plader, når først godkendelsen er udstedt.
19A
FN-regulativ nr. 14
(Sikkerhedsselers forankringer)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøj (køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med mindst et af følgende:
—
FN-regulativ nr. 14
—
FMVSS nr. 210 (»Seat belt assembly anchorages«) eller
—
Artikel 22-3 i JSRRV.
20A
FN-regulativ nr. 48
(Montering af lygter og lyssignaler)
a)
De monterede lygter skal opfylde de væsentlige krav i FN-regulativ nr. 48, ændringsserie 03, bortset fra kravene i bilag 5 og 6 til nævnte regulativ.
b)
Der tillades ingen undtagelser med hensyn til antal, væsentlige udformningsmæssige egenskaber, elektriske forbindelser eller farven af det udsendte eller reflekterede lys fra lygter og lyssignaler omhandlet i punkt 21-26 og 28-30.
c)
Lygter og lyssignaler, som skal eftermonteres med henblik på opfyldelse af kravene i litra a), skal være forsynet med et EU-typegodkendelsesmærke.
d)
Lygter udstyret med gasudladningslyskilde tillades kun sammen med monteret forlygtevasker og, hvis det er relevant, et automatisk system til indstilling af forlygteniveauet.
e)
Nærlyslygter skal være tilpasset den færdselsretning, der gælder i det land, hvor køretøjet godkendes.
21A
FN-regulativ nr. 3
(Refleksanordninger)
Om nødvendigt anbringes to ekstra reflekser med et »EU« godkendelsesmærke bagpå, idet placeringen skal være i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 48.
22A
FN-regulativ nr. 7, nr. 87 og nr. 91
(Markeringslygter, positionslygter, baglygter, stoplygter, sidemarkeringslygter, kørelyslygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 7, nr. 87 og nr. 91 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt.
23A
FN-regulativ nr. 6
(Retningsviserblinklygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 6 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt.
24A
FN-regulativ nr. 4
(Bagnummerpladelygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 4 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt.
25C, 25E, 25F
FN-regulativ nr. 98, nr. 112 og nr. 123
(Forlygter (herunder pærer))
a)
Den belysningsstyrke, som frembringes af nærlys fra de forlygter, køretøjet er udstyret med, kontrolleres i henhold til afsnit 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 112 vedrørende forlygter, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys. I dette øjemed kan de tolerancer, der fremgår af bilag 5 til nævnte regulativ, anvendes.
b)
Det samme finder anvendelse på nærlys fra forlygter, der er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 98 eller 123.
26A
FN-regulativ nr. 19
(Tågeforlygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 19 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt, hvis sådanne er monteret.
27A
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
(Slæbeanordninger)
Kravene i forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010 finder ikke anvendelse.
28A
FN-regulativ nr. 38
(Tågebaglygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 38 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt.
29A
FN-regulativ nr. 23
(Baklygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 23 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt, hvis sådanne er monteret.
30A
FN-regulativ nr. 77
(Parkeringslygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 77 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt, hvis sådanne er monteret.
31A
FN-regulativ nr. 16
(Sikkerhedsseler og fastholdelsesanordninger)
Komponenter
a)
Det er ikke nødvendigt, at sikkerhedsseler typegodkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 16.
b)
Dog skal hver enkelt sikkerhedssele være påført et identifikationsmærke.
c)
Mærkets angivelser skal stemme overens med beslutningen vedrørende sikkerhedsselers forankringer (jf. punkt 19).
Installationskrav
a)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med sikkerhedsseler i overensstemmelse med bilag XVI til FN-regulativ nr. 16.
b)
Hvis et antal sikkerhedsseler i medfør af litra a) skal eftermonteres, skal de være af en type, der er godkendt i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 16.
32A
FN-regulativ nr. 125
(Udsyn fremad)
a)
I førerens synsfelt på 180° fremad, jf. punkt 5.1.3 i FN-regulativ nr. 125, må der ikke forekomme døde vinkler.
b)
Uanset litra a) anses A-stolperne og det udstyr, der er anført i punkt 5.1.3 i FN-regulativ nr. 125, ikke for at være døde vinkler.
c)
Der må højst være 2 A-stolper.
33A
FN-regulativ nr. 121
(Betjeningsorganernes, kontrollampernes og indikatorernes placering og identificering)
a)
De symboler og farven på de relevante kontrollamper, der er obligatoriske i medfør af FN-regulativ nr. 121, skal være i overensstemmelse med nævnte FN-regulativ.
b)
Hvis det ikke er tilfældet, skal den tekniske tjeneste verificere, at de symboler, kontrollamper og indikatorer, køretøjet er udstyret med, giver føreren forståelige oplysninger om, hvordan de pågældende betjeningsorganer fungerer.
34A
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
(Afrimning/afdugning)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med passende forrudeafrimnings- og afdugningsanordninger.
En forrudeafrimningsanordning skal anses for at være »passende«, hvis den som minimum er i overensstemmelse med punkt 1.1.1 i bilag II til forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010.
En forrudeafdugningsanordning skal anses for at være »passende«, hvis den som minimum er i overensstemmelse med punkt 1.2.1 i bilag II til forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010.
35A
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
(Forrudevisker/-vasker)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med passende forrudevisker/-vaskeranordninger.
En forrudevisker- og vaskeranordning skal anses for at være »passende«, hvis den som minimum er i overensstemmelse med punkt 1.1.5 i bilag III til forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010.
36A
FN-regulativ nr. 122
(Opvarmningsanlæg)
a)
Passagerrummet skal være udstyret med et opvarmningsanlæg.
b)
Anlæg til opvarmning ved forbrænding og deres montering skal være i overensstemmelse med bilag 7 til FN-regulativ nr. 122. LPG-fyrede anlæg til opvarmning ved forbrænding og LPG-opvarmningsanlæg skal desuden opfylde kravene i bilag 8 til FN-regulativ nr. 122.
c)
Eftermonterede supplerende opvarmningsanlæg skal opfylde kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 122.
37A
Forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010
(Hjulafskærmning)
a)
Køretøjet skal være udformet på en sådan måde, at de andre vejfarende er beskyttet mod stenslag, mudder, is, sne og vand, samt således, at de nedsætter faren som følge af kontakt med hjulene, medens disse er i bevægelse.
b)
Den tekniske tjeneste kan kontrollere overholdelsen af de tekniske krav, der er fastsat i bilag II til forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010.
c)
Afsnit 3 i bilag I til nævnte forordning finder ikke anvendelse.
38A
FN-regulativ nr. 25
(Nakkestøtter)
Forskrifterne i FN-regulativ nr. 25 finder ikke anvendelse.
44A
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
(Masser og dimensioner)
a)
Kravene i del A, punkt 1, i bilag I til forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012 skal være opfyldt.
b)
For så vidt angår anvendelsen af de i litra a) nævnte bestemmelser drejer det sig om følgende masser:
—
massen i køreklar stand, jf. definitionen i artikel 2, nr. 4), i forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012, som målt af den tekniske tjeneste, og
—
totalmasserne, enten ifølge en erklæring fra køretøjets fabrikant eller anført på fabrikationspladen, herunder klistermærkater eller oplysninger fra instruktionsbogen. De pågældende masser anses for at være de teknisk tilladte totalmasser.
c)
Der må ikke indrømmes undtagelser vedrørende største tilladte dimensioner.
45A
FN-regulativ nr. 43
(Sikkerhedsruder)
Komponenter
a)
Ruderne skal være fremstillet af enten hærdet eller lamineret sikkerhedsglas.
b)
Montering af plastruder tillades kun på steder bag B-stolpen.
c)
Ruder behøver ikke at blive godkendt i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 43.
Montering
a)
Monteringsbestemmelserne i bilag 21 til FN-regulativ nr. 43 finder anvendelse.
b)
Farvet film, der kan nedsætte den regulære lystransmission til under minimumskravet, tillades ikke på forruden og de ruder, der er placeret foran B-stolpen.
46
Direktiv 92/23/EØF
(Dæk)
Komponenter
Dæk skal være forsynet med et EF-typegodkendelsesmærke, med symbolet »s« (for støj).
Montering
a)
Dækkenes dimensioner, belastningstal og hastighedskategori skal opfylde kravene i bilag IV til direktiv 92/23/EØF.
b)
Symbolet for dækkets hastighedskategori skal være foreneligt med køretøjets konstruktivt bestemte maksimale hastighed.
Dette krav finder anvendelse uanset tilstedeværelsen af en hastighedsbegrænsende anordning.
c)
Køretøjets maksimale hastighed opgives af fabrikanten. Den tekniske tjeneste kan dog vurdere køretøjets konstruktivt bestemte maksimalhastighed ved at anvende den største motoreffekt, det maksimale antal omdrejninger pr. minut og data om den kinematiske kæde.
50A
FN-regulativ nr. 55
(Tilkoblingsanordninger)
Separate tekniske enheder
a)
Originale tilkoblingsanordninger bestemt til at trække et påhængskøretøj, hvis totalmasse ikke overstiger 1 500  kg, behøver ikke at være typegodkendt i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 55.
En tilkoblingsanordning anses for at være originalt udstyr, når den er beskrevet i instruktionsbogen eller et tilsvarende dokument, som køberen får fra køretøjets fabrikant.
Hvis en sådan tilkoblingsanordning godkendes sammen med køretøjet, skal der i godkendelsesattesten indsættes en erklæring om, at ejeren har ansvaret for at sikre kompatibilitet med den tilkoblingsanordning, der er monteret på påhængskøretøjet.
b)
Andre tilkoblingsanordninger end dem, der er omhandlet i litra a), og eftermonterede tilkoblingsanordninger skal typegodkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 55.
Montering på køretøjet
Den tekniske tjeneste skal kontrollere, at monteringen af tilkoblingsanordningen er i overensstemmelse med punkt 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 55.
53A
FN-regulativ nr. 94
(Frontal kollision) (
e
)
a)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøj (køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med mindst et af følgende:
—
FN-regulativ nr. 94
—
FMVSS nr. 208 (»Occupant crash protection«),
—
artikel 18 i JSRRV.
b)
Der kan efter anmodning fra ansøgeren gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 94 af et seriekøretøj.
Prøvningen skal udføres af en teknisk tjeneste, der er udpeget til at udføre denne prøvning. Den tekniske tjeneste udarbejder en detaljeret rapport til ansøgeren.
54A
FN-regulativ nr. 95
(Sidepåkørsel)
a)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøj (køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med mindst et af følgende:
—
FN-regulativ nr. 95
—
FMVSS nr. 214 (»Side impact protection«)
—
artikel 18 i JSRRV.
b)
Der kan efter anmodning fra ansøgeren gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 95 af et seriekøretøj.
Prøvningen skal udføres af en teknisk tjeneste, der er udpeget til at udføre denne prøvning. Den tekniske tjeneste udarbejder en detaljeret rapport til ansøgeren.
58
Forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009
(Fodgængerbeskyttelse)
Bremseassistent
Køretøjerne skal være udstyret med et elektronisk blokeringsfrit bremsesystem på alle hjul.
Fodgængerbeskyttelse
Forskrifterne i forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009 finder anvendelse.
Systemer til frontal beskyttelse
Systemer til frontal beskyttelse monteret på køretøjet skal være typegodkendt i henhold til forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009, og monteringen heraf skal opfylde de væsentlige krav i punkt 6 i bilag I til nævnte forordning.
59
Direktiv 2005/64/EF
(Genanvendelighed)
Kravene i nævnte direktiv finder ikke anvendelse.
61
Direktiv 2006/40/EF
(Luftkonditioneringsanlæg)
Kravene i nævnte direktiv finder anvendelse.
72
Forordning (EU) 2015/758
(eCall-system)
Kravene i nævnte forordning finder ikke anvendelse.
Del II: Køretøjer i klasse N
1
Punkt
Retsakt
Alternative krav
2A
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
(Emissioner (Euro 5 og Euro 6) lette køretøjer/adgang til informationer)
Udstødningsemissioner
a)
Der gennemføres en type 1-prøvning i overensstemmelse med bilag III til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008 ved anvendelse af de forringelsesfaktorer, der er fastsat i punkt 1.4 i bilag VII til nævnte forordning. De grænseværdier, der skal anvendes, er dem, der er fastsat i tabel 1 og 2 i bilag I til forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007.
b)
Det kræves ikke, at køretøjet har kørt mindst 3 000  km, som det ellers kræves i punkt 3.1.1 i bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 83.
c)
Det brændstof, der skal anvendes til prøvningen, skal være det referencebrændstof, der er foreskrevet i bilag IX til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008.
d)
Dynamometret indstilles i overensstemmelse med de tekniske forskrifter i punkt 3.2 i bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 83.
e)
Prøvningen omhandlet i litra a) gennemføres ikke, hvis det kan dokumenteres, at køretøjet overholder en af de californiske retsakter, der er nævnt i punkt 2 i bilag I til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008.
Fordampningsemissioner
Køretøjer udstyret med benzindrevet motor skal være udstyret med system til begrænsning af fordampningsemissioner (f.eks. trækulsbeholder).
Emissioner fra krumtaphus
Det kræves, at der forefindes en anordning til recirkulation af krumtaphusgasser.
OBD
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med et OBD-system.
OBD-grænsefladen skal kunne kommunikere med almindelige diagnoseværktøjer, der anvendes til periodiske tekniske syn.
Røgtæthed
a)
Køretøjer udstyret med dieseldrevet motor prøves i overensstemmelse med prøvningsmetoderne omhandlet i tillæg 2 til bilag IV til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008.
b)
Den korrigerede værdi af absorptionskoefficienten skal påføres på et let synligt og let tilgængeligt sted.
CO
2
-emissioner og brændstofforbrug
a)
Der gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med bilag XII til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008.
b)
Det kræves ikke, at køretøjet har kørt mindst 3 000  km, som det ellers kræves i punkt 2.1.1 i bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 83.
c)
Hvis køretøjet overholder de californiske retsakter, der er nævnt i afsnit 2.1.1 i bilag I til Kommissionens forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008, og der derfor ikke kræves en prøvning af udstødningsemissioner, beregner medlemsstaterne CO
2
-emissioner og brændstofforbrug ved hjælp af de formler, der er fastsat i de forklarende bemærkninger (
b
) og (
c
).
Adgang til informationer
Bestemmelserne om adgang til informationer finder ikke anvendelse.
Effektmåling
a)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om den maksimale motoreffekt i kW og det tilsvarende omdrejningstal (omdr./min.).
b)
Alternativt kan ansøgeren levere en fremstilling af motorens effektkurve, der giver samme oplysninger.
3A
FN-regulativ nr. 34
(Brændstofbeholdere — Afskærmning bagtil)
Brændstofbeholdere
a)
Brændstofbeholdere skal være i overensstemmelse med punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 34, dog ikke punkt 5.1, 5.2 og 5.12. De skal navnlig være i overensstemmelse med punkt 5.9 og 5.9.1, men der gennemføres ikke en udsivningsprøvning.
b)
LPG- og CNG-tanke skal være typegodkendt i henhold til henholdsvis FN-regulativ nr. 67, 01-ændringsserien, og FN regulativ nr. 110 (
a
).
Særlige bestemmelser for brændstofbeholdere af plast
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøjs brændstofbeholder (køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med mindst et af følgende:
—
FMVSS nr. 301 (»Fuel system integrity«)
—
Bilag 5 til FN-regulativ nr. 34.
Afskærmning bagtil
a)
Køretøjet skal bagtil være konstrueret i overensstemmelse med punkt 8 og 9 i FN-regulativ nr. 34.
4A
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
(Anbringelse af nummerplade bagtil)
Nummerpladens monteringsflade, hældning, synlighedsvinkel og placering skal være i overensstemmelse med forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010.
5A
FN-regulativ nr. 79
(Aktiveringskraft (styring))
Mekaniske systemer
a)
Styretøjet skal være konstrueret, så det er selvoprettende. For at kontrollere, om denne bestemmelse er overholdt, gennemføres der en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 6.1.2 og 6.2.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 79.
b)
Hvis servostyringen svigter, må det ikke medføre, at køretøjet kommer helt ud af kontrol.
Komplekse elektroniske køretøjskontrolsystemer (»drive-by-wire-anordninger)
Komplekse elektroniske køretøjskontrolsystemer tillades kun, hvis de er i overensstemmelse med bilag 6 til FN-regulativ nr. 79.
6A
FN-regulativ nr. 11
(Dørlåse og dørophæng)
Overensstemmelse med punkt 6.1.5.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 11.
7A
FN-regulativ nr. 28
(Hørbar advarsel)
Komponenter
Det er ikke nødvendigt, at lydsignalanordningerne typegodkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 28. De skal dog afgive en konstant lyd, jf. punkt 6.1.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 28.
Montering på køretøjet
a)
Der gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 6.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 28.
b)
Den maksimale lydtryksværdi skal være i overensstemmelse med punkt 6.2.7.
8A
FN-regulativ nr. 46
(Anordninger til indirekte udsyn)
Komponenter
a)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med førerspejle, jf. afsnit 15.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 46.
b)
Det er ikke nødvendigt, at disse typegodkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 46.
c)
Spejlenes krumningsradier må ikke forårsage betydelige billedforvrængninger. Den tekniske tjeneste kan vælge at kontrollere krumningsradier i overensstemmelse med metoden beskrevet i tillæg 1 til bilag 7 til FN-regulativ nr. 46. Krumningsradierne må ikke være mindre end dem, der kræves i punkt 6.1.2.2.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 46.
Montering på køretøjet
Der skal foretages målinger for at sikre, at synsfelterne er i overensstemmelse med punkt 15.2.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 46.
9B
FN-regulativ nr. 13-H
(Bremser)
Generelle bestemmelser
a)
Bremsesystemet skal være konstrueret i overensstemmelse med punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
b)
Køretøjerne skal være udstyret med et elektronisk blokeringsfrit bremsesystem på alle hjul.
c)
Bremsesystemets ydeevne skal være i overensstemmelse med bilag III til FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
d)
I disse øjemed skal der gennemføres prøvninger på vej på en bane, hvis belægning har høj friktion. Prøvningen af parkeringsbremsen gennemføres på en 18 % hældning (opad- og nedadskrånende).
Kun de prøvninger, der nævnes nedenfor under overskrifterne »Driftsbremse« og »Parkeringsbremse«, skal gennemføres. I alle tilfælde skal køretøjet være fuldt belæsset.
e)
Prøvningen på vej, jf. litra c), gennemføres ikke, hvis ansøgeren kan fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at køretøjet er i overensstemmelse med enten FN-regulativ nr. 13-H, inkl. supplement 5, eller FMVSS nr. 135.
Driftsbremse
a)
Der gennemføres en »type 0«-prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 1.4.2 og 1.4.3 i bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
b)
Desuden gennemføres der en »type I«-prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 1.5 i bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
Parkeringsbremse
Der gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 2.3 i bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
10A
FN-regulativ nr. 10
(Radiointerferens(elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet))
Komponenter
a)
Elektriske/elektroniske enheder kræver ikke typegodkendelse i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 10.
b)
Eftermonterede elektriske/elektroniske anordninger skal dog være i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 10.
Elektromagnetisk stråling
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at køretøjet er i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 10 eller følgende alternative standarder:
—
Elektromagnetisk bredbåndsstråling: CISPR 12 eller SAE J551-2
—
Elektromagnetisk smalbåndsstråling: CISPR 12 (uden for køretøjet) eller 25 (inden for) eller SAE J551-4 og SAE J1113-41.
Immunitetsprøvninger
Der foretages ikke immunitetsprøvning.
13B
FN-regulativ nr. 116
(Tyverisikring og startspærre)
a)
Af hensyn til tyverisikring skal køretøjet være udstyret med en låseanordning som defineret i punkt 5.1.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 116.
b)
Hvis det er monteret med startspærre, skal denne opfylde de tekniske forskrifter i punkt 8.1.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 116.
14A
FN-regulativ nr. 12
(Kollisionssikret styreapparat)
a)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøj (køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med mindst et af følgende:
—
FN-regulativ nr. 12
—
FMVSS nr. 203 (»Impact protection for the driver from the steering control system«), herunder FMVSS nr. 204 (»Steering control rearward displacement«)
—
artikel 11 i JSRRV.
b)
Der kan efter anmodning fra ansøgeren gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 12 af et seriekøretøj. Prøvningen skal udføres af en teknisk tjeneste, der er udpeget til at udføre denne prøvning. Den tekniske tjeneste udarbejder en detaljeret rapport til ansøgeren.
15A
FN-regulativ nr. 17
(Sædeforankringer — nakkestøtter)
Systemer for sæder, sædeforankringer og indstillingssystemer
Sæder og deres indstillingssystemer skal være i overensstemmelse med punkt 5.3 i FN-regulativ nr. 17.
Nakkestøtter
a)
Nakkestøtter skal opfylde kravene i afsnit 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 17 og bilag 4 til FN-regulativ nr. 17.
b)
Kun de prøvninger, der er beskrevet i punkt 5.12, 6.5, 6.6 og 6.7 i FN-regulativ nr. 17, gennemføres.
17A
FN-regulativ nr. 39
(Hastighedsmåler (speedometer) — bakgear)
Hastighedsmåler
a)
Skiven skal være i overensstemmelse med punkt 5.1 til 5.1.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 39.
b)
Hvis den tekniske tjeneste har rimelige grunde til at mene, at speedometeret ikke er kalibreret med tilstrækkelig nøjagtighed, kan den kræve, at de i punkt 5.2 i FN-regulativ nr. 39 foreskrevne prøvninger gennemføres.
Bakgear
Gearmekanismen skal omfatte et bakgear.
18A
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
(Lovpligtige fabrikationsplader)
VIN
a)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med et VIN, der indeholder mindst 8 og højst 17 tegn. VIN, der indeholder 17 tegn, skal opfylde kravene i internationale standarder ISO 3779:1983 og 3780:1983.
b)
VIN skal placeres et let synligt og let tilgængeligt sted, således at det ikke kan slettes eller forandres.
c)
Hvis der ikke er et VIN præget på chassiset eller karrosseriet, kan en medlemsstat kræve, at det eftermonteres i medfør af medlemsstatens nationale ret. I så fald skal den pågældende medlemsstats kompetente myndighed føre tilsyn med handlingen.
Foreskrevet plade
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med en identifikationsplade anbragt af køretøjets fabrikant.
Der kræves ikke andre plader, når først godkendelsen er udstedt.
19A
FN-regulativ nr. 14
(Sikkerhedsselers forankringer)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøj (VIN skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med mindst et af følgende:
—
FN-regulativ nr. 14
—
FMVSS No 210 (»Seat belt assembly anchorages«)
—
Artikel 22-3 i JSRRV.
20A
FN-regulativ nr. 48
(Montering af lygter og lyssignaler)
a)
De monterede lygter skal opfylde de væsentlige krav i FN-regulativ nr. 48, ændringsserie 03, bortset fra kravene i bilag 5 og 6 til FN-regulativ nr. 48.
b)
Der tillades ingen undtagelser med hensyn til antal, væsentlige udformningsmæssige egenskaber, elektriske forbindelser eller farven af det udsendte eller reflekterede lys fra lygter og lyssignaler omhandlet i punkt 21-26 og 28-30.
c)
Lygter og lyssignaler, som skal eftermonteres med henblik på opfyldelse af kravene i litra a), skal være forsynet med et EU-typegodkendelsesmærke.
d)
Lygter udstyret med gasudladningslyskilde tillades kun sammen med monteret forlygtevasker og, hvis det er relevant, et automatisk system til indstilling af forlygteniveauet.
e)
Nærlyslygter skal være tilpasset den færdselsretning, der gælder i det land, hvor køretøjet godkendes.
21A
FN-regulativ nr. 3
(Refleksanordninger)
Om nødvendigt anbringes to ekstra reflekser med et EF-godkendelsesmærke bagpå, idet placeringen skal være i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 48.
22A
FN-regulativ nr. 7, nr. 87 og nr. 91
(Markeringslygter, positionslygter, baglygter, stoplygter, sidemarkeringslygter, kørelyslygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 7, nr. 87 og nr. 91 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt.
23A
FN-regulativ nr. 6
(Retningsviserblinklygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 6 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt.
24A
FN-regulativ nr. 4
(Bagnummerpladelygter)
Kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 4 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt.
25C, 25 E, 25F
FN-regulativ nr. 98, nr. 112 og nr. 123
(Forlygter (herunder pærer))
a)
Den belysningsstyrke, som frembringes af nærlys fra de forlygter, køretøjet er udstyret med, kontrolleres i henhold til punkt 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 112 vedrørende forlygter, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys. I dette øjemed kan de tolerancer, der fremgår af bilag 5 til nævnte regulativ, anvendes.
b)
Det samme finder anvendelse på nærlys fra forlygter, der er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 98 eller 123.
26A
FN-regulativ nr. 19
(Tågeforlygter)
Forskrifterne i FN-regulativ nr. 19 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt, hvis sådanne er monteret.
27A
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
(Slæbeanordninger)
Forskrifterne i forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010 finder ikke anvendelse.
28A
FN-regulativ nr. 38
(Tågebaglygter)
Forskrifterne i FN-regulativ nr. 38 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt.
29A
FN-regulativ nr. 23
(Baklygter)
Forskrifterne i FN-regulativ nr. 23 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt, hvis sådanne er monteret.
30A
FN-regulativ nr. 77
(Parkeringslygter)
Forskrifterne i FN-regulativ nr. 77 finder ikke anvendelse. Den tekniske tjeneste skal dog kontrollere, om lygterne fungerer korrekt, hvis sådanne er monteret.
31A
FN-regulativ nr. 16
(Sikkerhedsseler og fastholdelsesanordninger)
Komponenter
a)
Det er ikke nødvendigt, at sikkerhedsseler typegodkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 16.
b)
Dog skal hver enkelt sikkerhedssele være påført et identifikationsmærke.
c)
Mærkets angivelser skal stemme overens med beslutningen vedrørende sikkerhedsselers forankringer (jf. punkt 19).
Installationskrav
a)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med sikkerhedsseler i overensstemmelse med bilag XVI til FN-regulativ nr. 16.
b)
Hvis et antal sikkerhedsseler i medfør af litra a) skal eftermonteres, skal de være af en type, der er godkendt i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 16.
33A
FN-regulativ nr. 121
(Betjeningsorganernes, kontrollampernes og indikatorernes placering og identificering)
a)
De symboler og farven på de relevante kontrollamper, der er obligatoriske i medfør af FN-regulativ nr. 121, skal være i overensstemmelse med nævnte FN-regulativ.
b)
Hvis det ikke er tilfældet, skal den tekniske tjeneste verificere, at de symboler, kontrollamper og indikatorer, køretøjet er udstyret med, giver føreren forståelige oplysninger om, hvordan de pågældende betjeningsorganer fungerer.
34A
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
(Afdugning/afrimning)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med passende forrudeafrimnings- og afdugningsanordninger.
35A
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
(Forrudevisker/-vasker)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med passende forrudevisker/-vaskeranordninger.
36A
FN-regulativ nr. 122
(Opvarmningsanlæg)
a)
Passagerrummet skal være udstyret med et opvarmningsanlæg.
b)
Anlæg til opvarmning ved forbrænding og deres montering skal være i overensstemmelse med bilag 7 til FN-regulativ nr. 122. LPG-fyrede anlæg til opvarmning ved forbrænding og LPG-opvarmningsanlæg skal desuden opfylde kravene i bilag 8 til FN-regulativ nr. 122.
c)
Eftermonterede supplerende opvarmningsanlæg skal opfylde kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 122.
41A
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
Emissioner (Euro 6), tunge køretøjer — OBD
Udstødningsemissioner
a)
Der gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med bilag III til Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 582/2011
 (
4
)
 ved anvendelse af de forringelsesfaktorer, der er fastsat i punkt 3.6.1 i bilag VI til forordning (EU) nr. 582/2011.
b)
De grænseværdier, der skal anvendes, er dem, der er fastsat i tabellen i bilag I til forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009.
c)
Det brændstof, der skal anvendes til prøvningen, skal være det referencebrændstof, der er foreskrevet i bilag IX til forordning (EU) nr. 582/2011.
CO
2
-emissioner
CO
2
-emissionerne og brændstofforbruget bestemmes i overensstemmelse med bilag VIII til forordning (EU) nr. 582/2011.
OBD
a)
Køretøjet skal være udstyret med et OBD-system.
b)
OBD-systemets grænseflade skal kunne kommunikere med et eksternt OBD-scanningsværktøj som beskrevet i bilag X til forordning (EU) nr. 582/2011.
Krav til sikring af NO
x
-begrænsningsforanstaltningernes korrekte funktion
Køretøjet skal være forsynet med et system, der sikrer, at NO
x
-begrænsningsforanstaltningerne fungerer korrekt i overensstemmelse med bilag XIII til forordning (EU) nr. 582/2011.
Effektmåling
a)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om den maksimale motoreffekt i kW og det tilsvarende omdrejningstal.
b)
Alternativt kan ansøgeren levere en fremstilling af motorens effektkurve, der giver samme oplysninger.
45A
FN-regulativ nr. 43
Komponenter
a)
Ruderne skal være fremstillet af enten hærdet eller lamineret sikkerhedsglas.
b)
Montering af plastruder tillades kun på steder bag B-stolpen.
c)
Ruder behøver ikke at blive godkendt i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 43.
Montering
a)
Monteringsbestemmelserne i bilag 21 til FN-regulativ nr. 43 finder anvendelse.
b)
Farvet film, der kan nedsætte den regulære lystransmission til under minimumskravet, tillades ikke på forruden og de ruder, der er placeret foran B-stolpen.
46A
Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
(Montering af dæk)
Montering
a)
Dækkenes dimensioner, belastningstal og hastighedskategori skal opfylde kravene i Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011.
b)
Symbolet for dækkets hastighedskategori skal være foreneligt med køretøjets konstruktivt bestemte maksimale hastighed.
c)
Dette krav finder anvendelse uanset tilstedeværelsen af en hastighedsbegrænsende anordning.
d)
Køretøjets maksimale hastighed opgives af fabrikanten. Den tekniske tjeneste kan dog vurdere køretøjets konstruktivt bestemte maksimalhastighed ved at anvende den største motoreffekt, det maksimale antal omdrejninger pr. minut og data om den kinematiske kæde.
46B
FN-regulativ nr. 30
(C
1
-dæk)
Komponenter
Dæk skal være forsynet med et typegodkendelsesmærke.
46D
FN-regulativ nr. 117
(Rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand)
Komponenter
Dæk skal være forsynet med et typegodkendelsesmærke.
46E
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 64
(Reserveenheder til midlertidig anvendelse, sikkerhedsdæk (run-flat-dæk), dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand)
Komponenter
Dæk skal være forsynet med et typegodkendelsesmærke.
Montering af TPMS er ikke påkrævet.
48A
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
(Masse og dimensioner)
a)
Forskrifterne i bilag I, del A, til forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012 finder anvendelse.
Forskrifterne i bilag I, del A, punkt 5, behøver dog ikke at være opfyldt.
b)
For så vidt angår anvendelsen af de i litra a) nævnte bestemmelser drejer det sig om følgende masser:
—
massen i køreklar stand, jf. definitionen i artikel 2, nr. 4), i forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012 som målt af den tekniske tjeneste, og
—
totalmasserne, enten ifølge en erklæring fra køretøjets fabrikant eller anført på fabrikationspladen, herunder klistermærkater eller oplysninger fra instruktionsbogen. De pågældende masser anses for at være de teknisk tilladte totalmasser.
c)
Ansøgeren må ikke foretage tekniske ændringer for at reducere køretøjets teknisk tilladte totalmasse i lastet stand til 3,5 tons eller derunder, med henblik på at køretøjet kan få udstedt individuel godkendelse.
d)
Der må ikke indrømmes undtagelser vedrørende største tilladte dimensioner.
49A
FN-regulativ nr. 61
(Udragende dele på førerhuse)
a)
De almindelige forskrifter i afsnit 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 17 finder anvendelse.
b)
Den tekniske tjeneste kan vælge at kontrollere overholdelsen af forskrifterne omhandlet i punkt 6.1, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 og 6.11 i FN-regulativ nr. 17.
50A
FN-regulativ nr. 55
(Tilkoblingsanordninger)
Separate tekniske enheder
a)
Originale tilkoblingsanordninger bestemt til at trække et påhængskøretøj, hvis totalmasse ikke overstiger 1 500  kg, behøver ikke at være typegodkendt i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 55.
b)
En tilkoblingsanordning anses for at være originalt udstyr, når den er beskrevet i instruktionsbogen eller et tilsvarende dokument, som køberen får fra køretøjets fabrikant.
c)
Hvis en sådan tilkoblingsanordning godkendes sammen med køretøjet, skal der i godkendelsesattesten indsættes en erklæring om, at ejeren har ansvaret for at sikre kompatibilitet med den tilkoblingsanordning, der er monteret på påhængskøretøjet.
d)
Andre tilkoblingsanordninger end dem, der er omhandlet i litra a), og eftermonterede tilkoblingsanordninger skal typegodkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 55.
Montering på køretøjet
Den tekniske tjeneste skal kontrollere, at monteringen af tilkoblingsanordningen er i overensstemmelse med punkt 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 55.
54
FN-regulativ nr. 95
(Sidepåkørsel)
a)
Ansøgeren skal fremlægge en erklæring fra fabrikanten om, at det pågældende køretøj (køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) skal angives) er i overensstemmelse med mindst et af følgende:
—
FN-regulativ nr. 95
—
FMVSS nr. 214 (»Side impact protection«)
—
artikel 18 i JSRRV.
b)
Der kan efter anmodning fra ansøgeren gennemføres en prøvning i overensstemmelse med punkt 5 i FN-regulativ nr. 95 af et seriekøretøj.
c)
Prøvningen skal udføres af en teknisk tjeneste, der er udpeget til at udføre denne prøvning. Den tekniske tjeneste udarbejder en detaljeret rapport til ansøgeren.
56A
FN-regulativ nr. 105
Køretøjer til transport af farligt gods
Køretøjer til transport af farligt gods skal være i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 105.
58
Forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009
(Fodgængerbeskyttelse)
Bremseassistent
Køretøjerne skal være udstyret med et elektronisk blokeringsfrit bremsesystem på alle hjul.
Fodgængerbeskyttelse
Forskrifterne i forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009 finder indtil den 24. februar 2018 ikke anvendelse på køretøjer, hvis totalmasse ikke overstiger 2 500  kg, og finder indtil den 24. august 2019 anvendelse på køretøjer, hvis totalmasse overstiger 2 500  kg.
Systemer til frontal beskyttelse
Systemer til frontal beskyttelse monteret på køretøjet skal imidlertid være typegodkendt i henhold til forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009, og monteringen heraf skal opfylde de væsentlige krav i punkt 6 i bilag I til nævnte forordning.
59
Direktiv 2005/64/EF
(Genanvendelighed)
Kravene i nævnte direktiv finder ikke anvendelse.
61
Direktiv 2006/40/EF
(Luftkonditioneringsanlæg)
Kravene i nævnte direktiv finder anvendelse.
72
Forordning (EU) 2015/758
(eCall-system)
Kravene i nævnte forordning finder ikke anvendelse.
Forklarende noter til tillæg 2
1.
Forkortelser anvendt i dette tillæg:
»OEM«
: originalt udstyr leveret af fabrikanten
»FMVSS«
: Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard of the U.S Department of Transportation
»JSRRV«
: Japan Safety Regulations for Road Vehicles
»SAE«
: Society of Automotive Engineers
»CISPR«
: Comité international spécial des perturbations radioélectriques.
2.
Bemærkninger:
a)
Den komplette LPG- eller CNG-installation skal kontrolleres i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 67 eller 110 eller 115, alt efter hvad der er relevant.
b)
Følgende formler anvendes til vurdering af CO
2
-emissioner:
Benzinmotor og manuel gearkasse:
CO
2
 = 0,047 m + 0,561 p + 56,621
Benzinmotor og automatisk gearkasse:
CO
2
 = 0,102 m + 0,328 p + 9,481
Benzinmotor og hybridelektrisk system:
CO
2
 = 0,116 m – 57,147
Dieselmotor og manuel gearkasse:
CO
2
 = 0,108 m – 11,371
Dieselmotor og automatisk gearkasse:
CO
2
 = 0,116 m – 6,432
Hvor: CO
2
 er den samlede masse af CO
2
-emissioner i g/km, »m« er køretøjets masse i køreklar stand i kg, og »p« er største motoreffekt i kW.
Den samlede masse af CO
2
 beregnes med 1 decimal og afrundes derefter til nærmeste hele tal således:
i)
Hvis tallet efter decimalkommaet er mindre end 5, afrundes der nedad.
ii)
Hvis tallet efter decimalkommaet er lig med eller større end 5, afrundes der opad.
c)
Følgende formler anvendes til vurdering af brændstofforbrug:
CFC = CO
2
 x k 
-1
Hvor: CFC er det samlede brændstofforbrug i l/100 km, CO
2
 er den samlede masse af CO
2
-emissioner i g/km efter afrunding i overensstemmelse med reglen i bemærkning 2), litra b), »k« er en koefficient, der svarer til:
23,81, når det drejer sig om en benzinmotor
26,49, når det drejer sig om en dieselmotor.
Det samlede brændstofforbrug beregnes med 2 decimaler og afrundes derefter som følger:
i)
Hvis tallet efter den første decimal er mindre end 5, afrundes der nedad.
ii)
Hvis tallet efter den første decimal er lig med eller større end 5, afrundes der opad.
DEL II
Liste over FN-regulativer, der anerkendes som alternativ til de direktiver eller forordninger, der er omhandlet i del I
Hvor der i tabellen i del I henvises til et særdirektiv eller en særskilt forordning, skal en godkendelse i henhold til følgende FN-regulativer, som Unionen har tiltrådt som aftalepart til »overenskomsten af 1958 som revideret« i medfør af afgørelse 97/836/EF eller efterfølgende rådsafgørelser som omhandlet i nævnte afgørelses artikel 3, stk. 3, anses for et alternativ til en EU-typegodkendelse meddelt i henhold til det relevante særdirektiv eller den relevante særskilte forordning.
Enhver yderligere ændring af de i nedenstående liste anførte FN-regulativer 
(
5
)
 anses ligeledes for ækvivalent med en EU-typegodkendelse med forbehold af afgørelsen omhandlet i artikel 4, stk. 2, i afgørelse 97/836/EF.
Emne
FN-regulativ nr.
Ændringsserie
1A
 (
*18
)
Tilladt støjniveau (omfatter ikke AVAS og udskiftningslyddæmpere)
51
03
AVAS
138
00
Lyddæmpningssystemer som reservedele
59
02
9B
Bremser (personbiler) (ESC-del)
140
00
58
Fodgængerbeskyttelse (omfatter ikke bremseassistent)
127 (fodgængerbeskyttelse)
00
Fodgængerbeskyttelse (bremseassistentdel)
13-H (bremseassistent)
eller 139 (bremseassistent)
00 (Supplement 9 og over)
00
65
Avancerede nødbremsesystemer
131
01
66
Systemer til advarsel om uforvarende vognbaneoverskridelse
130
00
Hvis særdirektivet eller den særskilte forordning indeholder monteringsforskrifter, gælder disse også for komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er godkendt efter FN-regulativerne.
DEL III
Liste over retsakter, der fastlægger kravene i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer til særlig anvendelse
Tillæg 1
Campingbiler, ambulancer og rustvogne
Punkt
Emne
Retsakt
M
1
 ≤ 2 500  kg
 (
*19
)
M
1
 > 2 500  kg
 (
*19
)
M
2
M
3
1A
Støjniveau
Forordning (EU) nr. 540/2014
H
G+H
G+H
G+H
2
Emissioner (Euro 5 og Euro 6) lette køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
Q (
1
)
G + Q (
1
)
G + Q (
1
)
3A
Forebyggelse af brandfare (beholdere til flydende brændstof)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 34
F (
2
)
F (
2
)
F (
2
)
F (2)
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
X
X
X
X
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
X
X
X
X
5A
Styreapparat
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 79
X
G
G
G
6A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
X
6B
Dørlåse og dørophæng
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 11
B
G+B
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
X
X
X
X
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
X
G
G
G
9A
Bremsning af køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13
G (
3
)
G (
3
)
9B
Bremser (personbiler)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13
X (
4
)
G+A
1
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
X
X
X
X
12A
Indvendigt udstyr
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 21
C
G+C
13A
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 18
G (
4A
)
G (
4A
)
13B
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 116
X
G
14A
Beskyttelse af førere mod styreapparatet i tilfælde af et sammenstød
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 12
X
G
15A
Sæder, sædeforankringer og eventuelle nakkestøtter
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 17
D
G+D
G+D (
4B
)
G+D (
4B
)
15B
Sæderne i store køretøjer til personbefordring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 80
X
X
16A
Udragende dele
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 26
X for førerhus; A+Z for den øvrige del
G for førerhus; A+Z for den øvrige del
17A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
X
X
X
17B
Speedometerudstyr, herunder montering af dette
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 39
X
X
X
X
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
X
X
X
X
19A
Forankringer til sikkerhedsseler, Isofix-forankringssystemer og Isofix-topstropforankringer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 14
D
G+L
G+L
G+L
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
A+N
A+G+N for førerhus; A+N for den øvrige del
A+G+N for førerhus; A+N for den øvrige del
A+G+N for førerhus; A+N for den øvrige del
21A
Refleksanordninger til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 3
X
X
X
X
22A
Positionslygter fortil, baglygter, stoplygter og markeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 7
X
X
X
X
22B
Kørelyslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 87
X
X
X
X
22C
Sidemarkeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 91
X
X
X
X
23A
Retningsviserblinklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 6
X
X
X
X
24A
Belysning af bagnummerplader på motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 4
X
X
X
X
25A
Sealed-beam-forlygter (SB) til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver europæisk asymmetrisk nærlys og/eller fjernlys
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 31
X
X
X
X
25B
Glødelamper til anvendelse i godkendte lygteenheder til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 37
X
X
X
X
25C
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer udstyret med gasudladningslyskilder
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 98
X
X
X
X
25D
Gasudladningslyskilder til anvendelse i godkendte gasudladningsforlygter på motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 99
X
X
X
X
25E
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele, og som er udstyret med glødelamper og/eller LED-moduler
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 112
X
X
X
X
25F
Adaptive forlygtesystemer(AFS) til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 123
X
X
X
X
26A
Tågeforlygter til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 19
X
X
X
X
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
E
E
E
E
28A
Tågebaglygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 38
X
X
X
X
29A
Baklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 23
X
X
X
X
30A
Parkeringslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 77
X
X
X
X
31A
Sikkerhedsseler, fastholdelsesanordninger barnefastholdelsesanordninger og Isofix-barnefastholdelsesanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 16
D
G+M
G+M
G+M
32A
Synsfelt fremad
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 125
X
G
33A
Placering og identifikation af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
X
X
X
X
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
X
G (
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
X
G (
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
X
X
X
X
37A
Hjulafskærmning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010
X
G
38A
Nakkestøtter, hvad enten de er indbygget i et sæde eller ej
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 25
D
G + D
44A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
X
X
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
J
G+J
G+J
G+J
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
X
G
G
G
46B
Luftdæk til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
1
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 30
X
G
46C
Luftdæk til erhvervskøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 54
—
G
G
G
46D
Dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand (klasse C
1
, C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 117
X
G
G
G
46E
Reserveenheder til midlertidig anvendelse, sikkerhedsdæk (run-flat-dæk) og/eller sikkerhedsdæksystemer og systemer til dæktryksovervågning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 64
X
G
47A
Køretøjers hastighedsbegrænsende anordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 89
X
X
48A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
X
X
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
X (
10
)
G (
10
)
G (
10
)
G (
10
)
51A
Brændbarhed af de materialer, der benyttes ved den indvendige konstruktion af visse klasser af motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 118
G for førerhus;
X for den øvrige del
52A
M
2
- og M
3
-køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 107
A
A
52B
Overbygningens styrke på store køretøjer til personbefordring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 66
A
A
53A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer i tilfælde af frontal kollision
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 94
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
54A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer ved sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 95
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
58
Fodgængerbeskyttelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009
X
Ikke relevant
Alle systemer til frontal beskyttelse, der leveres sammen med køretøjet, skal dog opfylde kravene og mærkes
59
Genanvendelighed
Direktiv 2005/64/EF
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
61
Luftkonditioneringsanlæg
Direktiv 2006/40/EF
X
G (14)
62
Brintsystem
Forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009
Q
G + Q
G + Q
G + Q
63
Generel sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
64
Gearskiftindikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 65/2012
X
G
65
Avancerede nødbremsesystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 347/2012
Ikke relevant (
16
)
Ikke relevant (
16
)
66
Systemer til advarsel om uforvarende vognbaneoverskridelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 351/2012
Ikke relevant (
17
)
Ikke relevant (
17
)
67
Specifikke komponenter til flydende gas (LPG) og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 67
X
X
X
X
68
Tyverialarmer (VAS)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 97
X
G
69
Elektrisk sikring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 100
X
X
X
X
70
Specifikke komponenter til CNG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 110
X
X
X
X
72
eCall-system
Forordning (EU) 2015/758
G
G
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Supplerende krav til ambulancer
Patientrummet i ambulancer skal opfylde kravene i EN 1789:2007 +A1: 2010 +A2:2014 om »Medical vehicles and their equipment — Road ambulances« (ambulancer og ambulanceudstyr — ambulancer) med undtagelse af punkt 6.5 »List of equipment« (udstyrsliste). Der skal fremlægges et overensstemmelsesbevis samt en prøvningsrapport fra en teknisk tjeneste. Hvis der er afsat en kørestolsplads, finder tillæg 3 om fastholdelsesanordninger til kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren anvendelse.
Tillæg 2
Pansrede køretøjer
Punkt
Emne
Retsakt
M
1
M
2
M
3
N
1
N
2
N
3
O
1
O
2
O
3
O
4
1A
Støjniveau
Forordning (EU) nr. 540/2014
X
X
X
X
X
X
2
Emissioner (Euro 5 og Euro 6) lette køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
A (
1
)
A (
1
)
A (
1
)
A (
1
)
3A
Forebyggelse af brandfare (beholdere til flydende brændstof)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 34
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X (
2
)
X
X
X
X
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
X
X
X
X
A
A
X
X
X
X
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5A
Styreapparat
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 79
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne
(trin, trinbræt og håndgreb)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
6B
Dørlåse og dørophæng
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 11
X
X
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
A+K
A+K
A+K
A+K
A+K
A+K
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
A
A
A
A
A
A
9A
Bremsning af køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
9B
Bremser (personbiler)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13-H
X (
4
)
X (
4
)
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
12A
Indvendigt udstyr
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 21
A
13A
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 18
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
13B
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 116
X
X
14A
Beskyttelse af førere mod styreapparatet i tilfælde af et sammenstød
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 12
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
15A
Sæder, sædeforankringer og eventuelle nakkestøtter
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 17
X
D (
4B
)
D (
4B
)
D
D
D
15B
Sæderne i store køretøjer til personbefordring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 80
D
D
16A
Udragende dele
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 26
A
17A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne
(bakgear)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
17B
Speedometerudstyr, herunder montering af dette
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 39
X
X
X
X
X
X
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
19A
Forankringer til sikkerhedsseler, Isofix-forankringssystemer og Isofix-topstropforankringer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 14
A
A
A
A
A
A
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
21A
Refleksanordninger til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22A
Positionslygter fortil, baglygter, stoplygter og markeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22B
Kørelyslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 87
X
X
X
X
X
X
22C
Sidemarkeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 91
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
23A
Retningsviserblinklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24A
Belysning af bagnummerplader på motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25A
Sealed-beam-forlygter (SB) til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver europæisk asymmetrisk nærlys og/eller fjernlys
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 31
X
X
X
X
X
X
25B
Glødelamper til anvendelse i godkendte lygteenheder til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 37
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25C
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer udstyret med gasudladningslyskilder
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 98
X
X
X
X
X
X
25D
Gasudladningslyskilder til anvendelse i godkendte gasudladningsforlygter på motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 99
X
X
X
X
X
X
25E
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele, og som er udstyret med glødelamper og/eller LED-moduler
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 112
X
X
X
X
X
X
25F
Adaptive forlygtesystemer (AFS) til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 123
X
X
X
X
X
X
26A
Tågeforlygter til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 19
X
X
X
X
X
X
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
A
A
A
A
A
A
28A
Tågebaglygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 38
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
29A
Baklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 23
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30A
Parkeringslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 77
X
X
X
X
X
X
31A
Sikkerhedsseler, fastholdelsesanordninger barnefastholdelsesanordninger og Isofix-barnefastholdelsesanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 16
A
A
A
A
A
A
32A
Synsfelt fremad
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 125
S
33A
Placering og identifikation af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
X
X
X
X
X
X
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
A
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
A
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
37A
Hjulafskærmning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010
X
38A
Nakkestøtter, hvad enten de er indbygget i et sæde eller ej
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 25
X
41A
Emissioner (Euro 6) tunge køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
X (
9
)
X (
9
)
X
X (
9
)
X (
9
)
X
42A
Beskyttelse af godskøretøjer mod sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 73
X
X
X
X
43A
Stænkafskærmningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 109/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
44A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
X
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
46B
Luftdæk til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
1
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 30
A
A
A
A
46C
Luftdæk til erhvervskøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 54
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
46D
Dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand (klasse C
1
, C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 117
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
46E
Reserveenheder til midlertidig anvendelse, sikkerhedsdæk (run-flat-dæk) og/eller sikkerhedsdæksystemer og systemer til dæktryksovervågning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 64
A (
9A
)
A (
9A
)
47A
Køretøjers hastighedsbegrænsende anordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 89
X
X
X
X
48A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
49A
Erhvervskøretøjer for så vidt angår udragende dele foran bagpanelet på førerhuse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 61
A
A
A
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X
X
X
X
50B
Kortkoblingsanordninger (KKA); montering af en godkendt type KKA
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 102
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
51A
Brændbarhed af de materialer, der benyttes ved den indvendige konstruktion af visse klasser af motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 118
X
52A
M
2
- og M
3
-køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 107
A
A
52B
Overbygningens styrke på store køretøjer til personbefordring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 66
A
A
53A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer i tilfælde af frontal kollision
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 94
Ikke relevant
54A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer ved sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 95
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
56A
Køretøjer til transport af farligt gods
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 105
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
57A
Anordninger til afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 93
X
X
58
Fodgængerbeskyttelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
59
Genanvendelighed
Direktiv 2005/64/EF
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
61
Luftkonditioneringsanlæg
Direktiv 2006/40/EF
X
X (
14
)
62
Brintsystem
Forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009
A
A
A
A
A
A
63
Generel sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
64
Gearskiftindikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 65/2012
X
65
Avancerede nødbremsesystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 347/2012
(
16
)
(
16
)
(
16
)
(
16
)
66
Systemer til advarsel om uforvarende vognbaneoverskridelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 351/2012
(
17
)
(
17
)
(
17
)
(
17
)
67
Specifikke komponenter til flydende gas (LPG) og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 67
X
X
X
X
X
X
68
Tyverialarmer (VAS)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 97
X
X
69
Elektrisk sikring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 100
X
X
X
X
X
X
70
Specifikke komponenter til CNG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 110
X
X
X
X
X
X
72
eCall-system
Forordning (EU) 2015/758
G
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
G
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Tillæg 3
Køretøjer med adgang for kørestole
Punkt
Emne
Retsakt
M
1
1A
Støjniveau
Forordning (EU) nr. 540/2014
G+W
9
2
Emissioner (Euro 5 og Euro 6) lette køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
G+W
1
3A
Forebyggelse af brandfare (beholdere til flydende brændstof)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 34
X+W
2
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
X
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
X
5A
Styreapparat
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 79
G
6A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (trin, trinbræt og håndgreb)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
6B
Dørlåse og dørophæng
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 11
X
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
X
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
X
9B
Bremser (personbiler)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13-H
G+A
1
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
X
12A
Indvendigt udstyr
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 21
G+C
13B
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 116
X
14A
Beskyttelse af førere mod styreapparatet i tilfælde af et sammenstød
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 12
G
15A
Sæder, sædeforankringer og eventuelle nakkestøtter
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 17
G+W
3
16A
Udragende dele
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 26
G+W
4
17A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (bakgear)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
17B
Speedometerudstyr, herunder montering af dette
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 39
X
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
X
19A
Forankringer til sikkerhedsseler, Isofix-forankringssystemer og Isofix-topstropforankringer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 14
X+W
5
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
X
21A
Refleksanordninger til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 3
X
22A
Positionslygter fortil, baglygter, stoplygter og markeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 7
X
22B
Kørelyslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 87
X
22C
Sidemarkeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 91
X
23A
Retningsviserblinklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 6
X
24A
Belysning af bagnummerplader på motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 4
X
25A
Sealed-beam-forlygter (SB) til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver europæisk asymmetrisk nærlys og/eller fjernlys
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 31
X
25B
Glødelamper til anvendelse i godkendte lygteenheder til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 37
X
25C
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer udstyret med gasudladningslyskilder
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 98
X
25D
Gasudladningslyskilder til anvendelse i godkendte gasudladningsforlygter på motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 99
X
25E
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele, og som er udstyret med glødelamper og/eller LED-moduler
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 112
X
25F
Adaptive forlygtesystemer (AFS) til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 123
X
26A
Tågeforlygter til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 19
X
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
E
28A
Tågebaglygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 38
X
29A
Baklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 23
X
30A
Parkeringslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 77
X
31A
Sikkerhedsseler, fastholdelsesanordninger barnefastholdelsesanordninger og Isofix-barnefastholdelsesanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 16
X+W
6
32A
Synsfelt fremad
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 125
G
33A
Placering og identifikation af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
X
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
G (
5
)
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
G (
6
)
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
X
37A
Hjulafskærmning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010
G
38A
Nakkestøtter, hvad enten de er indbygget i et sæde eller ej
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 25
X
41A
Emissioner (Euro 6) tunge køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
X+W
1
 (
9
)
44A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
X+W
8
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
G
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
X
46B
Luftdæk til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
1
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 30
X
46D
Dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand (klasse C
1
, C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 117
X
46E
Reserveenheder til midlertidig anvendelse, sikkerhedsdæk (run-flat-dæk) og/eller sikkerhedsdæksystemer og systemer til dæktryksovervågning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 64
G (
9A
)
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
X (
10
)
53A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer i tilfælde af frontal kollision
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 94
Ikke relevant
54A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer ved sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 95
Ikke relevant
58
Fodgængerbeskyttelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009
G
59
Genanvendelighed
Direktiv 2005/64/EF
Ikke relevant
61
Luftkonditioneringsanlæg
Direktiv 2006/40/EF
G
62
Brintsystem
Forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009
X
63
Generel sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
X (
15
)
64
Gearskiftindikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 65/2012
G
67
Specifikke komponenter til flydende gas (LPG) og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 67
X
68
Tyverialarmsystemer (VAS)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 97
X
69
Elektrisk sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 100
X
70
Specifikke komponenter til CNG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 110
X
72
eCall-system
Forordning (EU) 2015/758
G
Supplerende krav for prøvning af fastholdelsesanordningen til kørestolen og fastholdelsesanordningen til kørestolsbrugeren
Følgende punkt 2 og enten punkt 3 eller 4 finder anvendelse.
1.   Definitioner
1.1.   En surrogatkørestol (SWC) er en stiv, genanvendelig prøvekørestol som defineret i afsnit 3 i international standard ISO 10542-1:2012.
1.2.   Punktet P repræsenterer placeringen af kørestolsbrugerens hofte, når vedkommende sidder i en surrogatkørestol som defineret i afsnit 3 i international standard ISO 10542-1:2012.
2.   Generelle krav
2.1.   Alle kørestolspladser skal være forsynet med anordninger, hvortil til fastholdelsessystemet for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren forankres.
2.2.   Det laveste forankringspunkt for kørestolsbrugerens sikkerhedssele skal være placeret i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 14.07, punkt 5.4.2.2, i forhold til punktet P på surrogatkørestolen, når denne er anbragt i kørselsstillingen som anvist af fabrikanten. De(t) øverste forankringspunkt(er) for sikkerhedsselen skal være placeret mindst 1 100 mm over den vandrette linje, som løber gennem kontaktpunkterne mellem surrogatkørestolens baghjul og gulvet i køretøjet. Denne betingelse skal stadig være opfyldt efter gennemførelsen af prøvningen i overensstemmelse med dette tillægs punkt 3.
2.3.   Der skal foretages en vurdering af fastholdelsessystemet for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren med henblik på at sikre overholdelse af FN-regulativ nr. 16.06, punkt 8.2.2-8.2.2.4 og 8.3.1-8.3.4.
2.4.   Det mindste antal Isofix-barnestolsforankringer skal ikke nødvendigvis være opfyldt. I tilfælde af en etapevis typegodkendelse, hvor et Isofix-forankringssystem er blevet påvirket af ombygningen, skal systemet enten underkastes endnu en prøvning, eller forankringspunkterne skal gøres ubrugelige. I sidstnævnte tilfælde skal Isofix-mærkerne fjernes, og køberen af køretøjet skal gives de nødvendige oplysninger.
3.   Statisk prøvning i køretøjet
3.1.   Fastholdelsesanordninger for kørestolsbrugeren
3.1.1.
Fastholdelsesanordningerne for kørestolsbrugeren skal kunne modstå de statiske kræfter, der er fastlagt for fastholdelsesanordninger for passagerer i FN-regulativ nr. 14.07, samt de statiske kræfter, som påføres fastholdelsesanordningen for kørestolen som fastsat i punkt 3.2 i dette tillæg.
3.2.   Fastholdelsesanordninger for kørestolen
Fastholdelsesanordningerne for kørestolen skal kunne modstå følgende kræfter i mindst 0,2 sekunder, som overføres via surrogatkørestolen (eller en passende surrogatkørestol, der har en akselafstand, sædehøjde og fastholdelsespunkter i overensstemmelse med specifikationerne for surrogatkørestolen) i en højde af 300 +/– 100 mm fra den overflade, hvorpå surrogatkørestolen er placeret:
3.2.1.
i tilfælde af en fremadvendt kørestol en kraftoverførsel på 24,5 kN samtidig med den kraft, som påføres fastholdelsesanordningerne for kørestolsbrugeren, og
3.2.2.
en anden prøvning, hvor kørestolen påføres et statisk tryk på 8,2 kN bagud i køretøjet.
3.2.3.
i tilfælde af en bagudvendt kørestol en kraftoverførsel på 8,2 kN samtidig med den kraft, som påføres fastholdelsesanordningerne for kørestolsbrugeren, og
3.2.4.
en anden prøvning, hvor kørestolen påføres et statisk tryk på 24,5 kN fremad i køretøjet.
3.3.   Systemets komponenter
3.3.1.
Alle komponenter i fastholdelsessystemet for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren skal opfylde de relevante krav i international standard ISO 10542-1:2012. Den dynamiske prøvning, som er beskrevet i bilag A og punkt 5.2.2 og 5.2.3 i international standard ISO 10542-1:2012, skal dog foretages på det samlede fastholdelsessystem for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren under anvendelse af køretøjets forankringssystem i stedet for det prøvesystem, der er beskrevet i bilag A til international standard ISO 10542-1:2012. Denne prøvning kan foretages under anvendelse af køretøjskonstruktionen eller en surrogatkonstruktion, der er repræsentativ for køretøjets fastholdelsessystem for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren. Placeringen af alle forankringspunkter skal ligge inden for den tolerance, der er fastlagt i punkt 7.7.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 16.06.
3.3.2.
Hvis den del af fastholdelsessystemet, som vedrører fastholdelsesanordningen for kørestolsbrugeren, er godkendt i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 16.06, skal det samlede fastholdelsessystem for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren underkastes en dynamisk prøvning som fastlagt i dette tillægs punkt 3.3.1; dog skal kravene i punkt 5.1, 5.3 og 5.4 i international standard ISO 10542-1:2012 anses for at være opfyldt.
4.   Dynamisk prøvning i køretøjet
4.1.   Det samlede fastholdelsessystem for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren skal underkastes en dynamisk prøvning i køretøjet i overensstemmelse med punkt 5.2.2 og 5.2.3 samt bilag A til international standard ISO 10542-1:2012, som prøver alle komponenter/forankringspunkter samtidigt under anvendelse af et nøgent køretøjskarosseri eller en repræsentativ konstruktion.
4.2.   De enkelte komponenter i fastholdelsessystemet til kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren skal opfylde de relevante krav i international standard ISO 10542-1:2012, punkt 5.1, 5.3 og 5.4. Disse krav skal anses for opfyldt med hensyn til fastholdelsesanordningen for kørestolsbrugeren, hvis denne er godkendt i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 16.06.
Tillæg 4
Andre køretøjer til særlig anvendelse
(herunder særlig gruppe, køretøj til flere slags udstyr og campingvogne)
Undtagelsesbestemmelserne i dette tillæg kan kun bringes i anvendelse, hvis fabrikanten til den godkendende myndigheds tilfredshed godtgør, at køretøjet ikke kan opfylde alle forskrifterne i dette bilags del I som følge af sin særlige funktion.
Punkt
Emne
Retsakt
M
2
M
3
N
1
N
2
N
3
O
1
O
2
O
3
O
4
1A
Støjniveau
Forordning (EU) nr. 540/2014
H
H
H
H
H
2
Emissioner (Euro 5 og Euro 6) lette køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
Q (
1
)
Q+V
1
 (
1
)
Q+V
1
 (
1
)
3A
Forebyggelse af brandfare (beholdere til flydende brændstof)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 34
F
F
F
F
F
X
X
X
X
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
X
X
A
A
A
X
X
X
X
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
A+R
5A
Styreapparat
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 79
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (trin, trinbræt og håndgreb)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
X
B
B
B
6B
Dørlåse og dørophæng
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 11
B
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
X
X
X
X
X
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
X
X
X
X
X
9A
Bremsning af køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
X+U
1
 (
3
)
X+U
1
 (
3
)
X
X
X (
3
)
X (
3
)
9B
Bremser (personbiler)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13-H
X (
4
)
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
13A
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 18
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
X (
4A
)
13B
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 116
X
14A
Beskyttelse af førere mod styreapparatet i tilfælde af et sammenstød
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 12
X
15A
Sæder, sædeforankringer og eventuelle nakkestøtter
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 17
D (
4B
)
D (
4B
)
D
D
D
15B
Sæderne i store køretøjer til personbefordring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 80
D
D
17A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne
(bakgear)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
X
X
X
X
17B
Speedometerudstyr, herunder montering af dette
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 39
X
X
X
X
X
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
19A
Forankringer til sikkerhedsseler, Isofix-forankringssystemer og Isofix-topstropforankringer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 14
D
D
D
D
D
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
A+N
21A
Refleksanordninger til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22A
Positionslygter fortil, baglygter, stoplygter og markeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22B
Kørelyslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 87
X
X
X
X
X
22C
Sidemarkeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 91
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
23A
Retningsviserblinklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24A
Belysning af bagnummerplader på motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25A
Sealed-beam-forlygter (SB) til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver europæisk asymmetrisk nærlys og/eller fjernlys
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 31
X
X
X
X
X
25B
Glødelamper til anvendelse i godkendte lygteenheder til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 37
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25C
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer udstyret med gasudladningslyskilder
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 98
X
X
X
X
X
25D
Gasudladningslyskilder til anvendelse i godkendte gasudladningsforlygter på motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 99
X
X
X
X
X
25E
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele, og som er udstyret med glødelamper og/eller LED-moduler
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 112
X
X
X
X
X
25F
Adaptive forlygtesystemer (AFS) til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 123
X
X
X
X
X
26A
Tågeforlygter til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 19
X
X
X
X
X
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
A
A
A
A
A
28A
Tågebaglygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 38
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
29A
Baklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 23
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30A
Parkeringslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 77
X
X
X
X
X
31A
Sikkerhedsseler, fastholdelsesanordninger barnefastholdelsesanordninger og Isofix-barnefastholdelsesanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 16
D
D
D
D
D
33A
Placering og identifikation af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
X
X
X
X
X
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
(
5
)
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
(
6
)
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
38A
Nakkestøtter, hvad enten de er indbygget i et sæde eller ej
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 25
X
41A
Emissioner (Euro 6) tunge køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
H (
9
)
H
H (
9
)
H (
9
)
H
42A
Beskyttelse af godskøretøjer mod sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 73
X
X
X
X
43A
Stænkafskærmningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 109/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46B
Luftdæk til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
1
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 30
X
X
X
46C
Luftdæk til erhvervskøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 54
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46D
Dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand (klasse C
1
, C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 117
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
46E
Reserveenheder til midlertidig anvendelse, sikkerhedsdæk (run-flat-dæk) og/eller sikkerhedsdæksystemer og systemer til dæktryksovervågning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 64
X (
9A
)
47A
Køretøjers hastighedsbegrænsende anordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 89
X
X
X
X
48A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
49A
Erhvervskøretøjer for så vidt angår udragende dele foran bagpanelet på førerhuse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 61
X
X
X
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X
X
X
X
50B
Kortkoblingsanordninger (KKA); montering af en godkendt type KKA
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 102
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
51A
Brændbarhed af de materialer, der benyttes ved den indvendige konstruktion af visse klasser af motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 118
X
52A
M
2
- og M
3
-køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 107
X
X
52B
Overbygningens styrke på store køretøjer til personbefordring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 66
X
X
54A
Beskyttelse af fører og passagerer ved sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 95
A
56A
Køretøjer til transport af farligt gods
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 105
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
57A
Anordninger til afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 93
X
X
58
Fodgængerbeskyttelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009
Ikke relevant (
2
)
59
Genanvendelighed
Direktiv 2005/64/EF
Ikke relevant
61
Luftkonditioneringsanlæg
Direktiv 2006/40/EF
X (
14
)
62
Brintsystem
Forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009
X
X
X
X
X
63
Generel sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
65
Avancerede nødbremsesystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 347/2012
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
66
Systemer til advarsel om uforvarende vognbaneoverskridelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 351/2012
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
67
Specifikke komponenter til flydende gas (LPG) og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 67
X
X
X
X
X
68
Tyverialarmer (VAS)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 97
X
69
Elektrisk sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 100
X
X
X
X
X
70
Specifikke komponenter til CNG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 110
X
X
X
X
X
72
eCall-system
Forordning (EU) 2015/758
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
G
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Ikke relevant
Tillæg 5
Mobilkraner
Punkt
Emne
Retsakt
N
3
1A
Støjniveau
Forordning (EU) nr. 540/2014
T + Z
1
3A
Forebyggelse af brandfare (beholdere til flydende brændstof)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 34
X
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
A
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
X
5A
Styreapparat
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 79
X
Krabbestyring tilladt
6A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (trin, trinbræt og håndgreb)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
A
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
X
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
X
9A
Bremsning af køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13
U (
3
)
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
X
13A
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 18
X (
4A
)
15A
Sæder, sædeforankringer og eventuelle nakkestøtter
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 17
X
17A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (bakgear)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
17B
Speedometerudstyr, herunder montering af dette
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 39
X
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
X
19A
Forankringer til sikkerhedsseler, Isofix-forankringssystemer og Isofix-topstropforankringer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 14
X
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
A+Y
21A
Refleksanordninger til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 3
X
22A
Positionslygter fortil, baglygter, stoplygter og markeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 7
X
22B
Kørelyslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 87
X
22C
Sidemarkeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 91
X
23A
Retningsviserblinklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 6
X
24A
Belysning af bagnummerplader på motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 4
X
25A
Sealed-beam-forlygter (SB) til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver europæisk asymmetrisk nærlys og/eller fjernlys
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 31
X
25B
Glødelamper til anvendelse i godkendte lygteenheder til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 37
X
25C
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer udstyret med gasudladningslyskilder
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 98
X
25D
Gasudladningslyskilder til anvendelse i godkendte gasudladningsforlygter på motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 99
X
25E
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele, og som er udstyret med glødelamper og/eller LED-moduler
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 112
X
25F
Adaptive forlygtesystemer (AFS) til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 123
X
26A
Tågeforlygter til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 19
X
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
A
28A
Tågebaglygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 38
X
29A
Baklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 23
X
30A
Parkeringslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 77
X
31A
Sikkerhedsseler, fastholdelsesanordninger barnefastholdelsesanordninger og Isofix-barnefastholdelsesanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 16
X
33A
Placering og identifikation af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
X
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
(
5
)
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
(
6
)
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
X
41A
Emissioner (Euro 6) tunge køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
V
42A
Beskyttelse af godskøretøjer mod sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 73
A
43A
Stænkafskærmningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 109/2011
Z
1
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
J
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
X
46C
Luftdæk til erhvervskøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 54
X
46D
Dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand (klasse C
1
, C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 117
X
47A
Køretøjers hastighedsbegrænsende anordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 89
X
48A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
A
49A
Erhvervskøretøjer for så vidt angår udragende dele foran bagpanelet på førerhuse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 61
A
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
X (
10
)
50B
Kortkoblingsanordninger (KKA); montering af en godkendt type KKA
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 102
X (
10
)
57A
Anordninger til afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 93
X
62
Brintsystem
Forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009
X
63
Generel sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
X (
15
)
65
Avancerede nødbremsesystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 347/2012
Ikke relevant (
16
)
66
Systemer til advarsel om uforvarende vognbaneoverskridelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 351/2012
Ikke relevant (
17
)
67
Specifikke komponenter til flydende gas (LPG) og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 67
X
69
Elektrisk sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 100
X
70
Specifikke komponenter til CNG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 110
X
Tillæg 6
Køretøjer til særtransport
Punkt
Emne
Retsakt
N
3
O
4
1
Tilladt støjniveau
Direktiv 70/157/EØF
T
3A
Forebyggelse af brandfare (beholdere til flydende brændstof)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 34
X
X
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
A
A
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
X
A+R
5A
Styreapparat
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 79
X
Krabbestyring tilladt
X
6A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (trin, trinbræt og håndgreb)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
X
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
X
9A
Bremsning af køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 13
U (
3
)
X (
3
)
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
X
X
13A
Beskyttelse af motorkøretøjer mod tyveri
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 18
X (
4A
)
15A
Sæder, sædeforankringer og eventuelle nakkestøtter
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 17
X
17A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (bakgear)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
X
17B
Speedometerudstyr, herunder montering af dette
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 39
X
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
X
X
19A
Forankringer til sikkerhedsseler, Isofix-forankringssystemer og Isofix-topstropforankringer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 14
X
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
X
A+N
21A
Refleksanordninger til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 3
X
X
22A
Positionslygter fortil, baglygter, stoplygter og markeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 7
X
X
22B
Kørelyslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 87
X
22C
Sidemarkeringslygter til motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 91
X
X
23A
Retningsviserblinklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 6
X
X
24A
Belysning af bagnummerplader på motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 4
X
X
25A
Sealed-beam-forlygter (SB) til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver europæisk asymmetrisk nærlys og/eller fjernlys
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 31
X
25B
Glødelamper til anvendelse i godkendte lygteenheder til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 37
X
X
25C
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer udstyret med gasudladningslyskilder
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 98
X
25D
Gasudladningslyskilder til anvendelse i godkendte gasudladningsforlygter på motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 99
X
25E
Forlygter til motordrevne køretøjer, som afgiver asymmetrisk nærlys eller fjernlys eller begge dele, og som er udstyret med glødelamper og/eller LED-moduler
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 112
X
25F
Adaptive forlygtesystemer (AFS) til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 123
X
26A
Tågeforlygter til motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 19
X
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
A
28A
Tågebaglygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 38
X
X
29A
Baklygter til motordrevne køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 23
X
X
30A
Parkeringslygter til motordrevne køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 77
X
31A
Sikkerhedsseler, fastholdelsesanordninger barnefastholdelsesanordninger og Isofix-barnefastholdelsesanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 16
X
33A
Placering og identifikation af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
X
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
(
5
)
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
(
6
)
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
X
41A
Emissioner (Euro 6) tunge køretøjer/adgang til informationer
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
X (
9
)
42A
Beskyttelse af godskøretøjer mod sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 73
X
A
43A
Stænkafskærmningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 109/2011
X
A
45
Sikkerhedsglas
Direktiv 92/22/EØF
X
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
X
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
X
I
46C
Luftdæk til erhvervskøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil (klasse C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 54
X
I
46D
Dæk med hensyn til rullestøjsemission, vejgreb på vådt underlag og rullemodstand (klasse C
1
, C
2
 og C
3
)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 117
X
I
47A
Køretøjers hastighedsbegrænsende anordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 89
X
48A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
A
A
49A
Erhvervskøretøjer for så vidt angår udragende dele foran bagpanelet på førerhuse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 61
A
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
X (
10
)
X
50B
Kortkoblingsanordninger (KKA); montering af en godkendt type KKA
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 102
X (
10
)
X (
10
)
56A
Køretøjer til transport af farligt gods
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 105
X (
13
)
X (
13
)
57A
Anordninger til afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 93
A
62
Brintsystem
Forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009
X
63
Generel sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
X (
15
)
X (
15
)
65
Avancerede nødbremsesystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 347/2012
Ikke relevant (
16
)
66
Systemer til advarsel om uforvarende vognbaneoverskridelse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 351/2012
Ikke relevant (
17
)
67
Specifikke komponenter til flydende gas (LPG) og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 67
X
69
Elektrisk sikkerhed
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 100
X
70
Specifikke komponenter til CNG og montering heraf på motorkøretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 110
X
Forklarende bemærkninger vedrørende anvendelsen af kravene i nærværende del
X
Kravene i den relevante retsakt finder anvendelse. Den ændringsserie af FN-regulativer, hvis anvendelse er obligatorisk, er opført i bilag IV til forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009. Ændringsserier vedtaget efterfølgende accepteres som alternativer. Medlemsstaterne kan meddele udvidelser af eksisterende typegodkendelser, som er udstedt i henhold til de tidligere EU-direktiver, der er blevet ophævet ved forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009, på de betingelser, der er fastlagt i artikel 13, stk. 14, i nævnte forordning.
Ikke relevant
Denne retsakt finder ikke anvendelse på dette køretøj (ingen forskrifter).
(
1
)
For køretøjer med en referencemasse på højst 2 610 kg. På anmodning fra fabrikanten kan forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 finde anvendelse på køretøjer med en referencemasse på højst 2 840 kg.
For så vidt angår adgang til informationer for andre dele (f.eks. opholdskabinen) end basiskøretøjet er det tilstrækkeligt, at fabrikanten giver adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer på en lettilgængeligt og hurtig måde.
(
2
)
I tilfælde af køretøjer med LPG- eller CNG-drevne anlæg kræves typegodkendelse i overensstemmelse med FN-regulativ nr. 67 eller FN-regulativ nr. 110.
(
3
)
Et ESC kræves monteret i henhold til artikel 12 og 13 i forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009. I henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 13 er montering af et ESC ikke påkrævet for køretøjer til særlig anvendelse i klasse M
2
, M
3
, N
2
 og N
3
 og for køretøjer til særtransport og påhængskøretøjer med arealer til stående passagerer. N
1
-køretøjer kan godkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 13 eller 13-H.
(
4
)
Et ESC kræves monteret i henhold til artikel 12 og 13 i forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009. Derfor skal kravene i del A i bilag 9 til FN-regulativ nr. 13-H opfyldes. N
1
-køretøjer kan godkendes i henhold til FN-regulativ nr. 13 eller FN-regulativ nr. 13-H.
(
4A
)
Hvis monteret skal beskyttelsesanordningen opfylde kravene i FN-regulativ nr. 18.
(
4B
)
Denne forordning gælder for sæder, som ikke er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 80. Andre muligheder, jf. artikel 2 i forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009.
(
5
)
Køretøjer i andre klasser end klasse M
1
 behøver ikke at være i fuld overensstemmelse med forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010, men skal være monteret med en afrimnings- og afdugningsanordning.
(
6
)
Køretøjer i andre klasser end klasse M
1
 behøver ikke at være i fuld overensstemmelse med forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010, men skal være monteret med forrudevisker og -vasker.
(
8
)
For køretøjer med en referencemasse på over 2 610 kg, hvor den i note (
1
) omhandlede mulighed ikke har fundet anvendelse.
(
9
)
For køretøjer med en referencemasse på over 2 610 kg, som ikke er typegodkendt (på fabrikantens anmodning og forudsat, at referencemassen ikke overstiger 2 840 kg) i henhold til forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007. For andre dele end basiskøretøjet er det tilstrækkeligt, at fabrikanten giver adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer på en lettilgængelig og hurtig måde.
(
9A
)
Finder kun anvendelse, hvis sådanne køretøjer er forsynet med udstyr, der er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 64. Dæktryksovervågningssystem til M
1
-køretøjer er obligatorisk, jf. artikel 9, stk. 2, i forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009.
(
10
)
Finder kun anvendelse på køretøjer, som er udstyret med tilkoblingsanordning.
(
11
)
Gælder for køretøjer med en teknisk tilladt totalmasse på højst 2,5 ton.
(
12
)
Finder kun anvendelse på køretøjer, hvor »sædets referencepunkt (»R«-punktet)« for det laveste sæde befinder sig højst 700 mm over jorden.
(
13
)
Kun hvis fabrikanten ansøger om typegodkendelse af køretøjer, der er bestemt til brug for transport af farligt gods.
(
14
)
Gælder udelukkende for køretøjer i klasse N
1
, gruppe I (referencemasse ≤ 1 305 kg).
(
15
)
På fabrikantens anmodning kan typegodkendelse meddeles under dette punkt som et alternativ til indhentning af typegodkendelser under hvert enkelt punkt i forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009.
(
16
)
Montering af et avanceret nødbremsesystem er ikke påkrævet for køretøjer til særlig anvendelse i henhold til artikel 1 i forordning (EU) nr. 347/2012.
(
17
)
Montering af et system til advarsel om uforvarende vognbaneoverskridelse er ikke påkrævet for køretøjer til særlig anvendelse i henhold til artikel 1 i forordning (EU) nr. 351/2012.
A
Den godkendende myndighed kan udelukkende indrømme undtagelse(r), hvis fabrikanten godtgør, at køretøjet ikke kan opfylde kravene som følge af sin særlige anvendelse. De undtagelser, der er indrømmet, skal fremgå af køretøjets typegodkendelsesattest og af typeattesten.
A
1
Montering af et ESC-system er ikke påkrævet. I tilfælde af etapevis typegodkendelse, hvor de tilpasninger der foretages i en bestemt etape med stor sandsynlighed vil påvirke funktionen af basiskøretøjets ESC-system, kan fabrikanten vælge enten at frakoble systemet eller at godtgøre, at køretøjet ikke er blevet usikkert eller ustabilt. Dette kan godtgøres f.eks. ved at udføre hurtige vognbaneskift i hver retning ved en hastighed på 80 km/t tilstrækkelig hårdt til at ESC-systemet aktiveres. Disse manøvrer skal være velkontrollerede og forbedre køretøjets stabilitet. Den tekniske tjeneste har ret til at anmode om yderligere prøvning, hvis det anses for nødvendigt.
B
Anvendelsen er begrænset til døre, som giver adgang til sæder bestemt til normal brug under kørsel på vej, og for hvilke afstanden mellem sædets R-punkt og gennemsnitsplanet for døroverfladen, målt vinkelret på køretøjets langsgående midterplan, ikke er over 500 mm.
C
Anvendelsen er begrænset til den del af køretøjet foran det bageste sæde, som er bestemt til normal anvendelse ved kørsel på vej og er endvidere begrænset til zonen for anslag mod hovedet som defineret i den relevante retsakt.
D
Anvendelsen er begrænset til sæder bestemt til normal brug under kørsel på vej. Sæder, der ikke er bestemt til anvendelse under kørsel på vej, skal være tydeligt afmærket for brugerne, enten ved hjælp af et piktogram eller et skilt med tekst. Forskrifterne om fastholdelse af bagage i FN-regulativ nr. 17 finder ikke anvendelse.
E
Kun foran.
F
Ændring af brændstofpåfyldningsrørets føring og længde og omplacering af tanken inden for køretøjet er tilladt.
G
I tilfælde af etapevis typegodkendelse kan forskrifterne for klassen for basiskøretøjet eller det ukomplette køretøj (f.eks. det karrosseri, som blev anvendt til at opbygge køretøjet til særlig anvendelse) anvendes.
H
En ændring på ikke over 2 m af udstødningssystemets længde efter den sidste lydpotte kan godtages uden yderligere prøvning.
I
Dæk skal typegodkendes efter forskrifterne i FN-regulativ nr. 54, også selv om køretøjets konstruktivt bestemte hastighed er under 80 km/t. Belastningstallet kan justeres i forhold til påhængskøretøjets konstruktivt bestemt største hastighed efter aftale med dækfabrikanten.
J
Som materiale til alt vinduesglas bortset fra glasset i førerhuset (frontrude og sideruder) kan enten anvendes sikkerhedsglas eller stiv plast.
K
Supplerende nødalarmanordninger er tilladt.
L
Anvendelsen er begrænset til sæder bestemt til normal brug under kørsel på vej. På de bageste siddepladser kræves som minimum forankringer til hofteseler. Sæder, der ikke er bestemt til anvendelse under kørsel på vej, skal være tydeligt afmærket for brugerne, enten ved hjælp af et piktogram eller et skilt med tekst. Isofix er ikke påkrævet i ambulancer og rustvogne.
M
Anvendelsen er begrænset til sæder bestemt til normal brug under kørsel på vej. På alle bageste siddepladser kræves som minimum hoftesele. Sæder, der ikke er bestemt til anvendelse under kørsel på vej, skal være tydeligt afmærket for brugerne, enten ved hjælp af et piktogram eller et skilt med tekst. Isofix er ikke påkrævet i ambulancer og rustvogne.
N
Forudsat at alle påbudte lygter er monteret, og at synlighedsvinklerne ikke ændres derved.
Q
En ændring på ikke over 2 m af udstødningssystemets længde efter den sidste lydpotte kan godtages uden yderligere prøvning. En EU-typegodkendelse meddelt for det mest repræsentative basiskøretøj forbliver gyldig, uanset at referencevægten ændres.
R
Forudsat at nummerpladerne for enhver af medlemsstaterne kan monteres og stadig være synlige.
S
Lystransmissionsfaktoren er mindst 60 %, og »A«-stolpen« dækker højst 10°.
T
Prøvningen udføres kun på det komplette/færdiggjorte komplette køretøj. Køretøjet kan prøves i henhold til direktiv 70/157/EØF. I forbindelse med punkt 5.2.2.1 i bilag I til direktiv 70/157/EØF gælder følgende grænseværdier:
a)
81 dB(A) for køretøjer med en motoreffekt på under 75 kW
b)
83 dB(A) for køretøjer med en motoreffekt på ikke under 75 kW men under 150 kW
c)
84 dB(A) for køretøjer med en motoreffekt på ikke under 150 kW.
U
Prøvningen udføres kun på det komplette/færdiggjorte komplette køretøj. Køretøjer med op til 4 aksler skal opfylde alle krav i de relevante retsakter. Der kan indrømmes undtagelser for køretøjer med flere end 4 aksler, forudsat at:
a)
deres særlige konstruktion berettiger hertil, og
b)
alle krav i den relevante retsakt med hensyn til parkeringsbremse, driftsbremse og nødbremse er opfyldt.
U
1
ABS er ikke påkrævet for køretøjer med hydrostatisk transmission.
V
Som alternativ kan direktiv 97/68/EF også finde anvendelse.
V
1
Som alternativ kan direktiv 97/68/EF også finde anvendelse på køretøjer med hydrostatisk transmission.
W
0
Ændring af udstødningssystemets længde er tilladt uden yderligere prøvning, forudsat at modtrykket er det samme. Hvis der kræves en ny prøvning, kan yderligere 2dB(A) over den gældende grænseværdi godtages.
W
1
Ændring af udstødningssystemet er tilladt uden yderligere prøvning af udstødningsemissioner og CO
2
/brændstofforbrug, forudsat at systemet til begrænsning af emissioner, herunder (eventuelle) partikelfiltre, ikke påvirkes. Der kræves ingen ny fordampningsprøve for det ændrede køretøj, forudsat at fordampningsbegrænsningsanordningerne bibeholdes som monteret af fabrikanten af basiskøretøjet.
En EU-typegodkendelse meddelt for det mest repræsentative basiskøretøj forbliver gyldig, uanset at referencemassen ændres.
W
2
Ændring af brændstofpåfyldningsrørets føring og længde, brændstofslanger og brændstofdamprør er tilladt uden yderligere prøvning. Omplacering af den originale brændstoftank er tilladt, forudsat at alle krav overholdes. Yderligere prøvning i henhold til bilag 5 til FN-regulativ nr. 34 er imidlertid ikke påkrævet.
W
3
Det langsgående plan for kørestolens planlagte kørselsstilling skal være parallelt med køretøjets langsgående plan.
Der stilles behørige oplysninger til rådighed for ejeren af køretøjet om, at det anbefales at anvende en kørestol, som opfylder de relevante krav i ISO 7176-19:2008, for at kunne modstå de kræfter, som overføres af fastholdelsesanordningen under de forskellige køreforhold.
Køretøjets sæder kan uden yderligere prøvning tilpasses, forudsat at det kan godtgøres over for den tekniske tjeneste, at fastholdelsesmekanismerne og nakkestøtterne giver den samme grad af beskyttelse.
Forskrifterne om fastholdelse af bagage i FN-regulativ nr. 17 finder ikke anvendelse.
W
4
Indstigningshjælpemidler i hvileposition skal overholde bestemmelserne i den relevante retsakt/de relevante retsakter.
W
5
Alle kørestolspladser skal være forsynet med anordninger, hvortil fastholdelsessystemet for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren forankres, og som opfylder de supplerende krav for prøvning af fastholdelsessystemet for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren som anført i tillæg 3.
W
6
Alle kørestolspladser skal være forsynet med fastholdelsesanordninger for kørestolsbrugeren, som opfylder de supplerende krav for prøvning af fastholdelsessystemet for kørestolen og kørestolsbrugeren som anført i tillæg 3.
Når forankringspunkter til sikkerhedsseler som følge af ombygning må flyttes uden for den tolerance, der er fastsat i punkt 7.7.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 16.06, skal den tekniske tjeneste kontrollere, om ændringen udgør den mest ugunstige situation. I givet fald skal den i punkt 7.7.1 i FN-regulativ nr. 16.06 omhandlede prøvning foretages. Det er ikke nødvendigt at udstede en udvidelse af EF-typegodkendelsen. Denne prøvning kan udføres på komponenter, som ikke har været underkastet den konditioneringsprøve, der er foreskrevet i FN-regulativ nr. 16.06.
W
8
I forbindelse med beregninger antages kørestolens vægt inklusive brugeren at være 160 kg. Vægten skal være koncentreret om punktet P på surrogatkørestolen i den kørselsstilling, der er anført af fabrikanten.
Enhver begrænsning af passagerkapaciteten som følge af anvendelsen af kørestol(e) skal anføres i instruktionsbogen, på side 2 i EU-typegodkendelsesattesten og i typeattesten.
W
9
Ændring af udstødningssystemets længde er tilladt uden behov for prøvning, forudsat at modtrykkets egenskaber forbliver ensartede.
Y
Forudsat at alle påbudte lygter er monteret.
Z
Kravene vedrørende fremhvælving af åbne vinduer finder ikke anvendelse på opholdskabinen.
Z
1
Mobile kraner med mere end seks aksler anses for at være terrængående (off-road) køretøjer (N
3
G), hvis de har træk på mindst tre aksler, og forudsat at de overholder bestemmelserne i bilag I, del A, punkt 4.3, litra b), nr. ii) og iii), samt punkt 4.3, litra c).
(
*1
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 540/2014 af 16. april 2014 om motorkøretøjers og udskiftningslyddæmpningssystemers støjniveau og om ændring af direktiv 2007/46/EF og om ophævelse af direktiv 70/157/EØF (
EUT L 158 af 27.5.2014, s. 131
).
(
*2
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010 af 8. november 2010 om krav til typegodkendelse af monteringsflade for og anbringelse af bagnummerplader på motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil og om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 om krav til typegodkendelse for den generelle sikkerhed af motorkøretøjer, påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (
EUT L 291 af 9.11.2010, s. 22
).
(
*3
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012 af 15. februar 2012 om typegodkendelseskrav for motorkøretøjer hvad angår indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne samt om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 om krav til typegodkendelse for den generelle sikkerhed af motorkøretøjer, påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (
EUT L 43 af 16.2.2012, s. 6
).
(
*4
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010 af 8. november 2010 om typegodkendelseskrav for slæbeanordninger til motorkøretøjer og om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 om krav til typegodkendelse for den generelle sikkerhed af motorkøretøjer, påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (
EUT L 291 af 9.11.2010, s. 36
).
(
*5
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010 af 27. juli 2010 om krav til typegodkendelse af forrudeafrimnings- og -afdugningsanordninger for visse motorkøretøjer og om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 om krav til typegodkendelse for den generelle sikkerhed af motorkøretøjer, påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (
EUT L 196 af 28.7.2010, s. 5
).
(
*6
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010 af 9. november 2010 om krav til typegodkendelse af forrudevisker- og forrudevaskersystemer for visse motorkøretøjer og om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 om krav til typegodkendelse for den generelle sikkerhed af motorkøretøjer, påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (
EUT L 292 af 10.11.2010, s. 2
).
(
*7
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010 af 9. november 2010 om typegodkendelseskrav for hjulafskærmninger til visse motorkøretøjer og om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 om krav til typegodkendelse for den generelle sikkerhed af motorkøretøjer, påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (
EUT L 292 af 10.11.2010, s. 21
).
(
*8
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) n r. 109/2011 af 27. januar 2011 om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 med hensyn til krav til typegodkendelse af visse klasser af køretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil for så vidt angår afskærmningssystemer (
EUT L 34 af 9.2.2011, s. 2
).
(
*9
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011 af 12. maj 2011 om typegodkendelseskrav for motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil for så vidt angår montering af dæk og om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 om krav til typegodkendelse for den generelle sikkerhed af motorkøretøjer, påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer (
EUT L 124 af 13.5.2011, s. 11
).
(
*10
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 78/2009 af 14. januar 2009 om typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer med henblik på beskyttelse af fodgængere og andre bløde trafikanter og om ændring af direktiv 2007/46/EF og ophævelse af direktiv 2003/102/EF og direktiv 2005/66/EF (
EUT L 35 af 4.2.2009, s. 1
).
(
*11
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2005/64/EF af 26. oktober 2005 om typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer med hensyn til genbrugelighed, genanvendelighed og nyttiggørelsesmuligheder og om ændring af Rådets direktiv 70/156/EØF (
EUT L 310 af 25.11.2005, s. 10
).
(
*12
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2006/40/EF af 17. maj 2006 om emissioner fra luftkonditioneringsanlæg i motorkøretøjer og om ændring af Rådets direktiv 70/156/EØF (
EUT L 161 af 14.6.2006, s. 12
).
(
*13
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 79/2009 af 14. januar 2009 om typegodkendelse af brintdrevne motorkøretøjer og om ændring af direktiv 2007/46/EF (
EUT L 35 af 4.2.2009, s. 32
).
(
*14
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 65/2012 af 24. januar 2012 om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 med hensyn til gearskiftindikatorer (GSI) og om ændring af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2007/46/EF (
EUT L 28 af 31.1.2012, s. 24
).
(
*15
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 347/2012 af 16. april 2012 om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 med hensyn til kravene ved typegodkendelse af visse klasser af motorkøretøjer for så vidt angår avancerede nødbremsesystemer (
EUT L 109 af 21.4.2012, s. 1
).
(
*16
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 351/2012 af 23. april 2012 om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009 for så vidt angår kravene til typegodkendelse af monteringen af systemer til advarsel om uforvarende vognbaneoverskridelse (lane departure warning systems) i motorkøretøjer (
EUT L 110 af 24.4.2012, s. 18
).
(
*17
)
  Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 2015/758 af 29. april 2015 om typegodkendelseskrav for indførelse af et køretøjsmonteret eCall-system, der er baseret på 112-tjenesten, og om ændring af direktiv 2007/46/EF (
EUT L 123 af 19.5.2015, s. 77
).
(
1
)
  De forklarende bemærkninger til tabellen »Retsakter, der finder anvendelse i forbindelse med EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, der fremstilles i ubegrænsede serier« til denne del gælder også for nærværende tabel. Bogstavkoderne i nærværende tabel har den samme betydning som i dette tillægs tabel 1.
(
2
)
  Hvis der ikke foreligger noget registreringsdokument, kan den kompetente myndighed henvise til foreliggende dokumentation for fremstillingsdato eller dokumentation for første anskaffelse.
(
3
)
  Rådets direktiv 70/157/EØF af 6. februar 1970 om tilnærmelse af medlemsstaternes lovgivning om tilladt støjniveau og udstødningssystemer for motordrevne køretøjer (
EFT L 42 af 23.2.1970, s. 16
).
(
4
)
  Kommissionens forordning (EU) nr. 582/2011 af 25. maj 2011 om gennemførelse og ændring af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009 med hensyn til emissioner fra tunge erhvervskøretøjer (Euro VI) og om ændring af bilag I og III til Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2007/46/EF (
EUT L 167 af 25.6.2011, s. 1
).
(
5
)
  Med hensyn til yderligere ændringer henvises til FN/ECE TRANS/WP.29/343.
(
*18
)
  Nummereringen af angivelserne i denne tabel svarer til den nummerering, der er anvendt i tabellen i del I.
(
*19
)
  Teknisk tilladt totalmasse.
BILAG III
PROCEDURER, SOM SKAL FØLGES VED EU-TYPEGODKENDELSE
1.   Mål og anvendelsesområde
1.1.   I dette bilag fastlægges procedurerne for korrekt udførelse af typegodkendelsen af køretøjer i overensstemmelse med artikel 26, 27 og 28.
1.2.   Bilaget indeholder også:
a)
fortegnelse over internationale standarder med relevans for udpegelsen af tekniske tjenester i overensstemmelse med artikel 68 og 70
b)
beskrivelse af den procedure, der skal anvendes ved vurdering af tekniske tjenesters færdigheder i overensstemmelse med artikel 73
c)
generelle krav til de tekniske tjenesters udarbejdelse af prøvningsrapporter.
2.   Typegodkendelsesprocedure
Når den godkendende myndighed modtager en ansøgning om typegodkendelse af et køretøj, skal den:
a)
verificere, at alle de EU-typegodkendelsesattester, der er udstedt i henhold til gældende retsakter som opført i bilag II vedrørende typegodkendelse af køretøjer, omfatter den pågældende type køretøj og svarer til de fastsatte krav
b)
sikre sig, at køretøjsspecifikationerne og -dataene også indgår i informationspakkerne og i EU-typegodkendelsesattesterne i henhold til de relevante retsakter
c)
i de tilfælde, hvor et punkt ikke indgår i informationspakken vedrørende en af retsakterne, kontrollere, at den pågældende del eller egenskab svarer til oplysningerne i informationsmappen
d)
på prøveeksemplarer af køretøjer af den type, der skal godkendes, foretage eller lade foretage inspektion af køretøjsdele og systemer for at verificere, at køretøjet/køretøjerne er konstrueret i overensstemmelse med oplysningerne i den informationspakke, der er godkendt for så vidt angår de relevante EU-typegodkendelsesattester
e)
om nødvendigt foretage eller lade foretage kontrol af monteringen af separate tekniske enheder
f)
om nødvendigt foretage eller lade foretage den nødvendige kontrol af, at der forefindes de anordninger, som er foreskrevet i de forklarende noter 1 og 2 i bilag II, del I
g)
foretage eller lade foretage den nødvendige kontrol for at sikre, at de krav, der er fastsat i den forklarende note 5 i bilag II, del I, er opfyldt.
3.   Kombination af tekniske specifikationer
Der skal til inspektionen indleveres tilstrækkeligt mange køretøjer til, at der kan ske passende kontrol af de forskellige kombinationer, der skal typegodkendes, efter følgende kriterier:
Tekniske specifikationer
Køretøjsklasse
M
1
M
2
M
3
N
1
N
2
N
3
O
1
O
2
O
3
O
4
Motor
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Gearkasse
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Antal aksler
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Drivaksler (antal, placering, indbyrdes forbindelse)
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Styrende aksler (antal og placering)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Karrosseriform
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Antal døre
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Højre- eller venstrestyring
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Antal sæder
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Udstyrsniveau
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
4.   Særlige bestemmelser
Hvis der ikke foreligger godkendelsesattester som foreskrevet i de relevante retsakter, skal den godkendende myndighed:
a)
sørge for den prøvning og kontrol, som hver enkelt af de relevante retsakter kræver
b)
verificere, at køretøjet svarer til oplysningerne i informationsmappen og opfylder de tekniske krav i alle de relevante retsakter
c)
om nødvendigt foretage eller lade foretage kontrol af monteringen af separate tekniske enheder
d)
om nødvendigt foretage eller lade foretage den nødvendige kontrol af, at der forefindes de anordninger, som er foreskrevet i de forklarende noter 1 og 2 i bilag II, del I
e)
foretage eller lade foretage den nødvendige kontrol for at sikre, at de krav, der er fastsat i den forklarende note 5 i bilag II, del I, er opfyldt.
Tillæg 1
Standarder, som tekniske tjenester omhandlet i artikel 68 skal overholde
1.   Aktiviteter knyttet til prøvning med henblik på typegodkendelse, som skal udføres i overensstemmelse med de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II:
1.1.   Kategori A (prøvninger, der udføres i egne faciliteter):
Standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 om de generelle krav til prøvnings- og kalibreringslaboratoriers kompetence.
En teknisk tjeneste, der er udpeget med henblik på kategori A-aktiviteter, kan også udføre prøvninger, der er omhandlet i de retsakter, som tjenestens udpegelse omfatter, i en fabrikants eller tredjemands faciliteter. Under alle omstændigheder skal det personale, der er ansvarligt for at anvende professionel dømmekraft til bestemmelse af overensstemmelse med de retsakter, som udpegelsen af den tekniske tjeneste omfatter, overholde standard EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012.
1.2.   Kategori B (tilsyn med prøvninger, hvilket omfatter forberedelse af prøvninger, hvis sådanne prøvninger udføres i fabrikantens eller tredjemands faciliteter):
Standard EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012 om de generelle kriterier for drift af forskellige typer organer, der foretager inspektion.
Den tekniske tjeneste skal, inden den udfører eller fører tilsyn med prøvninger i en fabrikants eller tredjemands faciliteter, verificere, at prøvefaciliteterne og måleudstyret opfylder de relevante krav i standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005.
2.   Aktiviteter knyttet til produktionens overensstemmelse
2.1.   Kategori C (procedure for den indledende vurdering af fabrikantens kvalitetsstyringssystem og revision af tilsynet med det):
Standard EN ISO/IEC 17021:2011 om krav til organer, der reviderer og certificerer forvaltningssystemer.
2.2.   Kategori D (inspektion eller prøvning af produktionseksemplarer eller tilsyn hermed):
Standard EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012 om de generelle kriterier for drift af forskellige typer organer, der foretager inspektion.
Tillæg 2
Procedure for vurdering af de tekniske tjenester
1.   Mål og anvendelsesområde
1.1.   Dette tillæg angiver vilkårene for, hvordan den i henhold til artikel 73 kompetente typegodkendende myndighed (»den kompetente myndighed«) skal foretage vurdering af de tekniske tjenester.
1.2.   Disse krav finder anvendelse på alle tekniske tjenester, uanset deres retlige status (uafhængig organisation, fabrikant eller godkendende myndighed i egenskab af teknisk tjeneste).
2.   Vurderinger
Gennemførelse af en vurdering er underlagt følgende:
a)
princippet om uafhængighed, der er en forudsætning for konklusionernes upartiskhed og objektivitet, og
b)
en evidensbaseret metode, der sikrer pålidelige og reproducerbare konklusioner.
Revisorerne skal udvise tillid og integritet. De skal overholde deres tavshedspligt og optræde med diskretion.
De skal aflægge sandfærdig og nøjagtig rapport om resultater og konklusioner.
3.   Kvalifikationskrav til revisorerne
3.1.   Vurderingerne må kun foretages af revisorer med de nødvendige tekniske og administrative kvalifikationer.
3.2.   Revisorenes uddannelse skal være målrettet mod vurderingsvirksomhed. Derudover skal de have specifikt fagligt kendskab til det tekniske område, hvor den tekniske tjeneste udøver sin virksomhed.
3.3.   Med forbehold af punkt 3.1 og 3.2 i dette tillæg skal vurderingen i artikel 73 foretages af revisorer, der er uafhængige af de aktiviteter, der vurderes.
4.   Ansøgning om udpegelse
4.1.   En behørigt bemyndiget repræsentant for den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste skal til den kompetente myndighed indgive en formel ansøgning, der skal indeholde følgende oplysninger:
a)
almindelige data vedrørende den tekniske tjeneste, herunder juridisk enhed, navn, adresser, retlig status og tekniske ressourcer
b)
en detaljeret beskrivelse, herunder CV'er for det personale, der forestår prøvningerne, og for det ledende personale, der angiver deres uddannelsesmæssige kvalifikationer og faglige færdigheder
c)
tekniske tjenester, der anvender virtuelle prøvningsmetoder, skal dokumentere deres evne til at arbejde i et computerstøttet miljø
d)
almindelige oplysninger om den tekniske tjeneste, såsom aktiviteter, eventuel placering inden for en større juridisk enhed samt adresser på alle de fysiske arbejdssteder, der skal omfattes af udpegelsen
e)
tilsagn om at opfylde kravene til udpegelse og den tekniske tjenestes øvrige forpligtelser som fastsat i de pågældende retsakter, henhold til hvilke den er udpeget
f)
en beskrivelse af den overensstemmelsesvurdering, som den tekniske tjeneste foretager inden for rammerne af de gældende retsakter, og en fortegnelse over de retsakter, i henhold til hvilke den tekniske tjeneste ansøger om udpegelse, herunder i givet fald kapacitetsgrænser
g)
et eksemplar af den tekniske tjenestes kvalitetshåndbog.
4.2.   Den kompetente myndighed skal gennemgå oplysningerne fra den tekniske tjeneste for at kontrollere, at de er fyldestgørende.
4.3.   Den tekniske tjeneste underretter den kompetente myndighed om enhver ændring af de oplysninger, der er afgivet i overensstemmelse med punkt 4.1.
5.   Gennemgang af ressourcer
Den kompetente myndighed skal på grundlag af sin egen politik, sin kompetence og antallet af egnede revisorer og eksperter overveje, om den er i stand til at foretage vurderingen af den tekniske tjeneste.
6.   Udførelse af vurderingen i underentreprise
6.1.   Den kompetente myndighed kan give dele af vurderingen i underentreprise hos en anden kompetent myndighed eller anmode tekniske eksperter fra andre kompetente myndigheder om bistand. Underentreprenører og eksperter skal godkendes af den anmodende tekniske tjeneste.
6.2.   Den kompetente myndighed skal tage hensyn til akkrediteringsattester med tilstrækkelig bredde, når den foretager en samlet vurdering af den tekniske tjeneste.
7.   Forberedelse af bedømmelse
7.1.   Den kompetente myndighed skal formelt udpege et fælles vurderingshold. Den kompetente myndighed skal sikre, at den nødvendige ekspertise er til stede for hvert fælles vurderingshold. Det fælles vurderingshold skal som helhed navnlig have:
a)
tilstrækkeligt kendskab til det specifikke område, som den ansøgte udpegelse vedrører, og
b)
tilstrækkelig forståelse af området til at kunne foretage en pålidelig vurdering af den tekniske tjenestes kompetence inden for det område, som udpegelsen omfatter.
7.2.   Den kompetente myndighed skal klart definere vurderingsholdets opgave. Holdets arbejde består i at gennemgå de dokumenter, der er indsamlet fra den ansøgende tekniske tjeneste, og foretage en vurdering på stedet.
7.3.   Den kompetente myndighed skal aftale en dato og tidsplan for vurderingen med den tekniske tjeneste og det vurderingshold, der er udpeget. Det er imidlertid fortsat den kompetente myndighed, der er ansvarlig for at få fastsat en dato, der er i overensstemmelse med planen for tilsyn og fornyet vurdering.
7.4.   Den kompetente myndighed skal sikre, at det fælles vurderingshold får udleveret de nødvendige kriterier, tidligere vurderinger samt den tekniske tjenestes relevante dokumenter og journaler.
8.   Vurdering på stedet
Det fælles vurderingshold skal foretage vurderingen af den tekniske tjeneste på det sted, hvor tjenesten er placeret, og hvorfra den udøver en eller flere nøgleaktiviteter, og den skal i givet fald vurdere den tekniske tjenestes arbejde på andre udvalgte lokaliteter som bevidnet.
9.   Analyse af resultaterne og vurderingsrapport
9.1.   Det fælles vurderingshold skal analysere alle relevante oplysninger og al relevant dokumentation, der indsamles under gennemgangen af dokumenter og journaler og vurderingen på stedet. Denne analyse skal være tilstrækkelig til, at holdet kan vurdere den tekniske tjenestes kompetence, og i hvor høj grad den opfylder betingelserne for udpegelse.
9.2.   Den kompetente myndigheds rapporteringsprocedurer skal sikre, at følgende betingelser er opfyldt.
9.2.1.   Der skal afholdes et møde mellem det fælles vurderingshold og den tekniske tjeneste, inden holdet forlader lokaliteten. Det fælles vurderingshold skal på mødet fremlægge en skriftlig og/eller mundtlig rapport om resultaterne af analysen. Den tekniske tjeneste skal have mulighed for at stille spørgsmål vedrørende resultaterne, herunder eventuel manglende overensstemmelse, og om grundlaget for resultaterne.
9.2.2.   Den tekniske tjeneste skal omgående modtage en skriftlig rapport om resultatet af vurderingen. Denne vurderingsrapport skal indeholde bemærkninger om kompetence og overensstemmelse og påpege eventuel manglende overensstemmelse, der skal afhjælpes for at opfylde alle betingelserne for udpegelse.
9.2.3.   Den tekniske tjeneste skal opfordres til at reagere på vurderingsrapporten og beskrive, hvilke konkrete foranstaltninger den har truffet eller har planlagt at træffe inden for en nærmere fastsat tidsfrist, til afhjælpning af eventuel manglende overensstemmelse.
9.3.   Den kompetente myndighed skal sikre, at den tekniske tjenestes svar er tilstrækkelige og effektive til at løse manglende overensstemmelser. Hvis den tekniske tjenestes svar forekommer utilstrækkelige, skal der anmodes om flere oplysninger. Derudover kan der anmodes om dokumentation for, at foranstaltningerne er blevet gennemført i praksis, eller der kan foretages en opfølgende vurdering for at verificere, om de korrigerende foranstaltninger er blevet gennemført i praksis.
9.4.   Vurderingsrapporten skal mindst omfatte følgende oplysninger:
a)
en unik identifikation af den tekniske tjeneste
b)
den eller de dato(er), hvor vurderingen på stedet er foretaget
c)
navnet eller navnene på den eller de revisor(er) og/eller ekspert(er), der har deltaget i vurderingen
d)
en unik identifikation af samtlige vurderede lokaliteter
e)
foreslået rækkevidde af den pågældende udpegelse
f)
en erklæring, hvor den tekniske tjenestes interne organisation og procedurer, vurderet ud fra tjenestens opfyldelse af betingelserne for udpegelse, vurderes som tilstrækkelige til at skabe tillid til tjenestens kompetence
g)
oplysning om afhjælpning af al manglende overensstemmelse
h)
en anbefaling af, om ansøgeren bør udpeges eller bekræftes som teknisk tjeneste og i bekræftende fald udpegelsens rækkevidde.
10.   Tildeling, bekræftelse eller udvidelse af en udpegelse
10.1.   Den kompetente myndighed skal uden unødig forsinkelse træffe afgørelse om, hvorvidt den skal meddele, bekræfte eller udvide en udpegelse på grundlag af rapport(en)(erne) og andre relevante oplysninger.
10.2.   Den kompetente myndighed skal udstede en attest til den tekniske tjeneste. Attesten skal indeholde følgende oplysninger:
a)
den kompetente myndigheds identitet og logo
b)
den udpegede tekniske tjenestes unikke identitet
c)
udpegelsens ikrafttrædelsesdato og udløbsdatoen
d)
en kort angivelse af eller en henvisning til udpegelsens anvendelsesområde (relevante retsakter eller dele deraf)
e)
en erklæring om overensstemmelse og en henvisning til denne forordning.
11.   Fornyet vurdering og tilsyn
11.1.   Fornyet vurdering svarer til en indledende vurdering, bortset fra at erfaringer fra tidligere vurderinger skal tages med i betragtning. Tilsyn i form af vurdering på stedet er mindre omfattende end fornyet vurdering.
11.2.   Den kompetente myndighed skal udarbejde sin plan for fornyet vurdering af og tilsyn med hver enkelt udpeget teknisk tjeneste på en sådan måde, at der regelmæssigt vurderes repræsentative prøveeksemplarer fra udpegelsens anvendelsesområde.
Intervallet mellem vurderinger på stedet, hvad enten det drejer sig om fornyet vurdering eller tilsyn, afhænger af den tekniske tjenestes dokumenterede stabilitet.
11.3.   Hvis der ved tilsyn eller fornyet vurdering konstateres manglende overensstemmelse, skal den kompetente myndighed fastsætte stramme tidsfrister for iværksættelse af korrigerende foranstaltninger.
11.4.   Hvis de korrigerende foranstaltninger eller forbedringerne ikke er foretaget inden for den aftalte tidsramme eller skønnes at være utilstrækkelige, skal den kompetente myndighed vedtage passende foranstaltninger, såsom at foretage endnu en vurdering eller suspendere/inddrage udpegelsen for en eller flere af de aktiviteter, som udpegelsen af den tekniske tjeneste omfatter.
11.5.   Hvis den kompetente myndighed beslutter at suspendere eller inddrage udpegelsen af en teknisk tjeneste, skal den underrette tjenesten ved anbefalet brev. Den kompetente myndighed skal under alle omstændigheder vedtage alle nødvendige foranstaltninger for at sikre kontinuiteten i de aktiviteter, som allerede udføres af den tekniske tjeneste.
12.   Registrering af udpegede tekniske tjenester
12.1.   Den kompetente myndighed skal føre protokol over de tekniske tjenester for at dokumentere, at betingelserne for udpegelsen, bl.a. med hensyn til kompetence, faktisk er opfyldt.
12.2.   Den kompetente myndighed skal opbevare protokollerne over de tekniske tjenester sikkert, så fortroligheden sikres.
12.3.   Protokollerne over de tekniske tjenester skal mindst indeholde:
a)
relevant korrespondance
b)
registrering af vurderinger og vurderingsrapporter
c)
kopier af udpegelsesattester.
BILAG IV
PROCEDURER I FORBINDELSE MED PRODUKTIONENS OVERENSSTEMMELSE
1.   Mål
1.1.   Proceduren vedrørende produktionens overensstemmelse har til formål at sikre, at hvert køretøj, hvert system, hver komponent og hver separat enhed, del eller udstyr, der er fremstillet, er i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type.
1.2.   Proceduren vedrørende produktionens overensstemmelse omfatter altid vurdering af kvalitetsstyringssystemer, som i punkt 2 benævnes »den indledende vurdering«, samt verifikation af genstanden for typegodkendelsen og den produktrelaterede kontrol, som i punkt 3 benævnes »sikring af produkternes overensstemmelse«.
2.   Indledende vurdering
2.1.   Inden der meddeles typegodkendelse, skal den godkendende myndighed verificere, at fabrikanten har etableret tilfredsstillende ordninger og procedurer til at sikre, at køretøjer, systemer, komponenter, separate tekniske enheder og dele og udstyr fremstilles i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type.
2.2.   Vejledning for udførelse af disse vurderinger kan findes i standard EN ISO 19011:2011 — Guidelines for auditing management systems (retningslinjer for revision af ledelsessystemer).
2.3.   Verifikation af, om kravet i punkt 2.1. er opfyldt, foretages til den godkendende myndigheds tilfredshed som følger:
Den godkendende myndighed skal kunne godtage den indledende vurdering og sikringen af produkternes overensstemmelse, jf. punkt 3, idet der tages hensyn til en af de i punkt 2.3.1-2.3.3 beskrevne ordninger eller en kombination af disse ordninger eller dele deraf.
2.3.1.   Den indledende vurdering og/eller verifikation af ordninger til sikring af produkternes overensstemmelse udføres af den godkendende myndighed eller et organ, som den godkendende myndighed har udpeget dertil.
2.3.1.1.   Ved fastlæggelse af omfanget af den indledende vurdering kan den godkendende myndighed tage hensyn til følgende oplysninger:
a)
hvorvidt fabrikanten har en certificering i lighed med den i punkt 2.3.3 nævnte, men ikke er kvalificeret eller anerkendt i henhold til nævnte punkt
b)
hvis der er tale om typegodkendelse af et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed, oplysninger om vurdering af kvalitetssikringssystemer, der er gennemført af køretøjets fabrikant (er) hos fabrikanten af systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed i henhold til en eller flere af denne industrisektors specifikationer, som opfylder kravene i standard EN ISO 9001:2015 eller ISO/TS 16949:2009
c)
om en eller flere af fabrikantens typegodkendelser for nylig er blevet inddraget i en af medlemsstaterne som følge af utilstrækkelig kontrol af produktionens overensstemmelse. I så tilfælde skal den indledende vurdering, som foretages af den godkendende myndighed, ikke være begrænset til at godkende certificeringen af fabrikantens kvalitetssystem, men skal omfatte verifikation af, om alle de nødvendige forbedringer for at sikre en effektiv kontrol er blevet gennemført, således at køretøjer, komponenter, systemer eller separate tekniske enheder produceres i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type.
2.3.2.   Den indledende vurdering og verifikation af ordninger til sikring af produkternes overensstemmelse kan også udføres af en anden medlemsstats godkendende myndighed eller det organ, som den godkendende myndighed har udpeget dertil.
2.3.2.1.   I sådanne tilfælde skal den anden medlemsstats godkendende myndighed afgive en erklæring om overensstemmelse med angivelse af, hvilke områder og produktionsfaciliteter med relevans for de(t) pågældende produkt(er) der er omfattet, og efter hvilke retsakter disse produkter skal typegodkendes.
2.3.2.2.   Når den godkendende myndighed i en medlemsstat modtager en anmodning fra den myndighed i en anden medlemsstat, som meddeler typegodkendelse, om en erklæring om overensstemmelse, skal den omgående fremsende en sådan erklæring eller meddele, at den ikke kan levere en sådan erklæring.
2.3.2.3.   Erklæringen om overensstemmelse skal mindst indeholde følgende:
a)
Koncern eller virksomhed
(f.eks. XYZ Automotive)
b)
Nærmere angivelse af organisationen
(f.eks. regional division)
c)
Fabrikker/anlæg
(f.eks. Motorfabrik 1 (i land A) — Køretøjsfabrik 2 (i land B))
d)
Køretøjs-/komponentsortiment
(f.eks. alle modeller i klasse M
1
)
e)
Områder, som er vurderet
(f.eks. samling af motor, presning og samling af karrosseri, samling af køretøj)
f)
Gennemgåede dokumenter
(f.eks. virksomhedens og produktionsanlæggets kvalitetshåndbog og arbejdsprocedurer)
g)
Tidspunkt for vurderingen
(f.eks. revision udført fra dd/mm/åååå til dd/mm/åååå)
h)
Kontrolbesøg planlagt til
(f.eks. mm/åååå)
2.3.3.   En godkendende myndighed kan også acceptere fabrikantens certificering til standard EN ISO 9001:2015 eller ISO/TS 16949:2009 (denne certificering skal i så fald dække det/de produkt(er), der søges godkendt), eller en tilsvarende standard som opfyldende kravene til den indledende vurdering i punkt 2.3, forudsat at produktionens overensstemmelse er omfattet af kvalitetssikringssystemet, og at fabrikantens typegodkendelse ikke er blevet inddraget, jf. punkt 2.3.1.1, litra c). Fabrikanten skal oplyse alle enkeltheder om certificeringen og forpligte sig til at underrette den godkendende myndighed om eventuelle ændringer i certificeringens gyldighed eller omfang.
2.4.   Når der er tale om typegodkendelse af køretøjer, er det ikke nødvendigt at gentage de oprindelige vurderinger, der er foretaget som led i typegodkendelsen af køretøjets systemer, komponenter og tekniske enheder; men disse skal suppleres af en vurdering af de lokaliteter og aktiviteter, som relaterer til samlingen af køretøjet, og som de oprindelige vurderinger ikke har omfattet.
3.   Ordninger til sikring af produkternes overensstemmelse
3.1.   Alle køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr, som er godkendt i henhold til et FN-regulativ som bilag til overenskomsten af 1958 som revideret og til denne forordning, skal være således fremstillet, at det svarer til den godkendte type, idet det opfylder forskrifterne i dette bilag, nævnte FN-regulativ og denne forordning.
3.2.   Før den godkendende myndighed meddeler typegodkendelse efter denne forordning og et FN-regulativ som bilag til overenskomsten af 1958 som revideret, skal den verificere, at der findes passende ordninger til sikring af produkternes overensstemmelse og dokumenterede kontrolplaner, som fastlægges i samråd med fabrikanten for hver enkelt godkendelse, og som består i, at der med bestemte tidsintervaller gennemføres sådanne prøvninger og tilhørende kontroller, som er nødvendige med henblik på verifikation af fortsat overensstemmelse med den godkendte type, herunder eventuelle prøvninger specificeret i denne forordning og nævnte FN-regulativ.
3.3.   Indehaveren af typegodkendelsen skal navnlig:
3.3.1.
sørge for, at der findes procedurer for effektiv kontrol med, at køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, dele eller udstyr er i overensstemmelse med den godkendte type, og at procedurerne anvendes
3.3.2.
have adgang til det udstyr, der er nødvendigt for at kunne kontrollere overensstemmelsen med hver godkendt type
3.3.3.
sørge for, at prøvningsresultater og kontroldata arkiveres, og at tilhørende dokumenter er tilgængelige i et tidsrum på op til 10 år, der fastsættes i samråd med den godkendende myndighed
3.3.4.
analysere resultaterne af alle prøvningstyper og dermed verificere og sikre, at produktets egenskaber er stabile inden for en industriproduktions normale variation
3.3.5.
sørge for, at der for hver enkelt produkttype udføres mindst de kontroller, der er foreskrevet i denne forordning, og de prøvninger, der er foreskrevet i de relevante retsakter opført i bilag II
3.3.6.
sørge for, at der, hvis der ved en given prøvning er tegn på manglende overensstemmelse, foretages en ny prøveudtagning og prøvning. Der skal træffes alle nødvendige foranstaltninger for at genoprette produktionsprocessen for at sikre overensstemmelse med den godkendte type.
3.4.   Hvis der er tale om trinvis, blandet eller etapevis typegodkendelse, kan den godkendende myndighed, der meddeler typegodkendelse af et køretøj, fra de myndigheder, som har typegodkendt relevante systemer, komponenter eller separate teknisk enheder, anmode om specifikke oplysninger vedrørende opfyldelse af kravene til produktionens overensstemmelse som fastsat i dette bilag.
3.5.   Den godkendende myndighed, der meddeler typegodkendelse af et køretøj og ikke er tilfreds med de indberettede oplysninger som omhandlet i punkt 3.4, og som har meddelt dette skriftligt til den pågældende fabrikant og til den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt typegodkendelse for systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed, skal anmode om gennemførelse af supplerende revision eller kontrol af produktionens overensstemmelse hos fabrikanten/fabrikanterne af de pågældende systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder. Resultaterne af denne yderligere revision eller kontrol af produktionens overensstemmelse skal omgående stilles til rådighed for den godkendende myndighed.
3.6.   Hvis punkt 3.4 og 3.5 finder anvendelse, og den godkendende myndighed, der meddeler typegodkendelse af et køretøj, ikke er tilfreds med resultaterne af den supplerende revision eller kontrol, skal fabrikanten sikre, at produktionens overensstemmelse genoprettes så hurtigt som muligt over for den godkendende myndighed og den myndighed, der meddeler typegodkendelse af systemet, komponenten eller den separate tekniske enhed.
4.   Ordninger til løbende verifikation
4.1.   Den godkendende myndighed, der har meddelt typegodkendelse, kan når som helst og ved periodisk revision verificere de metoder, der anvendes til kontrol af produktionens overensstemmelse på de enkelte produktionsanlæg. Fabrikanten skal i denne forbindelse give myndigheden adgang til produktions-, inspektions- og prøvningsanlæg samt lagerfaciliteter og distributionsanlæg og fremlægge alle de nødvendige oplysninger for så vidt angår dokumentation og rapporter vedrørende kvalitetsstyringssystemet.
4.1.1.   Normalt vil sådan periodisk revision bestå i overvågning af, at de procedurer, der er fastlagt i punkt 2 og 3 (indledende vurdering og ordninger til sikring af produkternes overensstemmelse), faktisk følges til stadighed.
4.1.1.1.   Tilsynsaktiviteter, der udføres af de tekniske tjenester (akkrediterede eller anerkendte som anført i punkt 2.3.3) skal anses for at tilfredsstille kravet i punkt 4.1.1 for så vidt angår de procedurer, der er fastlagt ved den indledende vurdering.
4.1.1.2.   Hyppigheden af den godkendende myndigheds verifikation (fraset tilsyn som omhandlet i punkt 4.1.1.1) fastsættes således, at de relevante kontroller, jf. punkt 2 og 3, efterprøves med mellemrum på grundlag af en metodologi for risikovurdering, der er i overensstemmelse med den internationale standard ISO 31000:2018 — Risk Management — Principles and Guidelines, og en sådan verifikation skal udføres mindst én gang hvert tredje år. Denne metode tager navnlig hensyn til enhver manglende overensstemmelse, der rejses af andre medlemsstater i forbindelse med artikel 54, stk. 1.
4.2.   Ved hver inspektion skal rapporter om prøvninger eller kontroller samt produktionsjournaler, navnlig rapporter om de prøvninger eller den dokumenterede kontrol, som er påkrævet i henhold til punkt 2.2, være tilgængelige for inspektøren.
4.3.   Inspektøren kan på tilfældig vis udtage stikprøver til prøvning i fabrikantens laboratorium eller i den tekniske tjenestes faciliteter. Der udføres i så fald kun fysiske prøvninger. Det mindste antal prøveeksemplarer kan fastsættes på baggrund af resultaterne af fabrikantens egen verifikation.
4.4.   Den inspektør, der er af den opfattelse, at kontrolniveauet er tilfredsstillende, eller som finder det nødvendigt at verificere validiteten af prøvninger, der er udført i henhold til punkt 4.2, skal udtage prøveeksemplarer, der sendes til en teknisk tjeneste, hvor der foretages fysiske prøvninger i overensstemmelse med kravene til produktionens overensstemmelse som fastsat i de retsakter, der er opført i bilag II.
4.5.   Findes der utilfredsstillende resultater ved en inspektion eller ved et efterprøvningstilsyn, skal den godkendende myndighed tage ethvert skridt til sikring af, at fabrikanten hurtigst muligt genopretter produktionens overensstemmelse.
4.6.   I de tilfælde, hvor overensstemmelse med FN-regulativer kræves i henhold til denne forordning, kan fabrikanten vælge at anvende dette bilag som ækvivalent alternativ til kravene til produktionens overensstemmelse i de respektive FN-regulativer. Hvis punkt 4.4 eller 4.5 finder anvendelse, skal alle de særskilte krav til produktionens overensstemmelse i FN-regulativerne imidlertid opfyldes i et omfang, der godtages af den godkendende myndighed, indtil denne myndighed fastslår, at produktionens overensstemmelse er blevet genoprettet.
BILAG V
GRÆNSER FOR SMÅ SERIER OG RESTKØRETØJER
A.   KVANTITATIVE ÅRLIGE GRÆNSER FOR SMÅ SERIER
1.   Det antal enheder af en type af køretøjer, der registreres, gøres tilgængelige på markedet eller ibrugtages pr. år i Unionen, må i henhold til artikel 41 ikke overstige de kvantitative årlige grænser, der er angivet i tabellen nedenfor for den pågældende klasse af køretøjer:
Kategori
Enheder
M
1
1 500
M
2
, M
3
0
N
1
1 500
N
2
, N
3
0 indtil anvendelsesdatoen for delegerede retsakter omhandlet i artikel 41, stk. 5.
1 500  efter denne dato
O
1
, O
2
0
O
3
, O
4
0
2.   Det antal enheder af en type af køretøjer, der registreres, gøres tilgængelige på markedet eller ibrugtages pr. år i en medlemsstat, fastsættes af den pågældende medlemsstat, men må i henhold til artikel 42 ikke overstige de kvantitative årlige grænser, der er angivet i tabellen nedenfor for den pågældende klasse af køretøjer:
Kategori
Enheder
M
1
250
M
2
, M
3
250
N
1
250
N
2
, N
3
250
O
1
, O
2
500
O
3
, O
4
250
B.   GRÆNSER FOR RESTKØRETØJER
Det maksimale antal komplette og færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer, der må ibrugtages i hver medlemsstat i henhold til proceduren for restkøretøjer, skal begrænses af den enkelte medlemsstat på en af følgende måder:
1.
Det maksimale antal af køretøjer af en eller flere typer må for køretøjer i klasse M
1
 ikke overstige 10 % og for alle andre klasser 30 % af alle berørte typer, der blev ibrugtaget det foregående år i den pågældende medlemsstat. Såfremt 10 % henholdsvis 30 % udgør under 100 køretøjer, kan medlemsstaten tillade, at højst 100 køretøjer ibrugtages.
2.
Køretøjer af en given type må kun bestå af dem, for hvilke der på eller efter køretøjets produktionsdato var udstedt en gyldig typeattest, som var gyldig i mindst tre måneder efter udstedelsen, men som senere er blevet ugyldig som følge af, at en retsakt er trådt i kraft.
BILAG VI
FORTEGNELSE OVER DELE ELLER UDSTYR, DER KAN UDGØRE EN BETYDELIG RISIKO FOR DEN KORREKTE FUNKTION AF SYSTEMER, DER ER AFGØRENDE FOR KØRETØJETS SIKKERHED ELLER DETS MILJØPRÆSTATIONER, KRAV TIL SÅDANNE DELE ELLER UDSTYRS PRÆSTATIONER, RELEVANTE PRØVNINGSPROCEDURER, BESTEMMELSER OM MÆRKNING OG EMBALLERING
I.   Dele eller udstyr, der har en betydelig indvirkning på køretøjets sikkerhed
Punkt nr.
Beskrivelse
Præstationskrav
Prøvningsprocedure
Mærkningskrav
Emballeringskrav
1
[…]
2
3
II.   Dele eller udstyr, der har betydelig indvirkning på køretøjets miljøpræstationer
Punkt nr.
Beskrivelse
Præstationskrav
Prøvningsprocedure
Mærkningskrav
Emballeringskrav
1
[…]
2
3
BILAG VII
RETSAKTER, MED HENSYN TIL HVILKE EN FABRIKANT KAN UDPEGES SOM TEKNISK TJENESTE
1.   Mål og anvendelsesområde
1.1.   I dette bilag fastlægges en fortegnelse over retsakter, med hensyn til hvilke en intern teknisk tjeneste hos en fabrikant kan udpeges som teknisk tjeneste i henhold til artikel 72, stk. 1.
1.2.   Det indeholder også passende bestemmelser vedrørende udpegelse af en intern teknisk tjeneste hos en fabrikant som teknisk tjeneste, der skal anvendes inden for rammerne af typegodkendelse af køretøjer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder omfattet af bilag II, del I.
1.3.   Nærværende bilag finder imidlertid ikke anvendelse på fabrikanter, som ansøger om EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, der fremstilles i små serier som omhandlet i artikel 41.
2.   Udpegelse af en intern teknisk tjeneste hos en fabrikant som teknisk tjeneste
2.1.   En intern teknisk tjeneste hos en fabrikant, der er udpeget som en teknisk tjeneste, er en fabrikant, der af den typegodkendende myndighed er udpeget som prøvningslaboratorium til udførelse af godkendelsesprøvninger på vegne af myndigheden.
Udtrykket »at udføre prøvninger« er ikke begrænset til måling af ydelser, men omfatter også registrering af prøvningsresultater, og indsendelse af en rapport til den typegodkendende myndighed, herunder relevante konklusioner.
Det omfatter også kontrol af overensstemmelse med de bestemmelser, der ikke nødvendigvis kræver målinger. Dette gælder for vurdering af udformningen i forhold til de lovgivningsmæssige krav.
3.   Liste over retsakter og begrænsninger
Emne
Retsakt
4A
Anbringelse og fastgørelse af nummerplade bagtil
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1003/2010
7A
Lydsignalapparater
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 28
10A
Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 10
18A
Fabrikantens lovpligtige fabrikationsplade og VIN
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
33A
Placering og identifikation af manuelle betjeningsorganer, kontrolanordninger og indikatorer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 121
34A
Afrimnings- og afdugningssystemer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 672/2010
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
36A
Varmeanlæg
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 122
Bortset fra bestemmelserne i bilag 8 vedrørende anlæg til opvarmning ved forbrænding af LPG og LPG-opvarmningsanlæg
37A
Hjulafskærmning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010
44A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
45A
Sikkerhedsrudemateriale og montering heraf i køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 43
Begrænset til bestemmelserne i bilag 21
46A
Montering af dæk
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 458/2011
48A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
49A
Erhvervskøretøjer for så vidt angår udragende dele foran bagpanelet på førerhuse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 61
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
Begrænset til bestemmelserne i bilag 5 (til og med punkt 8) og bilag 7
61
Luftkonditioneringsanlæg
Direktiv 2006/40/EF
Tillæg
Udpegelse af en intern teknisk tjeneste hos en fabrikant som teknisk tjeneste og underentreprise
1.   Generelt
1.1.   Udpegelse og notifikation af en intern teknisk tjeneste hos en fabrikant som teknisk tjeneste skal ske i overensstemmelse med artikel 68-81, og enhver underentreprise skal ske i overensstemmelse med dette tillæg.
2.   Underentreprise
2.1.   I henhold til bestemmelserne i artikel 71, stk. 1, kan en fabrikant udpege en underentreprenør til at udføre prøvninger på sine vegne.
2.2.   I dette tillæg forstås ved »underentreprenør«: enten et datterselskab af den tekniske tjeneste, som af denne har fået til opgave at udføre prøvningsaktiviteter inden for egen organisation, eller en tredjepart, som har indgået en kontrakt med denne tekniske tjeneste om udførelse af prøvningsaktiviteter.
2.3.   Anvendelse af en underentreprenørs tjenester fritager ikke den tekniske tjeneste for dens forpligtelse til at overholde bestemmelserne i artikel 69, 70, 80 og 81, navnlig de bestemmelser, der vedrører den tekniske tjenestes færdigheder og opfyldelse af standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005.
2.4.   Bilag VII, punkt 2, finder anvendelse på underentreprenøren.
3.   Prøvningsrapport
Prøvningsrapporter skal udarbejdes i overensstemmelse med de i artikel 30, stk. 3, omhandlede gennemførelsesretsakter.
BILAG VIII
BETINGELSER FOR FABRIKANTERS ELLER TEKNISKE TJENESTERS BRUG AF VIRTUELLE PRØVNINGSMETODER
1.   Mål og anvendelsesområde
I dette bilag fastlægges bestemmelser om virtuel prøvning i overensstemmelse med artikel 30, stk. 7.
2.   Liste over retsakter
Emne
Retsakt
3B
Anordninger til afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning bagtil mod underkøring (RUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
6A
Indstigningsforhold og manøvreevne (trin, trinbræt og håndgreb)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
6B
Dørlåse og dørophæng
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 11
8A
Anordninger til indirekte udsyn og montering heraf
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
12A
Indvendigt udstyr
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 21
16A
Udragende dele
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 26
20A
Montering af lygter og lyssignaler på køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
27A
Trækanordninger
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
32A
Synsfelt fremad
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 125
35A
Kombineret forrudevisker og -vasker
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
37A
Hjulafskærmning
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010
42A
Beskyttelse af godskøretøjer mod sidepåkørsel
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 73
48A
Masser og dimensioner
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
49A
Erhvervskøretøjer for så vidt angår udragende dele foran bagpanelet på førerhuse
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 61
50A
Komponenter til mekanisk sammenkobling af vogntog
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
50B
Kortkoblingsanordninger (KKA); montering af en godkendt type KKA
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 102
52A
M
2
- og M
3
-køretøjer
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 107
52B
Overbygningens styrke på store køretøjer til personbefordring
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 66
57A
Anordninger til afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUPD) og montering heraf; afskærmning fortil mod underkøring (FUP)
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 93
Tillæg 1
Almindelige betingelser for anvendelse af virtuelle prøvningsmetoder
1.   Model for virtuel prøvning
Følgende skema skal anvendes som grundstruktur for beskrivelse og gennemførelse af virtuel prøvning:
a)
formål
b)
strukturmodel
c)
ekstreme betingelser
d)
belastninger
e)
beregning
f)
vurdering
g)
dokumentation.
2.   Grundlæggende elementer i computersimulering og -beregning
2.1.   Matematisk model
Fabrikanten skal levere den matematiske model. Denne skal afspejle kompleksiteten i konstruktionen af de køretøjer, systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, der skal prøves, sammenholdt med de relevante retsakters krav og grænsebetingelser.
De samme bestemmelser finder anvendelse på prøvning af komponenter eller tekniske enheder uafhængigt af køretøjet.
2.2.   Validering af den matematiske model
Den matematiske model skal valideres mod de faktiske prøvningsbetingelser.
I denne forbindelse skal der gennemføres en fysisk prøvning for at sammenligne resultaterne fra anvendelsen af den matematiske model med resultaterne fra en fysisk prøvning. Det skal påvises, at prøvningsresultaterne er sammenlignelige. Fabrikanten eller den tekniske tjeneste skal udarbejde en valideringsrapport og fremsende denne til den godkendende myndighed.
Enhver ændring i den matematiske model eller den anvendte software, der vil kunne ugyldiggøre valideringsrapporten, skal meddeles den godkendende myndighed, som kan kræve, at der gennemføres en ny validering.
Rutediagram for valideringsprocessen findes i tillæg 3.
2.3.   Dokumentation
Fabrikanten skal dokumentere og stille de data og hjælperedskaber, der anvendes til simulering og beregning, til rådighed for den tekniske tjeneste.
3.   Værktøjer og hjælp
Fabrikanten skal på den tekniske tjenestes anmodning forsyne denne med de nødvendige redskaber til at udføre virtuel prøvning, herunder relevant software, eller give den tekniske tjeneste adgang til disse værktøjer.
Desuden skal fabrikanten yde den tekniske tjeneste passende hjælp.
Den omstændighed, at fabrikanten giver adgang for og yder hjælp til en teknisk tjeneste, fjerner ikke den tekniske tjenestes forpligtelse med hensyn til sit personales kompetencer, betaling af licensrettigheder og overholdelse af tavshedspligten.
Tillæg 2
Særlige betingelser for anvendelse af virtuelle prøvningsmetoder
1.   Liste over retsakter
Retsakt
Bilag og punkt
Særlige betingelser
3B
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 58
Punkt 2.3, 7.3 og 25.6 i FN-regulativ nr. 58.
Dimensioner for og modstandsevne mod kræfter.
6A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012
Bilag II, del 1 og 2, til forordning (EU) nr. 130/2012.
Dimensioner for trin, trinbræt og håndgreb.
6B
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 11
Bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 11.
Bilag 4, punkt 2,1, til FN-regulativ nr. 11.
Bilag 5 til FN-regulativ nr. 11.
Trækstyrkeprøvning og af låsenes modstand mod acceleration.
8A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 46
Punkt 15.2.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 46.
Krav til førerspejles synsfelter.
12A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 21
a)
Punkt 5-5.7 i FN-regulativ nr. 21.
a)
Måling af alle krumningsradier og alle fremspring, undtagen i forbindelse med de krav, hvor der skal påføres en kraft for at kontrollere overensstemmelse med bestemmelserne.
b)
Punkt 2.3 i FN-regulativ nr. 21.
b)
Bestemmelse af hovedets anslagsområde.
16A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 26
Punkt 5.2.4 i FN-regulativ nr. 26.
Alle bestemmelser i punkt 5 (»Almindelige forskrifter«) og punkt 6 (»Særlige forskrifter«) i FN-regulativ nr. 26.
Måling af alle krumningsradier og alle fremspring, undtagen i forbindelse med de krav, hvor der skal påføres en kraft for at kontrollere overensstemmelse med bestemmelserne.
20A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 48
Punkt 6. (»Individuelle specifikationer«) i FN-regulativ nr. 48 og bilag 4, 5 og 6 hertil.
Den prøvekørsel, der er omhandlet i punkt 6.22.9.2.2, skal foretages i et rigtigt køretøj.
27A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010
Bilag II, punkt 1.2, til forordning (EU) nr. 1005/2010.
Trækkraft og statisk trykkraft.
32A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 125
Punkt 5 (»Specifikationer«) i FN-regulativ nr. 125.
Forhindringer og synsfelt.
35A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010
Bilag III, punkt 1.1.2 og 1.1.3, til forordning (EU) nr. 1008/2010.
Bestemmelse af kun det bestrøgne område.
37A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1009/2010
Bilag II, punkt 2. i EU forordning nr. 1009/2010.
Verifikation af de størrelsesmæssige krav.
42A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 73
Punkt 12.10 i FN-regulativ nr. 73.
Modstand mod vandret kraft og måling af afbøjning.
48A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
Forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012
a)
Bilag I, del B, punkt 7 og 8, til forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012.
a)
Kontrol af overholdelsen af kravene om manøvredygtighed, herunder for køretøjer monteret med løftbare eller belastbare aksler.
b)
Bilag I, del C, punkt 6 og 7, til forordning (EU) nr. 1230/2012.
b)
Måling af største udsving bagtil.
49A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 61
Punkt 5 og 6 i FN-regulativ nr. 61.
Måling af alle krumningsradier og alle fremspring, undtagen i forbindelse med de krav, hvor der skal påføres en kraft for at kontrollere overensstemmelse med bestemmelserne.
50A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 55
a)
Bilag 5, »Krav til mekaniske tilkoblingsanordninger«, til FN-regulativ nr. 55.
a)
Alle bestemmelser i punkt 1 til og med punkt 8.
b)
Bilag 6, punkt 1,1, til FN-regulativ nr. 55.
b)
Styrkeprøvning af mekaniske tilkoblingsanordninger af enkel konstruktion kan erstattes af virtuel prøvning.
c)
Bilag 6, punkt 3, til FN-regulativ nr. 55.
c)
Punkterne 3.6.1. (Styrkeprøvning), 3.6.2. (Stivhed mod udknækning) og 3.6.3. (Bøjningsstyrke).
52A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 107
Bilag 3 til FN-regulativ nr. 107.
Punkt 7.4.5. (beregningsmetode).
52B
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 66
Bilag 9 til FN-regulativ nr. 66.
Computersimuleret vælteprøvning af et komplet køretøj som ækvivalent godkendelsesmetode.
57A
Forordning (EF) nr. 661/2009
FN-regulativ nr. 93
Bilag 5, punkt 3, til FN-regulativ nr. 93.
Modstand mod vandret kraft og måling af afbøjning.
Tillæg 3
Valideringsproces
Godkendende myndighed
Teknisk rapport i henhold til retsakt
Computer-simulering
Virtuelle prototyper I, II, …
Godkendelsesproces
Godkendende myndigheds godkendelse
Valideringsrapport
Computer-simulering
Fysisk prøvning
Fysisk prototype
Valideringsproces
Matematisk model
Fabrikant
BILAG IX
PROCEDURER, SOM SKAL FØLGES VED ETAPEVIS TYPEGODKENDELSE
1.   Fabrikanternes forpligtelser
1.1.   For at proceduren for etapevis typegodkendelse kan fungere tilfredsstillende, er en samlet indsats af alle berørte fabrikanter nødvendig. Med dette for øje skal de godkendende myndigheder, inden de meddeler typegodkendelse i første og følgende etaper, påse, at de pågældende fabrikanter har truffet passende arrangementer til at udlevere og udveksle dokumenter og information, således at den færdiggjorte komplette køretøjstype opfylder de tekniske krav i alle de relevante retsakter, der er opført i bilag II. Sådan information omfatter oplysninger om relevante typegodkendelser af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder samt om køretøjsdele, der indgår i det ukomplette køretøj, men endnu ikke er typegodkendt.
1.2.   Den enkelte fabrikant i en etapevis typegodkendelse er ansvarlig for godkendelse af de systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, som vedkommende fabrikant producerer eller tilføjer til den foregående færdiggørelsesetape, og for denne produktions overensstemmelse. Fabrikanten af den følgende etape er ikke ansvarlig for enheder, der er godkendt i en tidligere etape, undtagen i de tilfælde, hvor vedkommende fabrikantforetager så omfattende ændringer på de pågældende dele, at den tidligere meddelte typegodkendelse bliver ugyldig.
2.   De godkendende myndigheders forpligtelser
2.1.   Den godkendende myndighed skal:
a)
verificere, at alle EU-typegodkendelsesattester udstedt i henhold til de retsakter, som finder anvendelse på typegodkendelse af køretøjer, omfatter køretøjstypen på dens færdiggørelsesstade og svarer til de fastlagte krav
b)
sørge for, at alle data, der er relevante ud fra køretøjets færdiggørelsesstade, findes i informationsmappen
c)
ved gennemgang af dokumentationsmaterialet sikre sig, at de køretøjsspecifikationer og -data, der gives i informationsmappen, også indgår i informationspakkerne og i EU-typegodkendelsesattesterne i henhold til de relevante retsakter; og i tilfælde af færdiggjorte komplette køretøjer, hvor et punkt i informationsmappenikke findes i informationspakken vedrørende en af retsakterne, kontrollere, at den pågældende del eller egenskab svarer til oplysningerne i informationsmappen
d)
på et udvalgt prøveeksemplar af køretøjer af den type, der skal godkendes, foretage eller lade foretage inspektion af køretøjsdele og -systemer og dermed verificere, at køretøjerne er konstrueret i overensstemmelse med oplysningerne i de informationspakker, der hører til EU-typegodkendelser, der er udstedt i henhold til de relevante retsakter, og
e)
om nødvendigt foretage eller lade foretage kontrol af monteringen af separate tekniske enheder.
2.2.   Der skal til inspektionen efter punkt 2.1, litra d), udtages tilstrækkelig mange køretøjer til, at der under hensyntagen til køretøjets færdiggørelsesstade kan ske behørig kontrol af de forskellige kombinationer, der skal EU-typegodkendes med hensyn til følgende kriterier:
—
motor
—
gearkasse
—
drivaksler (antal, placering, indbyrdes forbindelse)
—
styrende aksler (antal og placering)
—
karrosseriform
—
antal døre
—
højre- eller venstrestyring
—
antal sæder
—
udstyrsniveau.
3.   Krav
3.1.   Der meddeles typegodkendelse på grundlag af køretøjstypen på dens færdiggørelsesstade, og den omfatter alle typegodkendelser i tidligere etaper.
3.2.   I forbindelse med typegodkendelse af et køretøj finder denne forordning (navnlig kravene i bilag I og de specifikke retsakter, der er opført i bilag II) anvendelse på samme måde som ved meddelelse (eller udvidelse) af godkendelse til fabrikanten af basiskøretøjet.
3.2.1.   Hvis en type system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed ikke er blevet ændret, skal typegodkendelse af systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, som er meddelt i den forudgående etape, forblive gyldige indtil udløbsdatoen for den første registrering, som angivet i den pågældende retsakt.
3.2.2.   Hvis en type system er blevet ændret i en efterfølgende etape i færdiggørelsen af køretøjet, skal fornyet prøvning af systemet — i det omfang systemet skal prøves igen med henblik på typegodkendelse — begrænses til kun at omfatte de dele af systemet, som er blevet ændret eller berørt af ændringerne.
3.2.3.   Hvis en type køretøj eller en type system er blevet ændret af en anden fabrikant i en efterfølgende etape i færdiggørelsen af køretøjet, kan — i det omfang, bortset fra fabrikantens navn, køretøjet eller i systemet, stadig kan betragtes som samme type — de krav, der gælder for eksisterende typer, stadig finde anvendelse, så længe datoen for første registrering i den relevante retsakt ikke er nået.
3.2.4.   Ændringen af et køretøjs klasse medfører anvendelse af de relevante krav for den nye køretøjsklasse. EU-typegodkendelsesattesterne fra den tidligere klasse accepteres dog, forudsat at de krav, som køretøjet opfylder, svarer til eller er strengere end dem, der gælder for den nye klasse.
3.3.   Med forbehold af den godkendende myndigheds accept behøver en typegodkendelse af et køretøj, som er meddelt fabrikanten i en efterfølgende etape i færdiggørelsen af køretøjet, ikke blive udvidet eller revideret, hvis en udvidelse, som er meddelt i den forudgående etape, ikke berører den følgende etape eller køretøjets tekniske data. Imidlertid skal typegodkendelsesnummeret, herunder udvidelsesnummeret for køretøjet i de(n) forudgående etape(r), kopieres til typeattesten for køretøjet i den følgende etape.
3.4.   Hvis lastarealet i et komplet eller færdiggjort komplet køretøj i klasse N eller O er blevet ændret af en anden fabrikant med henblik på tilføjelse af aftageligt udstyr til lagring og sikring af lasten (f.eks. lastrumsunderlag, lagerreoler og tagbagagebærer), kan sådanne behandles som en del af nyttelasten, og der behøves ikke typegodkendelse, hvis begge følgende betingelser er opfyldt:
a)
ud over en stigning i køretøjets reelle masse berører ændringerne på ingen måde køretøjets typegodkendelse
b)
det tilføjede udstyr kan fjernes uden brug af specialværktøj.
4.   Identifikation af køretøjet
4.1.   Køretøjets VIN-kode, som foreskrevet ved forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011, skal anvendes i alle de efterfølgende etaper i typegodkendelsesprocessen for at sikre, at processen kan spores.
4.2.   I anden etape og alle følgende etaper skal hver fabrikant ud over den i forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011 foreskrevne lovpligtige fabrikationsplade forsyne køretøjet med en supplerende plade som vist i tillægget til dette bilag. Pladen skal være solidt fastgjort på et iøjnefaldende og let tilgængeligt sted, som indgår i en køretøjsdel, der normalt ikke udskiftes i køretøjets levetid. Pladen skal være let læselig og uudslettelig og indeholde følgende oplysninger i nævnte rækkefølge:
—
fabrikantens navn
—
del 1, 3 og 4 af EU-typegodkendelsesnummeret
—
godkendelsesetapen
—
basiskøretøjets VIN
—
køretøjets teknisk tilladte totalmasse, hvis værdien er ændret under den aktuelle godkendelsesetape
—
vogntogets teknisk tilladte totalmasse (hvis værdien er ændret under den aktuelle godkendelsesetape, og hvis køretøjet må trække et påhængskøretøj). »0« anvendes, hvis køretøjet ikke må trække et påhængskøretøj
—
teknisk tilladt totalt akseltryk på hver aksel, i rækkefølge begyndende med forreste aksel, hvis værdien er ændret under den aktuelle godkendelsesetape
—
for sættevogn eller kærre, teknisk tilladt totalt tryk på koblingspunktet, hvis værdien er ændret under den aktuelle godkendelsesetape.
Medmindre andet er fastsat i punkt 4.1 og nærværende punkt, skal den supplerende plade overholde kravene i bilag I og II til forordning (EU) nr. 19/2011.
Tillæg
Model for supplerende fabrikationsplade
Eksemplet nedenfor er kun vejledende.
FABRIKANTENS NAVN (etape 3)
e2*201X/XX*2609
Etape 3
WD9VD58D98D234560
1 500 kg
2 500 kg
1-700 kg
2-810 kg
BILAG X
ADGANG TIL INFORMATIONER FRA KØRETØJETS OBD OG REPARATIONS- OG VEDLIGEHOLDELSESINFORMATIONER OM KØRETØJER
1.   Indledning
I dette bilag fastsættes de tekniske krav for adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer.
2.   Adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer
2.1.   Fabrikanter iværksætter de nødvendige foranstaltninger og procedurer i overensstemmelse med artikel 61 for at sikre, at informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer stilles til rådighed fra websteder i et standardiseret format, således at de er let og umiddelbart tilgængelige og på en sådan måde, at uafhængige aktører ikke forskelsbehandles i forhold til autoriserede forhandleres og reparatørers muligheder og adgang.
2.2.   En godkendende myndighed meddeler først typegodkendelse, når fabrikanten har indgivet en attest om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer.
2.3.   Attesten om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer tjener som dokumentation for overensstemmelse med artikel 64.
2.4.   Attesten om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer udarbejdes i overensstemmelse med den model, der er fastsat i tillæg 1.
2.5.   Adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer omfatter følgende:
2.5.1.
en utvetydig identifikation af det køretøj, system, den komponent eller separate teknisk enhed, som fabrikanten har ansvaret for
2.5.2.
servicehåndbøger, herunder service- og vedligeholdelsesoptegnelser
2.5.3.
tekniske manualer
2.5.4.
komponent- og diagnoseinformationer (f.eks. teoretiske min./maks.-værdier for målinger)
2.5.5.
kredsløbsdiagrammer
2.5.6.
diagnosefejlkoder (herunder fabrikantspecifikke koder)
2.5.7.
identifikationsnummer for køretøjstypens softwarekalibrering
2.5.8.
oplysninger, som vedrører og leveres ved hjælp af proprietært værktøj og udstyr
2.5.9.
dataregistreringsinformation og bidirektionelle overvågnings- og prøvningsdata
2.5.10.
standardarbejdsenheder eller -tidsrum for reparations- og vedligeholdelsesopgaver, hvis forhandlere og reparatører, der er autoriseret af fabrikanten, har adgang hertil enten direkte eller via en tredjepart
2.5.11.
i tilfælde af etapevis typegodkendelse, de oplysninger, der kræves ifølge punkt 3, og alle andre oplysninger, der er nødvendige for at opfylde kravene i artikel 61.
2.6.   Fabrikanten skal stille følgende oplysninger til rådighed for interesserede parter:
2.6.1.
relevante oplysninger, der gør det muligt at udvikle udskiftningskomponenter, der er afgørende for, at OBD-systemet fungerer korrekt
2.6.2.
oplysninger, der gør det muligt at udvikle generiske diagnoseværktøjer.
2.7.   Med henblik på punkt 2.6.1 må udviklingen af udskiftningskomponenter ikke begrænses af nogen af følgende forhold:
2.7.1.
manglende relevante oplysninger
2.7.2.
de tekniske krav vedrørende strategierne for fejlindikation, hvis OBD-systemets grænseværdier overskrides, eller hvis OBD-systemet ikke kan opfylde de grundlæggende OBD-overvågningskrav, der er fastsat i denne forordning
2.7.3.
særlige ændringer vedrørende håndteringen af informationer fra køretøjets OBD, afhængigt af om køretøjet er benzin- eller gasdrevet
2.7.4.
typegodkendelse af gasdrevne køretøjer, som indeholder et begrænset antal mindre mangler.
2.8.   Der skal ved anvendelsen af punkt 2.6.2, når fabrikanter anvender diagnoseværktøj og prøveudstyr i overensstemmelse med ISO 22900 — Modular Vehicle Communication Interface (MVCI) — og ISO 22901 — Open Diagnostic Data Exchange (ODX) i deres franchiserede netværk — være ODX-filer tilgængelige for uafhængige aktører via fabrikantens websted.
2.9.   Med henblik på OBD, diagnosticering, reparation og vedligeholdelse af køretøjet skal den direkte datastrøm om køretøjet stilles til rådighed via den serielle dataport på standarddatastikket, der er angivet i stk. 6.5.1.4 i tillæg 1 til bilag 11 til FN-regulativ nr. 83 og stk. 4.7.3 i bilag 9B til FN-regulativ nr. 49.
Når køretøjet er i bevægelse, må data kun gøres tilgængelige i forbindelse med funktioner med læseadgang.
3.   Etapevis typegodkendelse
3.1.   I tilfælde af en etapevis typegodkendelse er slutfabrikanten ansvarlig for at give adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer for egen/egne fremstillingsetape(r) og forbindelsen til den/de foregående etape(r).
3.2.   Desuden skal slutfabrikanten på sit websted stille følgende oplysninger til rådighed for uafhængige aktører:
3.2.1.
webadresse på den/de fabrikant(er), der er ansvarlig(e) for den/de forudgående etape(r)
3.2.2.
navn og adresse på alle fabrikanter, der er ansvarlige for den/de forudgående etape(r)
3.2.3.
typegodkendelsesnummer for den/de forudgående etape(r)
3.2.4.
motornummer.
3.3.   Hver fabrikant, som har ansvaret for en eller flere bestemte etaper i typegodkendelsen, skal via sit websted at give adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD samt reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om, hvilke etaper i typegodkendelsen, fabrikanten har ansvaret for, og forbindelsen til den/de forudgående etape(r).
3.4.   Den fabrikant, der har ansvaret for en eller flere etaper i typegodkendelsen, forelægger følgende oplysninger for den fabrikant, der har ansvaret for den næste etape:
3.4.1.
typeattesten vedrørende den/de etape(r), den pågældende fabrikant har ansvaret for
3.4.2.
attesten om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, herunder bilagene hertil
3.4.3.
typegodkendelsesnummeret svarende til den/de etape(r), den pågældende fabrikant har ansvaret for
3.4.4.
de dokumenter, der er nævnt i punkt 3.4.1, 3.4.2 og 3.4.3, og som er leveret af den/de fabrikant(er), der er involveret i de foregående etaper.
3.5.   Hver fabrikant bemyndiger den fabrikant, der har ansvaret for den næste etape, til at videregive dokumenterne til de fabrikanter, der er ansvarlige for eventuelle efterfølgende etaper og den endelige etape.
3.6.   Desuden skal den fabrikant, der har ansvaret for en eller flere bestemte etaper i typegodkendelsen, på et aftalemæssigt grundlag:
3.6.1.
give den fabrikant, der har ansvaret for den næste etape, adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer og grænsefladeoplysninger, svarende til den/de pågældende etaper, den pågældende fabrikant har ansvaret for
3.6.2.
på anmodning fra den fabrikant, der har ansvaret for den næste etape i typegodkendelsen, give adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer og grænsefladeoplysninger, svarende til den/de pågældende etaper, den pågældende fabrikant har ansvaret for.
3.7.   En fabrikant, herunder en slutfabrikant, må kun opkræve gebyrer i overensstemmelse med artikel 63 for den/de etape(r), som fabrikanten har ansvaret for.
Fabrikanten, herunder en slutfabrikant, må ikke opkræve gebyrer for levering af oplysninger vedrørende webstedets adresse eller kontaktoplysninger for nogen anden fabrikant.
4.   Kundetilpasninger
4.1.   Som undtagelse fra punkt 2 gælder, at, hvis antallet af systemer, komponenter eller separate tekniske enheder, der er omfattet af en given kundetilpasning, er mindre end 250 producerede enheder på verdensplan, skal reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationerne vedrørende kundetilpasningen gøres umiddelbart og let tilgængelige, således at uafhængige aktører ikke forskelsbehandles i forhold til autoriserede forhandleres og reparatørers muligheder og adgang.
Til servicering og omprogrammering af de elektroniske styreenheder, som vedrører kundetilpasning, stiller fabrikanten det respektive proprietære specialiserede diagnoseværktøj eller prøveudstyr til rådighed for uafhængige operatører, som stilles til rådighed for autoriserede reparatører.
Kundetilpasningerne opføres på fabrikantens websted for reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer og angives i attesten om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer på tidspunktet for typegodkendelsen.
4.2.   Til servicering af kundetilpassede systemer stiller fabrikanterne proprietært specialiseret diagnoseværktøj eller prøveudstyr til rådighed for uafhængige aktører via salg og udlejning.
4.3.   Fabrikanten skal i attesten om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer i forbindelse med typegodkendelsen nævne de kundetilpasninger, for hvilke forpligtelsen i punkt 2 til at give adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer i et standardiseret format er fraveget, samt en eventuel hertil knyttet elektronisk styreenhed.
Sådanne tilpasninger og eventuelle elektroniske styreenheder, der er knyttet til dem, skal også angives på fabrikantens websted for reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer.
5.   Fabrikanter af små mængder af køretøjer
5.1.   Som en undtagelse fra punkt 2, skal fabrikanter, hvis årlige produktion på verdensplan af en type køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed, der er omfattet af denne forordning, for køretøjer i klasse M
1
 og N
1
 er mindre end 1 000 køretøjer eller for køretøjer i klasse M
2
, M
3
, N
2
, N
3
 og O er mindre end 250 enheder, give adgang til reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer på en lettilgængelig og hurtig måde og på en måde, der er ikkediskriminerende sammenlignet med de ordninger og den adgang der tilbydes autoriserede forhandlere og reparatører.
5.2.   Køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder, der er omfattet af punkt 5.1, skal være opført på fabrikantens websted for reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer.
5.3.   Den godkendende myndighed underretter Kommissionen om hver enkelt typegodkendelse, der meddeles for fabrikanter af små mængder.
6.   Krav
6.1.   Informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, der er tilgængelige via websteder, skal følge den relevante fælles standard omhandlet i artikel 61.
Personer, der ønsker at kopiere eller offentliggøre informationerne, skal gøre dette efter aftale med den pågældende fabrikant. Der skal ligeledes være adgang til oplysninger om undervisningsmateriale, hvilket dog kan stilles til rådighed gennem andre medier end websteder.
Oplysninger om alle de dele af køretøjet — således som det er identificeret ved køretøjets identifikationsnummer (VIN) og eventuelle supplerende kriterier, f.eks. akselafstand, motorydelse, finish eller ekstraudstyr — som er monteret af køretøjsfabrikanten, og som kan udskiftes med reservedele, som køretøjsfabrikanten tilbyder sine autoriserede reparatører eller forhandlere eller tredjepart ved henvisning til nummeret på en original udstyrsdel, skal stilles til rådighed i form af maskinlæsbare datasæt, der kan behandles elektronisk, i en database, som uafhængige aktører har let adgang til.
En sådan database skal omfatte VIN, numre og navne på originale udstyrsdele, gyldighedsdata (gyldig fra- og gyldig til-datoer), monteringsdata og strukturegenskaber, hvis det er relevant.
Oplysningerne i databasen skal opdateres jævnligt. Hvis disse oplysninger er til rådighed for autoriserede forhandlere, skal opdateringerne navnlig omfatte alle modifikationer af enkeltkøretøjer efter produktionen.
6.2.   Adgangen til køretøjets sikkerhedselementer, der anvendes af autoriserede forhandlere og reparatører, skal stilles til rådighed for uafhængige aktører under beskyttende sikkerhedsteknologi i overensstemmelse med følgende krav:
6.2.1.
Oplysningerne skal udveksles således, at fortrolighed, integritet og beskyttelse mod gengivelse sikres.
6.2.2.
Standarden https//ssl-tls (RFC4346) skal anvendes.
6.2.3.
Sikkerhedscertifikater i henhold til international standard ISO 20828 skal anvendes til gensidig autentifikation af uafhængige aktører og fabrikanter.
6.2.4.
Den uafhængige aktørs private kode skal være beskyttet af sikker hardware.
6.3.   Det i artikel 66 omhandlede forum om adgang til køretøjsinformationer fastlægger parametrene for opfyldelse af kravene omhandlet i punkt 6.2 i overensstemmelse med det aktuelle tekniske niveau. Den uafhængige aktør skal godkendes og autoriseres til dette formål på grundlag af dokumentation, der viser, at den pågældende udøver en lovlig erhvervsaktivitet og ikke har været straffet for nogen relevant kriminel handling.
6.4.   Omprogrammering af styreenheder skal ske i overensstemmelse med international standard ISO 22900-2 eller SAE J2534 eller TMC RP1210B ved hjælp af ikkeproprietær hardware.
Med henblik på validering af kompatibiliteten mellem den fabrikantspecifikke applikation og køretøjskommunikationsbrugerflader (vehicle communication interfaces (VCI)), som er i overensstemmelse med international standard ISO 22900-2 eller SAE J2534 eller TMC RP1210B, skal fabrikanten tilbyde enten en validering af uafhængigt udviklede VCI'er eller de oplysninger samt udlån af evt. særligt hardware, der kræves for at en VCI-fabrikant selv kan foretage en sådan validering.
Betingelserne i artikel 63, stk. 1, finder anvendelse på gebyrer for en sådan validering eller sådanne informationer og hardware.
6.5.   Kravene i punkt 6.4 finder ikke anvendelse i forbindelse med omprogrammering af hastighedsbegrænsende anordninger og kontrolapparater.
6.6.   Alle emissionsrelaterede DTC'er skal være i overensstemmelse med bilag XI til forordning (EF) nr. 692/2008 og bilag X til forordning (EU) nr. 582/2011.
6.7.   For adgang til andre informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer end dem, der vedrører køretøjets sikre områder, skal de oplysninger, som uafhængige aktører skal angive for at anvende fabrikantens websted, kun omfatte de oplysninger, der er nødvendige til at bekræfte, hvorledes betalingen for oplysningerne finder sted. For informationer vedrørende adgang til køretøjets sikre områder skal den uafhængige aktør fremlægge en attest i overensstemmelse med international standard ISO 20828 med henblik på at identificere sig selv og det foretagende, aktøren tilhører, og fabrikanten skal svare med sin egen attest i overensstemmelse med international standard ISO 20828 med henblik på at bekræfte over for de uafhængige aktører, at fabrikanten har adgang til et lovligt websted tilhørende den ønskede fabrikant. Begge parter skal føre et register over transaktioner med angivelse af de køretøjer og de ændringer, der er foretaget heraf i henhold til denne bestemmelse.
6.8.   Fabrikanter skal på deres websted med reparationsinformationer angive modellens typegodkendelsesnummer.
6.9.   Hvis informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, der er tilgængelige på en fabrikants websted, ikke indeholder specifikke relevante oplysninger, der giver mulighed for at foretage egen udformning og fremstilling af alternative eftermonterede brændstofsystemer, skal eventuelle interesserede fabrikanter af alternative eftermonterede brændstofsystemer have adgang til de krævede oplysninger ved at kontakte fabrikanten direkte med en sådan anmodning. Kontaktoplysninger til dette formål skal klart angives på fabrikantens websted, og oplysningerne skal leveres inden for 30 dage. Det er kun nødvendigt at give sådanne oplysninger for alternative eftermonterede brændstofsystemer, der er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 115, eller alternative eftermonterede brændstofkomponenter, der er en del af et system, der er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 115. Derudover er det kun nødvendigt at give sådanne oplysninger som svar på en anmodning, der tydeligt specificerer den køretøjsmodel, for hvilken oplysningerne ønskes, og som specifikt bekræfter, at oplysningerne er nødvendige for udviklingen af alternative eftermonterede brændstofsystemer eller -komponenter, der er omfattet af FN-regulativ nr. 115.
7.   Typegodkendelseskrav
7.1.   For at opnå typegodkendelse skal fabrikanten indsende det udfyldte certifikat i henhold til modellen i tillæg 1.
7.2.   Hvis informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer ikke er tilgængelige eller ikke er i overensstemmelse med forskrifterne i dette bilag, skal fabrikanten fremlægge disse informationer inden for seks måneder efter typegodkendelsen.
7.3.   Forpligtelsen til at indgive oplysninger inden for den i punkt 7.2 omhandlede periode finder kun anvendelse, hvis køretøjet bringes i omsætning efter typegodkendelsen.
Hvis køretøjet bringes i omsætning mere end seks måneder efter typegodkendelsen, indgives oplysningerne på den dato, det bringes i omsætning.
7.4.   Den godkendende myndighed kan på grundlag af en udfyldt attest om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer antage, at fabrikanten har etableret tilfredsstillende ordninger og procedurer med hensyn til adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer, forudsat at der ikke er indgivet nogen klager, og at fabrikanten fremlægger denne attest inden for den i punkt 7.2 omhandlede periode.
Tillæg 1
Fabrikantens attest om adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer
Tekst af billedet
(Fabrikant): …
(Fabrikantens adresse): …
Bekræfter hermed, at
der gives adgang til informationer fra køretøjets OBD og reparations- og vedligeholdelsesinformationer om køretøjer i overensstemmelse med bestemmelserne i:
Artikel 61 i Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 2018/858 (1) og bilag X til nævnte forordning
for så vidt angår den i et addendum til denne attest anførte type køretøj, system, komponent eller separate tekniske enhed.
Der gælder følgende undtagelser: Kundetilpasninger (*) — Små mængder (*)—.
De vigtigste websteder, hvorfra de relevante oplysninger, som hermed attesteres at være i overensstemmelse med disse bestemmelser, kan tilgås, er anført i et bilag til denne attest sammen med kontaktoplysningerne for den ansvarlige fabrikants repræsentant, som har undertegnet denne attest.
Hvis relevant: Fabrikanten bekræfter hermed også at, at fabrikanten opfylder kravet i artikel 62 i forordning (EU) 2018/858 om at levere de relevante oplysninger om tidligere godkendelser af disse køretøjstyper senest seks måneder efter datoen for typegodkendelse.
Udfærdiget i … [sted]
Den … [dato]
[Underskrift] [Stilling]
Bilag:
— Bilag A: Webadresser
— Bilag B: Kontaktoplysninger
— Bilag C: Type af køretøj, system, komponent eller separat teknisk enhed
Forklarende note:
(*) Slettes, hvis ej relevant.
(1) Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 2018/858 af 30. maj 2018 om godkendelse og markedsovervågning af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil samt af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer, om ændring af forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007 og (EF) nr. 595/2009 og om ophævelse af direktiv 2007/46/EF (EUT L 151 af 14.6.2018, s. 1).
BILAG A
WEBADRESSER, HVORTIL DER HENVISES I DENNE ATTEST:
BILAG B
KONTAKTOPLYSNINGER FOR FABRIKANTENS REPRÆSENTANT, HVORTIL DER HENVISES I DENNE ATTEST:
BILAG C
TYPE AF KØRETØJ, SYSTEM, KOMPONENT ELLER SEPARAT TEKNISK ENHED:
Tillæg 2
Informationer fra køretøjets OBD
1.   Køretøjsfabrikanten skal forelægge de i dette tillæg krævede oplysninger med henblik på at give mulighed for produktion af egendiagnosekompatible udskiftnings- eller servicekomponenter samt diagnoseværktøj og prøvningsudstyr.
2.   På anmodning skal følgende oplysninger stilles til rådighed uden forskelsbehandling for enhver interesseret fabrikant af komponenter, diagnoseværktøjer eller prøvningsudstyr:
2.1.
en beskrivelse af typen og antallet konditioneringscyklusser, som er anvendt ved den oprindelige typegodkendelse af køretøjet
2.2.
en beskrivelse af den type OBD-demonstrationscyklus, som er anvendt ved den oprindelige typegodkendelse af køretøjet for den komponent, som overvåges af OBD-systemet
2.3.
et fuldstændigt dokument, hvor alle overvågede komponenter er beskrevet med strategi for fejldetektion og aktivering af fejlindikator (MI) (fast antal kørecyklusser eller statistisk metode), med en liste over de relevante sekundære overvågede parametre for hver komponent, som overvåges af OBD-systemet, og en liste over alle anvendte OBD-koder og -formater (med forklaring af hver kode og hvert format), som er knyttet til de enkelte emissionsrelaterede komponenter i drivaggregatet og til de enkelte ikkeemissionsrelaterede komponenter, når overvågning af komponenten er bestemmende for aktivering af fejlindikatoren. Navnlig for køretøjer, der anvender et kommunikationslink i henhold til ISO 15765-4 »Road vehicles— Diagnostics on controller area network (CAN) — Part 4: Requirements for emissions-related systems«, skal der fremlægges en omfattende redegørelse for data, som afgives i service $ 05 Test ID $ 21 til FF, og data, som afgives i service $ 06, samt en omfattende redegørelse for data, som afgives i service $ 06 Test ID $ 00 to FF, for hver ID-supporteret OBD-monitor.
Hvis der anvendes andre kommunikationsprotokoller, afgives tilsvarende omfattende redegørelser.
Disse oplysninger kan afgives i en tabel med følgende kolonne- og rækkebetegnelser:
Komponentfejlkode; Overvågningsstrategi; Kriterier for fejldetektion; Kriterier for aktivering af fejlindikator; Sekundære parametre og Forkonditionering af demonstrationsprøvning.
Katalysators P0420-lambdasonde; 1- og 2-signaler; Forskel mellem signaler fra sonde 1 og sonde 2: Motorhastighed i 3. cyklus; Motorbelastning; A/F-arbejdsmodus; katalysatortemperatur og To type 1-cyklusser — Type 1.
3.   Oplysninger, der er nødvendige med henblik på fremstilling af diagnoseværktøjer
For at gøre det muligt at udvikle generiske diagnoseværktøjer til multimærkereparatører skal køretøjsfabrikanter stille de i punkt 3.1, 3.2 og 3.3 anførte oplysninger til rådighed på deres websteder med reparationsinformationer. Disse oplysninger skal omfatte alle diagnoseværktøjsfunktioner og alle links til reparationsinformationer og fejlfindingsinstrukser. Der kan eventuelt pålægges et passende gebyr for at få adgang til disse oplysninger.
3.1.   Oplysninger om kommunikationsprotokol
Nedenstående oplysninger skal leveres og systematiseres efter køretøjets mærke, model og variant eller andre egnede definitioner som f.eks. køretøjets VIN eller identifikation af dets system:
3.1.1.
ethvert yderligere protokolinformationssystem, som er nødvendigt for at give mulighed for fuldstændig diagnose som supplement til standarderne i punkt 4.7.3 i bilag 9B til FN-regulativ nr. 49 og i punkt 6.5.1.4 i bilag 11 til FN-regulativ nr. 83, herunder supplerende hardware- eller softwareprotokolinformation, parameteridentifikation, overførselsfunktioner, »keep alive«-krav eller fejlbetingelser
3.1.2.
detaljerede oplysninger om, hvorledes de fejlkoder, der ikke er i overensstemmelse med standarderne i punkt 4.7.3 i bilag 9B til FN-regulativ nr. 49 og i punkt 6.5.1.4 i bilag 11 til FN-regulativ nr. 83, indhentes og fortolkes
3.1.3.
en liste over alle tilgængelige live data-parametre inklusive kalibrerings- og adgangsoplysninger
3.1.4.
en liste over alle tilgængelige funktionsprøvninger inklusive aktivering af anordninger eller kontroller samt midler til anvendelse heraf
3.1.5.
detaljerede oplysninger om, hvorledes alle komponent- og statusinformationer, tidsstempler, indkommende selvtestfejlkoder og fryserammer indhentes
3.1.6.
nulstilling af parametre for tilpasset læring (adaptive learning), variantkodning og opsætning af udskiftningskomponenter samt kundepræferencer
3.1.7.
elektronisk styreenhed (ECU) — identifikation og variantkodning
3.1.8.
detaljerede oplysninger om nulstilling af serviceindikator
3.1.9.
placering af diagnosekonnektor og detaljerede konnektoroplysninger
3.1.10.
motorkodeidentifikation.
3.2.   Prøvning og diagnose af OBD-overvågede komponenter
Der kræves følgende oplysninger:
3.2.1.
en beskrivelse af prøvningerne til bekræftelse af funktionsdygtigheden på komponent- eller kabelniveau
3.2.2.
oplysninger om prøvningsproceduren, herunder prøvningsparametre og komponentoplysninger
3.2.3.
tilslutningsdetaljer inklusive minimums- og maksimums-output og minimums- og maksimums–input samt køre- og belastningsværdier
3.2.4.
værdier, der forventes under bestemte køreforhold, herunder tomgang
3.2.5.
elektriske værdier for komponenten i statisk og dynamisk tilstand
3.2.6.
svigtværdier for hvert af ovenstående tilfælde
3.2.7.
svigtdiagnosesekvenser inklusive fejltræer og styret fejludbedring (guided diagnostic elimination).
3.3.   Nødvendige oplysninger med henblik på reparation
Der kræves følgende oplysninger:
3.3.1.
ECU- og komponentinitialisering (ved montering af udskiftningskomponenter)
3.3.2.
initialisering af nye elektroniske styringsenheder eller elektroniske udskiftningsstyringsenheder, eventuelt ved anvendelse af »pass-through« (re-)programmeringsteknikker.
BILAG XI
SAMMENLIGNINGSTABEL
1.   Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
Forordning (EF) nr. 715/2007
Nærværende forordning
Artikel 1, stk. 2
Artikel 86, stk. 1, nr. 2)
Artikel 3, nr. 14) og 15)
Artikel 3, nr. 48) og 49)
Artikel 6
Artikel 61
Artikel 7
Artikel 63
Artikel 8
—
Artikel 9
—
Artikel 13, stk. 2, litra e)
Artikel 86, stk. 1, nr. 5)
2.   Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
Forordning (EF) nr. 595/2009
Nærværende forordning
Artikel 1, stk. 2
Artikel 87, stk. 1, nr. 2)
Artikel 3, nr. 11) og 13)
Artikel 3, nr. 48) og 45)
Artikel 6
Artikel 61
Artikel 11, stk. 2, litra e)
Artikel 84, stk. 3, litra a)
3.   Direktiv 2007/46/EF
Direktiv 2007/46/EF
Nærværende forordning
Artikel 1
Artikel 1, stk. 1
—
Artikel 1, stk. 2
Artikel 2
Artikel 2
Artikel 3, nr. 1)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 2)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 3)
Artikel 3, nr. 1)
Artikel 3, nr. 4)
Artikel 3, nr. 3)
Artikel 3, nr. 5)
Artikel 3, nr. 2)
Artikel 3, nr. 6)
Artikel 3, nr. 6)
Artikel 3, nr. 7)
Artikel 3, nr. 8)
Artikel 3, nr. 8)
Artikel 3, nr. 9)
Artikel 3, nr. 9)
Artikel 3, nr. 10)
Artikel 3, nr. 10)
Artikel 3, nr. 11)
Artikel 3, nr. 11)
Artikel 3, nr. 16)
Artikel 3, nr. 12)
Artikel 3, nr. 17)
Artikel 3, nr. 13)
Artikel 3, nr. 15)
Artikel 3, nr. 14)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 15)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 16)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 17)
Artikel 3, nr. 32)
Artikel 3, nr. 18)
Artikel 3, nr. 24)
Artikel 3, nr. 19)
Artikel 3, nr. 25)
Artikel 3, nr. 20)
Artikel 3, nr. 26)
Artikel 3, nr. 21)
Artikel 3, nr. 27)
Artikel 3, nr. 22)
Artikel 3, nr. 28)
Artikel 3, nr. 23)
Artikel 3, nr. 18)
Artikel 3, nr. 24)
Artikel 3, nr. 19)
Artikel 3, nr. 25)
Artikel 3, nr. 20)
Artikel 3, nr. 26)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 27)
Artikel 3, nr. 40)
Artikel 3, nr. 28)
Artikel 3, nr. 41)
Artikel 3, nr. 29)
Artikel 3, nr. 36)
Artikel 3, nr. 30)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 31)
Artikel 3, nr. 38)
Artikel 3, nr. 32)
Artikel 3, nr. 54)
Artikel 3, nr. 33)
Artikel 3, nr. 4)
Artikel 3, nr. 34)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 35)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 36)
Artikel 3, nr. 5)
Artikel 3, nr. 37)-40)
—
—
Artikel 3, nr. 7)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 12), 13) og-14)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 21), 22) og 23)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 28), 29), 30), 31), 33), 34) og 35)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 37
—
Artikel 3, nr. 39)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 42)-53)
—
Artikel 3, nr. 55)-58)
—
Artikel 5, stk. 2 og 3
—
Artikel 6, stk. 1, tredje afsnit, og stk. 2 og 3
—
Artikel 7
Artikel 4, stk. 1
—
Artikel 4, stk. 2
Artikel 7, stk. 1
Artikel 4, stk. 3, første afsnit
Artikel 6, stk. 4
Artikel 4, stk. 3, andet afsnit
Artikel 6, stk. 5, første afsnit
Artikel 4, stk. 4
Artikel 6, stk. 1, første og andet afsnit
—
Artikel 6, stk. 5, andet afsnit, og stk. 6-10
—
Artikel 8
—
Artikel 9
—
Artikel 10
—
Artikel 11
—
Artikel 12
Artikel 5, stk. 1
Artikel 13, stk. 1, og stk. 2, første afsnit
Artikel 5, stk. 2, første afsnit
Artikel 13, stk. 2, andet afsnit
Artikel 5, stk. 2, andet afsnit
Artikel 13, stk. 3
Artikel 5, stk. 3
Artikel 13, stk. 4, første punktum
—
Artikel 13, stk. 4, andet punktum, og stk. 5-8
—
Artikel 14
—
Artikel 15
—
Artikel 16
—
Artikel 17
—
Artikel 18
—
Artikel 19
—
Artikel 20
—
Artikel 21
Artikel 6, stk. 1
Artikel 22, stk. 1
—
Artikel 22, stk. 2 og 4
Artikel 6, stk. 2
Artikel 25, stk. 1
Artikel 6, stk. 3
—
Artikel 6, stk. 4
Artikel 25, stk. 2
Artikel 6, stk. 5
Artikel 22, stk. 5 og 6, og artikel 25, stk. 4
Artikel 6, stk. 6, og artikel 7, stk. 1
Artikel 23
Artikel 6, stk. 7, og artikel 7, stk. 3
Artikel 25, stk. 4
Artikel 6, stk. 8, og artikel 7, stk. 4
Artikel 30, stk. 4
Artikel 7, stk. 2
Artikel 24
Artikel 8, stk. 1 og 2
Artikel 26, stk. 1 og 3
—
Artikel 26, stk. 2 og 4
Artikel 8, stk. 3
Artikel 26, stk. 5
Artikel 8, stk. 4
Artikel 28, stk. 2
Artikel 8, stk. 5-8
Artikel 27, stk. 1 og 2
—
Artikel 27, stk. 3
Artikel 9, stk. 1
Artikel 5, stk. 1
Artikel 9, stk. 2
Artikel 22, stk. 3
—
Artikel 28. stk. 1 og 3
Artikel 9, stk. 3
Artikel 28, stk. 4
Artikel 9, stk. 4
Artikel 28, stk. 5
Artikel 9, stk. 5
—
Artikel 9, stk. 6 og 7
Artikel 28, stk. 6 og 7
Artikel 10, stk. 1 og 2
Artikel 29, stk. 1
Artikel 10, stk. 3
Artikel 29, stk. 2
Artikel 10, stk. 4
Artikel 29, stk. 3
Artikel 11
Artikel 30, stk. 1, 2 og 5-8
Artikel 12, stk. 1
Artikel 31, stk. 1
—
Artikel 31, stk. 2
Artikel 12, stk. 2, første afsnit
Artikel 31, stk. 3
Artikel 12, stk. 2, andet afsnit
Artikel 31, stk. 4
—
Artikel 31, stk. 5, 6 og 8
Artikel 12, stk. 3
Artikel 31, stk. 7
—
Artikel 32
Artikel 13, stk. 1
Artikel 33, stk. 1
Artikel 13, stk. 2
Artikel 33, stk. 2
Artikel 13, stk. 3
Artikel 33, stk. 3 og 4
—
Artikel 33, stk. 5
Artikel 14, stk. 1, og artikel 15, stk. 1
Artikel 34, stk. 1
Artikel 14, stk. 2, og artikel 15, stk. 2
Artikel 34, stk. 2
Artikel 14, stk. 3, og artikel 15, stk. 3
Artikel 34, stk. 3
Artikel 14, stk. 4
Artikel 34, stk. 4
Artikel 16, stk. 1 og 2
Artikel 27, stk. 1
Artikel 16, stk. 3
Artikel 27, stk. 2
Artikel 17, stk. 1-4
Artikel 35, stk. 2-5
Artikel 18, stk. 1 og 3
Artikel 36, stk. 1 og 4
—
Artikel 36, stk. 2
Artikel 18, stk. 2
Artikel 36, stk. 5
—
Artikel 36, stk. 6 og 7
Artikel 18, stk. 4
Artikel 36, stk. 8 og 9
Artikel 18, stk. 5 og 6
Artikel 36, stk. 4
Artikel 18, stk. 7
Artikel 37, stk. 2
Artikel 18, stk. 8
Artikel 36, stk. 3
—
Artikel 37, stk. 1 og 3-9
—
Artikel 38, stk. 1
Artikel 19, stk. 1 og 2
Artikel 38, stk. 2
Artikel 19, stk. 3
Artikel 38, stk. 3
Artikel 20, stk. 1
Artikel 39, stk. 1
Artikel 20, stk. 2, indledning
Artikel 39, stk. 4
Artikel 20, stk. 2, litra a), b) og c)
Artikel 39, stk. 2
Artikel 20, stk. 3
Artikel 39, stk. 5
Artikel 20, stk. 4, første afsnit
Artikel 39, stk. 3
Artikel 20, stk. 4, andet afsnit
Artikel 39, stk. 6
Artikel 20, stk. 4, tredje afsnit
Artikel 39, stk. 7
Artikel 20, stk. 5
—
Artikel 21
Artikel 40
Artikel 22
Artikel 41
Artikel 23, stk. 1
Artikel 42, stk. 1
Artikel 23, stk. 2 og 3
Artikel 42, stk. 2
Artikel 23, stk. 4
Artikel 42, stk. 3
Artikel 23, stk. 5
Artikel 42, stk. 4
—
Artikel 42, stk. 5
Artikel 23, stk. 6, første afsnit
Artikel 43, stk. 1 og 2
Artikel 23, stk. 6, andet afsnit
Artikel 43, stk. 3
Artikel 23, stk. 6, tredje afsnit
Artikel 43, stk. 4
Artikel 23, stk. 7
Artikel 43, stk. 5
—
Artikel 44
Artikel 24
Artikel 45 og 46
Artikel 25
Artikel 47
Artikel 26, stk. 1
Artikel 48, stk. 1
Artikel 26, stk. 2
—
Artikel 26, stk. 3
Artikel 48, stk. 2
Artikel 27
Artikel 49
Artikel 28
Artikel 50
—
Artikel 51
Artikel 29, stk. 1, første afsnit
Artikel 52, stk. 1 og 3
—
Artikel 52, stk. 2
—
Artikel 52, stk. 4
Artikel 29, stk. 1, andet afsnit
Artikel 53, stk. 1 og 2
—
Artikel 53, stk. 3 og 4
Artikel 29, stk. 2
Artikel 53, stk. 5, første afsnit
—
Artikel 53, stk. 5, andet afsnit, og stk. 6 og 8
Artikel 29, stk. 3
Artikel 53, stk. 7
Artikel 29, stk. 4
—
Artikel 30, stk. 1
Artikel 53, stk. 1
Artikel 30, stk. 2, første afsnit
Artikel 53, stk. 2
Artikel 30, stk. 2, andet afsnit
—
Artikel 30, stk. 3
Artikel 54, stk. 1
Artikel 30, stk. 4
Artikel 54, stk. 2 og 3, og stk. 4, første afsnit
Artikel 30, stk. 5
Artikel 54, stk. 4, andet afsnit
Artikel 30, stk. 6
Artikel 54, stk. 5
Artikel 31, stk. 1-4
Artikel 55
Artikel 31, stk. 5, første afsnit
Artikel 56, stk. 1
Artikel 31, stk. 5, andet og tredje afsnit
Artikel 56, stk. 2
Artikel 31, stk. 6 og 7
—
Artikel 31, stk. 8
Artikel 56, stk. 3
Artikel 31, stk. 9
Artikel 56, stk. 4
—
Artikel 56, stk. 5
Artikel 31, stk. 10
Artikel 56, stk. 6
Artikel 31, stk. 11
—
Artikel 31, stk. 12, første afsnit
Artikel 56, stk. 7
Artikel 31, stk. 12, andet afsnit
—
Artikel 31, stk. 13
—
Artikel 32
Artikel 53
Artikel 33
—
Artikel 34, stk. 1
Artikel 57, stk. 1
Artikel 34, stk. 2
Artikel 57, stk. 2
Artikel 34, stk. 3 og 4
—
Artikel 35
Artikel 58
Artikel 36
—
Artikel 37
Artikel 59
Artikel 38
Artikel 60
—
Artikel 62
—
Artikel 64
—
Artikel 65
—
Artikel 66
—
Artikel 67
Artikel 39
Artikel 82
Artikel 40
Artikel 83
Artikel 41, stk. 1 og 3
Artikel 68, stk. 1
Artikel 41, stk. 2
Artikel 80, stk. 1
Artikel 41, stk. 4
Artikel 70
Artikel 41, stk. 5
Artikel 68, stk. 2
—
Artikel 69, stk. 3 og 4
Artikel 41, stk. 6
Artikel 72, stk. 1
Artikel 41, stk. 7
Artikel 72, stk. 2 og 3
Artikel 41, stk. 8
Artikel 68, stk. 5
—
Artikel 69
—
Artikel 71
Artikel 42
Artikel 73
Artikel 43, stk. 1 og 3
Artikel 74, stk. 1
Artikel 43, stk. 2
Artikel 74, stk. 2
Artikel 43, stk. 4
Artikel 75
Artikel 43, stk. 5
Artikel 74, stk. 3
—
Artikel 76
—
Artikel 77
—
Artikel 78
—
Artikel 79
—
Artikel 80, stk. 2 og 3
—
Artikel 81
Artikel 44
Artikel 89
Artikel 45
Artikel 91
Artikel 46
Artikel 84
—
Artikel 85
Artikel 47
Artikel 90
Artikel 48
—
Artikel 49
Artikel 88
—
Artikel 86
—
Artikel 87
Artikel 50
Artikel 91
Artikel 51
—
Bilag I og III
Artikel 24, stk. 4
Bilag II, del A, punkt 1-1.3.4
Artikel 4
Bilag II, del A, punkt 2-6.2, del B og del C, tillæg 1 og 2
Bilag I
Bilag IV
Bilag II, del I og II
Bilag V, tillæg 1 og 2
Bilag III
Bilag V, tillæg 3
Artikel 30, stk. 3
Bilag VI, VII og VIII
Artikel 28, stk. 3
Bilag IX
Artikel 36, stk. 3
Bilag X
Bilag IV
Bilag XI
Bilag IV, del III
Bilag XII
Bilag V
Bilag XIII
Bilag VI
Bilag XIV
—
Bilag XV
Bilag VII
Bilag XVI
Bilag VIII
Bilag XVII
Bilag IX
—
Bilag X
Bilag XIX
—
Bilag XX
—
Bilag XXI
Bilag XI

Summary:
Godkendelse og markedsovervågning i EU af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer
RESUMÉ AF:
Forordning (EU) 2018/858 — godkendelse og markedsovervågning af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil samt af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer
HVAD ER FORMÅLET MED FORORDNINGEN?
Med forordningen fastsættes der regler på 
EU
-plan for tekniske krav og procedurer for at sikre, at nye typer motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil er i overensstemmelse med EU-godkendte krav om sikkerhed og miljøbeskyttelse.
Den har til formål at:
højne kvaliteten og uafhængigheden i 
motorkøretøjers typegodkendelse
1
 og prøvning
øge kontrollen af køretøjer, der allerede er på markedet i EU
styrke det overordnede system med EU-tilsyn.
HOVEDPUNKTER
Anvendelsesområde
Forordningen finder anvendelse på:
motorkøretøjer med mindst fire hjul, der bruges til transport af passagerer (klasse M)
motorkøretøjer med mindst fire hjul, der er beregnet til transport af varer (klasse N)
påhængskøretøjer (klasse O).
Typegodkendelse og prøvning før en bil bringes i omsætning
Tekniske tjenester 
revideres regelmæssigt og uafhængigt
 på grundlag af strenge ydelseskriterier for at opnå og opretholde den myndighed, EU-
medlemsstaterne
 har givet til at prøve og inspicere nye køretøjsmodeller. 
Europa-Kommissionen
 og andre medlemsstater kan anfægte denne godkendelse, når noget er galt.
Nationale typegodkendende myndigheder vil være underlagt 
revision i Kommissionen
 for at sikre, at de relevante regler gennemføres og håndhæves strengt i hele EU.
Kommissionens 
forslag om at ændre aflønningssystemet
 for at undgå, at tekniske tjenester betales direkte af producenten, blev 
ikke fastholdt
.
Kontrol af biler på markedet
Allerede eksisterende regler om typegodkendelse omhandler primært kontrol af prototyper, der tages fra produktionslinjen. Med denne forordning indføres markedsovervågning, og det er desuden et krav, at medlemsstaterne foretager regelmæssige stikprøvekontroller af 
køretøjer, der allerede er på markedet
 og offentliggør resultaterne.
Alle medlemsstater kan nu træffe omgående sikkerhedsforanstaltninger over for køretøjer, der ikke opfylder kravene på deres område uden at skulle vente på, at typegodkendelsesmyndigheden skrider ind.
Tilsyn
Kommissionen kan foretage 
kontrol af markedet
 uafhængigt af medlemsstaterne og kan iværksætte tilbagekaldelser i hele EU.
Den kan anfægte udpegelsen af tekniske tjenester og 
pålægge administrative sanktioner
 over for producenter eller tekniske tjenester på op til 
30 000
 EUR pr. køretøj, der ikke opfylder kravene.
Kommissionen skal lede et nyt 
forum for håndhævelse
 for at sikre en mere ensartet fortolkning af relevant EU-lovgivning, gennemføre gennemsigtighed i tilfælde af manglende overholdelse og bedre og mere koordinerede aktiviteter i medlemsstaterne vedrørende markedsovervågning.
Fabrikanter
Udover det eksisterende forbud mod 
manipulationsanordninger
, der 
ændrer præstationen under prøvning
, skal fabrikanterne give adgang til bilens softwareprotokoller for at muliggøre ekstern kontrol.
Sikkerhedskrav og beskyttelse af bløde trafikanter
Forordning (EU) 
2019/2144
 ændrer forordning (EU) 2018/858 og opdaterer kravene til EU-typegodkendelse for at sikre køretøjers generelle sikkerhed og beskyttelsen af bløde trafikanter såsom fodgængere og cyklister (se 
resumé
). Den ændrer bilag II til forordning (EU) 2018/858, som indeholder kravene for så vidt angår EU-typegodkendelse af køretøjer, systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder.
Onlinedataudveksling og meddelelse af EU-typegodkendelse
Kommissionen har vedtaget en 
gennemførelsesforordning
, gennemførelsesforordning (EU) 
2020/1812
, som fastsætter reglerne for onlinedataudveksling og meddelelse af EU-typegodkendelse i henhold til forordning (EU) 2018/858.
Udveksling af oplysningerne i typeattesten i elektronisk format
Gennemførelsesforordning (EU) 
2021/133
 fastsætter specifikationerne for basisformatet og -strukturen samt metoderne til udveksling af oplysningerne i typeattesten i elektronisk format. Dette skal sikre, at typeattesterne udveksles mellem fabrikanterne og de godkendende myndigheder på en ensartet måde, og at de dataelementer og meddelelser, de indeholder, harmoniseres.
HVORNÅR GÆLDER FORORDNINGEN FRA?
Forordning (EU) 2018/858 trådte i kraft den 
1. september 2020
.
Forordning (EU) 2019/2144 træder i kraft den 
6. juli 2022
.
Gennemførelsesforordning (EU) 2020/1812 trådte i kraft den 
22. december 2020
.
Gennemførelsesforordning (EU) 2021/133 træder i kraft den 
1. januar 2023
.
BAGGRUND
EU-typegodkendelsesdirektivet er omdannet til et direkte anvendeligt regulativ og styrket efter opdagelsen af, at visse fabrikanter havde inkorporeret systemer til at ændre deres køretøjer under prøvning (manipulationsanordninger).
Denne reform er en del af Kommissionens bredere arbejde i bilsektoren som angivet i meddelelsen »
Et mobilt Europa
«.
For yderligere oplysninger henvises til:
Teknisk harmonisering i EU
 (
Europa-Kommissionen
).
VIGTIGE BEGREBER
Typegodkendelse:
 procedure, hvorved en godkendende myndighed attesterer, at en type køretøj, et system, en komponent eller en separat teknisk enhed opfylder de relevante administrative regler og tekniske krav.
HOVEDDOKUMENT
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 
2018/858
 af 
30. maj 2018
 om godkendelse og markedsovervågning af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil samt af systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer, om ændring af forordning (EF) 
nr. 715/2007
 og (EF) 
nr. 595/2009
 og om ophævelse af direktiv 2007/46/EF (EUT L 151 af 
14.6.2018
, 
s. 1-218
).
Efterfølgende ændringer af forordning (EU) 
nr. 536/2014
 er blevet indarbejdet i grundteksten. Denne 
konsoliderede udgave
 har ingen retsvirkning.
TILHØRENDE DOKUMENTER
Kommissionens gennemførelsesforordning (EU) 
2021/133
 af 
4. februar 2021
 om gennemførelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 2018/858 for så vidt angår basisformatet og -strukturen samt metoderne til udveksling af oplysningerne i typeattesten i elektronisk format (EUT L 42 af 
5.2.2021
, 
s. 1-3
).
Kommissionens gennemførelsesforordning (EU) 
2020/1812
 af 
1. december 2020
 om regler for onlinedataudveksling og meddelelse af EU-typegodkendelser i henhold til Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 2018/858 (EUT L 404 af 
2.12.2020
, 
s. 5-8
).
Efterfølgende ændringer af forordning (EU) 2020/1812 er blevet indarbejdet i grundteksten. Denne 
konsoliderede udgave
 har ingen retsvirkning.
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 
2019/2144
 af 
27. november 2019
 om krav til typegodkendelse af motorkøretøjer og påhængskøretøjer dertil samt systemer, komponenter og separate tekniske enheder til sådanne køretøjer for så vidt angår deres generelle sikkerhed og beskyttelsen af køretøjspassagerer og bløde trafikanter og om ændring af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) 2018/858 og ophævelse af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EF) 
nr. 78/2009
, forordning (EF) 
nr. 79/2009
 og forordning (EF) 
nr. 661/2009
 og Kommissionens forordning (EF) 
nr. 631/2009
, (EU) 
nr. 406/2010
, (EU) 
nr. 672/2010
, (EU) 
nr. 1003/2010
, (EU) 
nr. 1005/2010
, (EU) 
nr. 1008/2010
, (EU) 
nr. 1009/2010
, (EU) 
nr. 19/2011
, (EU) 
nr. 109/2011
, (EU) 
nr. 458/2011
, (EU) 
nr. 65/2012
, (EU) 
nr. 130/2012
, (EU) 
nr. 347/2012
, (EU) 
nr. 351/2012
, (EU) 
nr. 1230/2012
 og (EU) 2015/166 (EUT L 325 af 
16.12.2019
, 
s. 1-40
).
Se den 
konsoliderede udgave
.
Meddelelse fra Kommissionen til Europa-Parlamentet, Rådet, Det Europæiske Økonomiske og Sociale Udvalg og Regionsudvalget — Et mobilt Europa — Bæredygtig mobilitet i Europa: sikker, opkoblet og ren (
COM(2018) 293 final
 af 
17.5.2018
).
seneste ajourføring 
30.7.2023